Volume 1
"CO T— "in :
O) CO CD ;co
o
CO
'It 'jiJM
5-1,
fmm mm
m
mm
iiii
m
^1 §^§/^
m
'ff/m:
E
i'f,'l,'(,^),''«.'K'f,M.'f.'(,'(/
Sim
\
X
-^-^^"-^
^resentcb to
of
%
PniVJersxtg of ^oxoniti
Vycliffe College Library
>
/
—
—
T.
and
—
—
—
T. Clark's Ptidlicaiions.
Just puhUshed, in demy 8»o, price 12a.,
A HISTORY OF THE
COUNCILS OF THE CHURCH. JFrom tje ©rtginal ©ocuments* A.D.
326 TO A.D. 429.
TRANSLATED FROM THE GERMAN OF C. J.
HEFELE,
By
D.D., Bishop of Rottenburg,
H. N.
OXENHAM,
M.A.,
LATE SCHOLAK OF BALUOL COLLEGE, OXFORD.
BY THE SAME AUTHOR. Second Edition, demy 8vo,
A
12s.,
History of the Christian Councils. jFrom
tlje
©riginal ©ocuments*
TO THE CLOSE OF THE COUNCIL OF NICJSA, A.D.
325.
TRANSLATED FROM THE GERMAN, AND EDITED BY
WILLIAM
E.
CLARK, M.A.
Oxon.,
Prebendary of Wells and Vicar of Taunton. '
A thorough and fair compendium,
put in the most accessible and intelligent form.'
Guardian.
A work of profound erudition, and written in a most candid a standard work on the subject.' Spectator. '
spirit.
The book
will
be
' The period embraced is of the highest interest, and the work, which is very carefully translated, cannot be dispensed with by any students who do not already possess the original' Union Revieno.
'
The most
'
We cordially commend Hefele's CouncUs to the English student.'
learned historian of the Councils.'
Pere Gratry.
John
Butt.
—
and
T.
T. Clark's Publications. In preparation^
Dr. Bollinger's
*
Hippolytus and
and Edited by A. Plummer, M.A., Fellow University College, Durham.
Translated
Callistus.'
of Trinity College, Oxford,
and Master of
Eighth Edition in the Press.
A
New
on the Grammar of
Treatise
Testament Greek,
regarded as the Basis of New Testament Exegesis. Translated from the German of Dr. G. B. WiNEK, with large additions and full Indices, by liev, W. F. Moulton, M.A., one of the New Testament Translation Kevisers.
Neio Edition (much enlarged) preparing.
Biblico-Theological Lexicon of Translated from the
German
of
New
Testament Greek.
H. Ckemek.
In preparation.
An
Apologetical Treatise on the Nature and Development of Prophecy in Israel. By J. J. P. in the University of GrOningen.
Valeton, Professor
of Oriental
Litoratmo
In preparation.
Messianic Prophecy and Eelation
to Theology, Halle.
its Origin, Historical Character, Testament Fulfilment. By Dr. Ed. Biehh, Professor of Translated, with the approbation of the Author, by Kev. J. :
New
Jeffeesox.
In preparation.
The Humiliation
of Christ in its Physical, Ethical,
and
Aspects (Sixth Series of Cunningham Lectures). By A. B. Bbuce, Professor of Apologetics and New Testament Exegesis, Free Church College, Glasgow. Official
Second Edition in
An
the Press.
Introductory Hebrew^ Grammar.
With Progressive
Exercises in Heading and Writing. By A. B. Davidsox, M.A., LL.D., Professor of Hebrew, etc., in the New College, Edinburgh.
KEIL AND DELITZSCH'S COMMENTARIES
ON THE OLD TESTAMENT. 10s. 6d. each volume,
PENTATEUCH, 3 Vols JOSHUA, JUDGES, and RUTH, SAMUEL, 1 Vol
Vol
(Keil).
(Keil).
and CHRONICLES, 1 Vol. EZRA, NEHEMIAH, and ESTHER, 1 Vol. JOB, 2 Vols PSALMS, 3 Vols PROVERBS, 2 Vols ECCLESIASTES and SONG OF SOLOMON, 2 Vols,
KINGS,
IsJ'
(Keil). 1
...
1 Vol.,
.
.
.
(Delitzsch). (Delitzsch).
(Delitzsch). (in
preparation)
(Delitzsch).
ISAIAH, 2 Vols JEREMIAH and LAMENTATIONS, 2 Vols.
EZEKIEL, 2 Vols DANIEL, 1 Vol MINOR PROPHETS,
(Keil). (Keil).
(Delitzsch). .
.
.
(Keil). (Keif). (Keil.)
2 Vols
(Keil).
This series is one of great importance to the biblical scholar, and as regards its general execution, it leaves little or nothing to be desired.' Edinburgh Review. '
—
TO SUBSCRIBERS.
NOTICE
M
ESSRS.
—
CLARK
have much pleasure
in forwarding to
their Subscribers the First Issue for 1876,
Keil's
commentary on the Prophecies OF EzEKiEL, in Two Volumes.
The Second
Issue for 1876 they expect to be Delitzsch's
Commentary on the Song of Solomon and on Ecclesiastes (which will complete the Series of Old Testament Commentaries
by Professors Keil and Delitzsch), and a Volume of Professor St.
either
Luthardt's or Professor Godet's Commentary on
John's Gospel, both of which, with the sanction of the
Authors, will appear in the Foreign Theological Library.
The method
many
of treatment
is
so different, that they do not think
two Commentaries on the Fourth Gospel by
will object to
scholars so eminent
;
but
if
any Subscriber desires
these Commentaries can be exchanged for
OF Protestantism, or cations as
may be
They beg anew and
38
for others of Messrs.
either of
Clark's Publi-
agreed upon. to thank the Subscribers for their support,
to respectfully request a continuance of
May
it,
Dorner's History
it.
they ask a remittance of the Subscription for 1876
George Street, Edinburgh,
May
1876.
Digitized by the Internet Archive in
2007 with funding from IVIicrosoft
Corporation
http://www.archive.org/details/biblicalcommenta01keiluoft
^^yCVpt^t^^^
/,
J
rUA^IZ^ff^^x^L^^
CLARK'S FOEEIGN
THEOLOGICAL LIBRARY.
FOURTH SERIES. VOL. XLIX.
Sttl on
tije
^ropi)eciC!S of
VOL.
5PF;fsj
ffi^efeicl.
I.
EDIlSrBUEGH: T.
& T CLARK,
38
18
GEORGE STREET. 76.
ny
—
II
PRINTED BY MURRAY AND GIBB, FOR T.
&
T.
CLARK, EDINBURGH.
LONDON,
.
.
.
HAMILTON, ADAMS, AND
DUBLIN,
.
.
.
ROBERTSON AND
.
.
.
8CRIBNER, WELFORD,
NEW
YORK,
CO.
CO.
AND ARMSTRONG.
BIBLICAL
COMMENTARY ^
PRESERVA-r:OM
ON THE
SERVICI-S
MG2 4
PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
BY
CARL FRIEDRTCH KEIL,
D.D.,
DOCTOR AND PKOFKSSOR OF THEOLOGY.
BY
EEV.
JAMES MAETIN,
VOL.
T.
&
T.
I.
B.A.
<^. ^
EDINBURaH: CLARK, 38 aEORGE STREET. MDCCCLXXVI.
The first
whole of
this
Commentary, with the exception of the
99 pages of Vol.
i.,
has been translated by Rev.
James
Martin, B.A. F. C.
University, St. Andeews.
CONTENTS.
INTRODUCTION.
..... ......7
I'.VOR
I.
II.
III.
The Person of the Prophet,
1
The Times of the Prophet, The Book
of Ezekiel,
2
.
.
.
.
.
EXPOSITION. FIRST HALF.â&#x20AC;&#x201D;THE PROPHECIES OF JUDGMENT. CHAP. I.-XXXII.
......
The Consecration and Calling (Chap,
i.-iii.
21),
The Destiny of Jerusalem and
of Ezekiel to the Office of Prophet
its
Inhabitants (Chap.
iii.
22-v. 17),
17 61
The Judgment upon the Idolatrous Places, and on the Idol-worshippers (Chap,
The Overthrow
vi.),
.
.
.
of Israel (Chap, vii.),
.
.
Vision of the Destruction of Jerusalem (Chap.
Departure of the King and People
viii.-xi.),
of the
God towards
xiv.),
Wood
of a
.
xiii.),
.
.
Wild Vine (Chap,
Ill
166 Ifi-l
xvi.),
of
.177
.
Its
xv.),
God (Chap,
xviii.),
Lamentation for the Princes of Israel (Chap,
.
xix.),
191
Punishment
Humiliation and Exaltation of the Davidic Family (Chap,
The Retributive Justice
.
.....
Ingratitude and Unfaithfulness of Jerusalem.
and Shame (Chap,
.
xii.),
the Worshippers of Idols, and Certainty
Judgments (Chap,
Jerusalem, the Useless
.
and Bread of Tears (Chap,
;
Against the False Prophets and Prophetesses (Chap, Attitude of
.93 .99
.
.
194
236
xvii.), .
.
246
.
.
268
vm
CONTENTS. PAQK
The Past, Present, and Future
of Israel (Chap, xx.),
263
Prophecy of the Burning Forest and the Sword of the Lord (Chap. XX. 45 to Chap, xxi, 82 (Heb. Chap, xxi.)),
286
The Sins of Jerusalem and
309
Israel (Chap, xxii.),
........ ...... .
Oholah and Oholibah, the Harlots Samaria and Jerusalem (Chap, xxiii.),
820
Prediction of the Destruction of Jerusalem both in Parable and
by Sign (Chap,
xxiv.),
....
339
PREDICTIONS OF JUDGMENT UPON THE HEATHEN NATIONS (CHAP. XXV.-XXXII.), Against
Ammon, Moab, Edom, and
the Philistines (Chap XXV.),
Against Tyre and Sidon (Chap. xxvi.-xxviii.),
The Fall of Tyre (Chap,
xxvi.),
363 360
370 370
.
Lamentation over the Fall of Tyre (Chap, xxvii.)
383
Against the Prince of Tyre (Chap,
405
xxviii. 1-19),
....
Prophecy against Sidon, and Promise for 20-26),
Israel (Chap,
425
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL. INTRODUCTION. THE PERSON OF THE PROPHET.
I.
jZEKIEL,
f'Np]n^,
(i.
3,
strengthens^ ^le^eKiijX
ch. xlix. 8), in the
after the Hesekiel,
example of the
into exile to
24),
i.e.
bs
LXX.,
Babylon
King
in the year
and was carried
599
Jehoiachin, the nobles of the kingdom,
and the better (i.
2, xl. 1
;
class of the population of
cf.
2 Kings xxiv. 14
ff.;
name
writes the
priestly descent,
B.C.,
i.e.
in
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;along
the eleventh year before the destruction of Jerusalem,
with
God
p?n;,
and Book of Sirach,
Vulgate Ezechiel, while Luther,
was the son of Busi, of
away captive
xxlv.
(LXX.
many
priests,
Jerusalem and of Judah
He
Jer. xxix. 1).
lived
there in the northern part of Mesopotamia, on the banks of the
Chaboras, married, and in his
own
house, amidst a colony of
banished Jews, in a place called Tel-Abib
In the
1, xxiv. 18).
fifth
(i. 1, iii.
year of his banishment,
15, 24,
i.e.
595
he was called to be a prophet of the Lord, and laboured in official position, as
may
i.e.
572
The
dated in the twenty-seventh year of
B.C. (xxix. 17).
stances and events of his
known.
this
be shown, twenty-two years; for the
latest of his prophecies is
his exile,
viii.
B.C.,
life,
Regarding the other circum-
as also of his death, nothing
is
apocryphal legends found in the Fathers and in
the Rabbinical writings, to the effect that he was put to death
by a prince of
own
his
buried in the tomb of Introd.
ii.
EZEK.
p. I.
203
ff.),
nation for rebuking his idolatry, and was
Shem and Arphaxad,
etc. (cf.
are without any historical value.
Carpzov,
So much
A
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
2 alone
is
certain, that
God had
he ended his
him
assigned
life
among
his sphere of labour,
contemporary Daniel (comp. Dan.
his
i.
termination of the Captivity and the
the exiles, where
and did
not, like
21, x. 1), outlive
commencement
the*
of the
redemption of Israel from Babylon, as his prophecies do not contain the slightest allusion to that effect.
II.
THE TIMES OF THE PROPHET.
Ezekiel, like Daniel, different fashion
away
is
from the
him
prisoner before
a prophet of the latter,
to
Babylon on the
but in a
exile,
who had been
already carried
capture of
first
Jerusalem by Nebuchadnezzar in the reign of Jehoiakim, and
who
lived there
upwards of seventy years
and Medo-Persian important
offices
court,
at the
and who held from time
of State.
Daniel was placed by
Babylonian to time very
God
in this
high position, which afforded him a view of the formation and evolution of the world-kingdom, in order that from this standpoint he might be enabled to see the development of the world-
kingdoms in the struggle against the kingdom of God, and predict the indestructible
dom, which overcomes
all
power and glory of the
to
latter king-
the powers of the world.
Ezekiel,
on the other hand, was appointed a watcher. over the exiled nation of Israel, and was in this capacity to continue the work of the earlier prophets, especially that of Jeremiah, with
he in several ways
associates
whom
himself in his prophecies
;
to
preach to his contemporaries the judgment and salvation of
God, to
in order to convert
them
to the
Lord
their
God.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Rightly
understand his work as a prophet, the ripe fruit of which
lies
before us in his prophetic writings,
we must not only keep
in view the importance of the exile for the development of the
kingdom of God, but tions amidst
What
the
also
form a clear conception of the
which Ezekiel carried on
Lord had caused
tribes of Israel while
to
rela-
his labours.
be announced by Moses to the
they were yet standing on the borders of
INTRODUCTION.
3
the Promised Land, and preparing to take possession of that
if
it,
viz.
they should persistently transgress His commands,
He
would not only chastise them with heavy punishments, but would to
finally drive
them out
of the land which they were about
occupy, and disperse them
14â&#x20AC;&#x201D;45; Deut. all
xxviii.
15-68),
among
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
all
nations (Lev. xxvi.
threatening, repeated
this
the prophets after Moses, had been already executed
the Assyrians upon the ten tribes,
who had
by by
revolted from the
house of David, and was now in process of fulfilment by the
Chaldeans upon the kingdom of Judah
also.
In the reign of
Jehoiakim, Nebuchadnezzar, king of Babylon, for the
first
time invaded Judah, captured Jerusalem, made Jehoiakim tributary,
and carried away
to
Babylon a number of
Israelitish
youths of noble birth and of the blood-royal, amongst
whom
was Daniel, along with a portion of the vessels of the temple, in order that these youths
might be trained up for the service
of his court (Dan.
With
i.
1-7).
this invasion of the
Chaldeans
begin the seventy years of Chaldean servitude and exile in
Babylon, predicted by Jeremiah.
As Jehoiakim,
so early as
three years afterwards, revolted against Nebuchadnezzar, the latter, after
in the third
away into
a lengthened siege, took Jerusalem a second time,
month
and the members salem, a great
of his court, the nobles of
number
monarch Judah and Jeru-
of priests, warriors, carpenters, and
smiths, leaving behind in the land only the
the people, over
whom
meaner portion of
King Matbanished monarch, whose name he
he appointed as
taniah, the uncle of the
his vassal
changed to Zedekiah (2 Kings xxiv. 10-17 this
and carried
of the reign of Jehoiachin,
captivity ta Babylon, along with the captive
;
By
Jer. xxix. 2).
removal of the heart and strength of the nation the power
of the
kingdom of Judah was broken
;
nezzar did not at that time destroy
and although Nebuchadit,
but
still
allowed
remain as a subject kingdom under his sway, yet could not be of any long duration.
its
Judah had
it
to
existence
fallen too
deeply to recognise in the calamities which she had suffered the
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
4
THE PROPHECIES OF
EZEKIF.L.
bow
chastening hand of her God, and to
under His mighty arm. the prophet
herself repentantly
Instead of listening to the voice of
Jeremiah, and bearing the Chaldean yoke in
patience (2 Chron. xxxvi. 12), both monarch and people placed
Egypt, and Zedekiah broke the
their trust in the assistance of
oath of fealty which he had sworn to the king of Babylon.
To
punish
Nebuchadnezzar again marched against
this perfidy,
Jerusalem, and by the capture and burning of the city and
temple in the eleventh year of Zedekiah's reign put an end to the
kingdom of Judah.
beleaguered his sons to
who
first
Zedekiah,
who had
Riblah into the presence of King Nebuchadnezzar,
caused the sons of Zedekiah to be put to death before
the eyes of their father of sight, and then
;
next, Zedekiah himself to be deprived
commanded
monarch
the blind
ducted in chains to Babylon (2 Kings xxv. 1-21
Many
from the
fled
was taken by the Chaldeans, and brought with
city,
military officers
death at Riblah
and
priests of
be con-
Jer.lii. 1-30).
rank were
who had been taken
while those
;
;
to
also
put to
prisoners at
Jerusalem, along with the deserters and a great portion of the rest
of
the
were led away into
people,
to
exile
Babylon
Jer. lii. 1-30). By this catastrophe the (2 Kings xxv. 1-21 Old Testament theocracy lost its political existence the cove;
;
nant people were
now
own
driven out of their
land amongst the
heathen, to bear the punishment of their obstinate apostasy
from the Lord
their
God.
Nevertheless this dispersion
the heathen was no entire rejection of Israel suspension^
and not an
;
it
among
was merely a
annihilation, of the covenant of grace.
Man's unfaithfulness cannot destroy the
faithfulness of
God.
" In spite of this terrible judgment, brought down upon them
by the heaviest
transgressions, Israel was,
and remained,"
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
as
Auberlen (The Prophet Daniel, p. 27, 2d ed.) well remarks, " the chosen people, through whom God was still to carry out
His intentions towards humanity.
His
not be repented of " (Rom.
Even
exile the theocracy
xi,
29).
gifts
was not again restored
and
after the ;
calling
may
Babylonian
the covenant people
5
INTRODUCTION. did not after their return again recover
tlieir
independence, but
remained, with the exception of the short period the Maccabees they stant dependence
won
when under
for themselves their freedom, in con-
upon the heathen world-rulers,
until,
after
the destruction of Jerusalem by the Romans, they were completely dispersed
among
the nations of the
all
kingdom of God, however, was not the external theocracy
;
it
was only
really to perish along with
renewal and perfection in that kingdom of
its
which was
new phase of medium of transition
to pass into a
development, which was intended to be the
towards
The
earth.
To pave
be founded by Christ.
to
way
the
God
to this
end, and at the same time to serve as a witness to the exiles, that Israel, notwithstanding still
its
dispersion
among
the heathen,
remained God's people, the Lord raised up in Ezekiel, the
son of a priest, a prophet of
uncommon power and energy
in
the midst of the captives, " one who raised his voice aloud, like a trumpet,
and showed
to Israel its misdeeds,
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; whose whole
manifestation furnished the most powerful testimony that the
Lord was
amongst His people
still
of the Lord, before
;
who was
whom the visible temple,
himself a temple
which yet remained
standing for a short time at Jerusalem, sank back into
nothingness
;
a spiritual Samson,
who
seized with
the pillars of the idol temple, and dashed
mighty arm
to the
it
its
ground
;
a
powerful, gigantic nature, which was fitted by that very qualification to effectually
which delighted
subdue the Babylonian
in powerful, gigantic,
spirit of
the time,
and grotesque forms;
standing alone, but equal to a hundred of the sons of the
prophets " (Hengstenberg's Chnstol. II.
The
call of
Ezekiel to the prophetic
p.
531).
office
took place in the
fifth
year of the reign of Zedekiah, in the fourth month of the
year
(i.
1, 2), at
a point of time when, amongst those
remained behind in the land, as well as amongst those
who had who had
been carried to Babylon, the hope of the speedy downfall of the Babylonian monarchy, and of the return of the exiles to their native country,
which was then
to follow, Nvas very strong,
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
6
and was powerfully encouraged by the lying statements prophets;
cf.
of false
In the same year and month pro-
Jer. xxix.
phesied Hananiah, a prophet from Gibeon, in the temple at
Jerusalem, before,the eyes of the priests and the whole people, saying that Jehovah would break the yoke of the king of Baby-
and within two years bring back to Jerusalem
lon,
temple-vessels carried
Jechoniah and
all
away by Nebuchadnezzar,
the captives
And
lon, Jer. xxviii. 1-4.
the word of the tions
all
as well as
the
King
who had been brought to Babywho with
the prophet Jeremiah,
Lord rebuked and opposed
those lying predic-
and empty hopes, and foretold that the Babylonian
servi-
tude would be of long duration, was violently assailed and persecuted by the lying prophets, even by those of them
were to be found in Babylon This delusion regarding the spirit of resistance to
;
cf.
who
Jer. xxviii. 5-17, xxix. 21-32.
political condition of affairs, this
the decree of the Lord, had seized not
only upon the people, but also upon the nobles and the king, so that they
formed and eagerly carried on conspiracies against
The meeting
the king of Babylon.
of the kings of
Edom,
Moab, Ammon, Tyre, and Sidon, with Zedekiah
in Jerusalem,
had no other object than
The embassy,
this (Jer. xxvii. 3).
moreover, sent by Zedekiah to Babylon (Jer. xxiv. 3), as well as his li.
own journey
59),
thither in the fourth year of his reign (Jer.
were intended merely to deceive the king of Babylon,
by assurances of devotion and
fidelity, in
tended revolt might be carried out.
But
order that the inthis baseless
hope
of a speedy liberation
from the Babylonian yoke was igno-
miniously
:
disappointed
rebellion of Zedekiah,
siege of a year
and temple
By
this
and a
to the
blow
all
in
consequence of the treacherous
Nebuchadnezzar, after a blockade and half, captured Jerusalem,
burnt the city
ground, and destroyed the kingdom of Judah. the supports upon which the God-alienated
nation had vainly relied were broken. of the false prophets
had proved
to
The be
delusive statements
lies;
the predictions
of the Lord's prophets, on the contrary, had been strikingly
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
7
INTRODUCTION.
The
justified as divine truth.
destruction of Jerusalem, the
burning of the temple, and the downfall of the kingdom, form accordingly a turning-point for the prophetic labours of Ezekiel. Hitherto, prior to the calamity, he had to announce to the
people (animated with the hope of speedy liberation from exile) the judgment of the downfall of Jerusalem and Judah, although
such preaching found
The
acceptance.
little
had now arrived when,
in order to preserve
time, however,
from despair the
nation languishing in exile, and given over to the scorn, con-
tempt, and tyranny of the heathen, he was able to open up the
by announcing
sources of comfort
of the ignominy heaped
upon His
that the Lord, in requital
people,
would overwhelm
the heathen nations with destruction, but that,
whom
them a holy
Him land
His people
they had oppressed would repent and return to Him,
would again gather them out of of
if
their dispersion
nation, walking in
a willing service
;
all
He
would make
;
His commands and yielding
would conduct them back
to their
own
would give them His servant David for a prince, and
;
once more gloriously establish His kingdom.
III.
The
THE BOOK OF EZEKIEL.
collection of the prophecies placed together in this book,
as
forming a complete unity,
I.
Announcements
nations, Israel,
ch. ch.
judgment upon
of
i.-xxxii.
falls into
;
two main Israel
salvation for
Each of these main two sections. The first, namely,
xxxiii.-xlviii.
subdivided into
:
and the heathen
Announcements of
II.
divisions
divisions
is
contains the
prophecies of judgment (a) upon Jerusalem and Israel, ch. iii.
22-xxiv.
;
(6)
upon
The second main
xxxii.
of the redemption
the
heathen
nations,
ch.
xxv.-
division contains (c) the predictions
and restoration of
Israel,
and the downfall
of the heathen world-power, ch. xxxiii.-xxxix.
;
(d) the pro-
phetic picture of the re-formation and exaltation of the king-
dom
of
God, ch.
xl.-xlviii.
;
and the entire
collection opens
;
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
8
with the solemn dedication of Ezekiel to the prophetic ch.
i,
1-iii.
21.
The
prophecies of
the
office,
and
third,
first,
fourth parts are throughout arranged in chronological order
—the threatenings predicted —are disposed according
those of the second part
the heathen nations subject-matter.
against
to their actual
This
attested
is
by the chronological data
in
the superscriptions, and confirmed by the contents of the whole of the groups of prophecies in the
year of the captivity of Jehoiachin
and
Israel
2)
(i.
time of
first
then the sixth
;
first
the fifth
:
as the
and of the
Ezekiel's call to the office of prophet, tions regarding Jerusalem
The
three parts.
first
part contains the following chronological notices
predic-
(viii. 1),
seventh (xx. 1), and ninth years of the captivity of
monarch
(xxiv. 1).
The second
against seven foreign nations, of which those against in the eleventh (xxvi. (xxix. 1),
xxxi.
1),
parts,
1), those against
Egypt
Tyre
fall
in the tenth
twenty-seventh (xxix. 17), eleventh (xxx. 20 and
and twelfth years of the
exile.
Of
the two last
each contains only one chronological notice, namely,
ch. xxxiii. 21, the twelfth year of the captivity, after the destruction of Jerusalem fifth
that
part contains the predictions
;
and
i.e.
one year
ch. xl. 1, the twenty-
year of the captivity, or the fourteenth after the destruc-
tion of Jerusalem.
their
The remaining
prophecies, which bear at
head no note of time, connect themselves
their contents with those
which are furnished with chrono-
logical data, so that they belong to the
From
this it
closely as to
same period with
appears that the prophecies of the
first
those.
part
wholly, those of the second part to a great extent, date before
the destruction of Jerusalem parts
;
those of the third and fourth
proceed from the time after this catastrophe.
chronological relationship
is
— as the majority of
ch.
expositors suppose
second, but rather to the
of the view that the
in favour
prophecies against foreign nations,
first
This
—
xxv.-xxxii.,
are not
to be assigned to the
half of the book.
This view
is
confirmed, on the one hand, by the contents of the prophecies,
9
INTRODUCTION.
inasmuch
an exception, announce only the
as these, without
downfall of the heathen nations and kingdoms, making no
residue of these nations,
and conversion of the
forgiveness
reference to the future
and through
this
very peculiarity con-
nect themselves closely with the prophecies of threatening against Israel in the
resemblance which
first
exists
part; on the other hand, by the
1-20 and
between ch. xxx.
16-21, compared with ch.
iii.
no doubt upon the point that
ch.
19-32, and which leaves
xviii.
1-20 marks out
ch. xxxiii.
to
the prophet the task which was to occupy his attention after the destruction of Jerusalem, and consequently forms the introduction to the second half of his prophecies.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;For further
remarks upon the contents and subdivisions of the book, see the expositions in the introductory observations to the individual sections
and chapters.
Ezekiel's style of prophetic representation has
In the
ties.
him
prevails in
and
phets;
first place,
a greater degree than in
to
many
peculiari-
the clothing of symbol and allegory all
the other pro-
symbolism and allegory are not confined to
his
general outlines and pictures, but elaborated in the minutest details, so as to
and
present figures of a boldness surpassing reality,
ideal representations,
which produce an impression of im-
Even
posing grandeur and exuberant fulness. prophetic discourse
is
and
rich in imagery,
the simplest bold, partly
in
even strange, comparisons, and branches out into a copiousness
which
exhaust the subject on
strives to
of which
many
peculiar expressions
all sides, in
consequence
and forms are repeated,
rendering his language diffuse, and occasionally even clumsy.
These
peculiarities of his style of representation
it
has been
attempted, on the one hand, to explain by the influence of the
Babylonian
spirit
and
taste
upon the form of
while others, again, would regard
them
as
his
prophecy;
the result of a
literary art, striving to supply the defect of prophetic spirit,
and the
failing
power of the living word, by the
and an elaborate imitation of actual
life.
aid of learning
The supposed Baby-
—
10
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
Ionian
spirit,
however, in the forms of our prophet's symbolism,
The
has no existence.
Havernick, that " the
assertion of
whole of these symbols has a colossal character, which points in
many ways
by
to those powerful impressions experienced
the prophet in a foreign land,
— Chaldea, —and which
here are
grasped and given out again with a mighty and independent spirit,"
remains yet
to
many
For the observation
be proved.
these symbols, in reference to
form and contents, resemble in
respects the symbols of his contemporary Daniel,
sufficient for the purpose,
that
and cannot in
itself
not
is
be accepted as
the truth, by reference to the picture of the eagle, and the
comparison of rich
men
to trees, cedars, in ch. xvii., because
these pictures already occur in the older prophets, as well as cedars are native in Palestine.
and
Just as
lions as
little
are
Babylonian impressions to be recognised in the visions of the field
with the dead men's bones, ch. xxxvii., and of the
temple, ch.
xl.
,
new
so that there only remains the representation
of the cherubim with four faces, in ch.
and
i.
x.,
which
is
peculiar to Ezekiel, as presumptive evidence of Chaldean in-
But if we leave out of account that the throne, upon which the Lord appears in human form, indisputably forms
fluence.
the central point of this vision, and this central point has no specific
Babylonian impress, then the representation of the
cherubim with faces of men,
lions, oxen,
and
eagles, cannot
be
derived from the contemplation of the Assyrian or Chaldean
human figures with winged oxen with human heads,
sculptures of
eagle heads and wings, or or sphinxes with bodies of
animals and female heads, such as are found in the ruins of ancient Nineveh, inasmuch as the cherubim of Ezekiel were
not pictures of oxen with
human countenances has
still
lions'
manes, eagles' wings, and
furnished with horns,
—
^as
W. Neumann
portrayed them in his treatise upon the tabernacle,
but had, according to Ezekiel, ch.
There are indeed
also found,
among
i.
5,
the
human form.
the Assyrian sculptures,
winged human figures; but these Ezekiel had no reason
to
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
11
INTRODUCTION. copy, because the cherubic images in
human
form, belonging
The whole
to Solomon's temple, lay
much
of Ezekiel's symbolism
derived from the Israelitish sanctuary,
and
is
is
nearer to his hand.
As
an outcome of Old Testament ideas and views.
picture of the ideal temple in ch. xl. to the relations of
ff. is
the
sketched according
Solomon's temple, which was burnt by the
Chaldeans, so the elements for the description of the majestic
theophany,
ch.
in
i.
and
x.,
are
contained in the throne
was above the cherubim, who were over
of Jehovah, which
the covering of the ark of the covenant
mena amid which was manifested
;
and
On
glory at the establishment of the covenant on Sinai. basis of these facts, Isaiah
pheno-
in the
the revelation of the divine
had already represented
the
to himself
the appearance of the Lord, as a vision, in which he beholds
Jehovah
in the temple, sitting
on a high and
lofty throne, and,
who This symbolism we
standing around the throne, seraphim with six wings,
began to sing, " Holy, holy " (Isa. vi.).
find modified in Ezekiel, so as to correspond with the his vocation,
in
and
which he works out
and other symbols certainly
this vision
gives evidence of his capacity to describe, distinctly tively in words, what he had beheld in spirit
symbolism
itself
is,
just as
little
of poetic art, or the subjective
its
real, i.e.
attrac-
mere product lively fancy,
for
;
it
rests, in
harmony
contents and form, upon views which are spiritually
produced by the Spirit of
distinct reproduction of
It is only the
God
reduced to a faithful
what had been seen
characteristic
lively imagination,
of Ezekiel,
in the spirit,
and which betrays
and the many-sidedness of
qualities appear not
temple (ch.
in the soul of the pro-
is
abundance of pictures and metaphors, which
in this respect
These
and
although the
as the vision, a
phet, in which the art of the author
and
;
framework of a
without any real objective foundation with
aim of
The manner
elaborated to a greater extent.
xl. ff.),
is
a
his knowledge.
merely in the sketch of the new
but also in the description of the wide-
spread commerce of Tyre (ch. xxvii.), and of the relations of
12
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
Egypt
and
xxix.
(cli.
xxxi.), as well as in tlie
fest in all his representations,
and
descriptions
and
judgment,
and
allegorical portraits (ch. xvi.
and
sins,
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
xxiii.),
through
it,
but
threatenings of punishment and
throw light upon
and not
without any
in the
to follow out the subject treated of into the
special details, to
effort, in so
it
and
all sides,
and that
This style
still
more in the
relations
in his attitude towards that generation to
As symbolism and is,
it,
foundation not merely in
its
he had to announce the counsel and
proverbs
most
to penetrate
doing, to avoid repetitions.
the individuality of our prophet, but of his time,
from
he has exhausted
to rest until
of representation, however, has
whom
endeavours mani-
merely in the symbolical
the simple discourses, in the rebukes of the current
also in
vices
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;not
will of the
Lord.
the employment of parables, pictures, and
in general, only
a means for the purpose of pre-
senting in an attractive light the truths to be delivered, and
by
to strengthen
attractiveness
this
made by
the impression
speech and discourse, so also the copiousness and circumstantiality of
the picture, and even the repetition of thoughts and
expressions under
new
points
of view, serve the
same end.
The people to whom Ezekiel was now to preach repentance, by announcing the divine judgment and salvation, was " a rebellious race,
impudent and hard-hearted"
was
xii. 2, etc.).
If he
charge the
office, laid
faithfully
(ch.
iii.
7-9, 26,
and conscientiously
upon him by the Lord,
to dis-
of a watcher over
the house of Israel, he must not only punish with stern words,
and
in drastic fashion, the sins of the people,
and
distinctly
paint before their eyes the horrors of the judgment, but he
must
also
set
forth, in
salvation which was
when
to
a style palpable to the senses, that
bloom forth for the repentant nation
the judgment was fulfilled.
Closely
connected
with
this
is
the
Ezekiel's style of prophecy, namely, the
other
peculiarity of
marked prominence
assigned to the divine origin and contents of his announce-
ments, which distinctly appears in the standing form of address
13
INTRODUCTION.
— " Son of
man "
—with
speech and action '" *10N
formulae
;
God summons
which
in the continual use of
nb or
'^"^
DW
the prophet to
niiT '•jhs
in the introduction
;
;
to
in the
almost
every discourse of God's requirement to him to prophesy or
and that; and in the formula which recurs
to do this
quently in
the discourses,
all
shall
know
fre-
that I
am
standing address, " Son of man," and the
The
Jehovah."
— " Ye
frequent call to speech and action, are likewise regarded by
modern
Both phrases, however, could only be held
power. so
a token of the failure of the prophetic spirit-
critics as
much,
if
—
in
to
convey
conformity with the view of Ewald, who, agree-
ably to the naturalistic representation of prophecy, assumes to be a result of high poetic inspiration
by Ezekiel
own
of his
free choice,
and employed with the inten-
tion of expressing the feeling of his
God, and of imparting
it
— they had been selected
own profound
distance from
to himself courage to prophesy.
If,
on
the contrary, according to the Scriptural conception of proas " son of
phecy,
God
called
him, moreover, on each occasion to utter predictions,
the
Lord addressed Ezekiel
man," and
then the use of the God-given name, as well as the mention of the summons, as
God
proceeding from
only, furnishes
an
evidence that Ezekiel does not, like the false prophets, utter the thoughts and inspirations of his
own
heart, but, in all that
he says and does, acts under a divine commission and under divine inspiration,
and serves
to impress the rebellious nation
more and more with the conviction that a prophet of the Lord is
in their midst
(ii.
5, xxxiii. 33),
and that God had not de-
parted with His Spirit from Israel, notwithstanding their banish-
ment among the heathen.
In favour of the correctness of
this
view of the expressions and phrases in question, there speak decisively the
manner and fashion
in
which Ezekiel was
and consecrated to the prophetic office tion
which God communicates
his calling first act
(ii.
1-3, 21),
to
—and
of his prophetic activity.
him
;
called
not only the instruc-
for the performance of
which, immediately upon the
He
supplements to the effect
14
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
him dumbness or
of enjoining upon
permitting him to open his to inspire
people
(iii.
mouth
him with a word 26, 27
;
(ch.
i.),
when He wishes
to speak
to be addressed to the rebellious
27 and
cf. xxiv.
theophany which inaugurated his
tion,
entire silence, only tlien
xxxiii. 22),
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;but
also the
to the prophetic office
call
which, as will appear to us in the course of the exposi-
has unraistakeably the significance of an explanation of a
reality,
which
will not
dissolution of the
be dissolved and annihilated with the
kingdom of Judah, and the destruction of
Jerusalem, and of the temple of that covenant of grace which
Jehovah had concluded with It
is
Israel.
usual, moreover, to quote, as a peculiarity of Ezekiel's
prophecies, the prominence given to his priestly descent especially
disposition,
and
viii.-xi.
XX. 12
ff.,
in the
xl.-xlviii.,
and
8, xxvi.
xxii.
ch.
visions,
and ch.
x.,
individual traits, as iv. 13
in
16
24,
ch.
cf.
i,,
ff.,
etc.,
etc.,
ff.,
which Ewald
explains as " a result of the one-sided literary conception of antiquity according to
of the extreme
mere books and
prostration
of
spirit
traditions, as well
duration of the exile and bondage of the people
de Wette, Gesenius, and others would see in narrowness on the part of the prophet.
it
as
by the long
intensified
an
;"
while
intellectual
The one view
is
as
groundless and perverse as the other, because resting upon the superficial opinion that the copious descriptions of the sacred
temple were sketched by Ezekiel only for the
articles in the
purpose of preserving for the future the elevating recollection of the better times of the past (Ewald).
When we
on the contrary, the symbolical character of these
we may always
say that for the portrayal of the conception
of the theophany in ch.
temple in ch.
xl.,
i.
and
x.,
no individual was
and of the picture of the so well fitted as
familiar with the institutions of worship.
however,
we may
In
this
a priest,
symbolism,
not venture to seek for the products of intel-
lectual narrowness, or of sacerdotal ideas, but
conviction that
recognise,
descriptions,
God
the
Lord
selected a priest,
must
rise to
and no
the
other, to
15
INTRODUCTION.
be His prophet, and permitted him to behold the future of His
kingdom on earth
in the significant
forms of the sanctuary at
Jerusalem, because this form was the symbolical covering which presented the closest correspondence to the same. the passages laid
13 ff., xx. 12
iv.
ff.,
and
others, in
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
Still less
which
upon the ceremonial commands of the law, and where
violation is
do
stress is
their
mentioned as a cause of the judgment that was
breaking over Israel, furnish evidence of priestly one-sidedness or narrowness of spirit.
Law
Ezekiel takes up towards the Mosaic
no other position than that which
He
prophets.
finds impressed
is
taken by the older
on the precepts, not only of the
Moral, but also of the Ceremonial Law, divine thoughts, essential
elements of the divine holiness, attesting itself in and to Israel;
and penetrated by a sense of the everlasting importance of the whole law, he urges obedience to adherence to the Pentateuch
common criticize
life
prescriptions in the Mosaic
decessor Jeremiah,
is
its
commands.
not at
all
inasmuch as
to all the prophets,
and judge the
is
of the nation
Law.
Even
the close
peculiar to him, but all,
is
without exception,
by the standard of the
Ezekiel, with his nearest pre-
from
in this respect only distinguished
the earlier prophets, that the verbal references to the Pentateuch in both occur with greater frequency,
emphasis.
But
this
has
and receive a greater
ground not so much in the descent
its
of both from a priestly family, as rather in the relations of their time, especially in the circumstance that the falling
of the nation from the law
had become
away
so great, in consequence
of which the penal judgments already threatened in the Penta-
teuch upon transgressors had fallen upon them, so that the prophets of the
Lord were
obliged, with all their energy, to
hold up before the rebellious race not merely the ments, but also the threatenings of the law, fully to discharge the office to
The
language of Ezekiel
of words
is
if
which they had been distinguished
command-
they were faithcalled.
by a great number
and forms, which do not occur elsewhere, and which,
probably, were for the greater part coined by himself (see an
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
10
enumeration of these in duction^ ยง 77,
Rem.
6),
tlie
Manual of
and shows a strong leaning towards It has, however, been unable to
the diction of the Pentateuch. resist the influences of
Aramaic idiom,
the inaccurate popular dialect, and of the
so that
corruptions, the decline
the
Hebrew tongue
Ilistonco-Critical Intro-
betrays, in
it
many
its
anomalies and
and commencement of the dying out of
(cf. ยง
17 of the Historico- Critical Manual),
and reminds us that the prophet's residence was
in a foreign
country.
The
genuineness of Ezekiel's prophecies
day, unanimously recognised by
all critics.
at
is,
the present
There is, moreover,
no longer any doubt that the writing down and redaction of them in the volume which has been transmitted to us were the
work of the prophet himself.
Only Ewald and
Hitzig, for the
purpose of setting aside the predictions which so
them, have proposed very
manner and way
in
artificial
much
offend
hypotheses regarding the
which the book originated
;
but
it
appears
unnecessary to enter into a closer examination of these, as their probability
and trustworthiness depend only upon the dogmatic
views of their authors.
For the exegetical vol.
i.
p.
353 (new
very recent date.
literature, see the Historico- Critical
ed. p. 254),
Das Buck
von Dr. Th. Kliefoth. and 1865.
where
EzecJdels.
is
Manual,
also to be added, as of
Uebersetzt und erklart
Zwei Abtheilungen.
Rostock, 1864
I
.iidzsLi y:- < :A-.)jii3ya'! .ijii
EXPOSITION. riEST HALF -THE PEOPHECIES OF JUDGMENT. CHAP. I.-XXXII.
CHAP.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
THE CONSECRATION AND CALLING OP EZEKIEL TO THE OFFICE OF PROPHET.
r.-TTI. 21.
N a vision of through
God, Ezekiel beholds in a great cloud,
which shone the splendour of
fire,
and
which a tempestuous wind drives from the north, the glory of the Lord above the cherubim upon a
throne in
majestic
human form
(ch.
i.),
and
hears
a
voice, which sends him as a prophet to Israel, and inspires him
with the subject-matter of
He
is
thereafter
his
announcements
transported in
Chebar, into the midst of the
spirit
is
called,
The whole occurrences
him
ters
;
and
By
From
these contents
do not constitute the
it
i.,
by which he
is
him
for the discharge of the
clearly appears that these chap-
fi.rst
introduction to the whole, to T.
office.
into the revelation of the word,
1-3, 21, which prepares
EZEK.
4-21).
in the vision are subdivided into the
consecrated for his calling ii.
(iii.
and ordained to the prophetic
copious description of the theophany, ch.
same.
3).
on the
appearance and the commission therewith connected
he consecrated,
ch.
1-iii.
(ii.
Tel-abib
and the duties and
exiles,
responsibilities of his calling laid before this divine
to
section of the book,
but the
which the circumstantial notices
R
THE FBOPHEGIES OF EZEEIEL.
18
of the time and place of this revelation of
mencement, Chap.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; to
i.
God
com-
at the
1-3, also point.
i.
The Appearance op the Glory op the Lord. Time and place of the same. Ver. 1. Now it came
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
Vers. 1-3.
pass in the thirtieth year, in the fourth {month), on the fifth
(day) of the month, as
I teas among
Ver.
On the fifth day of the month,
2.
Jehoiachins captivity, Ver.
I saw
visions of
God.
of King Lord came to
loas the fifth year
it
The word of
3.
by the river of
the captives
Chehar, that the heavens were opened, and
the
Ezehiel the priest, the son of Busi, in the land of the Chaldeans
by the river Chebar
;
and
the
hand of
the
Lord was
there
upon
him.
Regarding i.
1,
beginning of a book, as
at the
''H^l
the note on Josh.
cf.
The two
1.
i.
e.g.
in
Jonah
notices of the
year in vers. 1 and 2 are closely connected with the twofold introduction of the theophany. first,
according to
its
This
form or phenomenal nature, and then in
verses second and third, according to
upon the prophet.
effect
its
this, that
its
not merely
when
disclosed of the heavenly glory of
is
intended purpose, and
The phenomenon to
God
our eye a glimpse (Calvin), but also
when God manifests His glory in a manner human sight. The latter was the case here. *'
visions of
God," are not "
1
;
perceptible
1 Kings xxii. 19; 2 Kings
vi.
17.
to
^'''<y^. ^lii*"!^,
visiones prcestantissimce,^^
which have divine or heavenly things for vi.
consisted in
the heavens were opened, and Ezekiel saw visions of
The heaven opens
God.
described in verse
is
but visions
their object; cf. Isa.
Here
it is
the mani-
festation of Jehovah's glory described in the following verses.
This was beheld by Ezekiel in the ing to verse second, was in the Jehoiachin.
The
real
thirtieth year, which, accord-
fifth
year of the captivity of
identity of these
two dates
is
placed
beyond doubt by the mention of the same day of the month, *'
on the
ver. 1).
fifth
The
day of the month " fifth
(ver.
2 compared
with
year from the commencement of Jehoia-
CHAP L 595
chin's captivity is the year
sequently,
B.C.; the thirtieth year, con-
But the
the year 625 B.C.
is
with which this date
is
19
1-3.
reckoned,
era, in
is
To
no longer be ascertained with certainty. Hengstenberg, that the reference
own
accordance
matter of dispute,
and can with
suppose,
to the year of the prophet's
is
forbidden by the addition " in the fourth month, on
life, is
the fifth day of the month," which points to an era generally
In the year 625
recognised.
B.C.,
Nabopolassar became king
and therefore many of the older expositors have
of Babylon,
supposed that Ezekiel means the thirtieth year of the era of
Nothing, however,
Nabopolassar.
known
is
any such
of
Others, as the Chaldee paraphrast and Jerome, and in are
times also Ideler,
era.
modern
opinion that the thirtieth year
of
reckoned from the eighteenth
is
year of the reign of Josiah,
because in that year the book of the law was discovered, and the regeneration of public worship completed by a solemn cele-
No
bration of the Passover.
trace,
however, can elsewhere be
pointed out of the existence of a chronology dating from these
The Rabbins
events.
Seder
in
Olam assume a chronology
according to the periods of the years of jubilee, and so also Hitzig
but for this supposition too
;
At
wanting. npian Tjina, their
ch.
"
midst of the exiles,"
settlements, not, in their
iii.
society
proofs are
Ezekiel found himself
time mentioned,
the
in the
reliable
all
;
within the circuit of
i.e.
for
it
is
evident from
15 that he was alone when the theophany was imparted
to him,
and did not repair
the settlers.
Chaldees,
i.e.
Ver. in
3.
By
till
afterwards to the residences of
the river Chebar, in the land of the
Babylon or Mesopotamia.
The
river 133, to be
distinguished from l^^n, the river of Gosan, which flows into
the Tigris, see on 2 Kings xvii.
^A^oppa^ (Strabo,
jy_^
(Edrisi
xvi.
Clim.
6, is
the
Mesopotamian Chaboras,
748), or Xal3dopa<i (Ptolem. v. 18, 3),
iv.
Abulf. Mesopot. in the according to Edrisi takes
p.
p.
6,
N.
Repertor.
its
ii.
150, III.
ed. p.
Jaubert and xxiv.),
which
rise from " nearly three hundred
20
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
springs," near the city Bas-el-^Ain, at the foot of the
mountain
range of Masiiis, flows through Upper Mesopotamia in a direction parallel with its
two principal streams, and then, turning
westward, discharges
itself into
the Euphrates near Kirkesion.
The
There the hand of Jehovah came upon Ezekiel. sion (?^) ?V nn^n
'^"i
T
always
the power or omnipotence of
signifies a
God upon
expres-
miraculous working of
a man,
— the hand being
—
by which he is placed in a consuperhuman power, 1 Kings xviii. 46, and is
the organ of power in action, dition to exert
the regular expression for the supernatural transportation into the state of ecstasy for the purpose of beholding and announcing (cf.
2 Kings
iii.
15), or undertaking, heavenly things
throughout Ezekiel,
cf.
iii.
22,
viii.
of
the
Ij xxxiii.
;
and
so
22, xxxvii. 1,
xl. 1.
Vers. 4-28. of the
spirit
Description prophet.
pestuous wind came rolled together like
about
it,
and
metal from
Ver.
from
a
ball,
out of
the
—
its
theophany seen by the
And I
4.
the north,
and
saw, and,
a tem-
a great cloud, and a jire
brightness
the
lo,
light
of
round
midst, as the appearance of glowing
midst of the
fre^^^The
description begins
with a general outline of the phenomenon, as the same presented
itself
to the
spiritual eye of the
proach from the north.
A
prophet on
its
ap-
tempestuous wind brings hither
from the north a great cloud, the centre of which appears as a
lump
ness
of
fire,
of light, and presents in
glowing metal. north
which throws around the cloud the bright-
is,
The coming
its
midst the appearance of the
of
phenomenon from the
as a matter of course, not connected with the
Baby-
lonian representation of the mountain of the gods situated in
the extreme north, Isa. xiv. 13.
According
to the invariable
usage of speech followed by the prophets, especially by Jere-
miah
(cf. e.g.
i.
14, iv. 6, vi. 1, etc.), the north
from which the enemies who were Jerusalem and Judah break
coming of
this divine
in.
to execute
According
is
the quarter
judgment upon
to this usage, the
appearance from the north
signifies that
CHAP. L
21
5-14.
from the north that God will bring to pass the judgment nni3^n» m^ « fire rolled together like a ball," is
it is
upon Judah.
an expression borrowed from Ex.
we
naini^ *o B'^, as
The
27 and ch.
having a bright
by
it
" brass," and the Talmudic word
hbl2
"rough gold
reading N^^D in the
a metal
a compound of
is
To
or vb^D^ "
ri^'nj,
aurum rude"
ore," is opposed the fact that the
Talmud
Gesen. Thesaur.
(cf.
Septuagint i.e.
Plin. Hist. Nat. xxxiii. 4.
;
it
p.
and
and consisting of a mixture of gold and
lustre,
Cf. Strabo, III. 146
signifies
The
disputed.
is
fpieicrpov^ electrum,
the explanation of Bochart, that
K^D»
tJV,
K*t?n T|in».
of this word, which occurs again
ver. 2,
viii.
and Vulgate translate
and
refers to
from the words in apposition,
see
The meaning
ance of ^^^V.
silver.
i?
which formed the centre of the cloud, had the appear-
fire,
in ver.
10.
ix.
is
not certain, but purports to be
and Buxtorf, Lexic. Talmud,
p. 535,
1214), as well as the circumstance that raw gold ore has not
a lustre which could shine forth out of the probability has the supposition that in Syriac " coii/lavit, fabricavit,"
is
it
Still
fire.
a compound of
and u^n,
less StJ'n,
on which
"fricuit,^^
Havernick and Maurer base the meaning of " a piece of metal
wrought
from D"i3,
The word
in the fire."
UZ'n,
and to denote " glowing ore." where So^n py
priate both in ver. 27, as well
ver. 7
and
viii.
Dan. x.
Him who
x. 6 of the
manifests Himself.
more minutely. and
is
This meaning is
inf,
is
appro-
is
explained by
ti^'x-nxno,
" brilliancy," stands as
different
from
??i^
^f^^ in
the three places to
enthroned above the cherubim
;
while
spoken of the feet of the cherubim, and
arms and In
feet of the personage
verse fifth the
There
the seer four beings, figure
where
appended, as ?0i3 from
7
6, for p^'fH refers in all
ntyna in ver. 7 is
Dan.
2,
however,
^^'^^,
it.
in
the person of
in
ch.
as in
parallel to
P7i5
appears simply to be formed
probably " to glow," with
first
whom
appearance
is
who
there
described
present themselves to the eye of
he describes according to their
style.
Vers. 5-14.
The four cherubim.
—Ver.
5.
A7id out of its midst
;
THE TROPHECIES OF EZEEIEL
22 there prominently
and
this
Ver.
6.
Ver.
of
was
appeared a figure^ consisting of four creatures^
their
appearance
their feet like the soles
ance of shining brass.
under
their
of a man.
the figure
turned
iiot
of a
calf,
Ver.
8.
and sparkling
And
Their wings were joined one
9.
as they went
appear-
man
were
And
form of
Ver. 10.
man ; and
on the right all four had a
four had
the face
And
the
of an ox
their faces
to
another; they
they went each one in the direction of
;
his face.
Ver. 11.
like the
hands of a
the
wings on their four sides ; and all four had faces and
Ver.
wings.
all
had
they
:
And each had four faces, and each of them had four wings. 7. And their feet were upright- standing feet ; and the soles
and
;
and
their faces Uoitls
all
was
that of
face ; and on the
four had an eagle
a
left
s face.
wings were divided above, two
their
of each uniting loith one another, and two covering their bodies Ver. 12. And they went each in the direction of his face whithersoever the spirit was to go, they went they went.
Ver. 13.
burning coals of fire,
And
the likeness
like the
and from
the fire
beings ran hither
From
and
they turned not as
appearance of torches
went hither and thither amongst the beings liant,
;
of the creatures resembled
came forth
thither in
;
and
lightning.
:
it
the fire
(the fire)
was
Ver. 14.
bril-
And the
a zig-zag manner.
out of the fiery centre of the cloud there shows
itself
the form (H^OT, properly " resemblance," " picture ") of four
" living creatures ;" fcoa, Apoc. iv. 6 ; not " wild beasts," as Luther has incorrectly rendered it,
n^n, animantia, Brjpia,
after the animalia of the Vulgate. D'lN niOT,
" the figure of a man."
These four creatures had Agreeably to
this notice,
placed at the head of the description, these creatures are to be
conceived as presenting the appearance of a
human body
points not otherwise specified in the following narrative.
of
article stands as
Each
and four wings (Ons without the a distributive, and D^?J3 are " pinions," as in
them had four
Isa. vi. 2, not
in all
faces
" pairs of wings ").
Their feet were
niK*^ bT}_,
''
a
straight foot;" the singular stands generically, stating only the
nature of the feet, without reference to their number.
We
CHAP.
23
5-14.
I.
have accordingly to assume in each of the four creatures two IK'J, " straight," i.e. standing upright, not legs, as in a man. bent, as
when
sitting or kneeling,
ing the knee and thigh, and
under part of the
/J"}.
This part, not the whole
leg,
^^i^
The
nK'TO.
we
The
legs sparkled
subject of
verse fifth" (Hitzig), for this subject
which
^D"'^nj
i.
is
15,
D'VV'b
which like
and
?^i^ riB'TO
is
the
not " the
is
ni'n in
too far distant, but
is
here construed as masculine, as in Jer.
words apprehended
this sense are these
word
calf's foot,
which are understood to be intended under the
D"'in3j
In
tread on the ground.
resembled the
firmly planted on the ground.
appearance of
" sole of the foot," or the
with which
leg,
the whole leg, includ-
p^] is *1|,
16.
xiii.
Apocalypse,
in the
On
there translated by ')(akK6kL^avo<;.
this
Hengstenberg and Diisterdieck on the Apoc. i. 15. probably signifies " light," i.e. " bright, shining brass,"
see
hhp 'nj
have rendered
as the old translators
i^aarpdnrroiv
The Septuagint has
it.
the Vulgate, aes candens; and the Chaldee para-
;
The
phrast, aes fiammans.
brass " (Bochart), rests Thes. p. 1217, and
signification
" smoothed, polished
upon uncertain combinations
;
cf . Gesen.
appropriate neither here nor in Dan. x. 6,
is
where these words precede, " His face had the appearance of lightning,
and
his eyes
were as a flame of
Under
fire."
the
four wings were four hands on the four sides of each cherub,
formed rested
The
like
The wings
accordingly
upon the shoulders, from which the hands came
Chetib
others
the hands of a man.
H"'!
may
we punctuate
"^1],
D'lK elliptically, " his
(i.e.
were (the hands of) a
of God."
It
is
Job
suffix distributively
and
each of the four creatures) hands
man
passages like that in Ps. (feet) of hinds ;"
and take the
forth.
Kimchi and
certainly be defended if with
;" cf. for
such an
xviii. 34, ni'''^53 vJ"!,
ellipsis as this,
"
my
feet as the
xxxv. 2, ?X0, " before the righteousness
extremely probable, however, that
error of an old copyist for
*,
and that the Keri
reading, as the taking of DIN elliptically
the broad style of Ezekiel, which in
is
its
^Tl
"i
is
is
only the
the correct
not in keeping with verbosity verges
on
;
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
^i
The second half of
tautology.
ver. 8 is neither,
to be referred to the following ninth verse,
no more spoken but
is
of, nor,
to be taken as
with Hiivernick,
where the faces are
with Hitzig, to be arbitrarily mutilated stands, comprising all that has hitherto
it
been said regarding the faces and wings, in order to append thereto in ver. 9 sqq. the description of the use
The
members. one
11 limited to the two upper wings,
to another," is in ver.
according to which
and nature of these
" the wings were joined
definite statement, that
we have
so to conceive the matter, that the
top or the upper right wing of each cherub
with the top of the
came
in contact
wing of the neighbouring cherub.
left
This junction presented to the eye of the seer the unity and coherence of
and implied,
all
the four creatures as a complete whole
as a consequence, the
harmonious action in
of the four creatures.
They
but proceeded each in
-the direction of his face.
" over against his face." Kliefoth
:
"
As
Via I3y"-'X,
thus rightly given by
is
they had four faces, they needed not to turn as (i.e.
in the direction in which) they
were going, always after the face."
In the closer description
man
of the faces in ver. 10, the face of the
was turned towards the
In naming these
remarked that
three,
it is
naming the man's
in
word
omitted, because the
DillV.?
In
immediately precedes.
first
mentioned
and that of the eagle (behind).
left,
:
is
seer, that of the lion to
the right side, the ox to the
had these faces
n'ri,
did not turn as they went along^
The meaning
they went, but went on as
as that which
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;a
common
all
the four creatures
face, this
(referring to
ver. 11,
it is
all
remark the
is
four)
next remarked of the
faces and wings, that they were divided above (n^j?ÂťpÂť, "
from
above," "
more
upward ")
precisely stated.
;
The word
the preceding, " and
expunged
as
then the direction of the wings
a gloss
;
it
was
but
is
Q'^\^?i is
is
neither to be referred to
their faces," norj with Hitzig, to be
quite in order as a statement that
not only the wings but also the faces were divided above, consequently were not like Janus
faces
upon one head, but the
four faces were planted upon four heads and necks.
In the
CHAP.
.
follows, K'^N
description that is
K''^?
25
5-14.
nhnin
is
not quite distinct, and
manifestly to be taken as an abbreviation of ~^^ HE'S
nninx in ver. 9 i.e.
I.
on each were two wings joining one another,
:
touching with their tops the tips of the wings of the cherub
beside them, in accordance with which
Two
the wings as expanded.
we have
to
conceive
were covering their bodies,
i.e.
each cherub covered his body with the pair of wings that folded
downwards
;
not, as Kliefoth supposes, that the lower
wings of
the one cherub covered the body of the other cherub beside
him, which also
In
that verse.
ments
is
is
not the meaning in ver. 23
ver. 12,
what
;
see note
to be said about their
is
on
move-
brought to a conclusion, while both statements are completed by the addition of the In whatever direction the nn " was to go,
repeated in ver. 9&, and
principium movens.
in that direction they
their
own
went
;"
i.e.
not according to the action of
but wherever the nn impelled them, n^i, hownot " impulse," nor, in this place, even " the
will,
ever, signifies
wind," as the vehicle of the power of the spiritual
life
palpable
which produced and guided their movements,
to the senses,
For, according to ver. 20, the move-
(Kliefoth), but spirit.
in
harmony with the movements
of the cherubim, was not caused
by the wind, but proceeded
ment
of the wheels, which
from the n>nn nn,
On
i.e.
was
from the
the contrary, there
is
spirit
dwelling in the creature.
not in the whole description, with the
exception of the general statement that a tempestuous wind
drove from the north the great cloud in which the theophany
was enwrapped, any to the senses.
entire
allusion to a
means of motion palpable
In the 13th and 14th verses
is
described the
produced by the movement oS the whole nvnn nim;i precedes, and is taken absolutely " as
impression
appearance,
regards the form of
the creatures," and corresponds to the
niÂťn y3"|^ n^o^ in ver. 5,
with which the description of the indifire
was
Their appearance was like burning coals of
fire,
vidual figures which appeared in the brightness of the introduced. like the
appearance of torches.
K^n refers to
^^
as the principal
—
^6
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL. Fire, like the fire of burning coals
concepthn.
and torches,
went, moved hither and thither amongst the four creatures.
This
presented a bright appearance, and out of
fire
The
forth h'ghtnings.
motion. V^^, to
The
Ni^*^,
from
The
run.
Ni2»J,
stands instead of the finite verb.
Gen.
after
The continued motion
is
coming
moving on
"They went
split,"
in the
because they had a countenance
;
not " lightning" (zrp'ia), but comes from PT3
" to be
not in
is
straight before
looking in the direction of every side " (Kliefoth). fies
and
as Hitzig
and yet always
hither and thither,
direction of their countenances
inapproout,"
the creatui'es
of
contradiction with their perpetually
them.
7 (Hitzig),
viii.
to think of "
exists for the striking out of the words,
proposes.
came
it
constant
an Aramaising form for the Hebrew
we have not
because here
no reason
N^"),
infin. ahsol.
conjecture of
priate,
creatures, moreover, were in
and denotes " the
splitting,"
i.e.
PT3 signi-
in Syriac,
;
the zigzag course
of the lightning (Kliefoth).
Vers.
Ver. 15.
15—21. The four wheels beside the clierubim.
And I saw
the creatures, and,
lo,
there icas
a wheel upon Ver. 16.
the earth beside the creatures, toioards their four fronts.
The appearance of
Hie wheels
ance of the chrysolite their
and
their
work was
Ver. 17. Towards
were high and
round about in
creatures moved,
raised themselves.
and
the wheels
moved
beside them ;
up from
in the wheels.
moved the
also
;
Ver. 21.
lohen the
former
:
When
and when
for the the
was
sjnrit
was
to
the
to
go,
go ; and the
spirit of the creatures
former moved,
stood, the latter stood
former raised themselves from
of
the
the earth, the wheels also
Ver. 20. Whithersoever the
wheels raised themselves beside them
their
And when
Ver. 19.
all the four.
And
Ver. 18.
their felloes icere full
they went in the direction in xchich the spirit
was
appear-
four sides they went when
their
terrible ;
creatures raised themselves
like the
four had one kind of figure : and work loas as if one wheel icere within all
moved: they turned not as they went.
felloes, they
eyes
and
appearance and their
the other.
they
;
;
the latter
and
lohen
the ground, the loheels raised
CHAP. themselves beside them wheels.
way
— The
:
woi'ds, "
27
15-21.
I.
for the spirit of the creatures was in the and I saw the creatures," prepare the
new
for the transition to the
object which presented itself
By
in these creatures to the eye of the seer.
upon the ground he
creatures
sees a wheel,
fronts, or front faces of the creatures.
VJS
rij;3")}<7
chariot,
the side of these
and that
The
can neither be referred, with Rosenmiiller,
which
not mentioned at
is
all,
and
so be understood as if every
and Kliefoth,
This meaning refers
is
ad sensum
to the figure of the
(Ewald),
we have
or, to express it
cherubim with
front, conceived as a unity
cordingly,
at right angles.
it
The
not to be found in the words.
to n^*n
—
to
wheel looked towards four
because a second wheel was inserted in
sides,
to the
nor, with Hitzig, to the
preposition ?^^, nor, with Havernick, Maurer, (Six,
at the four
singular suffix in
its
more
suffix
correctly,
four faces turned to the
as one creature
('^'T'l',
ver. 22).
so to represent the matter, that
by the
Acside
of the four cherubim, namely, beside his front face, a wheel
was
to
be seen upon the earth.
Ezekiel then saw four wheels,
one on each front of a cherub, and therefore immediately speaks in ver. 16 of v^heels (in the plural). is
adspectus,
and
'IB'yD
" work ;"
i.e.
In
this verse nN"iD
both statements employing
the term " construction," although in the
hemistich only
first
the appearance, in the second only the construction, of the wheels
is
described.
U^^T\
the topaz of the moderns,
The
is
the chrysolite of the ancients,
—a stone having the
construction of the wheels was as
within a wheel,
i.e.
the four sides.
I'll''??,
it
lustre of gold.
one wheel were
were inserted at
as if in the wheel a second
right angles, so that without being turned all
if
could go towards
"As
in ver. 18, stands absolutely.
regards their felloes," they possessed height and terribleness,
— the
latter
because they were full of eyes
arbitrarily understands n33 of the
the Arabic, of the under side, or that which
The movement of movement of the creatures
back.
round.
all
upper sides
;
and
lies
Hitzig
nNi"|j
after
towards the
the wheels completely followed the (vers,
19-21), because the
spirit
of
;
^8
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
the creature was in the wheels,
not the " principle of
rrnrij
in vers.
20 and
creatures conceived as a unity, as in ver. 22, where the
ing
The
undoubted.
is
motion and
21,
is
" (Hiivernick), but the cherubic
life
senso
is
mean-
the wheels were, in their
:
completely bound by the movements and rest
rest,
of the creatures, because the spirit wliich ruled in them was also
the wheels, and regulated their going, standing, and
in
By
rising upwards.
mi
the n'nn
the wheels are bound in one
with the cherub-figures, but not by means of a chariot, to or
upon which the cherubim were attached.
The throne
Vers. 22-28.
Jehovah.â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
of
22.
heads of the creature there appeared an expanse
And
like
over the
the appear-
ance of the terrible crystal, stretched out over their heads above.
And
Ver. 23.
under the expanse
straight one towards another
toere
each had
:
and each two (wings\ covering
their
tioo toings,
wings, extended covering to these,
Ver. 24.
to those, their bodies.
And /heard the sound of their wings, as the sound of many waters, like the voice
the
of the Almighty, as they
clamour of a camp: when they
And
Ver. 25.
wings.
came a
there
icent
:
a loud rushing
down
stood, they let
voiae
from above
like
their
the ex-
panse which was above their heads; when they stood, they Ver. 26. Over the expanse above
wings sink down.
their
heads was
and over above
it.
to be seen, like
the figure
And I
brass, like the appearance
from
the
a sapphire stone, the figure of a throne:
of the throne was a figure resembling a
Ver. 27.
saw
and a shining
light
appearance of the the
it,
spake.
man
appearance of gloioing
of fire within the same round about
I saw
as of the appearance of fire,
was round about
boio,
which
is
it.
Ver. 28. Like the
in the clouds in the
appearance of the shining
the appearance
saw
like the
appearance of his loins upwards, and from the appear-
ance of his loins downwards,
was
let
their
light
day of rain,
round about.
This xoas
of the likeness of the glory of Jehovah.
and fell upon my
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Above,
face,
and I heard
the voice
And
1
of one that
over the heads of the figures of the cherubim,
Ezekiel sees something like the firmament of heaven (ver.
2Âť
CHAP. L 22-28.
22
sq.),
and hears from above
this
canopy a voice, which re-
echoes in the rushing of the wings of the cherubim, and deter-
mines the movement as well as the standing
The
creatures.
"And as
it
first
sentence of ver. 22 literally signifies:
a likeness was over the heads of the creature,
were, stretched out."
Vi?"!
it,
and before
has 3 fallen out (as Hitzig supposes), nor Tn'Q'i
is it
V''\>'] ;
ri^O"=j,
neither
be supplied.
to
denotes not any definite likeness, with which another
could be compared, but, properly, similitudoy and
by Ezekiel article,
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; a canopy,
not the genitive after
is
but an explanatory apposition to
For
these
of
still
in the sense of " something like."
mean
does not
employed
is
Vi?"!,
without the
the firmament of heaven, but any ex-
panse, the appearance of which
is first
the firmament by the words nnjjn pys.
described as resembling It
is
not the firmament
of heaven which Ezekiel sees above the heads of the cherubim,
but an expanse resembling
it,
of a fear-inspiring crystal.
which has the shining appearance used of crystal, in so far as
t^niJ^
the appearance of this glittering mass dazzles the eyes, and assures terror, as in Judg. in
Job
xiii. 6,
of the look of the angel
The
xxxvii. 22, of the divine majesty.
;
and
description
is
based upon Ex. xxiv. 10, and the similitude of the crystal has passed over to the Apocalypse, the wings of the cherubim,
iv. 6.
n^i^^.,
Under
the canopy were
standing straight,
i.e.
spread
out in a horizontal direction, so that they appeared to support the canopy.
nriinx"7K HE'S
be referred to the cherubim
The
is
not, with
(^^'I'lI),
others, to
nn"'3:3j as in
ver. 9.
^is? which follows does refer, on the contrary, to the
cherub, and literally signifies, " ing, namely, to these to C'i^p, in a
and
are divided into this
two
To
each were two wings, cover-
those, their bodies."
manner analogous
repetition of the nsH/',
That
Jerome and
but to
T^^ij?
corresponds
to DH? nriNp in ver. 6.
pairs, standing opposite to
is
the
one another.
statement contradicts, as Hitzig asserts, the
of the verse,
By
" to these and those," the four cherubim
by no means evident.
first
half
If the two creatures on
each side covered their bodies with the two wings, then two
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
8Q
other wings could very easily be so extended under the canopy
As
that the tops of the one should touch those of the other.
the creatures moved, Ezekiel hears the sound,
i.e.
the rustling
of their wings, like the roaring of mighty billows.
This
is
strengthened by the second comparison, " like the voice of the
Almighty,"
i.e.
that follows
still
resembling thunder,
depends on V^'^^.
here and in Jer.
xi.
x.
>^}^[}.,
5.
The
"roaring," "noise," "tumult."
in
fall
motion
for
;
down.
course, applies only to the upper wings, as the
when
This, of
under ones,
which covered the body, hung downwards, or were it
jiJ^n,
This rushing sound, however,
they stood, they allowed their wings to
this
i'ip
which occurs only
was heard only when the creatures were
From
>y^^[}.
probably synonymous with
is
6,
cf.
down.
let
clearly appears that the upper wings neither sup-
ported nor bore up the canopy over their heads, but only were so extended,
when the cherubim were In
touched the canopy.
ver.
25
is also
in motion, that they
mentioned whence the
loud sound came, which was heard, during the moving of the wings, from above the canopy, consequently from him
placed above
who was
so that the creatures, always after this voice
it,
resounded, went on or stood
still, i.e.
put themselves in motion,
or remained without moving, according to
its
With
command.
the repetition of the last clause of ver. 24 this subject
Over
cluded in ver. 25.
or above
is
con-
upon the firmament was
to
be seen, like a sapphire stone, the likeness of a throne, on which
one in the form of a
sat
form, as in
Dan.
vii.
man i.e. Jehovah appeared in human Upon this was poured out a fiery,
9 sq.
shining light, like glowing brass (/^^'^ PV, as in ver. 4) and like fire, n^3D n^Ti^a,
" within," and to
rb,
ÂŤ within
it
round about " (n'2^
pointing back to N33
niD'n).
They
be the simplest explanation of these obscure words.
are rendered differently fire
by
Hitzig,
who
which has a covering round about
enclosed, whose shining contrasts so
account of the dark surroundings."
translates it, i.e.
much
the
= n^3,
This appears
them
like fire
:
" like
which
is
more brightly on
But, to say nothing of
CHAP.
I.
31
22-23.
the change which would then be necessary of this
meaning seems very
far-fetched,
IT'S
into n^3,
and cannot be accepted
for this reason alone, that t^X ^^"!^, neither in the following
hemistich (ver. 276) nor in
viii.
has any such or similar
2,
The appearance above
strengthening addition.
shows, as the
centre of the cloud (ver. 4), a fiery gleam of light, only there is
to be perceived
upon the throne a figure resembling a man,
from the
fiery-looking
round about the
loins
figure, or rather
light (nJb, cf. ver. 4), like the
This
iv. 3.
upwards and downwards, and
[xin, ver. 28, does
round the throne, a shining
rainbow in the clouds,
appearance of him who was enthroned,
and cherubim
included, but throne
cf.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; the
(x. 4,
covering of light
19) excluded (Hitzig)]
was the appearance of the likeness of Jehovah's glory.
The
these words closes the description of the vision. clause,
"
And
Apoc.
not refer to ^i^^, but to the whole
With
following
I saw, etc.," forms the transition to the word of
Jehovah, which follows on the second chapter, and which sum-
moned Ezekiel
to
become
Before we pass,
a prophet to Israel.
however, to an explanation of this word, we must endeavour to
form to ourselves a clear conception of the significance of
this
theophany.
For
its
view that
full it
understanding we have
was imparted
called to the office of prophet, but times,
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;namely,
in ch.
iii.
22
at
4
sqq.,
when he
is
sqq.,
of
all
to keep in
merely on his being
was again repeated three
where he was commissioned
impending siege of Jerusalem
to predict symbolically the viii.
first
to Ezekiel not
;
ch.
transported in spirit to the temple-court
Jerusalem for the purpose of beholding the abominations of
the idol-worship practised by the people, and to announce the
judgment which, burst
upon the
consequence of these abominations, was
in
city
and the temple,
in
which
him how the glory of the Lord abandons, thereafter the city also
shown
to
him the
;
and in ch.
it
is
shown
to
the temple and
1 sqq., in which
is
the new temple with the glory of among the children of Israel. In
filling of
the Lord, to dwell for ever
xliii.
first
to
:;
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
Âť3 all
three passages
From
of his call.
"
We
may
first
has drawn the ri^ht con-
4 sqq. bears a relation not
i.
but to the whole prophetic work of Ezekiel
not say that
He
time, because
which he witnessed on the occasion
this Kliefoth
theophany in ch.
elusion, that the to the call only,
expressly testified that the divine ap-
is
it
pearance was like the
God
so appears to Ezekiel at a later
him
so appeared to
say, conversely, that because
God
at his call
but
;
and must
wills
we must
so appear to
Ezekiel at a later time while engaged in his prophetic vocation,
He
therefore
The
call."
him and
is
him
also appears to
distinctly contained in the
ch.
xliii
"
:
God
form already
in this
God
which
intention, however, with
two
at his
so appears to
last passages, ch. viii.-xi.
withdraws in a
manner from the
visible
temple and Jerusalem, which are devoted to destruction on
God
account of the sin of the people: in a visible manner
new temple
the
enters into
the
whole of what
comprehended
a better its
;
these two things,
in
and
existing temple
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
the future
of
was inspired
Ezekiel
city,
was
foretell
the destruction of the
and the raising up of a new and
because the whole of his prophetic vocation had
God
fulfilment in these, therefore
his call to
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
and because
;
to
appears to Ezekiel on
be a prophet in the same form as that in which
He
departs from the ancient temple and Jerusalem, in order to their destruction,
in order to fore, is
make it
what
it is
and announce of the temple,
a temple. in
i.
4
and on the other
itself is
because
purpose was to show side the destruction
restoration
why God
made
1)
He
is
from
here has the cherubim with
Him,
without cherubim
God
glorification."
clear
no other significancy than what nacle, viz. that
and
If
clear.
while on the occasion of other appearances Isa. vi.
edifice
the theophany, there-
its
on the one its
new
correct, only the significance of the
not thereby
the purpose indicated
enters into the
The form of
sqq.,
to the prophet,
These remarks are quite theophany
He
and in which
;
as the
it is
(e.g.
Dan.
vii.
9
cherubim here have
their figures
have in the taber-
has there His dwelling-place, the seat of
;
CHAP.
His gracious presence either the special
distinguished
3B
22-28.
I.
yet this does not satisfactorily explain
;
marks by which the cherubim of Ezekiel are
from those
and
in the tabernacle
in Solomon's
temple, or the other attributes of the theophany.
Kliefoth,
moreover, does not misapprehend those diversities in the figures of the cherubim, and finds indicated therein the intention of
causing
distinctly to
it
appear that
Jehovah, enthroned amid the
who again uprears
temple, and
predict both
to
events,
it
the one and same
is
who
cherubim,
destroys
the
Because Ezekiel was called
it.
he therefore thinks there must be
excluded, on the one hand, such attributes in the form of the
harmony with the
manifestation as would be out of
different
aims of the theophany; while, on the other, those which are important for the different aims must be combined and com-
prehended in one form, that
this
may
one form
to all the manifestations of the theophany.
fore have in
be appropriate
It could not there-
the ark of the covenant and the mercy-seat
it
because, although these would probably have been appropriate to the manifestation for the destruction of the old
temple
(viii.
1 sqq.), they would not have been in keeping with that for
new
must show " the living God Himself upon the throne among the living entering into the
creatures ;" because
it
Instead of
temple.
belongs to the
of the temple of the future, that self
dwelling within
it
it
this, it
new and
glorious existence
Himtoo, may
should have Jehovah
in a visible form.
From
this,
be explained the great fulness of the attributes, which are divisible into three classes
God
festation of
which
1.
Those which
To
;
God
God
first class all
I.
essential
is
in itself, e.g. the visibility of
general, the presence of the cherubim in
ÂŁZEK.
Those
for entering into the
the last class belongs everything which
consequently,
mani-
and, 3. Those which serve both objects in com-
to the manifestation of
the
relate to the
for the destruction of Jerusalem; 2.
relate to the manifestation of
new temple mon.
:
itself,
and
so
God
in
on
to
:
the signs that indicate wrath and judgment,
first,
the coming from the north, especially the
O
84
THE PnOPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
fire,
to
the lightnings, in which
judgment
God
appears as
He who
is
but to the second, besides the rainbow and the
;
God
appearance of
in
human
form, especially the wheels and
For the
the fourfold manifestation in the oherubim and wheels.
new temple
coming
does not represent the rebuilding of the temple by
Zerubbabel, but the economy of salvation founded by Christ at
His appearing, to which they belong as
own coming and
founded, on the one hand, by God's
upon the earth
on the other,
;
and
His throne
is
lowers
down
dwelling
local nature of the pre-
vious ancient dispensation of salvation.
human form;
be
to
;
be of an oecumenic character,
to
in opposition .to the particularities
in
essential tokens
God
appears bodily,
canopy on which
to earth the
seated; the cherubim, which
indicate God's
gracious presence with His people, appear not merely in symbol,
but in living
reality, plant their feet
upon the ground, while
each cherub has at his side a wheel, which moves, not in the air,
By
but only upon the earth.
Himself
is
this it is
walk and
to descend to the earth, to
among His economy of
people
;
shown that God to dwell visibly
while the oecumenic character of the
salvation,
for the establishment of which
new
God
is
to visit the earth, is represented in the fourfold
form of the
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;the
sign of the
cherubim and wheels. oecumenicity which
spread abroad into
and wheels, of
God
The number
four
and the symbol of
is
to come,
all
the world
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
is
to portray the spreading
"
assigned to the cherubim
true and striking this attempt at explanation
may
tion, that in the
The
that
is
contain in
does not touch the heart of the subject, and
free from bold combinations.
being
abroad of the new kingdom
But how much soever
over the whole earth.
details, it
its
is
not
correctness of the assump-
theophany attributes of an opposite kind are
united, namely, such as should refer only to the destruction of
Jerusalem and of the temple, and such as foundation and nature of the beset with well-founded doubts.
relate only to the
new economy
Why, on
of salvation, is
such a hypothesis,
should the form of the theophany remain the same throughout
;
CHAP. in
is
35
22-28.
This question, wlilch
three or four cases?
all
surface,
I.
not satisfactorily answered
lies
on the
by the remark that
Ezekiel had to predict not only the destruction of the old, but
new and much more
also the foundation of a
glorious
kingdom
For not only would this end, but also the object of showing that it is the same God who is to accomplish both, have been fully attained if the theophany had remained the
of God.
same only in those
which emblemize
attributes
in
a general
way God's
gracious presence in His temple
attributes,
which typify only the one and the other purpose of
;
while the special
the divine appearance, would only then have been added, or
brought prominently out, where
theophany had to be announced.
this or that
element of the
Moreover, the necessity in
general of a theophany for the purpose alleged
much
is
not evident,
the necessity of a theophany so peculiar in form.
less
Other prophets
also,
e.g.
Micah, without having seen a theo-
phany, have predicted in the clearest and distinctest manner both the destruction of Jerusalem and the temple, and the
up
raising
reason,
of a
then,
only at his
new and more
why
call,
glorious
The
kingdom of God.
Ezekiel witnessed such a theophany, not
but had
repeated to him at every
it
in his prophetic ministry,
new turn
must be deeper than that assigned
and the theophany must have another meaning than that of merely consecrating the prophet for the purpose of announcing both the judgment upon Jerusalem and the temple, and the raising
up of a new and more
glorious
economy
of salvation,
and strengthening the word of the prophet by a symbolical representation of
To
its
contents.
recognise this meaning,
distinct conception, not
we must endeavour
to
form a
merely of the principal elements of our
theophany, but to take into consideration at the same time their relation to other theophanies.
are
unmistakeably prominent,
cherubim 3d,
;
2d,
The wheels
The firmament
In our theophany three elements
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
1st,
The
peculiarly formed
are seen beside the cherubim
;
and,
above, both with the throne and the form of
— ;
36
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
God
in
human shape
upon the throne.
seated
these three elements in the description
any importance, but seer
who
is
is
on earth
it
look next turns
to
all,
first
presents
however,
He who
indisputably pointed out that
God
that
is
that to the
and that
itself,
upper part of the theophany.
the
the cherubim under or at the throne of
the same
this,
the under part of the figure which,
is
Especially significant above
is
order of
perhaps hardly of
simply explicable from
appearing visibly in the clouds, his
is
The
the appearance of
is
God
;
and by
this
it is
appears upon the throne
enthroned in the temple between the
the mercy - seat upon their outspread wings. Whatever opinion may be formed regarding the nature and
cherubim of
significance of the cherubim, this lished, that
much
is
undoubtedly estab-
they belong essentially to the symbolical repre-
sentation of Jehovah's gracious presence in Israel, and that this portion of
our vision has
its
real foundation in the plastic
representation of this gracious relation in the
of the tabernacle or temple.
Holy
of Holies
As, however, opinions are divided
on the subject of the meaning of these symbols, and the cherubim of Ezekiel, moreover, present no inconsiderable
differ-
ences in their four faces and four wings from the figures of the cherubim upon the mercy-seat and in the temple, which
had only one face and two wings, we must, standing of our vision; look a
and
little
more
for the full under-
closely to the nature
significance of the cherubim.
While, according to the older view, the cherubim are angelic beings of a higher order, the opinion at the present day
is
widely prevalent, that they are only symbolical figures, to which
nothing real corresponds, creature life in *
Compare the
its
— merely
highest fulness.*
ideal
representations of
This modern view, how-
investigation of the cherubim in
my
Handhuch der Bib-
pp. 86 sqq. and 113 sqq. ; also Klieioih's Abhandlung iiber die Zahlensymbolik der heiligen Schrift in der Theolog. ZeitscTirift von lischen Archseologie,
I.
Dieckhoff und Kliefoth, III. p. 381 sqq., where especially the older view that the cherubim are angelic beings of a higher rank is defended in a
—
thorough manner, and the daring hypothesis of Hofmann signally refuted
CHAP.
I.
37
22-28.
ever, finds in the circumstance that the
cherubim in the Israel-
sanctuary, as well as in Ezeklel and in the Apocalypse,
itish-
are symbolical figures of varying shape, only an apparent but
no
The cherubim
real support.
God, after expelling the
occur for the
Gen.
history of Paradise, where, in
human
first
at the east side of the garden the
22-24,
iii.
first it
is
time in the related that
pair from Paradise, placed
cherubim and the flame of a
sword, which turned hither and thither, to guard the
to the
If this narrative contains historical truth, and
tree of life.
not merely a
myth
or philosopheme
if
;
remain real things and occurrences,
— pure
must the cherubim
will not
Hebrew fancy
creations of
—
have placed
at the gate of
Upon
the basis of this narrative, Ezekiel
cherubim to be
spiritual beings of a higher rank.
Paradise," Kliefoth. also held the
God
humanity, are to
all
—then
" For
also be taken as real beings.
is
Paradise and the Fall,
with their consequences, extending over
symbols
way
This appears from ch.
xxviii.
14-16, where he compares the
prince of Tyre, in reference to the high and glorious position
God had
which
assigned him, to a cherub, and to Elohim.
It does not at all conflict with the recognition of the
cherubim
as real beings, and, indeed, as spiritual or angelic beings, that
they are employed in visions to represent super-sensible relations, or are represented in a plastic
"
Israel.
ference to is
an
who
testify ;
in the sanctuary of
When this,
angels," as Kliefoth correctly remarks in re" sing the song of praise in the holy night, this
historical occurrence,
angels
form
by
and these angels are
real ancels,
their appearance that there are such beings as
but when, in the Apocalypse, angels pour forth sounds
of wrath, these angels are figures in vision, as elsewhere, also,
men and
objects are seen in vision."
But even this employment upon the belief that
of the angels as " figures " in vision, rests
Ed. C. Aug. Riehm, De natiird et notione symholicd Cheruhorum, Commentat. Basil. 1864, who, proceeding from the view adopted by Bahr, Hengstenberg, and others that the cherubim were only symbolical figures, has sought to determine more minutely the meaning of these symbols.
lastly,
—
—
—
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
38
there are actually beings of this kind.
Biblical symbolism
furnishes not a single undoubted instance of abstract ideas, or
by the
ideal creations of the imagination, being represented
prophets as living beings.
Under
the plastic representation of
the cherubim upon the mercy-seat, and in the most holy and
holy place of the tabernacle and the temple, these are heavenly, spiritual beings
temple (which was built after the kingdom of
God
its
;
is sufficient to
and
all
the symbols derived
When, however, on
real existence.
other hand, Hengstenberg objects, on Apoc.
Vitringa remarks
the idea, that
pattern) essential relations of
are embodied, and
from things having a
lies
for in the tabernacle
the
" that what
iv. 6,
refute those who, under the
cherubim, would understand angels of rank,
—
viz. that
these
four creatures are throughout the whole of this vision connected
with the assembly of the elders, and are distinguished not only
from the vii.
11,"
From into
angels, but
—we must
from
all the angels, as is
done in ch.
regard this refutation as altogether
futile.
the division of the heavenly assembly before the throne
two choirs or
classes
(Apoc.
v.
and
vii.),
(cherubim) and the elders form the one the other choir (ver. 11),
—
in
which the fwa dyyeXoc
(v. 8), the
— an argument can be as
against the angelic nature of the cherubim, as
little it
derived
could be
shown, from the distinction between the arparia ovpdvio<i and a77e\o9, in Luke ii. 13, that the " multitude of the heavenly host" were no angels at
And
all.
the passage in Apoc.
vii.
would only then furnish the supposed proof against the lationship of the in general
—
were spoken
cherubim
angels,
all
of.
to the
11 re-
angels, if Trai/re? dyyeXoi
how numerous
soever they
But the very tenor of the words,
may
be
Travre? ol
ayyeXoi, "all the angels," points back to the choir of angels
already mentioned in ch. v. 11, which was formed by iroWol ayyeXoij whose
number was ten thousand
times ten thousand,
and thousands of thousands.*
From
See on this distinction Winer's (Moulton's translation), p. 137, where,
Grammar of New Testament Greek among other remarks, it is observed
^
the distinction between
CHAP. the fwa
I.
3^
22-28.
and the dyyeXot in the Apocalypse, no further
in-
common
ference can be deduced than that the cherubim are not
angels, "ministering spirits, sent forth to minister" (Heb.
i.
14), but constitute a special class of angels of higher rank.
More exact information regarding the relationship of the cherubim to the other angels, or their nature, cannot indeed be obtained, either from the name cherubim or from the circumstance that, with the exception of Gen.
iii.,
only in connection with the throne of God. the word
2l"i3
obscure:
is
proposed from the
make to
all
Hebrew
they occur always
The etymology
of
the derivations that have been
or any other Semitic dialect cannot
the slightest pretensions to probability.
The word
appears
have come down from antiquity along with the tradition of
my Biblical
See
Paradise.
Archceology, p. 88 sqq.
first
in ch. x. employs the
nacle, or rather
name
Q''?1"i3,
be inferred from x. 20, he
first
of the theophany related in ch.
form a supposition,
if
;
take
and
the taber-
since, as
may
recognised, from the repetition
seen in the vision were cherubim, tion nvn,
known from
from the history of Paradise
we
ni'n,
If
them
into consideration, however, that Ezekiel calls
that the living creatures
x.,
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;we
may, from the designa-
not as to their nature, at least
as to the significance of their position towards the throne of
God.
They
are termed nvn, " living," not as being " ideal
representatives of all living things
berg), but as beings which,
and
earth, possess
upon the earth " (Hengsten-
among
and manifest
all
the creatures in heaven
life in
the fullest sense of the
word, and on that very account, of
all spiritual
God
all flesh
nearest to the
eternity to eternity),
of the spirits of
and encircle His throne.
beings, stand
(who
With
lives
from
this repre-
sentation harmonises not only the fact, that after the expulsion
of the to
first
human
guard the way
beings from Paradise, to the tree of life,
that " xeiaxi ysvieti are xi yivtai (Matt.
i.
all
God commanded them
but also the form in which
generations, whatever their
17), all the generations,
number
;
%eiaoi.i
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;those which, either from
context or in some other way, are familiar as a definite number."
the
40
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL were represented in the sanctuary and in the
tliey
The cherubim
in the sanctuary
visions.
had the form of a man, and
were only marked out by their wings
as super-terrestrial beings,
not bound by the earthly limits of space.
The cherubim
in
Ezekiel and the Apocalypse also preserve the appearance of a
man.
Angels
visibly to
assume the human form when they appear
also
men on
earth, because of all earthly creatures
man,
and highest
place.
created in the image of God, takes the
For although the spiritual nature of
Spirit of is
God,
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
divine image
man,
^yet his
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
first
principally
and
in
we have any know-
as such forms the most appropriate
garment for
But the
rendering visible the heavenly spiritual being within.
cherubim in our vision exhibit, besides the figure of the
body with the face of a man, and of the
ox,
eagle,
human
also the face of the lion, of the
and four wings, and appear as four-sided,
square-formed beings, with a face on each of their four so that
the
him by the
bodily form, as the vessel of this soul,
the most perfect corporeity of which
ledge,
consists
in the soul breathed into
sides,
they go in any direction without turning, and yet,
while so doing, they can always proceed in the direction of one face
;
while in the vision in the Apocalypse, the four faces of
the creatures
named
among
are divided
is
portrayed his soul and
higher order of animals,
its
spirit,
them
doubtless, to represent
ness and the power of divided
among
and
nature.
and eagle-faces with that of man
life,
the four cherubim, so
In the countenance of
that each has only one of them.
one
in each
The union
of the lion, ox,
in the cherubim,
as beings
man
also of the
is
intended,
which possess the
ful-
which in the earthly creation
The
the four creatures named.
dictum (Schemoili Rabba, Schottgen, Horce HebraiccB, Quatuor sunt qui principatum in hoc miindo
is
Rabbinical p.
tenent.
1168)
:
Inter
creaturas homo, inter aves aquila, inter pecora bosy inter bestias leOy
of
contains it
a truth, even
if
there
lies
at
the foundation
the idea that these four creatures represent the entire
earthly creation.
For
in the cherub, the living
powers of these
CHAP.
I.
41
22-28.
That the
four creatures are actually united.
eagle, namely,
comes into consideration only in reference to flight, in
which he excels
may
other birds,
all
from the circumstance that
in
Apoc.
iv.
the ox and the lion
power of
be concluded
7 the fourth ^coov
According
described as resembling an eagle flying. principle,
his
to
is
this
are only to be considered
in
reference to their physical strength, in virtue of which the ox
amongst tame animals, the first
his
place, while
lion
amongst wild
man, through the power of
supremacy over
earthly creatures.^
all
beasts, take the
mind, asserts
his
The number
four,
both of the cherubim and of the four faces of each
lastly,
connected with their capacity to go in
cherub in our
vision, is
all directions
without turning, and can contribute nothing in
favour of the assumption that these four indicate the whole living creation, Is
upon
tlie
simple ground that the
number four
not essential to them, for on the mercy-seat only two cheru-
That they are
bim are found.
also represented in the vision
as higher spiritual beings, appears not only
where a cherub stretches forth
his
from Ezek.
x. 7,
hand and fetches out
fire
from between the cherubim, and places it in the hands of the angel clothed in white linen, who was to accomplish the burning of Jerusalem in the
;
them, as Kliefoth activity
:
worship,
still
more
distinctly,
has
from what
already pointed out,
v. 8, xix.
what the four them gives
first
all
4
;
they repeat the
creation, v.
14
;
" in manifold ;
they offer
Amen
to the
they invite John to see
seals are accomplishing, vi. 1, 3, 5, 7
to the
said
is
Here we observe
they utter day and night the Tersanctus iv. 8, 9,
song of praise from
of
but,
Apocalypse regarding their working.
;
one
seven angels the seven phials of wrath,
XV. 7." ' This has been already rightly recognised by Riehm, I.e. p. 21 if., who has drawn from it the inference quaternis igitur faciehus eximiae vires atque facultates signijicantur cherubis a deo ad niunus suum sustinendum :
which is connected with the erroneous representation that the cherubim are intended to bear the throne of God, and to carry the Lord of impertitae^
the world.
42
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL Besides this activity of theirs in the carrying out of the
we must,
divine counsel of salvation,
in order to gain as clear
a view as possible of the significance of the cherubim in our vision, as well as in Biblical
symbolism generally, keep
also in
view the position which, in the Apocalypse, they occupy around
Those who are assembled about the throne
the throne of God.
form these three concentric
form the innermost
circle
;
circles
thrones, clothed in white garments,
upon
their heads,
all, is
number was many thousands
To
8, vii. 11).
and wearing golden crowns
compose the wider
the third, and widest of
the four ^wa (cherubim)
:
the twenty-four elders, seated upon
circle that follows
of thousands (Apoc.
iv. 4, 6, v. 6,
made
perfect from
heathens, peoples, and languages, in white raiment,
all
and with palms tribulation,
Him
who have come
in their hands,
and have washed
in the blood of the
serve
while
these are added the great, innumerable host,
standing before the throne, of the just
among
;
formed by the many angels, whose
their robes,
Lamb, and now,
out of great
and made them
wOiite
before the throne of God,
day and night in His temple
(vii. 9,
Ac-
14, 15).
cordingly the twenty-four elders, as the patriarchs of the
and
New
Old
Testament congregation of God, have their place
beside God's throne, between the cherubim and the myriads of
the other angels
;
and
in the
same manner
as they are exalted
above the angels, are the cherubim exalted even above them.
This position of the cherubim
justifies the conclusion that
they
have the name of ^wa from the indwelling fulness of the everlasting blessed life
out from
Lord
of
which
is
within them, and which streams
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; the
the Creator of spirits all lords
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; upon
King
of
all
the spiritual beings of heaven, and
that the cherubim immediately surround the throne of
being representatives blessedness, feited
God,
as
life
of
and bearers of the everlasting
which men, created in the image of God, have
by the
Fall, but
and
kings,
which they are again, from the
for-
infini-
tude of the divine compassion, to recover in the divine kingdom
founded for the redemption of fallen humanity.
CHAP. It is easier to recognise the
I.
it
22-281
meaning of the wheels which
The wheel
our vision appear beside the cherubim.
now
serves to
Although the throne of God
put the chariot in motion.
in
is
not
expressly represented and designated as a chariot-throne,
yet there can be no doubt that the wheels which Ezekiel sees
under the throne beside the cherubim are intended
to indicate
moved
the possibility and ease with which the throne can be
The mean-
the direction of the four quarters of the heavens. ing of the eyes, however, according to
is
matter of controversy, with which,
18, the felloes of the wheels, and, as
i.
mentioned in ch.
and
x. 12,
in
also noted in
cherubim themselves are furnished
Apoc.
expressly
iv.
6,
the
According to
round.
all
is
Kliefoth, the eyes serve the purpose of motion; and as the
movement
of the cherubim and wheels indicates the spreading
abroad over the whole earth of the this
abroad
this spreading
of salvation,
to take place, not through blind acci-
is
dent, but with conscious clearness. priate
Apoc.
to
beside them, to
new economy
mass of eyes in the cherubim and wheels must indicate that
iv.
The meaning
6,
and where a going forth
be thought
Here
of.
is
not appro-
where the cherubim have no wheels into all countries is not
therefore, according to Kliefoth, the
eyes only serve to bring into view the moral and physical
powers which have created and supported the kingdom of
upon earth, and which are mation.
This
is
also to bring
it
now
to its
God
consum-
manifestly arbitrary, as any support from
passages of the Bible in favour of the one view or the other
The remark
entirely wanting.
truth, that
of Kosenmiiller
by the multitude of the eyes
naturarum perspicacia
et
explanation of Apoc. v.
6,
o^vmiriay
is
is
is
nearer the
denoted Coelesiium
and leads
to
the correct
where the seven eyes of the
Lamb
are declared to be ra iTrra irvevfiaTa tov Šeov, ra aireaTaXfieva â&#x201A;Ź49 iraa-av rrjp yrjv
effects
manner analogous of the
;
the eyes consequently indicate the spiritual
which proceed from the to
Lamb
over the entire earth in a
His seven horns, which are the symbols
completeness of His power.
The
eye, then, is
the
4i
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
picture and mirror of the Spirit
;
and the ornamentation of the
cherubim and wheels with eyes, shows that the power of the divine Spirit dwells within them, their
and determines and guides
movements.
The remaining objects of the vision are not difficult to explain. The appearance of the expanse over above the cherubim and wheels, upon which a throne
ment
upon the throne holy
is
to be seen, represents the firma-
God appears human form, in the terrible glory of His The whole appearance draws nigh to the
or heaven as the place of God's throne.
majesty.
in
prophet in the covering of a great fiery cloud (ver. cloud points back to the
This
4).
thick cloud" in which Jehovah, in the
*'
ancient time, descended upon
Mount
Sinai amid thunders and
lightnings (Ex. six. 16) to establish His covenant of grace,
promised to the patriarchs with their seed,
brought forth from Egypt,
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; and
grace upon the earth.
we
If
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;the people of
Israel
found His kingdom of
to
observe the connection of our
God on
theophany with that manifestation of
Sinai for
the
founding of the Old Testament dispensation of salvation, we shall neither confine the fire
the manifestation of
God
and the lightnings
in
our vision to
for the destruction of Jerusalem
and
the temple, nor refer the splendour which appears above the
throne in the form of a rainbow to the grace which returns after the execution of
salvation which
is
judgment, or to the new dispensation of
to be established.
differing attributes,
Nor may we
by referring them
historical elements of the revelation of
in opposition
;
but must
holiness,
specially to individual
God
conceive of them,
from the point of view of unity,
regard these
in
His kingdom, as
more generally and
as symbols of the righteousness,
and grace which God reveals
in the
preservation,
government, and consummation of His kingdom.
It
holds
true also of our theophany what Diisterdieck remarks on Apoc. iv.
3
(cf. p.
219 of the second
edition of his
Commentary)
re-
garding the importance of the divine appearance described in that passage
:
"
We
may
not hastily apply in a general way
45
CHAP. L 22-28.
by
the description before us of
God
special reference to the
judgments
(which are seen at a later time) in their relation to the
divine grace
enough that
it is
;
personal ground of
all
here,
where the everlasting and
that follows
God
glory and righteousness of
described, the sacred
is
appear in the closest connec-
His unchanging, friendly grace,
tion with
so that the entire
future development of the kingdom of God, and of the world
down
to the final
termination, as that
marvellous unity of being which
is
in the holy, righteous,
is
gracious God, must not only according to
according to living
its
contains
all
its
and
course, but also
object, correspond to this threefold glory of the
As
God."
determined by the
fundamental vision (of the Apocalypse)
this
that serves to alarm the enemies and to comfort
the friends of
Him who
Ezekiel also has
its
sits
on the throne, so the vision of
fundamental significance not only for the
whole of the prophet's ministry, but, generally, for the continuation and development of the
kingdom of God
in Israel,
consummation in glory
until its
aim has been reached in
This,
fundamental significance, unmistakeably appears from
its
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
the twofold circumstance,
its
that
firstly,
imparted to the prophet at his
call,
the theophany
was
and was then repeated
at
the principal points in his prophetic ministry, at the announce-
ment both
of the dissolution of the old
kingdom of God by the
destruction of Jerusalem and the temple, ch. ix.-xi., and also at the erection of the
new temple and a new arrangement
the kingdom (ch. xl.-xlviii.).
remarked
(p. 35),
of
Since, as was formerly already
a theophany was not required either for the
calling of Ezekiel to the office of a prophet, or for the announce-
ment which was entrusted
to
him of the
annihilation of the old
and the foundation of the new kingdom of God, so the revelation of
God, which pointed in
dwelling of the Lord in the temple (and living
among
its
among His
phenomenal shape
to
the
people in the Holy of Holies
which was imparted
in this place to Ezekiel,
the exiles in the land of Chaldea by the banks of
the Chebar), could only be intended, in view of the dissolution
46
THE PROPHECIES OP EZEKIEL.
of the theocracy, which to
had already begun, and was shortly
be completed, to give to the prophet and those of his con-
who were
temporaries
him
living with
that the essential element of
in exile, a real pledge
theocracy was not to be
the
removed by the penal judgment which was passing over the
and kingdom
sinful people
but that
;
God
the
Lord would
still
continue to attest Himself to His people as the living God, and preserve His kingdom, and one day bring
consummation.
it
again to a glorious
correspondence with this aim,
God
appears
temple in the symbolical forms of His gracious presence
in the
as
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;In
He who
throne
is
movement
throned above the cherubim
furnished with
are
of the throne in
;
but cherubim and
which represent the
attributes,
all directions,
not merely to indicate
kingdom of God over all the earth, but to Lord and King, whose might extends over
the spreading of the reveal Himself as
the whole world, and
who
power
possesses the
to judge all the
heathen, and to liberate from their bondage His people,
have been given into their hands,
Him and who ;
will again gather
if
who
they repent and turn unto
them
together,
in the place of their inheritance to the glory
and
raise
them
which had been
promised.
Such
the significance of the theophany at the inaugura-
is
tion of Ezekiel to the prophetic office.
The
significance,
how-
ever,
which
facts
which the prophet was herewith permitted by God
its
From
behold.
repetition possesses is clearly contained in the
nations, the gracious presence of
temple and city struction
;
into
to
the temple and city, polluted by sinful abomi-
may the
God
departs, in order that
be given over to the judgment of de-
new and
glorious
temple
again the glory of God, to dwell for ever
among
there
enters
the children
of Israel.
Chap.
OFriCE.
ii.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
follows the
Call of Ezekiel to the Peophetic and 2. Upon the manifestation of the Lord
1-iii. 3.
Vers. 1
word of vocation.
Having,
in the feeling of his
;
CHAP.
weakness and sinfulness, fallen
4f
II. 1, 2.
to the
ground before the
revelation of Jehovah's glory, Ezekiel
is first
terrible
up
of all raised
again by the voice of God, to hear the word which calls him to the prophetic function.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
I will He spake
stand upon thy feet, spirit unto
me
and 1 heard
as
Him
1.
speaking unto me. it
it
its
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;The address
2"lS"iji
must be regarded
That
it
is
meaning
is
variously given.
17.
viii.
me on my feet,
placed
Elsewhere
peculiarities of his prophecies.
although
it
me, Son of man,
Ver. 2. Tlien came
thee.
unto me, and
so frequently in Ezekiel, that
Dan.
And He said to
speak with
it
occurs only once,
significant, is generally recognised,
as a reminder of the weakness
and
Most
frailness of
expositors take
human
Coccejus and Kliefoth, on the contrary, connect
God
circumstance that find in
it
;
with the
human form, and God speaks in him as man man with his friend. This
appears to Ezekiel in
interpretation, however, has against it the u^us loquendi.
last
As
it
nature
a TCKfi^piov amicitice, that
man, converses with him as a
to
occurs
one of the
as
man
denotes
0']i<")^
according to his natural condition,
used throughout as a synonym with
and
Job XXV. 6 the meaning ;
Isa.
li.
also of
^^% denoting the
in opposition to
is
greatly beloved,"
to
Daniel
x.
11, 19, cf. ix.
addressed,
is
be imparted to him, as HilDH
Dan.
trary, in ch. viii. 17,
;
;
seen from the various addresses in Daniel.
where comfort
weakness
God of. Ps. viii. 5 and Num. xxiii. 19. This is 12, Ivi. 2 ^"i^*'!^ in the address, as may be distinctly
man
fragility of
it is
ty^N^
*'man
23; but, on the con-
where he has fallen on
his face in terror
before the appearance of Gabriel, with the words, " Understand,
O
son of man," in order to remind him of his
weakness.
had
fallen
This
upon
is
also the case in
his face,
again raised to his feet. is
human
our verse, where Ezekiel,
and by God's word spoken
too,
to him,
is
It is only in Ezekiel that this address
constantly employed to
mark
the distance between the
human
weakness of his nature and the divine power which gives him the capacity and the impulse to speak. the design, mentioned
Not, however, with
by Jerome on Dan.
viii.
17, " that
he
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
48
may
not be elated on account of his high calling," because, as
Havernick subjoins, Ezekiel's extremely powerful and forcible
may have needed
nature
is in reality
before God.
of this address,
If this were the
would
it
be perpetually reminded of what
to
it
meaning and object
also probably occur in the writings of
several of the other prophets, as the supposition that the nature
of Ezekiel was more powerful and forcible than that of the other prophets
is
the
The
altogether without foundation.
use of this form of address in Ezekiel
manner and fashion
imparted to him, that
constant
connected rather with
which most of the revelations were
in is,
is
with the prevalence of " vision," in
which the distinction between
God and man comes
out more
prominently than in ordinary inspiration or revelation, effected
by means of an impression upon the inner
faculties of
The
man.
bringing prominently forward, however, of the distance between
God and men is to remind the prophet, as well as the to whom he communicated his revelations, not merely weakness of humanity, but
to
show them,
how powerfully the word of God operates also that God, who has selected the prophet will, possesses also
at the
people of the
same time,
in feeble
man, and
as the organ of
His
the power to redeem the people, that were
lying powerless under the oppression of the heathen, from their misery, and to raise
them up again.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;At the word of
the Lord,
" Stand upon thy feety'' came rrn into the prophet, which raised
him
to his feet,
n^i here
is
not "
life,
consciousness " (Hitzig),
but the spirit-power which proceeds from God, and which
conveyed through the word which imparted to stand before the face of "i3"||0,
in
to
is
him the strength
God, and to undertake His command. " collocutor" occurs here and
partic, Hithpa., properly
ch.
xliii.
and in
6,
Num.
vii.
89
;
elsewhere,
only in
2 Sam. xiv. 13.
The
Vers. 3-7.
calling of the prophet begins with the
describing to Ezekiel the people to in order to
vocation,
whom He
make him acquainted with
and
to
is
Lord
sending him,
the difficulties of his
encourage him for the discharge of the same.
;
CHAP.
Ver.
And He
3.
dren of Israel,
and
said to me,
their fathers
thee to the chil-
And
the
me
rebelled against
:
they
even until
this
children are of hard face,
and
have fallen away from me,
Ver. 4.
very day.
Son of man, I send
who have
to the rebels
49
S-7.
II.
hardened heart. To them I send thee ; and to them shalt thou speak:
Thus says
the
Lord Jehovah.
Ver.
And
5.
they,
— they may hear
do so) ;for they are a stiff-necked race,
thee or fail {to
— they shall
Ver.
experience that a prophet has been in their midst.
But
6.
man, fear not before them, and be not afraid of their thistles and thorns are round about thee, and thou sittest
thou, son of
words, if
upon scorpions; fear not before before their faces
my
speak
words
for they are
The
;
to
them, whether they
may
hear or fail
(with the article)
2
;
;
4),
but
article,
is
but
Dnniisn D'.ia,
employed substantively
They have
God
rebelled against
in in
that they, like their fathers, have separated themselves
from Jehovah down i.
i.
God.
not to be joined as an adjective to
is
the form of an apposition. this,
do so)
(to
Isa.
("in,
as being rebels against
is,
without the
is
And
7.
become heathen, no longer a
children of Israel have
" heathens," that
which
Ver.
stiff-necked.
people of God, not even a heathen nation Qia,
and tremble not
their words,
for they are a stiff-necked race.
and n^n
Gen.
to this
day
Ci'n D^*y, as in the
Like their
13, xvii. 23, etc.).
vii.
nance
=
nso
''\^mj
" of hard brow "
cf .
;
Lev.
fathers,
they are CiS
rebellious, and, in addition,
"
(as regards 3 V'^^, see
Pentateuch
''{f'p,
(iii.
on
Isa.
xxiii.
14
the sons are
of hard counte-
7),
i.e.
impudent,
without hiding the face, or lowering the look for shame.
This
To
these
shamelessness
from
springs
hardened sinners Ezekiel
Whether they hear xxiv. 15
it
hardness of heart.
to
announce the word of the Lord.
or not (DX1
Eccles. xi. 3,
;
is
xii.
— DK,
sive
—
ence that a prophet has been amongst them. neglect to hear
race (n^3,
**
is
I.
Josh.
That they
will
very probable, because they are a stiff-necked
house "
= family).
introduces the apodosis.
EZEK.
sive, as in
14), they shall in any case experi-
n\'i is
The Vau
before
IV"]^
perfect, not present.
D
(ver. 5)
This
is
50
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
demanded by the nsus loquendi and the connection of the thought. The meaning is not they shall know from his testi:
mony
that a prophet
fulfilled, that
therefore,
but they shall experience from
;
when the word announced by him
the result, viz.
been
there
is
D"'?'JD
and
As
regards
in xxviii.
indeed denote " refractarius one,
;"
Donasch
and means "
24,
but
and inappropriate here.
to singe,"
and
3"iD in
this signification is a derived
" stinging-nettle,
urtica,'^
in Raschi has already explained
and occurs frequently
strengthened by the words "to
men
on
for
(-'X
as
according
" by and with of
in Ezekiel.
sit
to burn,
and
Thistles
The thought
^J?)
scorpions," as
and dangerous wound.
these animals inflict a painful similitude of dangerous
"
thistle,"
'JiniX is,
it.
thorns are emblems of dangerous, hostile men. is
placed
is
Aramaic does
3"iD is related to y]'i,
to the later usage, for ^J^K, expressing the association,"
a7ra|
renuentes" but are sub-
rebelles et
the signification " thorn "
Ii?D,
beyond doubt by P?p
The
sins.
are not, with the older expositors, to
D''?i?D,
be explained adjectively: " stantives.
Ezekiel,
not to be prevented by fear of them and their
is
words from delivering a testimony against their \eyofieva,
have
will
a prophet has been amongst them.
For the and
to scorpions, cf. Sir. xxvi. 10,
other proof passages in Bochart, Hierosoic. III. p. 551
sq., ed.
Rosenmiill.
Ver. 8 ad
fin,
and
ch.
3.
iii.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; After
the
Lord had pointed
out to the prophet the difficulties of the call laid upon him, prepares
him
for the performance of his office,
with the divine. word which he tJioUj
son of man, hear what
like the stiff-necked race
unto thee. totcards
10.
And He
the front
and
Ver.
me ;
9.
and,
spread
announce.
to
say
to thee.
in the
lo, it
and woe.
man, what thou findest
lo,
same a
out before
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
me
;
the
Ch. ;
iii.
1.
I
of a hook.
same
tvas written
upon
And He
eat the roll,
And
8.
not stiff-necked give
a hand outstretched
roll
there toere written
eat
Be
He him
inspiring
open thy mouth, and eat what
Then I saw, and,
and back : and
sighing,
;
is
I
by
it
Ver.
upon
lamentations,
said to
me : Son
and go and speak
of
to the
CHAP.
Ver.
house of Israel.
me
and fill thy body with
thy belly,
1
ate
and
it,
prophet the
Lord
it
to
is
was
inspires
him
is
is
cf.
;
and which
Apoc.
only a more distinct form of
""in
from
not
'''}^,
embodied
This
to
God's
roll
was
and woe
('>}
or as Ewald, § 101c,
The meaning
or in).
was inscribed a multitude of mournful
roll
was
is
also, at
9 sqq.
x.
''X,
that the prophet
And
thee.
hand reaches
that an outstretched to swallow,
is
both sides with lamentations, sighing,
upon the
gave
which
expressions of every kind, but that there all
I give
This thought
announce.
=
not, that
He
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;The
to
either abbreviated
thinks,
which
this roll
mouth as honey and
command, he does swallow inscribed on
mouthy and
me : Son of man, feed siceetness.
way
in symbol, in such a
Imy
said to
to the people of Israel only that
my
in
announce
him a book, which he
is
And
3.
51
3.
Then opened
2.
Ver.
this roll to eat.
8-III.
II.
to
was written upon
now read
announce, and what we
it
in
These contents were of a mournful nature, for they
his book.
related to the destruction of the kingdom, the destruction of
That Ezekiel may look over the
Jerusalem and of the temple. contents, the roll to
him
is
spread out before his eyes, and then handed
be eaten, with the words, "
to
children of Israel,"
i.e.
announce
you have received into yourself, or as ^"^,21,
"
my
words."
The words
Go and
speak to the
in
iii.
it
is
termed in ver.
3a were spoken by
while handing to the prophet the roll to be eaten.
merely to
eat, i.e.
body and
belly therewith,
take
being the word of
into his
it
God
i.e.
away
The
is
mouth, but he
He to
5,
God
is
not
fill
his
to receive into his innermost
Whilst eating
it, it
it,
was sweet
as
it
in his
sweet taste must not, with Kliefoth, be explained
into a sweet " after-taste,"
and made
ence, that the destruction of Jerusalem
more glorious
is
presented to him, to change
were, into sap and blood.
mouth.
he
what
to the children of Israel
The
restoration.
sorrow, and woe, tasted to
him
roll,
to bear this refer-
would be followed by a
inscribed with lamentation,
sweetly, because
its
contents was
God's word, which sufficed for the joy and gladness of his heart (Jer. xv. 16); for
it
is
"infinitely sweet
and lovely
to
— ;
52
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
be the organ and spokesman of the Omnipotent," and even the
most painful of divine truths possess to a spiritually-minded
man
a joyful and quickening side (Hengstenberg on the Apoc.
To
X. 9).
judgments
this it is added, that the divine penal
and righteousness of God, but
reveal not only the holiness
prepare the
way
also
and minister
for the revelation of salvation,
to
the saving of the soul.
Chap.
The Sending of the Prophet.
4-21.
iii.
—
This consists in God's promise to give him power to over-
come the
of his vocation (vers. 4-9)
difficulties
porting him to the place where he
and
entrusted
willingness to
in next trans-
;
10-15)
to labour (vers.
the responsibility of the souls
After Ezekiel had
charge (vers. 16-21).
his
to
by eating the
testified,
him
laying upon
lastly, in
is
which had been given him,
roll
his
announce the word of the Lord, the Lord
acquaints him with the peculiar difficulties of his vocation, and
promises to bestow upon him strength to overcome them.
Ver.
of to
4.
And
Israeli
lie said to we, Son of man^ go
and speak with my words
a people of hollow
lips
and heavy them have
tonguej whose
I sent
Ver.
countenances, to
8.
and
nations of hollow lips
Not
to
words thou dost not understand; but can understand thee,
Israel,
Ver.
thee.
7.
But
because they will not hear
to
the
me ;
of hard brow and hardened heart
Lo, I make thy countenance hard
thy
For not
5.
many
6.
house of Israel will not hear
are they.
Ver.
house
art thou sent, (but) to
thee, they
for the whole house of
them.
to the
and heavy tongue
Ver.
the house of Israel.
to
away
brow hard
adamant, harder than rock, do
like their
I make
thy brow
like their
Ver.
brow. :
9.
Like
fear not, and
tremble not before them, for they are a stiff-necked race.
—The
contents of this section present a great similarity to those in ch.
ii.
3-7, inasmuch as here as well as there the obduracy and
stiff-neckedness of Israel
is
stated as a hindrance
the success of Ezekiel's work.
This
is
which opposes
done here, however,
a different relation than there, so that there
is
in
no tautology.
I
CHAP.
Here, where the Lord
is
III.
53
4-9.
He
sending the prophet,
brings
first
prominently forward what lightens the performance of his mission
;
and next, the obduracy of
which surrounds
Israel,
it
with difficulty for him, in order at the same time to promise
him strength is to
for the vanquishing of these difficulties.
speak, in the words communicated to
Ezekiel
him by God,
to the
This he can do, because Israel
house (people) of Israel.
is
not
a foreign nation with an unintelligible language, but possesses the
capacity
understanding the words of
of
(vers. 5-7), nsb'
''i^cy
and hard
of speech hollow, 'b
''ipcy is
Dy, " a people of deep
be understood
to
not genitive, and DP
an adjective belonging to
DJ?,
is
lips," ;
and used
of a style
oy
in the plural, because
"And
of heavy tongue,"
with a language the understanding of which
Both
i.e.
cf. Isa. xxxiii. 19.
not the status constructus, but
contains a collective conception.
great difficulty.
prophet
the
i.e.
attended with
is
epithets denote a barbarously sounding,
The
unintelligible, foreign tongue.
unintelligibility of a lan-
guage, however, does not alone consist in unacquaintance with the meaning of liarities of
words and sounds, but
its
also in the pecu-
each nation's style of thought, of which language
only the expression in sounds.
In
this respect
is
we may, with
Coccejus and Kliefoth, refer the prophet's inability to understand the language of the heathen to
this, that their
manner
of
thinking and speaking was not formed according to the word of God, but was developed out of purely earthly, and eren
God-resisting factors.
by Kliefoth
Only the
to this side of the
irreconcilable with the words, "
exclusive
prominence given
subject
incorrect, because
many
is
nations,
whose words
(discourse) thou dost not understand " (ver. 6).
These words
show that the
unintelligibility of
understanding the sounds of
its
the language
words.
Before
ver. 5, the adversative particle sed is omitted (cf.
the omission here
consequence of referred to both.
is
its
perhaps caused by position
Ewald,
this, that
in
lies
not
''^ ^"'5"''??, ยง
in
354a)
;
n^B' nriK, in
between both sentences, can be
In ver. 6 the thought of
ver. 5
is
expanded
54
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
by the addition of
Coy,
D''3'}
"many
languages, in order to show that
nalions'' with different
not in the ability, but in
it is
the willingness, to hear the word of the are wanting.
It
languages that
God
i.e.
second hemistich of ver. 6 they had not read
heathen),
they
Lord
that the Israelites
nations with unintelligible
sending the prophet, but to such
is
are able to hear him,
if
many
not to
is
^
men as The
can understand his language.
rendered by the old translators as
is
" if I
after DS,
them (the
sent thee to
Modern expositors have meaning, either by taking NÂŤ' DX as
would hear thee"
endeavoured to extract
this
a particle of adjuration, profecto, " verily" (Rosenmiiller, Havernick,
and
xxiii.
13.
others), or reading K^ DN, as
But the one
is
VO DX stands the fact that against the view that
it is
does, after
'h
written with
is
i,
meaning "
preceding,
;
^\f?^j,
which, according to
to '^'^ ?iBn, partly the impossibility of
W HK.
such were the case, Ezekiel would have really done
sentence
Gen.
against
not with k
taking T^npB^ conditionally after the preceding
to conceal his
:
a particle of adjuration, stands partly
the position of the words before '^^
the sense, must belong
Ewald
as untenable as the other
all
<'
If
he could
(Hitzig), for X? DX, after a negative
signifies
''
but ;"
Gen.
cf.
xxiv.
38.
Consequently neither the one view nor the other yields an appropriate sense.
"If I had sent thee
involves a repenting of the act, which
Against the meaning "profecto" idea, "
Had
is
is
to
the
heathen,"
not beseeming in God.
the consideration that the
I sent thee to the heathen, verily they would hear
thee,'' is in contradiction
with the designation of the heathen as
those whose language the prophet does not understand.
If the
heathen spoke a language unintelligible to the prophet, they consequently did not understand his speech, and could not therefore
comprehend
his preaching.
apply the sentence simply to the nations, but to the Israelites ^lypa'^
It only remains, then, to
Israelites,
" not to heathen
have I sent thee," and to take
as potential, " they are able to fear thee," " they can
understand thy words.'*
This in ver. 7
is
closed
by the
antithesis,
CHAP.
S5
10-15.
III.
" But the house of Israel will not hear thee, because they will
not hear
me
(Jehovah), as they are morally hardened."
Ibf cf.
ii.
4.
The Lord, however,
power
to resist this
obduracy
and unshaken firmness, his
brow hard
than rock Israel.
as
Ex.
as in
IV,
Zech.
(cf.
iv.
cf. Isa.
As 1.
harder
is
parallel passages in
and Jer.
7
transported to the sphere of his activity.
thee, take into
thy heart,
and say
my
i.
18.
hear thee or fail {to hear
me
up,
to
them,
Lord Jehovah," whether
thee).
and I heard behind me
Ver. 12.
the voice
And
to
And
Ver. 11.
thine ears.
is
And
10.
of thy people, and speak
them, " 77ms saith the
to
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
words which I shall speak
and hear with
to the exiles, to the children
raised
make
will
12), which
vii.
25, =:"i^V.
lie said to me, Son of man^ all
may
He
.
10-15. Prepared then for his vocation, Ezekiel
Vers.
go
him unbending courage
cf Jer. xv. 20.
;
With
His prophet with
therefore he shall not fear before the obduracy of
;
regard of the subject-matter,
now
will lend
;
ver. 8
adamant
will provide
they
a wind
of a great tumult,
" Praised be the glory of Jehovah," from their place hitherward.
And
Ver. 13.
each other,
and
great tumult.
and I went
the noise
the noise
Ver. 14.
of
the
wings of the creatures touching
of the wheels beside them, the noise of a
And a
wind raised me up, and
thither embittered in the
took me,
warmth of my spirit ; and the Ver. 15. And I came to
hand of Jehovah was strong upon me. Tel-
A bib
to the exiles,
they sat there sat their midst.
heart, as
it is
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;The
who dwelled by
I down
the river Chebar,
seven days, motionless
not,
and hear with thine ears"
^^
miiller),
postquam auribus tradas,
but
this,
tuis percepisses
sed corde suscipe
" All
my
et
words with thine
animo
words which I
nounce them
to them."
ears,
With
etc.
is
infige''^
shall
con-
The meaning
mea mandata,
lay to heart, that thou mayest obey them.
my
in
(ver. 10), disappears so soon
observed that the clause " hear with thine ears "
oblivioni
heard
and dumb,
apparent hysteron proteron, " take into thy
nected with the following " go to the exiles," is
and where
ea ne
(Rosen-
speak to thee
When
thou hast
then go to the exiles and an-
ver. 11 cf.
ii.
4, 5.
Observe that
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
56 it is Still
^oy
^33,
ÂŤ the children of thy" (not "
Stiff-necked Israel
mand "to go
is
my ")
to the
people"
" people.**
The com-
no longer Jehovah's people.
in ver. 12 sqq., immediately
is,
executed by the prophet, the wind raising him up and transporting him to Tel-Abib, considered,
among
the exiles,
God makes
a wind of which
is
prophet to the scene of his labour
air
representation
is,
suppose, in ipso corpore^
Not a this
i.e.
air took place,
by the wind was
;
only the thither.
but not as Jerome and Kliefoth
;
so that
an actual bodily removal
but the raising up and taking away
effected in spirit in the condition of ecstasy.
syllable indicates that the
removal
is
that " he was borne thither through the
by the wind " (Kliefoth)
through the
use to conduct the
but the wind
which transports him
sensible substratum of the spirit
The
;
phenomenally
^n^,
theophany was at an end before
the contrary rather
by the
clearly indicated
is
remark that Ezekiel heard behind him the noise of the wings of the cherubim
nn do
And
and of the wheels.
that the words '^^^)^
not necessitate us to suppose a bodily removal
by the comparison with
viii. 3,
xi.
1,
is
shown
24, where Kliefoth also
understands the same words in a spiritual sense of a merely internal
experienced in a state of ecstasy
i.e.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;removal of the
prophet to Jerusalem and back again to Chaldea. noise which Ezekiel hears behind
from the appearance of the
'n''
him proceeds,
(according to ver. 13) not in order to remove
the
prophet
decidedly in
to
favour of
its
sphere of
the this
great
1i33 being set in motion, but
raptured prophet, but by changing attend
The
at least in part,
itself
from the
present position, his
supposition,
labour.
that
It
to
tells
the prophet,
according to ver. 23, again sees around him the same theophany in the valley
where he begins
indeed, presupposes that sight,
it
call
This reappearance,
had previously disappeared from
but the disappearance
only after his
his work.
is
his
to be supposed as taking place
has been completed,
i.e.
after ver. 21.
While
being removed in a condition of ecstasy, Ezekiel heard the rushing sound, "Praised be the glory of Jehovah."
ioipep
CHAP.
belongs not to
bat to
'li^
which would yield no appropiiate
^^"^3,
where
y'?K'S,
it
57
10-16.
III.
makes no
meaning whether the
suffix
sense,
difference of importance in the
referred to
is
or to 1123.
nin''
Ezekiel heard the voice of the praise of God's glory issuing
from the place where Jehovah or His glory were
forth
found,
to
be
where they had appeared to the prophet, not at all
i.e.
Who
from the temple.
sounded
this
song of praise
not
is
Close by Ezekiel heard the sound, the rustling of
mentioned.
the wings of the cherubim setting themselves in motion, and
how
came
the wings
touched each other
is
went,
nn nÂťn3
drove thither,
Although
spirit."
and
of wrath
P^'J,
" to join," " to touch one
mood
of
mind
as
Raised by the wind, and carried on, he
carried away. i.e.
from
Ver. 14 describes the prophet's
another").
he
into contact with the tips of each other,
(niiTE'D,
*110
is
displeasure, yet
appropriate to nan, "
1Âť, " bitter in the heat of his
used as well of grief and mourning as
warmth
mourning and sorrow are not
of spirit," " anger."
The suppo-
however, that sorrow as well as anger were in him, or
sition,
that he
was melancholy while displeased (Kliefoth),
patible with the
is
incom-
fundamental idea of 10 as " sharp," "
bitter."
Ezekiel feels himself deeply roused, even to the bitterness of anger, partly by the obduracy of Israel, partly sion to
announce
word of the Lord.
of success, the
To
so
himself unequal, therefore his natural Spirit of
man
him away
to the place of his
Jonah once upon him,
did.
i.e.
The hand
L
3),
the
The
call,
and he would as
of the Lord, however,
;
cf. Isa. viii.
IL
from 133, " heavy," Ps. xxxii. 4. is
;
Moses and was strong
" held him up in this inner struggle with unyield-
ing power " (Kliefoth)
exiles.
feels
rebels against the
work
seek to withdraw himself from the divine
of ears,"
any prospect
heavy a task he
God, which, seizing him with a strong and powerful
grasp, tears
differs
by the commis-
to this obdurate people, without
name
place
and derived
" firm," " strong,"
3"'3N isn, i.e.
" the
hill
of the place where resided a colony of the
was its
pTH,
situated on the river
Chebar
name, no doubt, from the
(see
on ch.
fertility
of the
:
58
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
valley, rich
rounded
;
grain
in
^^^' 23),
(^V'?-?'^>
nothing further, however,
The
Thesaur. p. 1505.
is
by which
known
of
and
"^^^ly
be joined with the following
to
cf.
;
offence,
DB',
would be expressed
this
differently, as Hitzig thinks,
The Keri
not only unnecessary, but also inappropriate, which
is
holds true also of other conjectures of
Ezekiel sat there seven days, D''^e^,
modern
expositors.
'*
deprived of
neither
«'•«•
sensation," nor " being silent," but as the partic. Hiphil
Ezra
DDB', as DOiEis in
fore " motionless
referred to
;
ix. 3, 4,
The
and dumb."
seven days are not regarded ii.
13
is
but as both the purification and the dedication and
preparation for a holy service as being the viii.
from
" rigidly without moving," there-
mourning, in support of which Job
as a period of
Lev.
be
to
That
cannot be established by means of Job xxxix. 30. SB'XI
is
" where they
sat" (so rightly the Chaldee, Syriac, and Vulgate). signification
Gesen.
Chetib IB'W, at which the Masoretes
and many expositors have unnecessarily taken read
was sur-
it
it
number
is
measured by the number seven,
of God's works (cf. Ex. xxix. 29 sqq.;
33 sqq.; 2 Chron. xxix. 17), so Ezekiel
sits
for a
week " motionless and dumb," to master the impression which the word of God, conveyed to him in ecstatic vision, had made upon
his
mind, and to prepare and sanctify himself for
his
vocation (Kliefoth).
Vers. 16-21.-
comes
to
him
When
the final
these seven days are completed, there
word, which appoints him watchman
over Israel, and places before him the task and responsibility of his vocation.
—Ver.
seven daysy that the
16.
And
of Ver. 17. Son of man^ I have honse of Israel thou shalt loarn
Thou to
;
came
to
set thee to be
thou shalt hear the loord
them from me
shalt surely die,
warn
it
the sinner
his evil
he, the sinner, die because
of
way
to
me
as follows
a watchman over the
from my mouthy and
Ver. 18. If
and thou warnest him
from
require at thy hand.
pass after the lapse
word of Jehovah came
that he
I say
not,
to the sinner,
and
may
speahest not
live,
then shall
his evil deeds, but his blood will
I
Ver. 19. But if thou warnest the sinner^
;
CHAP.
and he turn not from
59
16-21.
III.
wichdness and
his
his evil
way, then shall
he die because of his evil deeds, but thou hast saved thy soul.
Ver. 20.
and do
And
if a righteous
unrighteousness,
and
not be remembered,
man
from
his righteousness
—
I
require at thy hand.
the righteous
man
and thou hast saved thy
prophet for Israel, Ezekiel
is
ii.
1),
to
—
sin, then will
because he has been warned,
tower (Hab.
to his charge.
he
i.e.
one standing upon a watch-
like
watch over the condition of the people,
is
to
admonish the wicked
ways, that they die not in their
my
in
sinner," JVilDT\
name, and with
i.e.
if
live,
vi.
17
As such, he is responsible for the souls entrusted From the mouth of Jehovah, i.e. according to
God's word, he evil
so that
—As a
soul.
and warn them of the dangers that threaten them (Jer. Isa. Ivi. 10).
die
which he has done shall
and he do not
sin not,
his righteousness,
warned him, he shall
but his blood will
Ver. 21. But if thou loarnest him the righteous
turn
lay a stumblingblock before him,
if thou hast not
then shall he die;
because of his sin,
man
and I
my
to turn ^3^0,
sins.
commission.
from
their
" from me,"
" If I say
to the
I commission thee to say to him (Kimchi).
nio reminds us of Gen.
ii.
17, so
is
blood will I require at thy hand," an allusion to Gen. If the prophet does not
As
the threatening, " his
warn the wicked man,
ix. 5.
God
as
has
commanded him, he renders himself guilty of a deadly sin, which God will take vengeance on him as on the murderer the shedding of blood. ministers of the word.
LXX.
An
for for
awfully solemn statement for
"^VFIO? ^° "^^^s.
all
18 and 19, at which the
have stumbled, so that they have twice omitted
it,
is
not a substantive, and to be changed, with Hitzig, into nVKh,
but
is
an adjective, foemin.
construed as feminine.
gen.,
The
and belongs
righteous
to i3"!%
man who
before God, regarded as equal with the sinner
which
backslides
who
is is,
persists
in his sin, if the former, notwithstanding the warning, perse-
veres in his backsliding (ver. oneself from
away from
his
20
sqq.).
ipl^p
righteousness," denotes the
the path of righteousness, not
2^5?',
"
to turn
formal falling
mere " stumbling or
;
60
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
sinning from weakness."
"to
act perversely,"
^itybo
belongs
""ririjl
not a
apodosis,
suppose, PiB'sp,
—"
7\V nb^Vj
^^
is
" to do unrighteousness,"
prorsus dedere impietatV (Calvin).
se
to the protasis^ niO) K'ln
still
sentence,
relative
—
forming the
and Hitzig
Evvald
as
so that he, or, in consequence of which,
he die."
" object of offence," by which any one comes to
fall,
is
not destruction, considered as punishment deserved (Calvin,
Havernick), but everything that
may come
God
which
sinner, in order that the sin,
and ripen
forth to the light,
way
puts in the
of the
germinating in his soul,
is
God,
to maturity.
indeed, neither causes sin, nor desires the death of the sinner
and
in this sense
He
does not tempt to evil (Jas.
13), but
i.
He
guides and places the sinner in relations in
life
must come
good and divine,
and
to
a decision for or against what
is
in which he
either suppress the sinful lusts of his heart, or burst the
barriers
which are opposed to their
not do the former, but the
satisfaction.
latter, evil
If he does
him more
gains within
and more strength, so that he becomes the servant of finally reaches a point
consists the ^^'^^,
where conversion
this, that
God For
perish.
no ground
A thnach
to
lets
God
which
away from righteousness
places before him,
man run on
i^'l^'J'?
and there
change of punctuation
sin,
and
In
this
who
may
turns
is
man
therefore
of
" in general only dies
—that meaning
is
die or
carry forward
to
For the subject spoken
(Hitzig).
not warned" (Hitzig),
he
in order that
n^O^ does not stand for noj,
for a
impossible.
to unrighteousness or evil, but not in
that the backsliding righteous is
is
is
not
if
he
not in ver. 21, " that
he, in contrast to the J^Kn, gives sure obedience to the warning,"
—but
only the possibility
transgressed
upon the way
is
supposed that a
P'^'^V,
who
has
of evil, will yield obedience to the
warning, but not that he will of a certainty do
this.
As with
the VBH in ver. 19, only the case of his resisting the warning is
expressly mentioned
;
while the opposite case
in consequence of the warning, be converted
so in ver. 21, with the
p'''^V,
who
—
—that he
is
may,
not excluded
;
has entered upon the path of
CHAP.
III.
22-V.
61
17.
unrighteousness, only the case of conversion in consequence of
the warning his
is
expressly mentioned, without the possibility of
hardening himself against the prophet's word being thereby
For the
excluded.
instruction of the prophet
to bring forward the
them
two cases mentioned, as
was
it
sufficient
appears from
it
that in the one case as well as in the other he has done
his duty,
CHAP.
and saved
III.
22-V.
his soul.
THE DESTINY OF JERUSALEM AND
17.
ITS
INHABITANTS. Vers. 22-27 in ch.
iii.
no longer belong
inauguration and introduction into conclusion of his
call,
office,
to the prophet's
nor do they form the
but the introduction to his
first
prophetic
act and prediction, as has been rightly recognised by Ewald
and Kliefoth. formula,
*'
and, more
anew
This appears already from the introductory
The hand distinctly
Jehovah came upon me "
of
(ver. 22),
from the glory of Jehovah appearing
still,
to the prophet (when, in obedience to a divine impulse,
he had gone down into the valley), in the form in which he had seen
it
by the river Chebar, and giving him a commission
to
announce by word and symbol the siege of Jerusalem, and the fate of
its
inhabitants.
For, that the divine commission did
not consist merely in the general directions, ch. is first
given in
its
principal parts in ch. iv.
25-27, but
iii.
and
v.,
is
indis-
putably evident from the repetition of the words ^l^"!^ in ch. iii. 25, iv. 1, and v. 1. With nnsi neither can the nor, in general, a
'l^^l first
new prophecy begin. This has been recognised
by Hitzig himself
in ch. iv. 1,
where he remarks that the
of the three oracles which follow
makes begin with
iv. 1,
" attaches
continuation of the same."
hold true also of
iii.
it
is
to
itself
But what
viii, 1,
to ch.
new
connected with
commencement, then, we have
first
and which he
iii.
holds true of
that no
25, viz.
with this verse, but that
down
25-27
as a
iv. 1
must
oracle can begin iii.
The
22-24.
to seek in the formula,
''
and
—
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
63 the
hand of Jehovah came upon me"
also
viii.
new
oracles
—
No
are introduced.
and
xl.
1
iii.
22 every note of
But nothing further can be inferred from the divine word contained in iii. 2 5- v. 17 was
wanting.
is
than that
this,
^'^^l5)
doubt these passages are
preceded by chronological notices, while in time
22), with which
(iii.
1 (where only 7Sni stands instead of
imparted to the prophet immediately after his consecration and
under the date of ch.
call,
so that
also
be discovered from
it still falls
named
the locality
this, that
last
word of
then, and
call,
calling
(iii.
to
announce
in the
still
to the people. iii.
22-24
;
This revelation
25, iv. 1, v. 1).
In the
And
first section,
him general injunctions
gives
exiles,
introduced by
is
with
its
man " 25-27, God
thou, son of
ch.
iii.
as to his conduct while carrying
out the divine commission.; in the second, ch.
mands him
and
;
He
iv.,
to represent symbolically the siege of
miseries
Ezekiel
and divided into three sections by
the thrice-occurring, similar address, " (iii.
same place
divine revelation which, as prophet, he was
first
the words in ch.
may
16-21) was addressed to
him, namely, at Tel-Abib, in the midst of the received the
which
;
in ver. 15.
Immediately after his
where the
2
i.
the DK' in ver. 22 points to
com-
Jerusalem
in the third, ch. v., the destiny of the
inhabitants after the capture of the city.
Chap.
iii.
22-27. Introduction to the
—Ver.
22.
Jehovah^ and
He
And
first
prophetic announce-
came upon me there the hand of Up / go into the valley^ there will 1 speak to thee. Ver. 23. And I arose, and went into the valley : and, lo, there stood the glory of Jehovah, like the glory which I had seen and I fell upon my face. Ver. 24. And at the river Chehar spirit came into me, and placed me on my feet, and He spake ment.
there
said to mg,
:
with me, and said to me, Go, and shut thyself in thy house. ^I'i??'!'
is,
Ezekiel
without doubt, the valley situated near Tel-Abib.
is
to
go out from the midst of the
according to ver. 15, he had found himself
because
—
God
will
reveal Himself
to
exiles
—into
him only
—
where,
the valley, in
solitude.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
CHAP.
When
he had complied with
63
22-24
III.
command,
this
had appeared to him at the Chaboras a second time, on his face
falls,
occasion, again raised to his feet, cf.
Lord commands him
the
4-28)
(i.
but
;
there appears to
same form
there the glory of Jehovah, in the
him
also, as
28-ii. 2.
up
which doubtless he inhabited in Tel-Abib,
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
it
he
it
on the
is i.
to shut himself
which
in
before
;
first
Hereupon
his house,
in
not probably " as
a sign of his future destiny," as a realistic explanation of the
words, " will
Thou
canst not walk in their midst (ver. 25)
;
they
prevent thee by force from freely exercising thy vocation
For
in the midst of the people."
in that case the " shutting of
himself up in the house" would be an arbitrary identification
with the " binding with fetters " (ver. 25) significance of the address D'lX
and
iv. 1
V. 1
v. 1,
\2
nnsi,
;
and
would be misconceived.
and
For
besides, the
repetition in
its
as in iv. 1
and
there are introduced with this address the principal parts
was
of the duty which Ezekiel
to perform, so the proper divine
may also first begin with the same in iii. 25 consethe command " to shut himself up in his house " can
instruction
quently
;
only have the significance of a preliminary divine injunction,
without possessing any significancy in as a to
means
itself;
what the prophet
for carrying out
do in the following chapters " (Kliefoth),
that he
perform in
is to
in ch. iv.
and
performance.
nor can
it
at
from others
v.,
or that he
him; but only that he Jerusalem ing to
bake
iv.
is
is
can only mean
commanded him
not to leave his house during their
iv. 3,
to
12,
he
is
is
to allow
no one
For,
the symbolical representation of the siege of
be a sign for the house of Israel Ezekiel
his contemporaries
approach
to
not to leave his dwelling.
is,
;
and accord-
during this symbolical action, to
his bread before their eyes.
ceedings.
is
commissioned
is
i.e.
More can hardly be sought in this injunction, all be taken to mean that, having shut himself up in his house,
according to
own house what
his
but only "serve
might come
to
From
this
it
is
seen that
him and observe
his pro-
, :
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
64
The
Vers. 25-27.
And
general
of man,
thou, son
lo,
divine
instructions.
they will lay cords
hind thee
thei'ewith, so that thou canst not
Ver. 26.
And I shall make
—Ver.
upon
25.
and
thee,
go out into their midst.
thy tongue cleave to thy palate, that
thou mayest be dumb, and mayest not serve them as a reprover
Ver. 27. But when 1
for they are a stiff-necked generation.
speak
Thus sayeth
and
I will open thy mouth, that thou mayest say to them. the Lord Jehovah, Let him who wishes to hear, hear
to thee,
let
him who
neglects, neglect {to hear)
necked generation.
—
meaning of
Tlie
:
for they are a
depends upon the determination of the subject in
Most
stiff
general injunctior,
this
wri3, ver.
who
expositors think of the prophet's countrymen,
25.
are to
bind him with cords so that he shall not be able to leave his house.
The words
Daina >«:n ntI appear to support
suffix in D3in3 indisputably refers to his
circumstance is
is
by no means
the twofold difficulty,
—
decisive
what he performs exiles
in ch. iv.
and
But
this
while against this view
;
that a binding of the prophet
firstly,
with cords by his countrymen
by the
the
this, as
countrymen.
is
v.
;
scarcely reconcilable with
secondly, of hostile attacks
upon the prophet there
not a trace to be
is
discovered in the entire remainder of the book.
The house
of
Israel is indeed repeatedly described as a stiff-necked race, as
hardened and obdurate towards God's word
ment of
feeling against the prophet,
make
so far as to bind him, or even to
;
but any embitter-
which should have
risen
direct attempts to pre-
vent him from exercising his prophetic calling, can, after what is
related in xxxiii.
30-33 regarding the
towards him, hardly be imagined. fettering of the prophet
is
position of the people
Further, the binding and
to be regarded as of the
same kind
with the cleaving of his tongue to his jaws, so that he should
be
silent
and not speak
(ver. 26).
suspends this dumbness over him also
God who is
is
God, however, who
and according
to iv. 8,
binds him with cords, so that he cannot
one side to the other. passage
;
It
The demonstrative power
stir
it is
from
of the latter
not to be weakened by the objection that
it is
a
CHAP.
65
25-27.
III.
passage of an altogether different kind, and the connection
For the complete
altogether different (Havernick).
between the two passages would
have
first
object, indeed, of the binding of the prophet in iv. 8
from that in our
Here
verse.
is
it
the prophet to go out of the house
him from moving from one
to render
it
in iv. 8,
it
;
difference
The
to be proved. is
different
impossible for to prevent
is
But the one
side to the other.
object does not exclude the other; both statements coincide,
himself entirely to the divine house, but ing.
must adapt
the general thought that the prophet
rather, in
lie
—We
also for
will,
—not only
390 days upon one
not leave the
side without turn-
might rather, with Kliefoth, understand
8 to
iv.
mean that God accomplished the binding of the prophet by human instruments viz. that He caused him to be bound
—
by foreigners be
But
25).
(iii.
good reasons, pronounced
would only
this supposition also
the sense of the words in
justified, if either
in favour of the
25, or other
iii.
view that
was
it
who had bound the prophet. But as this is not so we are not at liberty to explain the definite '•'I^ii,
the exiles the case,
" I lay on "
according to the indefinite
(iv. 8),
on," or " one lays on "
(iii.
25)
understand our verse in accordance with
iv.
8,
Hitzig) think of heavenly powers as the subject to
Job
vii.
3
;
Dan.
iv.
28
;
Luke
" they lay
^JnJ,
but must, on the contrary,
;
xii.
20,
—
and (with iJnJ,
—
as in
without, in so doing,
completely identifying the declaration in our verse with that in iv. 8,
as
k
pletion
if
in the latter passage only that
which had been here
(iii.
was brought
25) predicted.
If,
to
com-
however,
the binding of the prophet proceeds from invisible powers, the
expression
is
not to be understood
material cords
;
—
but
God
literally,
—of
a binding with
binds him by a spiritual power, so
that he can neither leave his house nor go forth to his country-
men, nor, to him.
at a later time (iv. 8),
'This
is
his vocation, but,
T.
make him fitted work commanded him. E
on the contrary,
successful performance of the
VOL.
change the position prescribed
done, however, not to prevent the exercise of to
for the
He
is
-THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
C)Q
not to quit his house, nor enter into fellowship and intercourse
may show
with his exiled countrymen, that he separation
On
from them,
to ])e a
the same grounds he
is
opens his mouth for that purpose
unconcerned whether they
He
4, 7).
to
is
keep
also (vers. 26, 27) to
and not even correct them with words, but only
God
by
himself,
prophet and organ of the Lord.
;
listen to his
silence,
speak when
to
to remain, moreover,
words or not
(cf.
ii.
do both of these things, because his contem-
poraries are a stiff-necked race
cf . ver. 9
;
and
he may not speak from any impulse of his own,
That
5, 7.
ii.
God
will cause
tongue to cleave to his jaws, so that he cannot speak ; " That the prophet is to refrain from Ps. cxxxvii. 6. his
speech
God
— even
—
will,
with
all
from the utterance of the words given him by
on the one hand, make the divine words which
he utters appear the more other,
cf.
be an evidence
which
he
is
to
filled
distinctly as such his
;
while,
on the
silent
sorrow
hearers of the
by the contents
of
the
divine
word, and with which they also ought justly to be filled" (Kliefoth).
This state of speak
which were
and
v.
according to which he his
mouth
to be given him,
— —
the prophet iv.
silence,
when God opened as follows
is,
indeed, at
from the
is
only then to
for the utterance of words first
imposed upon
relation of vers.
25-27
only for the duration of the period ch.
v. 17, or rather vii.
27.
But the
Kliefoth has rightly recognised,
iii.
to ch.
25
to
divine injunction extends, as
further on
still
— over
the
whole period up to the fulfilment of his prophecies of threatening by the destruction of Jerusalem.
from
this,
This appears especially
that in xxiv. 27 and xxxiii. 22 there
upon him
able reference to the silence imposed
is
in
an undeniour verse,
when the messenger mouth should be opened and he should be no longer dumb. The and with reference to which
it is
said, that
should bring back the news of the
fall
of Jerusalem, his
reference in xxiv. 27 and in xxxiii. 22 to the verse before us
has been observed by most expositors
;
but several of them
I
CHAP.
would
limit the
which
lies
III.
xxxiii.
arbitrary, as neither in ch. xxiv.
imposed upon him
but
;
merely to the time
the prophet
silence of
between ch. xxiv. and
21
This
sqq.*
nor in ch.
both chapters
in
dumb
he should no longer be
67
25-27.
it
quite
is
xxxiii. is silence
only stated that
is
after the receipt of the intelli-
gence that Jerusalem had been destroyed by the Chaldeans.
The
supposition of Schmieder, moreover,
is
untenable, that the
injunction of ver. 25 refers to the turning-point in the prophet's office,
which commenced on the day when the siege of
For although
Jerusalem actually began.
this
day forms a
turning-point in the prophetic activity of Ezekiel, in so far as
he on
it
announced
tion of Jerusalem,
and then spake no more
occurrence of this event, yet
was then
to
be
time the destruc-
to the people for the last
dumb from
it is
to Israel until the
not said in xxiv. 27 that he
The
that day onwards.
hypothesis
then only remains, that what was imposed and enjoined on the prophet, in vers. 26 and 27, should remain in force for the
whole period from the commencement of to the receipt of the arrival of a
with
is
news of the
fall
his prophetic activity
of Jerusalem,
messenger on the banks of the Chaboras.
by the There-
also connected the position of this injunction at the
head of the
first
prophecy delivered
to
him (not
at his call),
if
only the contents and importance of this oracle be understood
and recognised, that
embraces not merely the siege of
it
Jerusalem, but also the capture and destruction of the
and the dispersion of the people among the heathen, quently contains in mice the people
down
in all the divine
all
words from ch.
tions
the discourses
and
vi. to
ch. xxiv., he
in different ways, actually
down
city,
conse-
that Ezekiel had to announce to
to the occurrence of this calamity,
and again, though only If
all
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
and which,
had again announced.
to ch. xxiv. are only further exposi-
attestations of the revelation of
God
in ch. iv.
and
v.,
then the behaviour which was enjoined on him at the time of this
announcement was
to
be maintained during
discourses of similar contents.
all
following
Besides, for a correct apprecia-
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
68
tion of the divine precept in vers. 2(5
noticed that the prophet
when God is
inspires
him
is
speak
to
explained to mean, that he
typ\D
tr^S,
and 27,
also to be
it is
not to keep entire silence, except
but that his keeping silence
;
be to his contemporaries no
to
is
" no reprover," and consequently will place their sins
before them to no greater extent, and in no other way, than
God
expressly
silence
is
in
communicated in
Understood in
him.
directs
neither with
contradiction ch.
way,
this
the
God
words of
nor with the predictions
to xxiv.,
vi.
the
directed against foreign nations in ch. Kxv.-xxxiii., several of
which
fall
this the
Chap.
within the time of the siege of Jerusalem.
remark upon xxiv. 27 and
iv.
The Sign of the Siege of Jerusalem. â&#x20AC;&#x201D; This
which Ezekiel
sign,
first
perform in
to
is
the eyes of the exiles
connected
Of. with
xxxiii. 22.
who
visit
own house
his
him, consists in three inter-
and mutually-supplementary symbolical
of which
and the third
is
acts,
the
described in vers. 1â&#x20AC;&#x201D;3, the second in vers. 4â&#x20AC;&#x201D;8,
in vers. 9-17.
cally to represent the
in the second place,
In the
he
first place,
impending siege of Jerusalem
by lying upon one
side,
the punishment of Israel's sin (vers. 4-8)
by the nature of
before
his food,
he
is,
;
he
is
is
symboli-
(vers. 1-3);
to
announce
in the third place,
while lying upon one side, to
hold forth to view the terrible consequences of the siege to Israel.
The
close connection as to their subject-matter of these
three actions appears clearly from this, that the prophet, accordto ver. 7, while lying
upon one
side, is
to direct his look
his arm upon the picture of the besieged city before him
according to ver. 8, lasts,
is
to lie
and during that time
prescribed in ver. 9 sqq. division of the chapter,
prophet
is
to
is
upon
and,
his side as long as the siege
to nourish himself in the
In harmony with
inasmuch
;
and
this
is
as the three acts,
manner
the formal
which the
perform for the purpose of portraying the im-
pending siege of Jerusalem, are co-ordinated to each other
by the
repetition of
the address nnxi in vers. 3, 4, and 8,
—
CHAP.
to the general injunction
and subordinated
salem as a besieged city T T
T -
V
—
The
first
symbolical action.
son of man, take to thyself a brick,
draw thereon a
it,
Jerusalem
city,
build against
it ;
camps against
erect
round about.
and place
it
Ver. 3.
Let
The
it
—Ver.
lay
Ver.
And
1.
tliou^
and
before thee,
it
And
2.
And
a
direct
siege
up a mound against
thou, take to thyself
as an iron wall between thee
and
it
an iron pan,
and
the city,
and
be in a state of siege,
let it
direct
besiege
be a sign to the house of Israel.
and 2 contain the general
directions in vers. 1
basis for
the symbolical siege of Jerusalem, which the prophet
Upon
before Israel as a sign.
a brick he
sent Jerusalem
around the
:
city
he
is
to lay
to sketch a city
is
engrave with a writing instrument) which
(Pi?n, to
Jeru-
to portray
and place battering-rams against
it,
thy face towards it ; thus it.
:
and
siege-towers, raise
it
—
introduced in ver. 1 with the words
:
Vers. 1-3.
against
69
IV. 1-3.
to repre-
is
to erect siege-works
is
towers, walls, camps, and battering-rams
i.e.
;
he
is to
inscribe
the representation of them, and place before himself the picture
The
of the besieged city. stone, not as
burnt in a
kiln,
selection of a brick,
i.e.
of a tile-
but merely dried in the sun,
is
not,
Havernick supposes, a reminiscence of Babylon and monu-
mental inscriptions
common
Palestine, also,
in
;
building material (Isa.
such bricks were a
in consequence of which
ix. 9),
the selection of such a soft mass of clay, on which a picture
might be "liVO D1B>j
easily inscribed,
Mic.
iv.
siege-works." is
was readily suggested.
14, " to make a siege,"
"li^fO
is
(see
on 2 Kings xxv. 1)
raises
;
riijnp,
several
=
;
by
nppb,
"
by
P'.'n,
mound "
" siege-towers" (see
on 2 Sam.
" camps" in the plural, because the hostile army
camps around the
" wall-breakers," arietes
;
city
;
C)''"!3,
" battering-rams,"
according to Joseph Kimchi, " iron
rams," to break in the walls (and gates, xxi. 27). sisted
\T^
therefore the general expression which
specialized in the following clauses
XX. 15)
i.e.
1i^
" to bring forward
of strong
beams of hard wood, furnished
They
con-
at the
end
;
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
70
with a ram's head made of iron, which were suspended by a chain,
and driven forcibly against the wall by the
Compare the iii.
description of
The
7. 19.
them by Josephus, de
suffix in Hvy, in ver.
2, refers to
soldiers.
Judaico
hello
1"'V.
The
siege-
works which are named were not probably to be placed by Ezekiel as
figures around the brick, so that the latter
little
would represent the around the
but to be engraved upon the brick
city,
The
city thereon portrayed.
expressions,
a siege," " to build towers," " to erect a mound,"
was
selected because the drawing
when a
city
is
In
besieged.
inscribed picture of the city
" to make
what
to represent
are
etc., is
done
ver. 3, in reference to this, the
once termed "
at
is
city,"
and in
ver. 7 the picture of the besieged Jerusalem, " the siege of
Jerusalem."
who saw But
it
The meaning of
was
the prophet
siege itself,
iron
pan
as
and
the picture
is
do
to
to carry
still
it
more
he
;
To
out.
is clear.
Jerusalem
to recognise that
is
Every one be besieged.
will
to take in
that end, he
hand the
is to
an iron wall between himself and the
place an
city sketched
on the brick, and direct his countenance stedfastly towards the city (r^D)? is
and
so besiege
it.
The
iron pan, erected as a wall,
to represent neither the wall of
the city (Ewald) nor the
enemies' rampart, for this was already depicted on the brick
while to represent
it, i.e.
the city wall, as " iron,"
would be contrary
i.e.
immove-
meaning of the prophecy.
to the
ably
fast,
The
iron wall represents, as Rosenmiiller, after the hints of
Theodoret, Cornelius a Lapide, and others, has already observed,
a firm, impregnable wall of partition, which the prophet as
messenger and representative of
and the beleaguered
interjectum esse cives inter et
sententiam contra
illos
God
se,
i.e.
Cf. Isa
lix.
2
;
Lam.
iii.
iron plate for baking their loaves
Lev.
ii.
5.
The
to raise
between himself
quasi ferreum
Deum
selection of such
munim
Deique decretum
latam esse irrevocahilem, nee
preces et querimonias auditurum aut
tendum.
is
city, ut signijicaret,
Deum
civium
iis
ad misericordiam
44.
nnna^ ÂŤ pan/'
and
slices of
cakes
;
et
Jlec-
ÂŤ'^'
a"
see on
an iron plate for the purpose
I
I
;
CHAP.
mentioned
not to be explained, as Kliefoth thinks, from the
is
circumstance that the pan
is
primarily to serve the prophet for
preparing his food while he
The
sketch.
71
IV. 4-8.
is
completing his
occupied in
If he were
to
have
not, at the
same
between himself and the
city.
text says nothing of that.
employed the pan for such a purpose, he could time, have placed
The
choice
was
to
to
is
be explained simply from
be found
object intended. in
it,
as a wall
it
that such a plate
this,
every household, and was quite
in
fitted for the
If any other symbolical element
is
contained
the hard ignoble metal might, perhaps, with Grotius, be
taken to typify the hard, wicked heart of the inhabitants of
Jerusalem
;
xxii.
cf.
of Jerusalem
is
18
a pre-announcement of
Israel
Jer. xv. 12.
;
to be a sign
of
its
The
symbolical siege
for the house
of
Israel,
i.e.
The house
impending destiny.
the whole covenant people, not merely the ten
is
house of Judah
tribes as in ver. 5, in contradistinction to the (ver. 6).
Vers. 4-8. lay
till/self
The second
upon thy
symbolical act.
and
left side^
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
lay upon
it
4.
And do tlioti
the evil deeds
of the
house of Israel ; for the number of the days during which thou liest
three
Ver.
thereon shalt thou hear their evil deeds.
reckon
to thee the
hundred and ninety days shalt thou bear
the house
of Israel.
Ver.
6.
And
these, thou shalt then lay thyself
and bear
5.
And I
years of their evil deeds as a number of days
the evil deeds
the evil deeds of
(when) thou hast completed
a second time upon thy right
side,
of the house of Judah forty days ; each
Ver. 7. And upon the siege of Jerusalem shalt thou stedfastly direct thy countenance, and thy
day I reckon
to thee
as a year.
naked arm^ and shalt prophesy against
I lay
until thou hast
as
it.
Ver.
8.
And,
lo,
cords upon thee, that thou stir not from one side to the other
ended the days of thy
siege.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Whilst Ezekiel, as
God's representative, carries out in a symbolical manner the
siege of Jerusalem, he
is
in this situation to portray at the
same time the destiny of the people of their metropolis.
Lying upon
Israel beleaguered in
his left side for
390 days without
i2
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
turning, he
is
to bear the guilt of Israel's sin
days more upon his right
he
side,
is
In so doing, the number of the
sin.
reclines
upon
his sides shall
number
the same
the evil deeds,"
and
be accounted as exactly equal to
to atone for them, to suffer the
xiv. 34, etc.
upon which he
and
reclines,
ing, however, of the guilt of sin
and mediatorial,
Judah which was
is
ever,
upon
laid
rising, full
is
re-
way bear
it.
This bear-
not to be viewed as vicarious
and symbolical
that
;
his side,
down by
are to be cast
The
sins.
Num.
to lay upon the
is
is
intended
to say, Ezekiel,
to
is
show
to the people
the siege of Jerusalem, and
how, while lying on the ground, without the
taming or
cf.
;
sin,
long bound under the burden of Israel and
his lying so
how they
in this is
sin
and punishment,
as in the sacrifice of atonement, but
as purely epideictic
by
" to bear
liV KKi'J,
punishment of
Sin, which produces guilt
garded as a burden or weight, which Ezekiel side
Judah's
upon himself the consequence of
to take
40
then, lying
during which he
dai/s
of years of their sinning.
i.e.
;
to bear the guilt of
possibility
of
they are to bear the punishment of their
understanding of
this
symbolical act, how-
depends upon the explanation of the specified periods
of time, with regard to which the various views exhibit great
discrepancy.
In the
first place,
the separation of the guilt into that of the
house of Israel and that of the house of Judah
is
closely con-
nected with the division of the covenant people into the two
kingdoms of
Israel
That Ezekiel now
and Judah.
is
to
bear
Judah on the right side, is not fully explained by the circumstance that the kingdom of the ten tribes lay to the left, i.e. to the north, the kingdom the sin of Israel
of
Judah
upon the
to the right,
left,
i.e.
that of
to the south
must undoubtedly point at the same time of
Judah over
Judah
is
Israel
cf.
390 days
in
days = 40
= 390
years.
pre-eminence
period of punishment
its
years
to the
This pre-eminence of
Eccles. x. 2.
manifestly exhibited
extending only to 40 contrary,
;
of Jerusalem, but
;
that of Israel, on the
These numbers, however,
CHAP.
73
IV. 4-8.
cannot be satisfactorily explained from a chronological point of view, whether they be referred to the time during which Israel
and Judah sinned, and heaped upon themselves was
to
guilt
which
be punished, or to the time during which they were to
punishment for their
atone, or suffer
references are possible
which Ezekiel
is
tioned to the
number
the
;
Of
sins.
first, viz.
themselves, both
in so far as the days in
to bear the guilt of Israel,
might be propor-
of the years of their
guilt, as
many
Rabbins, Vatablus, Calvin, Lightfoot, Vitringa, J. D. Michaelis,
and others suppose, while in so doing the years are calculated very differently
;
des Vignoles, Chronol.
cf.
Rosenmiiller, Scholia, Excvrs. to ch.
I. p.
479
sqq.,
and
All these hypotheses,
iv.
however, are shattered by the impossibility of pointing out the
harmonize with the chro-
specified periods of time, so as to
If the days, reckoned as years, correspond to the
nology.
duration of their sinning, then, in the case of the house of Israel,
only the duration of this kingdom could come into con-
sideration, as the period of
punishment began with the captivity
kingdom
of the ten tribes.
But
The remaining 137
years the Rabbins have
this
from the period of the Judges destruction of the ten tribes
;
lasted only
others,
down
from the time of the even
Both are altogether
can the 40 years of Judah be calculated,
Still less
as all the determinations of the beginning
phantoms of the
years.
attempted to supply
to that of Ezekiel, or
to that of the destruction of Jerusalem.
arbitrary.
253
The
air.
and the end are mere
fortieth year before
our prophecy
would nearly coincide with the eighteenth year of Josiah's reign,
and therefore with the year
effected the reformation of religion.
not represent this
Judah's
sin.
We
in
which
this pious
king
Ezekiel, however, could
year as marking the commencement of
must
therefore, as the literal
meaning of the
words primarily indicates, regard the specified periods of time as periods of
then,
had
punishment for Israel and Judah.
to maintain
Since Ezekiel,
during the symbolical siege of Jerusalem
this attitude of reclining for Israel
and Judah, and after the
74
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
completion of the 390 days for Israel must (p''^^, ver.
(390
6)
+ 40)
40 days
to reckon the
against
but
it,
To
days.
dred and ninety
for
Judah, he had
430
include the forty days in the three hun-
But
contrary to the statements in the text.
is
two periods is
a second time
lie
to recline in all
together has not only
no argument
even suggested by the circumstance that the
prophet, while reclining on his left and right sides,
to repre-
is
Regarded, however, as periods of
sent the siege of Jerusalem.
punishment, both the numbers cannot be explained consistently with the chronology, but must be understood as having a sym-
The
bolical signification.
nounced
space of 430 years, which
an-
is
to both kinf^doms together as the duration of their
chastisement, recalls the
had spent
in
Egypt
already intimated to
in
430 years which bondage (Ex.
Abraham (Gen.
in the far past Israel
xli.
40),
It
had been
xv. 13) that the sojourn
Egypt would be a period of servitude and humiliation for ; and at a later time, in consequence of the oppression
in
his seed
which the
then experienced on account of the rapid
Israelites
increase of their number, in Deut. xxviii. 68, that
was
it
—upon
God would
the basis of the threat
punish Israel for their per-
by bringing them back
sistent declension,
—taken
bondage in Egypt
into ignominious
by the prophet
as a type of the
banishment of rebellious Israel among the heathen. sense Hosea already threatens
(viii.
with being carried back to Egypt; see on Hos.
more frequently, upon the
basis of
this
In
this
6) the ten tribes
13, ix. 3,
ix.
3.
conception,
Still is
the
redemption from Assyrian and Babylonian exile announced as a
new and miraculous exodus
Egypt, lies
e.g.
Hos.
ii.
2
;
of Israel from the bondage of
Isa. xi. 15, 16.
—This
accordance with the statement of Jerome,^ cepted by the ^
typical
meaning
also at the foundation of the passage before us,
Jews
of his time,
Alii vero et viaxime Judaei
it
as,
in
was already
ac-
and has been again recognised
in
a secundo anno Vespasiani, quando Hieru-
salem a Romanis capta templumque sulversum est, siipputari volunt in tribulatione et angustia et captivitatis jugo populi constUui annos quadringentos
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
CHAP.
75
IV. 4-8.
modern times by Havernick and Hitzig. That Ezeklel looked upon the period during which Israel had been subject to the heathen in the past as " typical of the future,
is to
be assumed,
because only then does the number of 430 cease to be arbitrary
and meaningless, and
become
explicable."
at the
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
same time
Hitzig.
course, to be understood as Hitzig if
390
division into
its
This
latter
view
is
and Havernick take
+ 40 of
not, it, i.e.
as
the 40 years of Judah's chastisement were to be viewed apart
from the 40
years' sojourn of the Israelites in the wilderness,
upon which the look of the prophet would have been turned by For the 40 years
the sojourn in Egypt.
in the wilderness are
not included in the 430 years of the Egyptian sojourn, so that
Ezekiel could have reduced these 430 years to 390, and yet
have added to them the 40 years of the desert wanderings.
For the coming period
of punishment,
for Israel with the siege of Jerusalem,
is
which
is
fixed at
to
commence
430 years with
reference to the Egyptian bondage of the Israelites, and this period
must
is
divided into 390 and 40
this division thei*efore
commencement,
also have, if not its point of
point of connection, in the
The
and
;
at least a
430 years of the Egyptian sojourn.
division of the period of chastisement into
two parts
is to
be explained probably from the sending of the covenant people into the
kingdom
of Israel
and Judah, and the appointment of
a longer period of chastisement for Israel than for Judah, from the greater guilt of the ten tribes in comparison with Judah,
but not the incommensurable relation of the divisions into 390
The foundation of this, that the number
and 40 years.
this division can, first of all,
only
forty already possessed the
lie
in
symbolical significance of a measured period of divine visitation.
This significance
it
had already received, not through the 40
years of the desert wandering, but through the 40 days of rain at the time of the deluge triginta,
et sic
(Gen.
vii.
17), so that, in conformity
populum ad pristinum statum ut quomodo annis fuerunt in Aegijpto, sic in eodem numero
redire
filii Israel 430
finiatur: scriptumque
esse in
Ex.
xii.
40.
Hieronyjius.
76
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
with
the punishment of dying in the wilderness, suspended
this,
over the rebellious race of Israel at Kadesh,
40
years, although
Num.
xiv.
If now, however,
32 sqq.
had contributed
this penal sentence
40
as a symbolical
already stated at
is
included in reality only 38 years
it
number
it
;
see
on
should be supposed that
number
to the fixing of the
to denote a longer period of punish-
ment, the 40 years of punishment for Judah could not yet have
been viewed apart from
ment for
that case be measured if
The
this event.
and Judah
Israel
at
390
-f
fixing of the chastise-
40 years could only
by the sojourn of the
in
Egypt,
Israelites in
the relations of this sojourn presented a point of connection
for a division of the
430 years
into
390 and 40,
A
tinguished from the preceding 390. this
is
offered
by an event
the
i.e. if
somehow be
years of the Egyptian servitude could
last
40
dis-
point of contact for
in the life of
Moses which
falls
within that period, and was fertile in results for him as well as for the whole of Israel, viz. his flight
from Egypt
quence of the slaughter of an Egyptian who had Israelite.
As
in conse-
ill-treated
an
the Israelites, his brethren, did not recognise the
meaning
of this act,
them by
his
and did not perceive that God would save
hand, Moses was necessitated to
the land
flee into
of Midian, and to tarry there 40 years as a stranger, until the
Lord
called
him
His messenger
to
to
be the saviour of his nation, and sent him as
Pharaoh (Ex.
ii.
11-iii.
10; Acts
vii.
These 40 years were for Moses not only a time of
23-30).
trial
and
purification for his future vocation, but undoubtedly also the
period of severest Egyptian oppression for the Israelites, and in this
respect quite fitted to be a type of the
punishment for Judah, in which was
had experienced
in
Egypt,
to
coming time of
be repeated what Israel
that, as Israel
had
lost their
helper
and protector with the flight of Moses, so now Judah was to lose her king, and be given over to the tyranny of the heathen world-power.^ *
Another ingenious explanation of the numbers in question has been Proceeding from the symbolical p. 123.
attempted by Kliefoth, Comment,
—
cnAp.
While Ezekiel thus
77
IV. 4-8.
reclines
upon one
side,
the picture of the besieged city, and keep his
ready for action against the
(Isa.
city,
lii.
and outstretched,
10),
especially
through
which he had taken up against
God
(see on until
is
unchangingly upon the siege of Jerusalem,
his look
out,
he
will
bind him with cords,
i.e.
25), so that he cannot stir
iii.
the
To
it.
to direct i.e.
upon
arm bare, i.e. and prophesy
menacing attitude
be able to carry this
fetter
him
from one
to his
couch
side to another
he has completed the time enjoined upon him for the In
siege.
this is contained the
thought that the siege of Jeru-
number 40 as a measure of time for divine visitation he supposes that the prescription in Deut. xxv. 3 that if an Israelite were to be subjected to corporal punishment, he was not to receive more than 40 stripes is founded upon this symbolical signification, ^a
signification of the
and
—
trial,
—
—
prescription which, according to 2 Cor. xi. 24,
was
in practice so carried
From
the application and bearing numbers in the passage before us are to be explained. Every year of punishment is equivalent to a stripe To the house of Israel 10 X 39 years = stripes, were of chastisement.
out that only 39 were actually thus given to the
adjudged,
i.e.
number
to each of the ten tribes 39 years
tribes are treated as so
amoimt
inflicted.
40, the symbolical
many
= stripes
the individual
;
and each receives the one individual. Judah, on the
single individuals,
of chastisement usual in the case of
contrary, is regarded as the one complete historical national tribe, because
two faithful tribes of Judah and Benjamin the people collecwere represented. Judah, then, may receive, not the number of stripes falling to individuals, but that only which fell upon one, although, as a fair compensation, not the usual number of 40, but the higher nmnber compatible with the Torah of 40 stripes = years. To this explanation we would give our assent, if only the transformation into stripes or blows of in the tively
—
the days of the prophet's reclining, or of the years of Israel's punishment, could be shown to be probable through any analogous Biblical example,
and were not merely a deduction from the modern law of punishment, in which corporal punishment and imprisonment hold the same importance. The assumption, then, is altogether arbitrary irrespective of this, that in the case of the house of Israel the measure of punishment is fixed differently from that of Judah in the former case, according to the number of the tribes; in the latter, according to the unity of the kingdom in the former Finally, the presupposition that the later at 39, in the latter at 40 stripes. Jewish practice of inflicting only 39 instead of 40 stripes in order not to transgress the letter of the law in the enumeration which probably was made at the infliction of the punishment goes back to the time of the ;
:
—
—
exile,
is
extremely improbable, as
Pharisaic micrology.
it
altogether breathes the spirit of
THE PKOPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
78 salem
be mentally carried on
to
is
new symbol
during
(ver. 9 sqq.)
this
The
Vers. 9-17.
time
millet,
but no
:
and
and
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Ver.
9.
Leans,
and
and
barley,
and put them
spelt,
of the prophet
employed.
is
symbolical act.
third
thou take to thyself wheat,
and
capture
its
For such a purpose the food
implied.
is
until
of the state of prostration of the besieged Jerusalem
in a vessel,
Ajid do lentiles,
and prepare them
number of the days on which hundred and ninety days shalt thou
as bread for thyself, according to the
thou eat
liest
on thy side
three
And
Ver. 10.
it.
;
thy food, which thou eatest, shall be ac-
cording to weight, twenty shekels for a day shalt thou eat
And
Ver. 11.
it.
ing to measure, a sixth part of the hin,
thou drink
and
shalt
Ver. 13.
Ver. 12.
it.
bake
And
never been polluted ;
I never
amongst
me: Lo, I allow
He
therewith
said to me.
eyes
and of a
thee the
human
toith
rip
and of
and abominable
Ver. 15. Theji said lie unto
dung of animals instead of
lo,
I will
and drink water by meacure, and
Ver. 17. Because bread and water shall
away one with
another,
that
Ver. 16.
of
And
break the staff of bread in
Jerusalem, so that they will eat bread according in affliction,
of Israel
I shall drive my soul has
that %ohich is torn,
until now,
thou prepare , thy bread.
Son of man,
it,
excrement.
the children
Lord, Jehovah,
carcase,
my youth my mouth.
may est
time to time
time to time shalt
the heathen, whither
Ah!
eaten from
flesh has not come into
man;
from
Jehovah spake; then shall
Ver. 14. Then said I:
them.
from
as barley cakes shalt thou eat
their
before
it
eat their bread polluted
have
And
;
water shalt thou drink accord-
and disappear
fail,
and
to weight,
and
in amazement.
they shall pine
in their guilt.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; For the
whole duration of the symbolical siege of Jerusalem, Ezekiel
is
to
furnish himself with a store of grain corn and leguminous fruits, to place this store in a vessel beside
in
weight (about 9 ounces), and to bake
upon a it
him, and daily to prepare
form of bread a measured portion of the same, 20 shekels
in the
at
fire,
this as barley cakes
prepared with dried dung, and then to partake of
the different hours for meals througliout the day.
In
;;
CHAP. addition to this, he
hours appointed for eating, to
at the
is,
79
IV. 9-17.
drink water, in like manner according to measure, a sixth part of the hin daily,
Archdol. II.
pared the
a quantity less than a pint (cf. Biblisch.
i.e.
The
141).
p.
from wheat
riiay
guests (Gen. xviii. 6). tion,
barley
42
mon
and not merely when they had
Ezekiel, however,
to take, in addi-
is
other kinds of grain with leguminous fruits, which were
employed
iv.
Israelites, probably, generally pre-
flour,
;
when wheat was
in the preparation of bread
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;baked John
into bread
vi.
9
;
see
by the poor (Judg.
on 1 Kings
v. 8)
food of the Hebrews (2 Sam.
vii.
b)B,
;
xvii. 28),
13
deficient ;
2 Kings
" beans," a com-
which appears
to
have been mixed with other kinds of grain for the purpose of This especially holds true of the
being baked into bread.^ lentiles,
Hebrews (Gen. xxv. 29
a favourite food of the
from which,
in
Egypt
at the present day, the poor
still
bread in times of severe famine (Sonnini, M. II. 390
Arabs " Dochn'^ and
apTo<;
,^S)i paiiicum, a fruit cultivated in Egypt, more frequently in Arabia (see Wellsted, Arab. I.
still
{
295), consisting of longish round
brown
from which, in the absence of better baked.
is
;
ID% "millet," termed by the
Athenaeus. IV. 158).
^dKivo<i,
sq.),
bake
Cf. Celsius, ITierohotan,
Thesaur. p. 333.
" spelt or
2''DD3,
grain, resembling rice,
a sort of bad bread
fruits,
453
i.
sqq.
;
and Gesen.
corn " (cf . Ex.
German
ix.
32), a kind of grain which produces a finer and whiter flour
than wheat flour
somewhat
dry,
cf. Celsius, is
;
the bread, however, which
and
is
is
baked from
said to be less nutritive than
Hierobotan,
ii.
98
Of
sq.
all
to place certain quantities in a vessel
it is
wheat bread
these fruits Ezekiel
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; to
indicate that all
kinds of grain and leguminous fruits capable of being converted into bread will
be
collected,
appeasing of hunger. of flour ^
we
in order to
bake bread for the
In the intermixture of various kinds
are not, with Hitzig, to seek a transgression of the
Cf. Plinii Histor.
Natur.
faiae, quippe ex qua tentatus
apud plerasque
gentes et
xviii. sit
80
:
" Inter legumina maximus Jionos Frumento etiam miscetur
etiam pania
maxime panico
.
.
.
solida ac delicatius fracta.^^
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
80
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
law
In
Lev.
xix.
19
;
Deut.
The
measure or duration.
number
the
house of
was
et
of the situation,
is
to
accusative of
be fixed according
ver. 9 only the
to
390 days of the
of punishment are mentioned
qriod
summa (Prado) and because this make prominent the hardship and oppression the 40 days of Judah were omitted for the
sake of brevity.^
shall
quantity
tlie
is
fere universa
sufficient to
eat,"
*i3po
In
of the days.
Israel's period
plures essent
xxll. 9.
'131
;
''l??^??,
" thy
food
which thou shalt
the definite portion which thou shalt have to eat,
i.e.
be according to weight (between subject and predicate
the substantive verb
9 ounces of
flour,
the half of what a daily support.^
is
to
be supplied).
Twenty
shekels
yield 11 or 12 ounces of bread,
man i.e.
= 8 or
at
most
needs in southern countries for his
The same
sixth part of a hin,
i.e.
is
A
the case with the water.
a quantity
niggardly allowance for a day.
less
than a pint,
Both, however,
is
a very
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;eating
the
what is required in vers. 9-17 and not also to the 40 days of Judah, so that so long as Ezekiel lay and bore the sins of Israel, he was to eat his food by measure, and unclean. For this is in contradiction with the distinct announcement that during the whole time that he lay upon the one side and the other, he was besieging Jerusalem and by the scanty and unclean food, was to portray both the deficiency of bread and water which occurred in the besieged city (ver. 17), as well as the eating of unclean bread, which impended over the Israelites when among the heathen nations. The famine which took place in Jerusalem during the siege did not affect the ten tribes, but that of Judah while unclean bread had to be eaten among the heathen not only by the Israelites, but also by the Jews transported to Babylon. By the limitation of what is prescribed to the prophet in vers. 9-15 to the time during which the sin of Israel was to be borne, the significance of this symbolical act for Jerusalem and Judah is taken away. 2 In our climate (Germany) we count 2 lbs. of bread for the daily supply but in warm countries the demand for food is less, so that of a man ^
Kliefoth's supposition
is
refers in reahty only to the
untenable, that
390 days of
Israel,
;
;
;
Wellsted {Travels in Arabia, II. p. 200) scarcely IJ lbs. are required. relates that "the Bedoweens will undertake a journey of 10 to 12 days
without carrying with them any nutriment, save a bottle full of small cakes, baked of white flour and camel or goat's milk, and a leather bag of water. Such a cake weighs about 5 ounces. Two of them, and a mouthful of water, the latter twice within 24 hoiu^,
is all
which they then partake of."
":
CHAP.
bread and drinking the water,
IV. 9-17.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;he
ai-
do from time
shall
" not throughout the entire fixed period of
i.e.
(Havernick)
but he
;
to time,
390 days but
shall not eat the daily ration at once,
divided into portions according to the daily hours of meals, so
In addition to
that he will never be completely satisfied. is
this
the pollution (ver. 12 sqq.) of the scanty allowance of food
by the manner
in
which
it is
prepared.
naj? is
D''")'yB>
predicate
" as barley cakes," " prepared in the form of barley cakes,"
The
shalt thou eat them.
suffix in '"^^bas^n is neuter,
and
refers
to on? in ver. 9, or rather to the kinds of grain there enumerated,
which are ground and baked before them
The
addition
W""]]}'^
is
Dnp,
:
not to be explained from
" food."
i,e.
that the
this,
principal part of these consisted of barley, nor does
that in general no other than barley cakes were
it
known
prove
(Hitzig),
but only that the cakes of barley meal, baked in the ashes,
were an extremely frugal kind of bread, which that prepared
by Ezekiel was
The
to resemble.
nay
was probably always
baked on hot ashes, or on hot stones (1 Kings
The
pans, as Kliefoth here supposes.
bake them in (with) human ordure. be understood as
which view
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
if
he were
Isa. xxxvi.
i.e.
so that
shows
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;he
dung forms the material
bread must be polluted by this
is
is
is
to
by no means
to
13 that the use of
fire
to
bake
of the
food, for
but
That the
fire.
3, vii. 21,
;
over the
it
conceivable, although
not be proved from the passages in Lev. v. xxiii.
is
12 has been erroneously appealed to
as ^\}yV. in ver. 15 clearly
dung,
prophet, however,
This
mix the ordure with the
to
not on
xix. 6),
it
can-
and Deut.
composed of dung made the food
prepared thereon levitically unclean.
The use
of
human
with
fire
ordure must have communicated to the bread a loathsome smell
and
taste,
by which
it
was rendered unclean, even
That the
been immediately baked in the hot ashes. of the bread
is
had not
pollution
we see from the " Thus shall the ver. 13 bread among the heathen."
the object of this injunction,
explanation which
God
gives in
children of Israel eat their defiled
The
if it
:
heart of the prophet, however, rebels against such food.
EZEK.
I.
P
— ;
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
82'-
He
says he has never in his life polluted himself
by eating food
forbidden in the law; from his youth up he has eaten no neither of a carcase, nor of that which was torn
unclean
flesh,
by wild
beasts (cf. Ex. xxii. 30; Deut. xiv. 21), nor flesh of
sacrifices
decayed or putrefying
On
Isa. Ixv. 4).
and permits him
men/
that of
God
this
(/^SS,
ver.
16
on Lev.
vii.
18
omits the requirement in ver. 12,
to take for firing the
In
see
dung
of oxen instead of
given the explanation
sq., finally, is
of the scanty allowance of food meted out to the prophet,
namely, that the Lord, at the impending siege of Jerusalem,
away from
to take
to languish in literal
the people the staff of bread, and leave
hunger and
distress.
The
explanation
is
them is
in
adherence to the threatenings of the law (Lev. xxvi. 26
and 39), which are now
to pass
into fulfilment.
Bread
is
called " staff of bread" as being indispensable for the preserva-
To
tion of life.
added
;
and
''i'K'ipa,
Lev. xxvi. 26, '"ij^l?, "in sorrow," is " in astonishment," i.e. in fixed,
to the water, ti»i3C'3,
silent pain at the miserable death,
they see before them.
DJiJ?3 ipnj
as
by hunger and
thirst,
Lev. xxvi. 39. If we,
cast a look over the contents of this first sign,
Jerusalem suffer *
is
it
says that
soon to be besieged, and during the siege
hunger and terror as a punishment for the
which
finally,
is
to
sins of Israel
of dung as a material for burning is so common in the East, cannot be supposed that Ezekiel first became acquainted with it
The use
that
it
and therefore regarded
with peculiar loathing. is never so employed, although the objection raised by Hitzig, on the other hand, that it would not yield so much heat as would be necessary for roasting without immediate contact, i.e. through the medium of a brick, rests upon an in a foreign country,
Human
it
ordure, of course, so far as our knowledge goes,
But the employment of cattledung for firing could not be unknown to the Israelites, as it forms in the Hauran (the ancient Bashan) the customary firing material cf. Wetzstein's erroneous representation of the matter.
;
8 (Eng. tran.), where the preparation of the ^elle this prevalent material for burning in the Hauran from cow-dung mixed with chopped straw is minutely described and this remark is made among others, that the flame of the gelle, prepared and dried from the dung of oxen that feed at large, is entirely without smoke, and that the ashes, which retain their heat for a lengthened time, are as clean as those of wood.
remarks on Delitzsch's Job,
—
vol. I. pp. 377,
;
—
CHAP, V
and Judah
upon the capture of the
that
;
83
1-4.
they are to be dispersed
among
(Judah)
city of Israel
the heathen, and will there be
To this in ch. which shows further how it shall
obliged -to eat unclean bread.
v. is
second sign,
fare with the
joined a
people at and after the capture of Jerusalem (vers. 1-4)
5-17).
Chap.
The Sign which
1-4.
V.
Israel's impending Destiny.
man, take to
A
take
and go with thee
to
the days
son of
thou,
and
divide
it
and over thy
the
and
sword round about to the
Ver.
it
chin,
Ver. 2.
hair).
{the
with fire in the midst of the
maining) third scatter out after them.
to portray
is
And
1.
of the siege are accomplished:
smite with
third,
Ver.
thy head,
over
it
scales,
hum
third part
—
a sharp sword, as a razor shalt thou take
to thyself
thyself,
and
and
judgment
these signs, and establishes the necessity of the penal (vers.
;
which developes the significance of
after that a longer oracle,
when
city,
take the (other)
and
it:
the
winds ; and the sword will
(re-
I draw
a few of them by number, and Ver. 4. And of these
3. Yet take
bind them in the skirt of thy garment.
again take a few, and cast them into the fire, and burn them with fire;
from
Israel.
—
thence a fire shall go forth over the whole house of
^The description of this sign
n"'3p3n nyrij
" razor of the barbers,"
be understood to the
suffix in n|ni3Jn
purpose for which Ezekiel
is
is
easily
understood.
the predicate, which
is
and the clause
;
to use the sharp
sword
—
razor, in order to cut off therewith the hair of his
beard.
The
hair,
when
cut
off,
he
is
with a pair of scales (the suffix in
The one
the hair).
third he
is
to
is
to
states the viz. as
a
head and
to divide into three parts
Dljii??n
burn
refers
ad sensum
in the city,
to
not in
i.e.
the actual Jerusalem, but in the city, sketched on the brick,
which he
is
symbolically besieging
to be referred the suffix in
doubt by ver. 12.
In the
r|''riu"'2ip,
(iv. 3).
To
the city also
ver. 2, as is placed
last clause
of ver. 2, which
is
beyond is
taken
from Lev. xxvi. 33, the description of the sign passes over into
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 84 its
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL exposition, for Di}^n^ does not refer to the hair, but to the
The
inhabitants of Jerusalem.
bolical act is easily recognised,
12.
sym-
significance also of this
and
is,
moreover, stated in ver.
Ezekiel, in this act, represents the besieged Jerusalem.
What
he does to
God do
his hair, that will
As
of Jerusalem.
to the inhabitants
the hair of the prophet falls under the
sword, used as a razor, so will the inhabitants of Jerusalem
when
the city
fall,
captured, into destruction, and that verily an
is
This idea
ignominious destruction.
is
contained in the picture
of the hair-cutting, which was a dishonour done to what forms
the ornament of a man. the same
is
See on 2 Sam.
so will pestilence
capture of the
city, fall
the last third will
The second
God
by the sword
4
A third of
sqq.
to persecute
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
will
third
will,
and
draw forth the sword
and smite them
dispersed
among
winds, Ezekiel
(ver. 12).
ad sensum,
to
act,
^"y? nntn
thence," refers not to
"
:
is
JT'B'^B'n,
the place where
fi'ora
found"
i.e.,
who
who
ii.
as regards the
the disor ends
34), denotes the preservation of
are gathered together out of the whole of those
among the heathen; cf. 1 Sam. xxv. 29; But even of these few He shall still cast some and consume them. Consequently those who are
are dispersed
Ezek.
xvi. 8.
into the
fire,
gathered together out of exile are not are
but,
the third
who are to be found among The binding up into the 0^333, " the corners
of the garment " (cf . Jer.
the few,
when
the third scattered to the
subject-matter, of those persion.
is
which
to bind a small portion in the skirt of his
scattered to the winds
is
Of
after
This sign
further to happen to the people
D^, "from
garment.
that
is
is
the heathen.
;
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; as Moses has
continued (vers. 3 and 4) in a second symbolical
shadows forth what
on the
in the environs (ver. 12)
scatter to the winds,
already threatened the people still
x.
the fire destroys the hair,
and hunger consume the inhabitants of the
beleaguered city (ver. 12).
them,
As
to perish in the city.
still
Bumed.
to
be sifted by
fire,
in
all to
be preserved, but
which process a part
This image does not refer
to those
is
con-
who remain behind
CHAP.
when
in the land,
the nation
85
V. 1-4.
led
is
away
captive to Babylon
(Theodoret, Grotius, and others), but, as Ephretn the Syrian
and Jerome saw,
to those
to their further destiny, as
;
in
already clear from the DE'p, rightly
The meanincr
understood.
puted
who were saved from Babylon, and is
it,
of the last clause of ver. 4
=i3^0j
announcement of the thing
which Evvald would
arbitrarily alter into ''3Sp,
cannot, with Hiivernick, be referred to this yields a
and preserved, and yet of
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;from
that a portion thereof
:
this portion
many
rescued
is
consumed by
are
that a fire shall go forth over the whole house of
This
Israel.
because
t^'Xn iliri-7N,
very forced sense, but relates to the whole act
described in vers. 3 and 4
fire,
dis-
as in the final clause of ver. 2, the symbolical
representation passes over into the itself.
is
fire is
explained by almost
all expositors,
from
Theodoret and Jei'ome onwards, of the penal judgments which
were
inflicted after the exile
upon the Jews, which reached
their
culminating point in the siege and destruction of Jerusalem
by the Romans, and which
still
But
throughout the whole world. already remarked,
is
how
this
view, as Kliefoth has
not only in decided antagonism to the in-
tention of the text, but see
continue in their dispersion
moreover, altogether impossible to
it is,
judgment of extermination for
a
Israel can be
all
deduced from the fact that a small number of the
who
are scattered to the winds,
are saved a part
there can only Israel,
is
come
Israelites,
saved, and that of those
consumed with
From
fire.
who
thence
forth a fire of purification for the whole of
through which the remnant, as Isaiah had already pre-
dicted (vi. 12 sqq.), clause,
still
is
is
consuming by
converted into a holy seed. fire is
not referred
to.
In the
The
fire,
last
how-
ever, has not merely a destructive, but also a cleansing, purifying,
To
and quickening power.
did Christ
come (Luke
xii.
49),
kindle such a
and from
out over the whole house of Israel.
Him
fire
on earth
the same goes
This view, for which
Kliefoth has already rightly decided, receives a confinnation
through ch.
vi.
8â&#x20AC;&#x201D;10, where
is
announced the conversion of the
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
86
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
remnant of those
Israelites
who had been
among
dispersed
the
nations.
So
we pass on to we must still briefly
Before, however,
far the symbolical acts.
the explanation of the following oracle,
touch the question, whether these acts were undertaken and
performed by the prophet in the world of external
whether they were occurrences only internally Ezekiel experienced in spirit
and afterwards communicated expositors, Kliefoth has
i.e.
an
in
act,
and yet
also
a
Amongst modern
to the people.
defended the former view, and has
who behold
those
such, as Hitzig supposes, that
A significant
:
must be performed, that
silent, leisurely one,
may show something to
which
ecstatic condition
adduced the following considerations in support
it
reality, or
real,
Nor
it.
is
the case
would have been impossible
it
carry out what had been required of the prophet in ch.
1-17.
It had, indeed, its difficulty; but
quires from His servants
helps
them
what
is
performance of
to the
God
difficult,
it.
He
easy for the prophet to recline, by binding him the sign, this certainly was kept in view, that
formed; and in
it,
assertions,
intelligible
is
make
it
" In
(iv. 8).
should be per-
is
it."
For
these latter
anything but convincing proof.
not so simple as Kliefoth supposes, although we
are at one with
him
in this, that neither the difficulty of
carrying out what was reality,
also
with reference to an act com-
does not expressly state
however, there
The matter
it
will
He
moreover, teas performed, although the text,
a manner quite
manded by God,
iv.
sometimes re-
although
So here
to
commanded
in the world of external
nor the non-mention of the actual performance, furnishes
sufficient
grounds for the supposition of merely internal,
occurrences.
We
also are of opinion that very
spiritual
many
of the
symbolical acts of the prophets were undertaken and performed in the external world,
and that
corresponds most fully with the
this supposition, as that literal
meaning
on each occasion the most obvious, and to,
is
which
of the words,
to be firmly
is
adhered
unless there can be good grounds for the opposite view.
In
CHAP. the case
now
before us,
V. 1-4.
we have
Si
â&#x20AC;˘
take into consideration
first to
that the oracle which enjoins these symbolical acts on Ezekiel
stands in close connection, both as to time and place, with the
inauguration of Ezekiel to the prophetic the
Lord comes upon him
at the
same
The hand
office.
place,
where the con-
cluding word at his call was addressed to him (the
D^
points back to
found himself
in
iii.
15)
;
which he here
God
still
14),
(iii.
shows that the new
in our
glory of Jehovah in the same
ecstatic vision,
is
again,
ecstatic condition, as
book always has
but also most undoubtedly from
in
an
prophet.
he
from the formula, "the hand of the Lord
clear not only
came upon me," which
when
office of
this divine revelation,
as at his consecration, transported into
viz.
22,
received, followed very soon, if
not immediately, after his consecration to the
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
iii.
on the same spot to which he had been
still
Then, upon the occasion of
is
DK',
and the circumstance that Ezekiel
transported by the Spirit of revelation,
of
manner
as
he had seen
But
an ecstatic condition.
it is
this signification,
that he again sees the
this,
if
it
this
in ch.
i.
were an
obvious that the acts also which the divine
appearance imposed upon him must be regarded as ecstatic occurrences
since the assertion that every significant act
;
be performed, in order that something
who
witness
this act
it, is
must
may
must
be shown to those
fundamentally insufficient for the proof that
fall
within the domain of the earthly world of
sense, because the occurrences related in ch. viii.-xi. are vieV^ed
even by Kliefoth himself as purely internal events.
As
decisive,
however, for the purely internal character of the symbolical acts
under consideration
(ch. iv.
and
v.), is
the circumstance that
the supposition of Ezekiel having, in his lain
390 days upon
his left,
own
house, actually
and then, again, 40 days upon
his
right side without turning, stands in irreconcilable contradiction
with the fact that he, according to ch.
away
viii.
1 sqq., was carried
in ecstasy to Jerusalem, there to behold in the temple the
monstrosities of Israel's idolatry
salem.
For the proof
and the destruction of Jeru-
of this, see the introduction to ch.
viii.
;
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEEIEL.
88
The Divine Word which explains the
Vers. 5-17.
Symbolical Signs, is laid down as to its
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
5.
Tims says
which the judgment that
in
cause (5-9) and as to
Lord Jehovah
the
:
announced
is
nature (10-17).
its
This Jerusalem have
I
placed in the midst of the nations^ and raised about her the countries.
Ver.
6.
nations,
But
my
in wickedness she resisted
and my
more than
statutes
laws more than the
which are round
the countries
about her; for they rejected my laws, and did not walk in my statutes.
Ver.
7.
Lord Jehovah
Therefore thus says the
Because ye have
:
raged more than the nations round about you, and have not walked
my
in
and have not obeyed my
statutes,
laws,
and have not done
even according to the laws of the nations which are round about
you
;
Ver.
Lord Jehovah
8. Therefore thus saith the
I, shall be against thee,
and
before the eyes of the nations.
:
Lo,
even
I,
perform judgments in thy midst
loill
Ver.
9.
And I
will do unto thee
what I have never done, nor will again do in
like
manner, on
account of all thine abominations. 'Z'Vt^
nxT,
not " this
Jerusalem,"
is
Jerusalem (Havernick), but " is
this
i.e.
placed before the noun in the sense of
To
this is
the destiny of
Jerusalem " (Hitzig) iste,
as in
Ex.
nxT
;
xxxii. 1
cf.
Ewald,
its
proper prominence, the censure of her sinful conduct opens
§
2936.
place the culpability of Jerusalem in
with the mention of the exalted position which
God had
assigned
Jerusalem h described in ver. 5 as forming the
her upon earth.
central point of the earth
:
this is done,
however, neither in an
external, geographical (Hitzig), nor in a purely typical sense,
as the city that
is
blessed more than any other (Calvin, Haver-
nick), but in a historical sense, in so far as " God's people city actually
and
stand in the central point of the God-directed
world-development and
its
movements " (Kliefoth)
relation to the history of salvation, as the city in
;
or,
which
in
God
hath set up His throne of grace, from which shall go forth the
law and the statutes for of the whole world iv.
1 sqq.).
But
may
all
nations, in order that the salvation
be accomplished (Isa.
ii.
2 sqq.
;
Mic.
instead of keeping the laws and statutes of
CHAP.
89
V. 5-9.
the Lord, Jerusalem has, on the contrary, turned to do wickedness more than the heathen nations in
the lands round about
all
cum accusal, object.j " to act rebelliously towards"). Here we may not quote Rom. ii. 12, 14 against this, as if the heathen, who did not know the law of God, did not also trans(nnorij
â&#x20AC;˘
gress the same, but sinned
for the sinning
dv6fjia)<;;
of which the apostle speaks,
really a transgression of the
is
With
law written on the heart of the heathen. the penal threatening
introduced
is
av6fjLQ)<;,
;
15^,
in ver. 7,
but before the punishment
down, the correspondence between guilt and punishment
is
laid
is
brought forward more prominently by repeatedly placing in
juxtaposition the godless conduct of the rebellious city. is infinitive,
norij
from
"to rage,"
(Oi^,
i.e.
last clause of ver.
a secondary form
God;
to rebel against
7 contains a climax
:
"
cf.
And
12 (where
it
Ps.
made
is
ii.
The
1.
ye have not even This
acted according to the laws of the heathen." real contradiction to ch. xi.
'233Âťri
in the sense of
|ion,
is
not in any
a subject of
reproach to the Israelites that they have acted according to the laws of the heathen), so that
and Hitzig,
to
in these latter,
it
obliged, with
has only been omitted to avoid the sup-
posed contradiction with
xi.
The
12.
contradiction lies in the double
solution of the apparent
meaning of the Dian
The heathen had laws which were opposed but also such as were rooted in the law of their hearts.
worthy
;
Ewald
in the verse before us, because
and several Hebrew manuscripts.
wanting in the Peshito
Even
we would be
expunge the N?
Obedience
to
''^B'^p.
to those of
God
written
God,
upon
the latter was good and praise-
to the former, wicked and objectionable.
Israel,
which
hated the law of God, followed the wicked and sinful laws of the heathen, and neglected to observe their before us
is
to be
judged by Jer.
had already made reference.^
laws.
Tlie passage
10, 11, to
which Raschi
<7ooc^
ver. 8 the
announcement of
xi. 12 : " Haec prole conImitabantur Judaei gentiles velfovendo opiniones gentiles, vel etiam assumendo ritus et sacra gentilium. Sed nonfaciehant ut gentes^ quae integre 1
Coccejus had already well remarked on ch.
cordant.
k
In
ii.
90
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
the pimisliment, interrupted cause,
is
by the repeated mention of the
a^ain resumed with the words
'W^
salem has acted worse than the heathen,
^b
Since Jeru-
p-'.
God
execute His
will
judgments upon her before the eyes of the heathen.
D^CBB' nb'y
or D''D3l^p nb'jj (vers. 10, 15, ch. xi. 9, xvi. 41, etc.),
" to accom-
plish or execute judgments," xxxiii.
is
used in Ex.
12 and
xii.
Num.
4 of the judgments which God suspended over Egypt.
The punishment
to
be suspended shall be so great and heavy,
that the like has never happened before, nor will ever happen
These words do not require us either
again.
to refer
the
threatening, with Coccejus, to the last destruction of Jerusalem,
which was marked by greater severity than the earher one, or to suppose, with Havernick, that the prophet's look to both the periods of Israel's
Roman
Babylonian and
punishment
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; the
is
directed
times of the
Both suppositions
calamity together.
are irreconcilable with the words, as these can only be referred to the first
impending penal judgment of the destruction of
Jerusalem.
This was, so
far,
more severe than any previous
or subsequent one, inasmuch as by of
God was
Israel,
it
the existence of the people
for a time suspended, while that Jerusalem
were no longer the people of God, inasmuch as the sisted at that
affected
latter
con-
time of the Christian community, which was not
by that catastrophe (Kliefoth).
Vers. 10-17. Further execution of this threat. Therefore shall fathers devour
theCf
and
Therefore^ as
tJieir
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
Ver. 10.
children in thy midst,
and I will
and
exercise
judgments
disperse all thy remnant to the winds.
Ver. 11.
children shall devour
upon
and
which were destroyed and annihilated by the Romans,
I
Verily, because
live,
tlieir
is
fathers
:
the declaration
thou hast polluted
my
of
the
Lord Jehovah,
sanctuary with all thine
ahominations and all thy crimes^ so shall I take
away mine
eye without mercy, and will not spare.
A
thee
shall die
diissuis serviebant. videri valebant."
Ver. 12.
third of by the pestilence, and perish by hunger in thy
Nam
Israelitae nomine
Dei ahutebantur
et ipsius
populus
CHAP. midst;
and
and
part shall
the tidrd
I scatter
the third part will
and I will .
And
my
cool
by the sword ahout thee;
fall
to all the loinds
draw
will
and
v^rath against them,
will take vengeance.
my And I
they shall experience that /, Jehovah, have spoken in
zeal,
when
toill
make
lohich are
I accomplish my
wrath upon them.
round about it
judgments upon thee I,
of every passer-by. mockery and a scorn, a warning and
which
send
to
Ver. 16.
it.
destroy you
shall break to
shall send hunger thee childless
when 1
When
arrows of hunger, tohich minister
I shall
and
thee,
and
;
I
my
exercise
anger and wrath and in grievous visita-
in
Jehovah, have said
thee the evil
the nations
thee, before the eyes
shall be a
a terror for the nations round about
tions.
Ver. 14.
a desolation and a mockery among
thee
And
Ver. 15.
you,
and
;
And my anger shall he fulfilled,
Ver. 13.
out the sicord after them.
91
V. 10-17.
you
;
for hunger shall
the staff
upon you, and pestilence
I send against
beasts,
I heap upon And I
Ver. 17.
of bread:
evil
destruction,
to
which shall make
and blood shall pass over
bring upon thee.
thee;
and
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
the
sword
As
a proof of the unheard-of severity of the judgment, there
ivill
I,
Jehovah, have spoken
it.
is
immediately mentioned in ver. 10 a most horrible circumstance,
which had been already predicted by Moses (Lev. xxvi. 29 Deut.
xxviii.
53) as that
which should happen
hard pressed by the enemy,
viz.
to the people
;
when
a famine so dreadful, during
the siege of Jerusalem, that parents would eat their children,
and children their parents the dispersion of those all
;
and
after the capture of the city,
who remained "
quarters of the world."
This
is
to all the winds,
i.e.
to
described more minutely, as
an appendix to the symbolical act in vers. 1 and
2, in vers.
11
and 12, with a solemn oath, and with repeated and prominent mention of the
As
sin, is
sins
which have drawn down such chastisements.
mentioned the pollution of the temple by idolatrous
abominations, which are described in detail in ch. J*"!^?}
which
is
variously understood
by the old
viii.
The
translators (for
which some Codices
offer the explanatory correction JJ^3s), is
to be explained, after
Job
xxxvi. 7, of the " turning
away
of the
92
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
eye," and the it
feel
following as the object
^?''y
no compassion,"
is
while
;
" that
D^nn"*^?^,
interjected between the verb
and
object with the adverbial signification of " mercilessly."
its
For
that the words Dinn iS) are adverbially subordinate to jn3N,
from the correspondence
distinctly appears
—between
i'lJX
—indicated by ^N
Di\
and Pions NP. Moreover, the thought, " Jehovah
withdraw Plis care for the people," is not to be termed " feeble " in connection with what follows ; nor is the will mercilessly
which
contrast,
a positive
act,
indicated in the clause
is
nick supposes.
''?^^D31
which would correspond
This
sanctuary.
is
''?^?"Qi1,
lost, as
Haver-
does not require jns to be understood of
shown by the
to the desecration of the
last clause of
The
the verse.
withdrawal without mercy of the divine providence
is,
besides,
in reality, equivalent to complete devotion to destruction, as is
For
particularized in ver. 12.
By
ver. 12 see
on
and
vers. 1
it
2.
carrying out the threatened division of the people into three
parts, the
wrath of
God
is
to be fulfilled,
of the divine wrath upon the people
and God
is
to
""JJipninj
;
by revenge "
xxviii.
non
in xvi. 42, xxi. 22, xxiv.
Hithpael, pausal form for
Deut.
63.
from the people
the full measure
to be exhausted (cf. 7, 8),
appearand "cool" His anger,
iram" occurs again satisfaction
is
i.e.
In
ver.
cf.
" se
Isa.
i.
consolari,^^
24,
ri'iprij
13.
« sedavit ""^pnanj
" to procure
and for the thing,
14 sqq. the discourse turns again
to the city of Jerusalem.
It is to
become a
was already threatened in Lev. xxvi. 31 and 33 of Israel, and thereby a " mockery " to all nations,
wilderness, as to the cities
in the is
manner described
in Deut. xx\x.
not to be changed, after the
into the second person
subject which
is
to
;
LXX.,
but Jerusalem
23 sq.
is
to
ver. 16,
and
Among
hunger
first
in
is
ver.
in ver. 15,
be regarded as the
become the object of scorn and hatred,
when God accomplishes His judgments. example.
nn^'^l,
Vulgate, and some Mss.,
"iD^iO is
the judgments which are to overtake
again
made
specially
prominent
etc.,
a warning-
(cf. iv.
it,
in
16);
17 are wild beasts, pestilence, blood, and
Bword added, and a quartette of judgments announced as in
I
CHAP. xiv. 21.
For
as a unity
by means of the
93
VI. 1-7.
and blood are comprehended together
pestilence
Their connection
predicate.
be understood according to xiv. 19, and the number four
For more minute
nificant, as in xiv. 21; Jer. xv. 3sqq.
meaning, see on
as to the
xiv. 21.
The
evil
is
is
to
sig-
details
arrows point back
Lev. xxiv. 22 and Deut.
to Deut. xxxii. 23; the evil beasts, to
To produce an impression, the prophet heaps his words together. Unum ejus consilium fuit penetrare in animos 24 sqq.
xxxii.
Hcec igitur
pojpuli quasi lapideos etferreos.
varietate utatur et exornet
CHAP.
cur hie tanta
THE JUDGMENT UPON THE IDOLATROUS PLACES, AND ON THE IDOL- WORSHIPPERS.
VI.
To God's
address
in vers.
appended in
ch. iv. 1-5, are oracles,
est ratio,
suam doctrinam variis figuris (Calvin).
5-17, explaining the signs in ch. vi.
and
vii.
two additional
which present a further development of the contents of
these signs, the
judgment portrayed by them
In ch.
greatness.
vi.
there
is
and
in its extent
announced, in the
first section,
to
the idolatrous places, and on their account to the land, desola-
and
tion,
to the idolaters, destruction (vers. 3-7)
and
;
to this is
added the prospect of a remnant of the people, who are persed
among
the heathen, coming to be converted to the
In the second section the necessity and
(vers. 8-10).
character of the impending judgment
is
dis-
Lord
terrible
repeatedly described at
length as an appendix to vers. 12, 14 (vers. 11-14).
The
Vers. 1-7. idolaters.
ing
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
Ver.
:
desolation of the land,
^Ver. 1.
2.
Soji
And
the
word of
the
and destruction of the
Lord came
of man, turn thy face towards
of Israel, and prophesy against them.
Ver.
3.
the
to
me^ say-
mountains
And
say,
mountains of Israel, hear the word of the Lord Jehovah saith the valleys,
you,
and
made
Lord Jehovah
and
to the
to the
mountains, and to the
low grounds. Behold,
destroy your high places.
desolate,
and your
Ver.
I 4.
:
Ye
Thus
hills, to the
bring the sword upon
Your
altars shall he
sun-pillars shall he broken
;
and I shall
94
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
make your
I will and all
slain fall in the presence
of your
will scatter
your bones round about your
your dwellings shall
and
idols broken
made
the cities he
may
places waste ; that your altars destroyed,
and your
will fall in your midst; that
With
ver. 1 cf.
(ver. 2) as
and
pars pro hills
and
sun-pillars
Ver.
you may know
The prophet
16.
iii.
is
13
Jer.
ii.
20,
and
Atid the slain
I am Jehovah.
that
toto, is
wady.
when
to the
moun-
are added also the valleys and low grounds, as
iii.
6
;
see
on Hos.
I.e.
and Deut.
word
Hos.
cf.
;
iv.
D^p'SX,
xii. 2.
" the beds
as equivalent to
^^^, a valley with a brook or stream, like the Arabic
^\\,
properly " deepening," " the deep ground," " the
deep valley;" on the form nrsa, of
juxtaposition
mountains
and
cf.
6,
between mountains and valleys
The
xxxiv. 13.
Ewald,
hills,
grounds, occurs again in xxxvi. 4, tion
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
to prophesy against
seen from ver. 3,
of the stream ;" but Ezekiel uses the i.e.
In
hewn down, and
7.
in the older writings, denotes the " river channels,"
valley,
6.
the high
and your
waste,
the places where idolatry was specially practised ;
And
That the mountains are mentioned
the mountains of Israel.
tains
5.
Ver.
altars.
desolate,
be desolate
works of your hands exterminated.
the
Ver.
idols.
lay the coiyses of the children of Israel before their idols^
of
The
§ 186rfa.
valleys
and xxxv. 8
and low
the opposi-
;
also, in xxxii. 5,
6,
and
valleys are to be conceived of as furnished
with trees and groves, under the shadow of which the worship of Astarte especially was practised; see on ver. 15. tains
and
Astarte.
in the valleys
The announcement
to the threatening in
and describes sacrifice
of their destruction
at greater length.
him
the
moun-
to
Baal and
is
appended
Lev. xxvi. 30, which Ezekiel takes up
and worship, and the
dedicated to
On
were sanctuaries erected
Beside the D"'?l3n,
as the sun-god,
riiD3,
the places of
pillars or statues of Baal,
he names also the
altars,
which, in Lev. 7.c. and other places, are comprehended along
with the ni03
;
see
on Lev. xxvi. 30 and 1 Kings
iii.
3.
With
the destruction of the idol temples, altars, and statues, the idol-
worshippers are also to be smitten, so as to
fall
down
in the
CHAP.
The fundamental meaning
presence of their idols.
word
borrowed from Lev.
C?*^?, "idols,"
employed by Ezekiel, wood," from
*'
y>^,
uncertain
is
taken quite
literally
the destruction
is
may be
Ver. 5a
of stone" (Hiivernick).
from Lev.
The ignominy
xxvi. dOb.
In order that the
altars.
the high places, are to be devastated, ver. 6.
all
and
n:^'^']^
are probably not to be derived
lO'^J^";
but to be referred back to a stem-
§ 138Z)),
which
^^), with the signification of Q^K*, the existence of
name
and
else-
certainly only mater lectionis.
In
appears certain from the old
The N
where.
in
is
ID'kJ^^K''
liO''K^.
in Ps. Ixviii.
The
ver. 7, the singular bhn stands as indefinitely general.
thought, " slain will
not
are saved, slain
of
your
fall in
the people will
all
fall,
midst,"" involves
what
follows.
with their idols
—
survivors shall go
amongst the heathen, and
shall
that will have been fulfilled.
The
falling of the
to conversion to
away
remember the word, of the Lord 8. But I shall preserve a rem-
—Ver.
you some who have escaped
among
shall be dispersed
Ver.
9.
And
when ye
those of
among
the nations whither they are led captive,
broken to
me
their
their eyes,
the
sword
the lands.
you who have escaped, will make mention of when I have
me among and
Him.
into banishment
nant, in that there shall be to the nations,
who
leads to the recognition
Jehovah as the omnipotent God, and
The
the idea that
but that there will survive some
and prepares for
— the idolaters
Vers. 8-10.
of
heightened by the bones of the slain idolaters
from DOS' (Ewald,
form
''3,
entirely rooted out, the cities throughout the
whole land, and
The forms
of the
and frequently
signifying either " logs of
;
being scattered round about the idol idolatry
I.e.,
(Gesen.), or stercorei, from
to roll "
"dung;" not "monuments is
95
VI. 8-10.
whorish heart, which had departed from me,
which went a whoring after their idols
:
and
they
shall loathe themselves because of the evil which they have done in
reference to all their abominations. that 1
am
"v^nirij
superstites facere,
Jehovah.
connection with
'lil
Not
And ye shall know I spoken this evil to you.
Ver. 10.
in vain have
" to make or preserve survivors."
ni^na
is
—
The
analo<Tous to the construction of
9G
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
1'ninj in the sense of
Deut.
11 and xxx.
xxviii.
Ewald and
giving a superabundance," with 3
*'
and
9,
For
Hitzig, as inadmissible.
the old versions, and the change of
would have
be referred to ver.
to
n^^^3
supported by
is
into
^J?irii'"il.
which
'''i'"!?*!^,
opposition to the two-
7, is in
fold repetition of the nin^ ^JN ^3 Driyi^l OV]J^^), vers.
shows that the thought in
as this repetition
reij
not to be rejected, with
is
10 and 14,
ver. 7
is
different
from that in 17, 21, not " they shall know that Jehovah has spoken," but " they shall know that He who has done this is
God
Jehovah, the will
The
of Israel."
be shown in
some who have
that they shall have
this,
escaped the sword.
preservation of a remnant
Niph. with a plural form
DD"'rih}n is in/in.
of the suffix, as occurs elsewhere only with the plural ending
while Ezekiel has extended
ni of nouns,
infinitive of rh verbs
;
remembrance of Jehovah
Him.
conversion to as relative
'IK'N
pronoun with
used conditionally, "
(ver. 9)
before 027,
is
the
"^"โ ขH^'J
but
is
The Niphal
"iSE'i
sibi frangere,
i.e.
here
is
and
else-
6 and 2 Chron.
xi.
not to be taken as passive, but middle,
D3?, poenitentid conterere
God
external senses which allure the heart to
form
The
commencement of
in the signification of the futur. exact.
the eyes also are mentioned, which
responds
of the
not to be connected
js
animum eonim
ipsum (Deum) redeant (Maurer, Havernick).
to ^i3p.
T\S
2596.
as in Lev. iv. 22, Deut. xi. 27,
if,"
'"Jji"!?^^
ยง
a conjunction, though not
where, but of time, ore, " when," as Deut.
XXXV. 20, and
to the
it
and Ewald,
cf . xvi. 31,
ut
ad
Besides the heart, is
to smite, as the
whoredom.
at the beginning of the verse,
ItOpJI
ti^ip,
cor-
the later
for pp, " to feel a loathing," Iliphil, " to be filled with
loathing;" faces,"
i.e.
xxxvi. 31.
cf.
Job
their
x.
1 with
2
persons or themselves
riijnn bs, in allusion to
reference to
all their
"in (on)
ohject.f :
their CjiQ,
so also in xx. 43,
the evil things; '3jnn"?DPj in
abominations.
This
duced by chastisement, namely, that the
fruit,
which
is
pro-
idolaters are inspired
with loathing for themselves, and led to the knowledge of Jeho van, will furnish the proof that
God
has not spoken in vain.
— :
CHAP. VL
97
11-14.
The punishment is just and well deserved. Ver. 11. Thus saith the Lord Jehd\)ah, Smite with thy handy and stamp with thy foot^ and say, Woe on all the wicked abomiVers. 11-14.
nations of the house of Israel! that they must perish by sword,
hunger, and pestilence. the pestilence
and he who
and he
;
and
survives
my
shall accomplish
I am
idols
round about your
altars,
A nd
Ver. 13. lie
I
ye shall
in the midst of
on every high
upon
hill,
and under every green
the mountains,
sword;
shall fall by the
presetted will die of hunger : and
is
wrath upon them.
that
by
that is afar off will die
hand
Jehovah, when your slain
know
summits of
He
Ver. 12.
that is near at
tree,
your
all the
and under
every thick-leaved terebinth, on the places where they brought their
Ver. 14.
pleasant incense to all their idols. out
my hand
more than
know
shall ye
and make
against them,
the wilderness
— the
pleasure of Jehovah
and
desolate
all their dwellings
^3?? nan
feet
prophet
make known
to
is
the dis-
the horrible idolatry of the people,
at
7N
ei3
is
in xxi. 19 expressed
more
clap the hands
;
Num.
" cf .
a conjunction, " af."
mentioned
he who
hand
at
is ;
far
removed from
who
to perish of hunger.
The
No
in ver. 12.
while he
signification
''
it^'X,
cf.
On
ver. 3,
its
one
will
scene as
'ai"73 7«,
EZEK.
spe-
escape the judgment
little
"11V3,
as
he who
is
close
ver. 126, cf. v. iv.
is
servatus, preserved, as in Isa. xlix. 6.
(LXX.,
Vulgate, Targum,
13; on 13a, 13; Jer.
ii.
iii.
'i^B'an
etc.),
as a
5; and on 136,
cf. ver.
20,
according to later usage, for '2Tb^ I.
is
escapes the pestilence and the sword
besieged "
and Hos.
ver. 11,
This
Hitzig can only maintain by arbitrarily expunging gloss.
by
" to
Their abominations are so wicked, that
they must be exterminated on account of them. cially
i.e.
nSj an exclamation of
xxiv. 10.
lamentation, occurring only here and in xsi. 20. is
well
is
distinctly
" to strike one hand against the other,"
5)3 "Tjn,
so
:
—Through clapping of the —the gestures which indicate
and thereby make manifest that the penal judgment deserved.
stretch
Jehovah.
hands and stamping of the violent excitement
the land waste
of Diblath, in
I am
that
And I will
6; Deut.
hv.
nn''3
G
xii. 2.
ry}^
used
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
98
in the Pentateuch of sacrifices pleasing to
ferred to idol sacrifices; see on Lev.
On
God,
account of the prevalence of idolatry in
make
•f
serves to strengthen the idea 'inpan "isiEip
words
are
;
all parts,
The union
the land entirely desolate.
hero trans-
is
9 and Gen.
i.
viii.
21.
God
will
noOB' of nsBio'j T T T :
;
The
cf . xxxiii. 8 sqq., xxxv. 3.
obscure,
" in the wilderness
either
towards Diblath " (even to Diblath), or " more than the wilder-
There
ness of Diblath " (I? of comparison).
nom. prop. ; cf the name of the
nn73"n is a
Num.
The second
xlviii.
22
;
words
is
more probable than the
xxxiii. 46.
terminus a quo, and
first.
is
no doubt that
city D^n^ST in Jer.
.
acceptation of the
For,
"iS'l'sp
if
the
is
the terminus ad quern of the extent of
f^ri^?"!
the land, then must "^^IPP be punctuated not only as status
but
absolut.,
wilderness
—
must
it
that,
also
have the
article
namely, of Arabia
of the article cannot be justified
—
is
;
because a definite
meant.
by reference
The
omission
to xxi. 3 or to
Ps. Ixxv. 7 (Hitzig, Ewald), because both passages contain
general designations of the quarters of the world, with which the article
is
always omitted.
be pointed out in the north Rihla, already proposed
;
In the next place, no Dibla can
and the change of Dihlatha
forward again by J. D. Michaelis, has not only against authority of
all
into
by Jerome, and more recently brought it
the
the old versions, but also the circumstance that
the Ribla mentioned in 2 Kings
xxiii.
33 did not form the
northern boundary of Palestine, but lay on the other side of in the land of
11,
is
Hamath ;
n^2"]n,
while the
named
in
it,
Num. xxxiv.
a place on the eastern boundary to the north of the Sea
of Gennesareth, which would, moreover, be inappropriate as a
designation of the northern boundary.
the land from the south to the north
a different way; 1
Kings
viii.
2 Chron.
xiii.
5
non
sia?
nnpni
;
is
65
is
cf. ;
xiii.
8
;
Finally, the extent of
constantly expressed in
21 (xxxiv. 8); Josh.
2 Kings xiv. 65
vii.
named
Num.
is
;
Amos
vi.
14
;
and even by Ezekiel himself
as the
•^^O'?,
although the
5;
Chron.
(xlviii.
1)
The form name is hardly
boundary on the north.
similar to nri:»n for
1
xiii.
CHAP.
99
VII. 1-4.
be explained, with Havernick, as an appellation, after the
to
Arabic
With
unknown.
The
calamitas, exitium.
J-'t>,
'li1
'3
Ijn^'i
the
wilderness of Dihlah
discourse
is
rounded of in
is
returning to the beginning of ver. 13, while the thoughts in
13 and 14 are only a variation of
vers.
CHAP.
4—7.
vers.
THE OVERTHROW OF ISRAEL.
VII.
" word of God," contained in this chapter, com-
The second
announcement of judgment upon Jerusalem and
pletes the
Judah, by expanding the thought, that the end
will
both quickly and inevitably upon the land and people.
word
for
first
Thus
saith
Adonai Jehovah "
of these sections the
theme
is
(vers. 2
God
and
is
drawing nigh,
judge Israel without mercy according
will
The second
abominations.
5).
given in short, expres-
and monotonous clauses ; namely, the end
sive,
This
divided into two unequal sections, by the repetition of
is
the phrase, "
In the
come
section (vers. 5-27)
is
to its
arranged in
four strophes, and contains, in a form resembling the lamentation in chap, xix., a
more minute description of the end predicted.
—
The endcometh. Ver. 1. And the word of JehoVer. .2. And thou, son of man, thus saith me thus
Vers. 1-4.
vah came the
to
:
Lord Jehovah
upon
the
end upon
:
An
end
four borders of
and I
thee,
shall send
thee according to thy ways,
nations.
and J
Ver.
4.
to the
And my
land of Israel
Ver.
the land.
my
God It
—
nriNl^
(cometh') the
thee,
and judge
thee all thine
abomi-
eye shall not look with pity upon thee^
shall not spare, but bring thy
Jehovah.
end cometh
the
!
Now
wrath upon
and bring upon
abominations shall be in the midst of
I am
3.
ways upon thee; and thy
thee, that
ye
may know
with the copula, connects
with the preceding one, and shows
it
this
that
word of
to be a continuation.
commences with an emphatic utterance of the thought, that is coming to the land of Israel, i.e. to the kingdom of
the end
Judah, with
its
capital Jerusalem.
Desecrated as
it
has been
—
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
100
by
the abominations of
inhabitants,
its
is
will cease to
it
''^ rip*iK7 (to
land of God's people Israel.
be the
the land of Israel)
not to be taken with "lOK nb (thus saith the Lord) in opposi-
tion to the accents, but is connected with
the Targ. and Vulgate, and
placed
niD33
is
by the parallelism
limited
of the land of Israel.
The
(Isa. xi. 12).
It
is
Chetib
(an end), as in
Ki?.
for the sake of greater
first
In the construction, compare Job
emphasis.
psn
is
14.
vi.
riy3")NI
to the four extremities
used elsewhere for the whole earth
riV?")^?
placed, in opposition to the
is
The
ordinary rule, before a noun in the feminine gender.
Keri gives the regular construction 3 the end
ver.
is
;"
upon thee
i.e.
In
267c).
§
" Give
explained to be a wrathful judgment.
thine abominations
(|rij)
Ewald,
(vid.
send the consequences,
punishment for them. The same thought is expressed in the phrase, " thine abominations shall be in the midst of
inflict
thee ;" in other words, they would discern them in the punish-
ments which the abominations would bring in their 4a compare ch.
ver.
The
Vers. 5-27.
execution of the judgment announced in
vers. 2-4, arranged in four strophes
The Jirst
23-27.
and
the
and Ver.
upon
;
thee
:
behold^
it
cometh
cometh.
:
Ver.
and not joy upon
mountains.
thee ; all
the
I bring
it
upon
thee, that
ye
Thus
saith
thee,
Ver.
and I shall thee,
Ver.
8.
of tune of a singular kind
9.
My
not spare
is
Now
near
;
thee,
tumtdt
speedily will
;
come,
and bring upon
eye shall not
1
look
thee
with
according to thy ways will
that 1, Jehovah,
shall
day
and accomplish mine anger on
and thy abominations
may know
it
;
it
waketh
The fate cometh upon
thee according to thy ways,
thine abominations.
pity upon thee,
7.
the time cometh, the
fury upon
and judge
5.
end
there cometh the
:
my
Ver.
Misfortune^ a singular misfortune^ behold,
End
6.
10-14, 15-22,
Vers. 3 and 4 are repeated as a refrain
inhabitants of the land
pour out
vers. 5-9,
with slight modifications.
9,
Lord Jehovah
cometh.
:
strophe depicts the end as a terrible calamity,
as near at hand.
in vers. 8
For
train.
v. 11.
nyn
is
shall be in the midst
am
smiting.
—Misfor-
made more emphatic
CHAP. VIL
by njn nnK,
which nnx
in
is
101
6-0.
placed
the sake of
for
first
emphasis, in the sense of unicus, singularis; a calamity singular
(unique) of ch. V.
upon
9).
thee,
kind, such as never had occurred before (cf.
its
In is
Pi?'!!}
waketh
(the end)
it
suggested by the paronomasia with
force of the words
subject to
6 the poetical PirHj
ver.
And
in opposition to the context.
The
X\^J^.
weakened by supplying Jehovah
is
it
as the
will not
do to supply njn (evil) from ver. 5 as the subject to nx3 nan (behold,
it
HNS
cometh).
construed impersonally
is
:
It cometh,
namely, every dreadful thing which the end brings with
The meaning in
which
it
of tz'phiruh
occurs
is
of diadem or crown, which
is
The
doubtful.
is Isa. xxviii. 5,
where
it
only other passage
is
used in the sense
Raschi
altogether unsuitable here.
has therefore had recourse to the Syriac and Chaldee
tempus matutinum,
aurora,
accordingly, " the
dawn
Joel
ii.
t^"]??,
and Havernick has explained
it
But the dawn
is
of an evil
never used as a symbol or
it.
omen
day."
of misfortune, not even in
but solely as the sign of the bursting forth of light
2,
Abarbanel was on the right track when he
or of salvation.
started from the radical meaning of 1?^, to
tAvist,
and taking
tz^phirdh in the sense of orhis^ ordo, or periodical return, under-
stood
as probably denoting
it
orhem redeiintem (Ges.
Tlies. p.
rerum fatique vicissitudinem in
But
1188).
it
has been justly
observed, that the rendering succession, or periodical return,
Winer has given
can only give a forced sense in ver. 10. better rendering, viz. fatum,
which he refers
mutandum given of T]''n,
to the
inevitahile.
D''"|n
malum
Arabic / A-^j
intorturrij
more probable one than that
context,
HDino,
that
So much
tumult,
the
at
it
is
is
it
the joyous vintage cry (Jer. xxv. 30
splendor, gloria.
then fatum haud
Different explanations have also been
But the opinion that
nn.
a
fatale, fate or destiny, for
;
10),
is
an unusual form of
any rate
is
in
is
hapax legomenon
or the noise of
synonymous with
Isa. xvi.
war.
a
nin,
obvious from the the
antithesis
The shouting
of
of the
:
102
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
mountains,
is
vicinity, in
as in Deut.
17
xxxii.
is
shall learn that
For
but ^'2^
;
is
added in the
Jehovah who
is
a
last clause.
This thought
smites.
expanded in the following strophe. Vers. 10-14. Second strophe.
hold,
it
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
10. Behold the day^ he-
comeih; the fate apringeth up; the rod sprouteth; the pride
Ver. 11.
blossometh.
up as
77ie violence risefh
nothing of them, nothing of their midtitude,
crowd, and nothing glorious upon them. Cometh, the day approacheth the seller trouble himself ;
was
lohich
its
no one goeth multitude.
the trumpet
into the battle:
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;The rod
the ungodly.
This
for
earth
13
(i<y^, ;
let
not
seller will not return to that
were
still
among
the living
to his
through his iniquity.
life
and make everything ready
my
wrath cometh upon
;
but
all their left of
the leading thought of the strophe.
The
already prepared
three clauses of ver. 10ZÂť are tion in thethought.
The time
and
nothing will be
is
is
Ver. 12.
whole multitude will not turn bach; and
no one will strengthen himself as Ver. 14. They blow
rod of evil:
for torath cometh upon the whole mul-
sold, even though his life
for the prophecy against
the
nothing of their
not the buyer rejoice,
let
:
Ver. 13. For the
titude thereof.
V.
n?3^ see ch.
^6<
of the strophe (vers. 8b and 9)
is
it
3^^i5$5,
a temporal not a local sense,
= immediately).
and 4
repetition of vers. 3
They
(
The remainder
vi. 12.
upon the mountains.
shouting, a rejoicing
from the immediate
;
synonymous
;
The approaching fate
but there
is
a grada-
springs up out of the
applied to the springing up of plants, as in 1 Kings
Isa.
xi.
1, etc.)
;
it
sprouts as a rod, and flowers as
pride.
Matteh, the rod as an instrument of chastisement (Isa.
X. 5).
This rod
is
then called zddhon, pride, inasmuch as
makes use of a proud and
violent people,
(Hab.
31
i.
6 sqq.
;
Jer.
1.
seq.),
God
namely the Chaldeans
to inflict the
punishment.
Sprouting and blossoming, which are generally used as figurative representations of fresh
and joyous
prosperity, denote here
the vigorous growth of that power which the punishment. refer to the
Both chdmds
enemy who
is
is
(violence)
destined to inflict
and zddhon (pride)
to chastise Israel.
The
violence
;
CHAP.
which he employs
up
rises
into the chastening rod of "
In ver. 116 the
of ungodly Israel.
i.e.
103
VII. 10-14.
J<?
is
is
The emotion apparent
described in short, broken sentences. in the frequent repetition of
evil,'*
blow
effect of the
by the omission
intensified
of the verb, which gives to the several clauses the character of
So
exclamations. insert
and
in thought,
nV"!";
will not
far as the
meaning
to take IP in a partitive sense
be anything of them,
i.e.
nothing
be
will
explained by the nouns which follow,
Dnon, plural of Dn or
nprij
ncn the multitude of possessions
anxiety or trouble,
viz.
The
priate.
uTT.
\ey.
vii
is
lament, as the Rabbins affirm
adopts this derivation
4
com-
(like lion, Isa.
Ix.
is
Ps,
;
unsupported and inappro-
not to be derived from ;
2
assigns to
or interpreted, as
—maintains, on
i^[}},
Kimchi
to
— who
the ground of Jer. xvi.
sqq., as signifying that, on account of the multitude of the
dying, there will be no leaves the root
1^13 ;
hence a
\ey.
ott.
are so
The meaning which Havernick
xxxvii. 16, etc.).
hdmeh,
i^'o>^,
the tumultuous multitude of people,
|ion signifies
bined that
them them)
(of
and the
l^on
both derivatives of
to
there
:
left of
Dn»
(the Israelites, or the inhabitants of the land). is
we have
concerned,
is
way
Mappik
in Arabic,
more lamentation for the dead.
in n unexplained. isU,
is
This
a derivative of a
elata fuit resy eminuit, magnijicus fuit
When
everything disappears in such
as this, the joy occasioned
by the acquisition of property,
Pib,
res magnijica.
and the sorrow caused by
The buyer he
?i!)
will not
will
its loss, will
also pass
away
(ver. 12).
not rejoice in the property he has bought, for
be able to enjoy
it
;
and the
seller will not
mourn
that he has been obliged to part with his possession, for he
would have
lost it in
any
falls
^
"
equally upon them
The wrath
case.^
against their whole multitude all.
;
that
The
is
of
God
to say, the
suffix
in
7\'i\0T\_
is
kindled
judgment refers,
It is a natural thing to rejoice in the purchase of property,
mourn over its sale. But when slavery and captivity stare you rejoicing and mourning are equally absurd."— Jerome.
as
and to
in the face,
;
10*
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
Jerome has
correctly shown, to the " land of Israel " (admath,
Yisrael) in ver.
2,
i.e.
The
to the inhabitants of the land.
words, " the seller will not return to what he has sold," are to
be explained from the legal regulations concerning the year of jubilee in
Lev. xxv., according to which
had been sold was
that
landed property
all
owner
to revert to its original
without compensation, in the year of jubilee
heir),
would then return
to
his
mimhdr (Lev. xxv.
(or his
so that
;
14, 27, 28).
Henceforth, however, this will take place no more, even Dri'iij
their (the setlers')
when the return
time
life,
should be
to his property
he
if
alive {sc. at the
still
would take
place, accord-
ing to the regulations of the year of jubilee), because Israel will
be banished from the land.
conditional circumstantial clause. (312'^
N?)
The clause 'n C'n? nijn is a The seller will not return
to his possession, because the
prophecy concerning
the whole multitude of the people will not return (2^^ will not turn
23, Iv. 11).
back (for
As
^Vki'^
so does njion h'^-m
)irn
this
meaning of
compare
Isa. xlv.
N? corresponds to the previous
^itJ'^
to n:ion-b-i>x jinn in ver. 12.
last clause of ver. 13, injn is
not to be taken with
sense of " in the iniquity of his
but with
iJiy? superfluous,
31B',
s^?), i.e.
life,"
^pjnn^j
N?,
In the
i^iya in
which makes the
the
suffix in
the Hithpael being construed
with the accusative, " strengthen himself in his
Whether
life."
these words also refer to the year of jubilee, as Havernick supposes, inasmuch as the regulation that every one
was to
recover his property was founded upon the idea of the restitution
and re-creation of the theocracy, we may leave undecided
since the thought
be deprived of
is
its
evidently simply this
:
ungodly Israel
possession, because the
obtain the strengthening of his
life
wicked
through his
shall
shall sin.
not
This
thought leads on to ver. 14, in which we have a description of the utter inability to offer any successful resistance to the
enemy employed difficulty solute,
in executing the judgment.
connected with the word
which the form
Jrtp^
VipJ^?,
There
is
some
since the infin. ah'
seems to indicate, cannot be con-
I
CHAP. VIL
105
15-22.
Even
strued with either a preposition or the article. expression
^Vpi^ V'^P^'^ in
Jer.
vi.
1
was
floating before the
of Ezekiel, and led to his employing the bold phrase
would not position
if
the
mind
yipJ^i?,
this
Justify the use of the infinitive absolute with a pre-
and the
article.
must be a substantive form, and
VipJ])
denote not clangour, but the instrument used to sound an alarm, viz. the shophdr (ch. xxxiii. 3). of the inf. abs. (see Josh. finite tense,
vii.
7),
T^^,
used in the place of the
and signifying to equip for war, as in Nah.
And
everything requisite for waging war.
''3^,
an unusual form
wrath of
into the battle, because the
God
ii.
4.
no one goes
turns against them
(Lev. xxvi. 17), and smites them with despair (Deut. xxxii. 30).
Thus
Vers. 15-22. Tldrd strophe. sistible
destruction
even their
;
rescue, but will cast
enemy.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
The sword
^Ver. 15.
icithin: he
who
and pestilence
is
away
it
of
loithout,
will devour
him
the valleys, all icill
terrors will cover
silver into
Ver. 16.
upon
the
And
mountains
like
moaning, every one for his iniquity.
become feeble, and all knees flow with
them ; on
the
all faces there
and
streets,
Their silver and their gold
day of JehovaKs wrath
;
bling-block to guilt, it
their gold will xoill
tions they
made
And 1
it
turn
be as filth to them.
And His
it
was
to
them a stum-
beautiful ornament, they
abominable images, their abomina-
their
into the
wicked of the earth for
/ shall
and
throw their
not be able to rescue them in the
thereof : therefore
shall give
ivill
they will not satisfy their souls there-
Ver. 20.
for pride ; and
will be shame,
Ver. 19. Tliey
with, nor fill their stomachs thereby, for
22.
sword; and famine
that is in the city.
baldness on all their heads.
to the
for the
Ver. 18. Tliey will gird themselves with sackcloth, and
water.
21.
will not
it
and pestilence and famine
in the field will die hy the
Ver. 17. All hands
used
and leave
as useless,
if their escaped ones escape^ they will he the doves
will they fall into irre-
and gold they
silver
I make
it
Ver.
hand of foreigners for prey, and
spoil, that tliey
my face from
filth to them.
may defile
them, that they defile
my
it.
Ver.
treasure ;
106
THE PROPEECIES OF EZEKIEL,
and oppressors
ment
ch. V. 12)
;
come upon
shall
God
of
even
Mace.
ii.
Those who have
bring misery.
mourn, moan
i.e.
and
if.—The chastise-
defile
mountains, that are inaccessible
flight to the
to the foe (compare 1
—
it
penetrates everywhere (ver. 15 compare with
—
28
;
Matt. xxiv. 16), will only
mountains
fled to the
like the doves of the valleys,
will coo
which
(as
Bochart has correctly interpreted the simile in his Hieroz. II. p. 546, ed. Ros.),
" when alarmed by the bird-catcher or the
hawk, are obliged to forsake their natural abode, and
where
The mountain
to save their lives.
In
with those of the valleys, as wild with tame."
and the
figure
made
fact are fused together.
men who have
late to the
fled
to agree with that of
regarded by the ancients as a (for proofs, see Gesen.
uses the
growl
(cf. Isa. lix.
11).
T\\dT\
The words
Dp3 the
actually re-
whereas the gender of nion
The
V.^'?-
moan
is
cooing of doves was
{hdgdh), a mournful note
Isa. xxxviii. 14)
stronger expression
still
their iniquity, the
When
on
;
fly else-
doves are contrasted
hdmdh
;
for which Ezekiel
fremere^ to howl or
The low moaning has
reference to
punishment of which they are enduring.
the judgment bursts
upon them, they
will
all
(not
merely those who have escaped, but the whole nation) be over-
whelmed with
terror,
The
shame, and suffering.
words, "
all
knees flow with water " (for hdlak in this sense, compare Joel are a hyperbolical expression used to denote the entire
iv. 18),
loss of the strength of
like the heart
With
the knees (here, ver. 17 and ch. xxi. 12),
melting and turning to water in Josh.
this utter despair there are associated grief
vii. 5.
and horror
at
the calamity that has fallen upon them, and shame and pain at
them
into such
for n^^2
D-Ja-^ia-^S,
the thought of the sins that have plunged n«>>3 nnD3, compare Ps.
distress.
For
Mic.
10, Jer.
vii.
Amos
viii.
10.
li.
On
51
;
and for
Iv.
r\ny^
6
;
'KW-ba,
Isa. xv. 2,
the custom of shaving the head bald on
account of great suffering or deep sorrow, see the comm. on
Mic.
i.
16.
treasures
—In
away
this state of
anguish they will throw
as sinful trash (ver. 19 sqq.).
By
all their
the silver
CHAP.
and gold which they
will
throw away
understand idolatrous images
spoken of in ver. 20,
—
107
VII. 15-22.
(ver. 19),
particularly,
we
are not to
— these
are
first
but the treasures of precious metals
on which they had hitherto
They
set their hearts.
will not
merely throw these away as worthless, but look upon them as nidddh,
filth,
an object of disgust, inasmuch as they have been
The next
the servants of their evil lust.
and
clause, "silver
o;old
cannot rescue them," are a reminiscence from Zeph.
But
Ezekiel gives greater force to the thought by adding,
" they
will not
appease their hunger therewith,"
—
18.
i.
that
to
is
say, they will not be able to protect their lives thereby, either
comm. on Zeph. i. 18) or from death by starv^ation, because there will be no more food The clause 'lJ1 ?iK'3» '•3 to purchase within the besieged city. from the sword of the enemy
assigns the reason for that
(see the
which forms the leading thought of
away
the verse, namely, the throwing filth; Djiy ^^^?^,
guilt
and punishment
his beautiful
V"}^
;
ornament.
and the singular
of the gilver
and gold as
a stumbling-block through which one falls into ''3^,
The
suffix is to
the beauty of his ornament,
allusion
is
to the silver
i.e.
and gold;
be explained from the fact that the
prophet fixed his mind upon the people as a whole, and used
The words
the singular in a general and indefinite sense.
are
commencement of the sentence; hence ^n»b'. Jerome has given the true mean-
written absolutely at the
the suffix attached to
ing of the words: ''what I (God) gave for an ornament of the possessors
and
And
for their wealth, they turned into pride."
not merely to ostentatious show (in the manner depicted in Isa. iii.
16
sqq.),
but to abominable images,
apply the costly gifts of to
make
God
(cf.
of (gold and silver)
;
Hos.
viii.
God
is
made
i.e.,
I
(ver.
nb'j;,
(as in
Ex.
21) by giving
it
it
according to ver. 19, it
away
as booty to the foe.
The
by placing them in such circumstances that they and
3
4, xiii. 2).
punishes this abuse by making
(gold and silver) into nidddh to them,
as filth,
did they
idols,
2 denoting the material with
which one works and of which anything xxxi. 4, xxxviii. 8).
i.e.
cast
;
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
108
enemy 9),
is
godless men,
i.e.
who not only
holy,
and
defile
The
it.
Chetib
withstanding the fact that
What
suffix.
is
Israelites),
will
i.e.
is
>}^^}^
was preceded by a masculine
it
from His people
that which
Obad.
ver. 6).
temple, or the it
(l^no,
His
defile
Ts'phuiil
is
treasure.
(Job xx. 26
hidden, the treasure
is
generally supposed to refer to the
Most Holy Place
arcanum meum, and gives
Jerome renders
in the temple.
this explanation
:
" signifying the
of Holies, which no one except the priests
Holy
Lord
from the
withdraw His gracious protection from
them, so that the enemy will be able to TsapJiuTif
that
all
be retained, not-
to
threatened will take place, because the
turn away His face
will
upon the possession of
seize
but in the most wicked manner lay hands upon
Israel, is
described as "the wicked of the earth" (cf. Ps. Ixxv.
and the high
This interpretation was so commonly
priest dared to enter."
adopted by the Fathers, that even Theodoret explains the rendering given in the Septuagint,
rrjv eTnaKOTrriv fiov, as signify-
On
ing the Most Holy Place in the temple.
the other hand,
my
the Chaldee has 'n:'^f n^3 Njns, " the land of the house of ;
majesty " and Calvin understands
which was safe under His difficult to reconcile either
The verb
tsdphun.
(i.e.
tsdplian signifies to hide, shelter, lay
These meanings do not
temple or the land of Israel.
priests,
but
it
was not a
this the case
XX. 26
It
is
laity,
secret, a
and Obad.
is
up
in
true that the Ploly of
and even by the ordihidden place
;
and
still
We therefore
with the land of Canaan.
adhere to the meaning, which
Job
it is
Holy of Holies
befit either the
Holies was unapproachable by the
was
But
God's) protection."
in the
less
as signifying " the land
explanation with the use of the word
safety.
nary
it
so thoroughly sustained
by
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; namely, " treasure," by which,
ver. 6,
no doubt, the temple-treasure
is
primarily intended.
This
rendering suits the context, as only treasures have been referred r\2
to
before
;
and
1S3 which follows.
locuTHj
but also venire in
it
may
be made to harmonize with
3 Xia signifies not merely intrare in (e.g.
2
Kings
vi.
23
;
possibly Ezek.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
CHApI
may
XXX. 4), and
therefore be very properly rendered, " to get
possession of," since
only possible to obtain possession of a
it is
by penetrating
treasure
concealed.
109
VII. 23-27.
There
it is
up or
laid
nothing at variance with this in the word
is
p^n, profanarej since
where
into the place
has already occurred in ver. 21 in con-
it
nection with the defiling of treasures and jewels. as Calvin has correctly observed, the
word
Moreover,
employed here
is
to
denote " an indiscriminate abuse, when, instead of considering to
what purpose things have been entrusted
them
to us,
rashly and without selection, in contempt
we squander and even
in
scorn."
Vers. 23-27. Fourth strophe.
Still
worse
is
coming, namely,
the captivity of the people, and overthrow of the kingdom.
Ver. 23. Make the chain, for the land
is
and
/ shall
the city full
the nations, that they
shall put
an end
may
he defiled.
but
there
is
Ver. 24.
of outrage.
may
to the
bring evil ones of
take possession of their houses
Ver. 25. Ruin has come Ver. 26.
none.
;
ariseth
;
they seek visions
away from
learn that
I
the
common
will deal with them according to their
to their judgments will
I am
from and
the priest,
prince will clothe himself in horror, and the hands of the
may
I
upon destruction
Ver. 27. The king will mourn, and
counsel from the elders.
way, and according
and
they seek salvation,
Destruction
but the law will vanish
people will tremble.
;
pride of the strong, that their sanctuaries
and report upon report
Cometh,
prophets,
full of capital crime,
Jehovah.
I judge them,
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Those who
that they
have escaped death
by sword or famine at the conquest of Jerusalem have captivity
and to
exile awaiting
make
exile.
the chain,
them. i.e.
there
is
the meaning of the
is
is
command
necessary, because the land
judgment of
blood.
is
full
This cannot mean,
a judgment upon the shedding of blood,
murder, which poses.
is
the fetters needed to lead the people into
This punishment
of mishpat ddmim,
This
i.e.
upon
conducted by Jehovah, as Havernick sup-
Such a thought
the parallel DDH ns^D.
is
n^m
irreconcilable with ^^7^,
133^0
is
and with
to be explained after the
no
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
same manner
as
WO
t3SB^ (a matter for sentence of death, a
capital crime) in Deut. xix. 6, 21, 22, as signifying a matter
for sentence of bloodshed,
a crime of blood, or capital
i.e.
crime, as the Chaldee has already rendered
land
Lord
violence, the i.e.
Because the
it.
with capital crime, and the city (Jerusalem) with
is filled
bring
will
D^iJ 'jn, evil
ones of the heathen,
the worst of the heathen, to put an end to the pride of the D^?V liK| is
Israelites.
not " pride of the insolents
does not stand for C^a MV (Deut. xxviii. 50, etc.). pression
rather to be explained from
is
ch. xxiv. 21, xxx. 6,
in
18
Jlxa,
T'y
for C^y
'*
;
The
ex-
pride of strength,
Lev. xxvi. 19), and embraces
(cf.
man (or a nation) bases his power and The Israelites are called D*?y, because they
everything on which a rests his confidence.
thought themselves strong, their strength
This
land.
Niphal of
is
^r'n
upon the
by
indicated
and
according to ch. xxiv. 21, based
or,
and the holy
possession of the temple Dn^Kni?D
\?rri)
which
follows,
a participle Piel, from t^i^»,
Dn''BnpOj not
with the Dagesh dropped, but an unusual form, from
Dn^BnpO
215a).
(vid. E\v. §
—
The
drawn back on account of the Ges.
the Rabbins), from
X3 is
of
IBi^,
tone-syllable
to shrink or roll
a prophetic perfect.
is
In
K"Ji?p
for
utt. Xey. nnap, with the tone
which follows
3. 6), signifies excidium, destruction
§ 29.
i*™,
ver.
up
(cf.
(according to
(Isa. xxxviii. 12).
25 the ruin of the kingdom
declared to be certain, and in vers. 26 and 27 the occurrence it is
ruin
Stroke upon stroke does the
more minutely depicted.
come
;
and
it is
intensified
by
reports, alarming accounts,
which crowd together and increase the
terror,
and
also
by the
desperation of the spiritual and temporal leaders of the nation,
—the
prophets, priests, and elders,
revelation, knowledge,
—whom
and counsel;
God
deprives of
so that all ranks (king
and princes and the common people) sink into mourning, alarm, and horror.
That
it
is
to
no purpose that visions or
prophecies are sought from the prophets (ver. 26),
from the elders
antithetical
is
evident
statement concerning the priests
which immediately follows.
The
and
three statements serve
h
Ill
CHAP. VIIL-XI.
complements of one another.
as
They seek
from prophets, but the prophets receive no
They seek
drawn from the tion out
from
instruction
priests,
and so
priests;
forth.
and heads of
tribe-princes
nsn
revelation.
with-
is
signifies instruc-
from the
Q3"!"^P, literally
I do to them
:
regulated accordingly.
comm. on
king, prince
viz.
{i.e.
people, the people of the land, in
civil rulers, as in
from
my
i.e.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
which
classes into
families), and, in contradistinction to
common
Dy, the
distinction
the
Tordh
In ver. 27, the three
7).
ii.
the people were divided are mentioned
30.
no
but instruction
of the law, which the priests were to give to the
people (Mai.
both,
for predictions
vision,
2 Kings xxi. 24,
their way, their
mode
from
action will be derived criiN for Dn^5, as in ch.
xxiii.
of action, will
iii.
theirs,
and (See
22, etc.
ch. xvi. 59.)
CHAP. VIII.-XI. VISION OF THE DESTRUCTION OP
JERUSALEM.
A year and two months
after his call, the glory of the
appeared to the prophet a second time, as he had seen
He
Chebar.
it
Lord
by the
transported in spirit to Jerusalem into the
is
court of the temple (ch.
viii.
1-4), where the
Lord causes hiui and secondly,
to see, first the idolatry of Israel (ch. viii. 5-18),
the judgment why, on account of this idolatry, tants of Jerusalem are smitten (chap,
with after
fire,
and the sanctuary forsaken by God
he has been charged to
the people more
who
ix.),
all
the city
is
(ch. x.).
burned Lastly,
foretell to the representatives of
especially the
coming judgment, and
are sent into exile a future salvation (ch.
describes
the inhabi-
xi.
to those
1-21), he
how the gracious presence of God forsakes the city own eyes (ch. xi. 22, 23). After this has taken
before his
place, Ezekiel is carried
more; and
there,
announces to the 24, 25).
back in the vision
after the vision has exiles
to
come
Chaldea once
to
an end, he
what he has seen and heard
(ch. xi.
112
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL,
Chap.
viil.
OF Israel. tion.
—Ver.
Abominations op the Idolatry of the House Time and place of the divine revela-
—Vers. 1-4. Arid
1.
it
came
to
pass in the sixth year, in the sixth
I was sitting in my house, me ; there fell upon me
(month)j on the fifth {day) of the month,
and the
hand of
the
ofJudah were
elders
Lord Jehovah
the
behold a figure
like the look
wards fire, and from
upwards
Ver.
the sight of red-hot brass.
Ver.
there.
of fire, from
its loins
of a hand, and took me by
me away
sitting before
And
like
of
1 saw, and
its loins
down-
a look of brilliance,
like
And he stretched out the form my head, and wind carried
3.
the locks
2.
the look
of
between earth and heaven, and brought
me
to
Jerusalem
in visions of God, to the entrance of the gate of the inner court,
which faces towards the north, where the image of jealousy exciting
had
jealousy
its
Ver. 4. And, behold, the glory of the
stand.
God of Israel was there, like the vision which I have seen in the The place where Ezekiel received this new theophany valley.
—
agrees with the statements in ch.
was
to shut himself
and
and 40 days upon the right
left side,
The
up
24 and
iii.
in his house,
use of the word
^^\
" I sat,"
side
iv. 4, 6,
that he
390 days upon the
lie
—in
all,
430 days.
not at variance with
is
this,
as ^^l does not of necessity signify sitting as contrasted with lying, but
may
also be
used in the more general sense of stay-
Nor
ing, or living, in the house.
of
Judah
up
opposed to the
is
command,
the presence of the elders
in ch.
24, to shut himself
we have already observed in the notes on The new revelation is made to him in the pre-
in the house, as
that passage.
sence of these elders, because
it is
of the greatest importance to
them.
They
lias left
the prophet, are to hear from his
are to be witnesses of his ecstasy
the divine revelation (ch.
time of the revelation. ch.
iii.
viii.
xi.
If
25).
;
lips the
and
after this
substance of
It is otherwise with the
we compare
the date given in
1 with those mentioned before, this
new
vision ap-
parently falls within the period required for carrying out the
symbolical actions of the previous vision. (the fifth
day of the fourth month
in
Between the
fifth
ch.
i.
1,
2
year) and
CHAP.
cli. viii.
113
VIII. 1-4.
1 (the fifth day of the sixth
we have one year and two months,
month that
in the sixth year)
to say (reckoning
is
the year as a lunar year at 354 days, and the two months at
59 days), 413 days ; whereas the two events recorded in ch. 1-vii.
27 require
at least
= 430
and 390 + 40
new theophany would Ezekiel was to of
lie
i.
fall
iii.
15) and 390
7 days for the
But however
interval of
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; a period
after adding
but to leave
iv. 5, 6),
time that elapsed between ch.
may
vii.
and
purely conjectural
is
to give
probability.
it
;
and there
viii.
appear, the assump-
tion that the fifth year of the captivity of Jehoiachin^
leap year
59
not only to include the
days (ch.
attractive this reckoning
get rid
year of
fifth
months or 385 days,
444 days
sufficient
+ 40
To
Judah.
side for
2) was a leap year of 13
for the two months,
15,
iii.
Consequently the
5, 6.
Hitzig conjectures that the
by which he obtains an 7 days (ch.
iv.
within the 40 days, during which
upon the right
this difficulty,
Jehoiachin (ch.
437 days, namely 7 days for ch.
days for ch.
i.
was a
nothing whatever
is
Consequently the only thing that could
lead us to adopt such a solution, would be the impossibility of
drawn from the chronological
reconciling the conclusion to be data, as to the time of the
of these divine revelations.
two theophanies, with the substance If
we assume
out the symbolical acts mentioned in ch.
that Ezekiel carried
iv.
and
v. in all their
we can hardly imagine that the vision described in the chapters before us, by which he was transported in spirit to entirety,
Jerusalem, occurred within the period of forty days, during
which he was to typify the siege of Jerusalem by lying upon liis
right side.
Nevertheless, Kliefoth has decided in favour
of this view, and argues in support of scribed in ch. that ch.
it
iii.
is
viii.
identical in
22-vii. 27,
that occurred here
was
that the vision de-
it,
1 sqq. took place in the prophet's
substance with what
and that there was purely
to address the
is
is
own
house,
contained in
no discrepancy, because
internal,
and the prophet himself
words contained in ch.
14-21 to the inhabitants of Jerusalem EZEK. I.
all
xi.
4-12 and
xi.
in his state of ecstasy. *
H
114
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
Moreover, when
it
stated in ch. xi. 25 that Ezekiel related
is
had seen in the
to the exiles all that he
open to us to assume that his report to
them of the words
those which follow in ch.
vision,
God
of
perfectly
it is
same time
this took place at the
and
in ch. vi.
be replied that the impression produced by ch.
25
xi.
and
vii.,
But, on the other hand,
xii.
is
it
as
may
not that
the prophet waited several weeks after his visionary transport to
Jerusalem before communicating to the elders what he saw in
And
the vision.
even
if
the possibility of this cannot be dis-
puted,
we cannot imagine any
shown
to the prophet four
Again, there
the exiles.
reason
is
is
the vision should be
was
to
be related to
and the revelation in
viii.-xi.
any motive
for the
two
to coincide.
It
true that the burning of Jerusalem, which Ezekiel sees in
ch. viii.-xi., city,
consequent upon the siege and conquest of that
is
which he has already predicted in
figure
and word; but they are not
was necessary on account of to
it
not sufficient identity between the
substance of the vision in ch. ch. iv.-vii., to suggest
why
weeks before
ch. iv.-vii. both
this connection for
him before the completion of the symbolical
And,
salem. process
lastly,
it
to
it
be shown
siege of Jeru-
although the ecstasy as a purely internal
so far reconcilable with the prophet's lying
is
in
so closely connected, that
upon
his
right side, that this posture did not preclude a state of ecstasy
or render
impossible, yet this collision
it
would ensue, that
while the prophet was engaged in carrying out the former word of
God, a new theophany would be received by him, which
must necessarily abstract previous
which
it
command
mind from the execution
his
of God,
and place him
would be impossible for him
to set his face firmly
On
account of this
the assumption, that
lying bound by
it
collision,
On
in to
was during the time that Ezekiel was
God upon
his right side to bear the sin of
Jerusalem, that he was transported in Jerusalem.
upon
commanded to do we cannot subscribe
the siege of Jerusalem, as he had been ch. iv. 7.
of the
in a condition in
the contrary,
spirit to
the temple at
the fact that this transport
;
CHAP. occurred, according to eh.
115
VIII. 1-4.
vlii. 1,
at a time
have ended the symbolical acts of eh. required to carry them out in
all
when he could not he had been
if
iv.,
their external reality, furnishes
we
us with conclusive evidence of the correctness of the view
have already expressed, that the symbolical acts of ch. did not
on ch.
iv.
and
v.
within the sphere of outward reality (see coram,
lie
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;And
V. 4).
Ezekiel did not really
if
430
for
lie
days,
there was nothing to hinder his having a fresh vision 14 months
theophany in ch.
after the '"
*l^,
see at ch.
The
iii.
22 and
iii.
22 sqq.
For
vision
described in
vj? 75in
3.
same terms
The sameness
27.
i.
i.
and ch.
which Ezekiel sees in the
ficjure
ver. 2 in precisely the cli.
i.
is
as the appearance of
of the two passages
God
in
a sufficient
is
defence of the reading B'STlNTOa against the arbitrary emenda-
^^
tion
after the Sept. rendering
'l23j
port of which
It
D"isi.
in
Ewald and Hitzig appeal
is
this is
not
tJ'''N,
but
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
^.the
fiery
appearance
is all
that
mentioned
is
taken for granted in the allusion to the D^^n? 0^^
loins), either as self-evident, or as well is
26, though
i.
is
not expressly stated here that the apparition was
human form
but
to ch.
any reason, as the reading there
witliout
dvBp6<i, in sup-
6/j,oi(Ofia
synonymous with
present theophany
I'lii
in ch.
i.
known from
4, 27.
What
is
ch.
new
inf
i.
in the
the stretching out of the hand, which
is
grasps the prophet by the front hair of his head, whereupon he is
carried
ch.
i.
by wind between heaven and
earth,
i.e.
through the
Jerusalem, not in the body, but in visions of
air, to
1), that
is
to say, in spiritual ecstasy,
the entrance of the inner northern door of the temple. is
not an adjective belonging to "^W, for this
noun, but n''rp*;sn
:
is
is
used as a substantive, as in ch.
cf. ch. xl.
40)
:
God
(cf.
and deposited
at
ri"'p^3an
not a feminine xliii.
gate of the inner court,
5 (=">ynn
i.e.
the gate
on the north side of the inner court which led into the outer "VVe are not
court.
informed whether Ezekiel was placed on
the inner or outer side of this gate, court
I
;
but
it is
i.e.
in the inner or outer
evident from ver. 5 that he was placed in the
116
THE PROrHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
inner court,
.as his position
which stood
The
further statement,
image of jealousy was,"
why
out the reason expression
commanded
a view of
image
tlie
at the entrance of the gate towards the north.
"image
what
anticipates
and points
follows,
The
the prophet was placed just there. of jealousy"
Jehovah
excites the jealousy of
Consequently,
" where the standing place of the
we have
is
explained by
which
'"iiipsHj
comm. on Ex.
(see the
xx. 5).
not to think of any image of Jehovah,
but of an image of a heathen idol
(cf.
Deut. xxxii. 21)
pro-
;
bably of Baal or Asherah, whose image had already been placed in the temple by Manasseh (2 Kings xxi. 7)
erroneous assumption that
all
is
certainly
wax
not the image of the corpse of Adonis moulded in
This opinion, which Havernick advances,
:
or clay.
connected with the
the idolatrous abominations
men-
tioned in this chapter relate to the celebration of an Adonisfestival in
There
the temple.
(ver. 4) in the court of the
God
temple Ezekiel saw once more the glory of the as he
had seen
it
in the valley (ch.
the appearance of
i.e.
and wheels
him
;
God upon
iii.
22) by the Chaboras,
the throne with the cherubim
whereas the divine figure, whose hand grasped
in his house,
and transported him
to the temple (ver. 2),
The
showed neither throne nor cherubim. of Israel," instead of Jehovah (ch.
iii.
expression "
23),
stood in the temple.
To
set
tical
As
the
God
of Israel,
God
chosen as an
is
antithesis to the strange god, the heathen idol,
tolerate the
of Israel,
whose image
Jehovah cannot
image and worship of another god
in
His temple.
up such an image in the temple of Jehovah was a prac-
renunciation of the covenant, a rejection of Jehovah on
the part of Israel as
its
covenant God.
Hera, in the temple, Jehovah shows to the prophet the various kinds of idolatry which Israel
and
privately, not
whole land.
is
practising both publicly
merely in the temple, but throughout the
The arrangement
of these
different
forms of
idolatry in four groups or abomination scenes (vers. 5, 6, 7-12,
13-15, and 16-18), which the prophet sees both in and from
I
CHAP.
VIII. 5,
117
6.
the court of the temple, belong to the visionary drapery of this It is altogether erroneous to interpret the
divine revelation.
were prac-
vision as signifying that all these forms of idolatry
an assumption which cannot be
tised in the temple itself;
doing violence to the description, more
carried out without
especially of the second abomination in vers. 7-12.
untenable trous
is
Still
more
Havernick's view, that the four pictures of idola-
shown
practices
the prophet are only intended to
to
represent different scenes of a festival of Adonis held in the
temple.
The
selection of the courts of the temple for depicting
the idolatrous worship, arises
from the
fact that the temple
the place where Israel was called to worship the
Lord
its
was
God.
Consequently the apostasy of Israel from the Lord could not be depicted more clearly and strikingly than by the following series of pictures of
idolatrous abominations practised in the
temple under the eyes of God. Vers. 5 and
6.
First abomination-picture.
Son of man, lift up thine And I lifted up my eyes towards
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
^Ver. 5.
now
And He
said to me,
eyes
north.
the north, and, behold,
to the
toivards
the
north of the gate of the altar ivas this image of jealousy at
Ver.
the entrance.
6.
And He
said to me,
Son of man,
seest
thou what they do ? great abominations, which the house of Israel doeth here, that
I may go far away from my sanctuary
shalt yet again see greater abominations
still.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;As
;
and thou
Ezekiel had
taken his stand in the inner court at the entrance of the north gate,
and when looking thence towards the north saw the image
of jealousy to the north of the altar gate, the image
must have
stood on the outer side of the entrance, so that the prophet it
as
he looked through the open doorway.
The
saw
altar gate is
the same as the northern gate of the inner court mentioned in ver. 3.
But
it is
impossible to state with certainty
to be called the altar gate.
how
it
came
Possibly from the circumstance
that the sacrificial animals were taken through this gate to the altar, to
be slaughtered on the northern side of the
ing to Lev.
i.
4, v. 11, etc.
altar,
accord-
Dno, contracted from Dn'r'O, like
113
THE rEOPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
njo from nt no in
Ex.
iv. 2.
here " do not force us to
worshipping the
idol.
The words " what
assume that
They simply
they are doing
at that very time they
describe
were
what was generally
The setting up of the image involved the worThe subject to f^iJCl^P is not the house of Israel, but They perfonn great abominations, so that Jehovah is
practised there.
ship of
it.
Jehovah.
compelled to go to a distance from His sanctuary, it (cf.
ch. xi. 23), because they
make
Vers. 7-12. Second abomination 7.
And He
and behold to
brought there
me
it
Worship of
:
to the entrance
was a hole in
and behold
there
was a door.
to forsake
of
beasts.
court,
the
Ver.
the wall.
me, Son of man, break through the wall
the wall,
i.e.
an idol-temple.
8.
And He
I broke And He
and
:
Ver.
9.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
and I saw, said
through said to
me. Come and see the wicked abominations which they are doing here.
And I came and saw, and
Ver. 10.
kinds offigures of
of
idols
reptiles,
and
behold there were all
beasts, abominations,
and
all kinds
of the house of Israel, drawn on the wall round about.
And seventy men of the elders of the house of Israel, the son of Shaphan standing among them, stood Jaazaniah with Ver. 11.
in front, every
man
with his censer in his hand
a cloud of incense arose. Ver. 12. thou, son of man, lohat the elders of
;
For
the
principal entrance to
the smell
now
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;The entrance
transported cannot be
the outer court towards the east
This would be at variance with the context, as
(Ewald).
of
they say : Jehovah
Jehovah hath- forsaken the land.
of the court to which Ezekiel was
and
said to me, Seest
the house of Israel do in the
dark, every one in his image-chambers ?
doth not see us
;
And He
we
not only find the prophet at the northern entrance in vers. 3
and
5,
but
at ver.
14 we find him there
still.
If he
had been
taken to the eastern gate in the meantime, this would certainly
have been mentioned.
must be
As
that
is
not the case, -the reference
to that entrance to the court
entrance-gate of the inner court
which lay between the
(ver. 3)
and the northern
entrance-gate to the house of Jehovah (ver. 14), or northern
gate of the outer court, in other words, the northern entrance
CHAP.
Thus
into tlie outer court.
the inner court through
the prophet was conducted out of
northern gate into the outer court,
its
and placed in front of the northern open
There he saw a hole
ah".
it,
he saw
gate,
which led out into the
in the wall,
command
through the wall, by the
having entered
119
VIII. 7-12.
of God, he
and on breaking saw a door, and
kinds of figures of animals en-
all
graved on the wall round about, in front of which seventy of the elders of Israel were standing and paying reverence to the
According
images of beasts with burning incense. the prophet was thereby
shown what the
From
the dark, every one in his image-chamber. tion on the part of
prophet,
is
it
God
this explana-
concerning the picture shown to the
very evident that
it
had no reference
the outer court of the temple.
objection raised
by Kliefoth
any
to
more of the
idolatrous worship practised by the elders in one or cells of
to ver. 12,
elders of Israel did in
For even though the
to this view,
namely, that
can-
it
not be proved that there were halls with recesses in the outer court,
neither valid nor correct, since the existence of such
is
halls is placed
2 Kings is
beyond the reach of doubt by Jer. xxxv.
xxiii. 11,
and
4,
1 Chron. xxviii. 12; such a supposition
decidedly precluded by the fact, that the cells and recesses at
the gates cannot have been large enough to allow of seventy-one
men
taking part in a festive idolatrous service.
that the seventy-one is
men were
at variance with the distinct
The supposition
distributed in different
words of the
chambers
The prophet
text.
not only sees the seventy elders standing along with Jaazaniah,
but he could not look through one
chambers
at once,
The assembling
their walls. cell
door into a number of
and see the pictures drawn
by the northern gate of the outer temple
idolatrous
all
to
images enjrraved on the walls of the
feature in the visionary
round upon
of the seventy elders in a s'ecret
form given
worship the cell,
is
to the revelation of
one
what
the elders of the people were doing secretly throughout the
whole land.
To
bring out more strikingly the secrecy of this
idolatrous worship, the cell
is
so completely hidden in the wall,
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
120
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
that the prophet
by breaking
obliged to enlarge the hole
is
through the wall before he cau see the door which leads to the cell
and gain a view of them and of the things
And
the things that are done therein.^
and
contains,
it
number
the
of the
persons assembled there suggests the idea of a symbolical repre-
The
sentation, as well as the secrecy of the cell.
represent the whole nation
Num.
Ex. xxiv. Isqq. and
command
of
to
16, xxiv. 25,
xi.
at the
seventy elders
to represent the
making of the covenant, and
we may
congregation was not a permanent institution, as in
Num.
xi.
after-
This representation of the
support his authority.
from the fact that
from
taken
is
where Moses, by the
God, chooses seventy of the elders
whole comrrefjation
wards
and the number
;
seventy other
men
The high
have been chosen for the purpose named.
council,
consisting of seventy members, the so-called Sanhedrim,
formed after the captivity on the
basis of these
see
are said to
Mosaic
was
types.
In the midst of the seventy was Jaazaniah the son of Shaphan, a different
man
ch. xi. 1.
Shaphan
therefore from the Jaazaniah mentioned in
of distinction in 2 xxxix. 14. is
specially
account of as
It
is
Kings
xxii.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; On the wall 24).
;
but
It
is
it
can hardly be on
bore, "
Jehovah
hears,"
probable that he held a prominent
the elders of the nation, so that he
is
mentioned
as the leader of this national representation.
of the
chamber round about there were drawn
kinds of figures of nnnni i.
;
the meaning of the name he
among here by name
man
Jer. xxix. 3, xxxvi. 10,
impossible to decide on what ground Jaazaniah
Havernick supposes.
Gen.
3 sqq.
mentioned by name
position
all
probably the person mentioned as a
is
\\>^ is in
B>0"1j
reptiles
and quadrupeds
apposition not only to
^'^T}^^
(see
but also
and therefore, as belonging to both, is not to be conThe drawing of nected with nÂťn3 in the construct state.
to
{J'^'i,
1 " Because the -whole is exhibited pictorially and figuratively, he says that he saw one hole in a wall, and was directed to dig through and make it larger, that he might enter as if through an open door, and see the
things which he could not possiby have seen while stationed outside." Jerome.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
CHAP,
and quadrupeds became a
reptiles
121
VIII. 13-15.
slieqetz,
or abomination,
from
the fact that the pictures had been drawn for the purpose of following clause, " and
The
religious worship.
the house of Israel,"
co-ordinate with
is
'l2^
all
the idols of
n"'32ri"?3.
Besides
the animals drawn on the walls, there were idols of other kinds in
The drawing
chamber.
the
of reptiles and quadrupeds
naturally suggests the thought of the animal-worship of Egypt.
We
must not
of animals
limit the
words to
met with
is
in the nature- worship of other heathen
and the expression
nations,
however, since the worship
this,
"
n"'33n"73,
all
kinds of figures," as
well as the clause, "all kinds of idols of the house of Israel," points to every possible form of idol-worship as spread abroad in Israel,
Aramaean
according to the
iriy,
sii^mentum, perfume,
nn33 in 2 Sam.
xii.
in the dark,
'^IK'na,
12
;
in secret, like
not in the sacred darkness of the
cloud of incense (Havernick). the term applied to the
usage, signifies
i.e.
^''r^'P ^7^.^,
rooms or
closets
image-chambers,
is
in the dwelling-
houses of the people in which idolatrous images were set up and H^sb'D signifies idolatrous figures, as in
secretly worshipped.
Num.
Lev. xxvi. 1 and
This idolatry was
xxxiii. 52.
justified
by the elders, under the delusion that " Jehovah seeth us not ;" to say, not
that
is
but
He
:
"
He
does not trouble Himself about us,"
does not see what
we
do, because
He
is
not omniscient
He
has forsaken the land, withdrawn
His presence and His help.
Thus they deny both the omni-
(cf. Isa. xxix.
science
15)
;
and
and omnipresence of God
(cf. eh. ix. 9).
Vers. 13-15. Third abomination
Ver. 13.
And He
said to me,
abominations which they do.
Thou
:
Worship of Thammuz.
shall yet again see still greater
Ver. 14.
And He brought me to
entrance of the gate of the house of Jehovah, which north,-
and behold
Ver. 15.
And He
there sat the
The
prophet
is
still
toivards the
women, loeeping for Thammuz.
said to me, Dost thou see
TJiou shalt yet again see
is
the
it,
son of
man
greater abominations than these.
?
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
taken from the entrance into the court to the
entrance of the gate of the temple, to see the
women
sitting
122
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEU
Thammuz. The article in D"'B'3n is used Whilst the men of the nation, represented by
there weeping for generically.
the seventy elders, were secretly carrying on their idolatrous worship, the
women were
sitting at the
ing in public lamentation for for
Thammuz, Jerome (with
T^sri, Qafi,/jLov^
or ©afifiov^,^'
interpreted as Adonis,
Syriac of
;
Thammuz.
is
Under the weeping all the Greek
Melito of Sardis and
has correctly recognised the
Fathers) "
temple gate, and indulg-
worship
says Jerome, "
whom we
Thamuz both
called
in
beautiful youth
said to
is
have
Hebrew and
and because, according to the heathen legend,
Venus and most
Adonis.
of
this lover
have been
slain in
June and then restored to life again, they call this month of June by the same name, and keep an annual festival in his honour, at which he is lamented by women as the
month
of
though he were dead, and then afterwards celebrated as having
come
in songs
This view has not been shaken
to life again."
even by the objections raised by Chwolson
in his Ssaabins (II.
27. 202 sqq.), his relics of early Babylonian literature (p. 101),
and
his
Tammuz and human-worship among
the ancient
Baby-
Thammuz, mentioned in Nabataean writings as a man who was put to death by king of Babylon, whom he had commanded to introduce For the myth
lonians.
of
the
the
the
worship of the seven planets and the twelve signs of the zodiac,
and who was exalted with a mourning
god
to a
festival, is
after his death,
and honoured
nothing more than a refined inter-
pretation of the very ancient nature-worship which spread over
the whole of Hither Asia, and in which the power of the sun
over the vegetation of the year was celebrated. of the
of
word Tammuz
riTDHj
from
tTO
is
= DD»j
doubtful. so that
it
It
probably a contraction
denotes the decay of the force
of nature, and corresponds to the (see
is
The etymology
Greek
a^aviafjLo'i ^ABoi>vcBo'i
Havernick in loc).
Vers. 16-18. Fourth abomination the priests.
—Ver.
16. A7id
He
took
:
me
Worship of the sun by into the inner court
of the
house of Jehovahj and behold^ at the entrance into the temple of
CHAP.
123
VIII. 16-18.
Jehovah, hetween the porch and the altar, as
it
were Jive and
twenty men, with their backs towards the temple of Jehovah and their faces
towards the east;
towards the
east.
man
son of
Is
?
the abominations
again
said to me, Seest thou this,
for the house of Judah
which they are performing
me
land with violence, and provohe
the
fill
too little
it
For behold
?
voice in
my
my
anger again and
to
eye sJiall not look com-
and I loill not spare ; and if
ears,
perform
to
here, that they also
they stretch out the vine-branch to their nose.
Ver. 18. But 1 also will act in fury ; passionately,
sun
they were worshipping the
And He
Ver. 17.
I will
not hear them.
a loud
they cry with
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; After
Ezekiel has seen
the idolatrous abominations in the outer court, or place for
the people, he
taken back into the inner court, or court of
is
the priests, to see
still
greater abominations there.
Between
the porch of the temple and the altar of burnt-offering, the
most sacred spot therefore
in the inner court,
alone were permitted to tread (Joel five
men, with
their backs
17), he sees as
if
C"'")^*?/
is
{vid.
men
Ewald,
§
;
after the analogy of 3 before
2826).
twenty-
not a preposition, circa,
about, but a particle of comparison (an appearance)
twenty-five
priests
toward the temple, were worshipping
3 before
the sun in the east.
ii.
which the
For the number here
mative one; but twenty-five
is
is
:
as if
an accusative
not an approxi-
the exact number, namely, the
twenty-four leaders of the classes of priests (1 Chron. xxiv. 5 sqq.
;
2 Chron. xxxvi. 14
;
Ezra
x. 5),
with the high priest at
the head (see Lightfoot's Chronol. of 0. T., 0pp.
I.
the whole nation was seen in the seventy elders, so
is
124).
As
the entire
priesthood represented here in the twenty-five leaders as deeply
sunk in disgraceful
shown
idolatry.
Their apostasy from the Lord
in the fact that they turn their
and therefore upon Jehovah, who was enthroned and worship the sun, with
The worship as
is
back upon the temple, in the temple,
their faces turned towards the east.
of the sun does not refer to the woi'ship of Adonis,
Havernick supposes, although Adonis was a sun-god; but
generally to the worship of the heavenly bodies, against which
—
124
—
:
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
Moses had warned found
way
its
temple, whence
people (Deut.
was afterwards expelled by Josiah
it
Dn^irinB'b
as the supposition that
;
play upon
and which
19, xvii. 3),
iv.
time of Manasseh into the courts of the
The form
xxiii. 5, 11).
D^inriK'p
tlie
in the
must be a
case be a 2d per. plur. perf.,
Kings
an unusual form, with a
it is
precluded by the fact that
ri"'nt;'n,^ is
(2
copyist's error for
would in that
it
and such a construction
is
dered impossible by the nsn which immediately precedes
Ewald,
118a).
§
added other
—To
sins, as if these
This
in themselves. 7p3n
i»,
as in Isa. xlix. 6.
is it
guilt, reference is
of Judah.
the meaning of the question in ver. 17,
To
they provoke
again briefly
made
to the
with
moral corruption
the injuries inflicted upon i.e.
By
idolatry.
repeatedly to anger
is
The
The
very obscure.
men
;
violent deeds
followed by an in-
(pi^^,
expresses the repetition of an action).
of ver. 17 ('liVD^npb' D3n^) tion,
all
towards God,
God
?i>^
indicate the fulness of the measure of
D^n embraces
niayinj impiety
finitive,
is
Judah has
abominations were not bad enough
too little for the house of Judah, etc. ?
'"iJI
:
these idolatrous abominations
ren-
it (cf.
last clause
usual explana-
which has been adopted by J. D. Michaelis and Gesenius
"they hold the twig
to their nose," namely, the sacred twig
Barsom, which the Parsees held in their hands when praying (vid.
Hyde, de
relig. vet.
Pars. p. 350, ed. 2
;
and Kleuker,
Zend-Avesta^ III. p. 204), suits neither the context nor the
According
words.
we do
explanation of the
God by
of
word
to the position of the clause in the context,
not expect an allusion to a
its
way
in
Barsom,
of the vine (cf. ch. xv. 2
The Barsom, on
idolatrous rite, but an
Moreover,
violent deeds.
to apply to the
new
which Judah had excited the wrath
;
Z'mOrdh Isa.
xvii.
^"J^l^T is
is
10
not a suitable
a shoot or tendril ;
Num.
xiii.
23).
the other hand, consisted of bunches of twigs
of the tree Gez or Hoin, or of branches of the pomegranate,
the tamarisk, or the date (cf. Kleuker 1
"
An
I.e.,
and Strabo,
XV.
733),
extraordinary form, invented for the purpose of more effectually
expressing their extraordinary abominatiou."
Lightfoot.
I
—
CHAP.
and was not held as a magical
Lastly,
?^?
mouth
to tlie nose, but kept in front of the
mode
npB'"
125
IX. 1-3.
demons away
of driving
does not
mean
Hyde,
(vid.
to hold anything,
I.e.).
but to stretch
Of
out towards, to prepare to strike, to use violence.
the
other explanations given, only two deserve any consideration,
namely, *•
the supposition that
a proverbial expression,
it is
to apply the twig to anger," in the sense of adding fuel to the
fire, '*
first,
which Doederlein (ad Grotii adnott.) applies in
by these things they supply
food, as
which burns against themselves," of
my
i.e.
were, to
it
Hor. hehr. ad John xv.
they bring fuel to the
The second
6.
" they apply the sickle to their nose,"
In
me, they injure themselves.
i.e.
is
The
this case nnioT
and pointed
saying does appear to be a proverbial one, but the
torily explained.
—
Chap.
ix.
Vers. 1-3.
This judgment he shows
(cf. ch. vii. 4, 9, v. 11).
two following chapters.
The Angels which At
—Ver.
Come
voice, saying,
And He
1.
my
called in
ears loith
ye watchmen of the
hither,
city,
every one his instrument of destruction in his hand.
Aiid behold six men came hy
hand and
;
—
smite Jerusalem.
the call of Jehovah, His servants appear to
execute the judgment.
directed toward
satisfac-
Ver. 18. Therefore will the Lord punish
to the prophet in the
a loud
to injure
must be taken
and meaning of the proverb' have not yet been
unsparingly
fire
that of Hitzig:
by seeking
in the sense of ^nsTDj a sickle or pruning-knife,
origin
way,
wrath,
Lightfoot gives a similar explanation in his
wrath.
nniCT.
this
my
the icay
of the upper
gate,
and
Ver.
2.
which
is
the north, every one loith his smashing-tool in his
and a man in
icrithig materials
the brazen altar.
the midst
hy his hip
Ver.
3.
And
of them, clothed in white
and
;
they
the glory oj the
from the cherub, upon ichich it house, and called to the man clothed
linen,
came and stood near
God
of Israel
rose tip
loas, to the threshold
the
in white linen, by whose
hip the writing materials were.
punishments of the
city.
—
"^"^V^
ni^ipQ
does not
This rendering does not
mean
of
the
suit the con-
126
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
text, since it is
men who
the
not the punishments that are introduced, but
execute them
usage of the language.
and
;
n"ni5Si
is
it
not established by the
frequently used, no doubt, in
is
the sense of visitation or chastisement ix.
7)
but
;
it is
it
torate, in
which sense
priests,
Num.
iii.
38, where
city, the
whom God
watchmen,
—who
are
godly, as the authorities appointed
{Kal), as Hitzig proposes. sense, festinanter
persons called
—
to inflict
tive Plel, as in Isa. xli. 21,
and as
has appointed to watch over the xi. 18),
now
Ix. 17,
Consequently
in the Chronicles.
city-guard (2 Kings
11 and
lii.
relates to the presidency of the
it
and very frequently
are those
ni'Hi^Q
occurs not only in Jer.
it
but also (in the singular) in Isa.
xliv. 11,
early as
In
only occurs in the sense of supervision or protec-
the plural
Ezek.
3; Hos.
Isa. x.
(e.g.
not met with in the plural in this sense.
not earthly, but heavenly
punishment upon the un-
by God.
lli*ip^
is
an impera-
and must not be altered
The
Piel
appropinquavit,
come by the way
is
into
I3"]i?
used in an intransitive xxxvi.
as in ch.
The
8.
of the upper northern gate of
the temple, to take their stand before Jehovah, whose glory had
appeared in the inner court.
The upper
gate
is
the gate lead-
ing from the outer court to the inner, or upper court, which stood on higher ground,
and tools
5.
—
In the midst of the
there was one
the gate mentioned in ch. six
men
viii.
3
furnished with smashing-
clothed in white byssus, with writing
The
materials at his side.
dress
and equipment,
as well as the
instructions which he afterwards receives and executes, show
him
to be the prince or leader of the others.
question the opinion that these seven
without any reason.
Angels appearing
frequently called CTJ^. or habitus.
dogma
But
the
men
tl'^X,
in
Kliefoth calls in are angels
;
human form
but are
according to their external
number seven
of the seven archangels, nor
neither is
presupposes
the
copied from the seven
The dress worn by the high priest, when presenting the sin-offering on the great day of atonement (Lev. xvi. 4, 23), was made of ^3, i.e. of white material
Parsic amscJiaspands.
CHAP.
woven from byssus thread It has been inferred
from
(see the
this,
this,
who
and care for
priest, to protect
may be
the circumstance
comm. on Ex.
xxviii. 42).
that the figure clothed in white
linen was the angel of Jehovah,
high
127
IX. 1-3.
appears as the heavenly
own.
his
In support of
also adduced, that the
man whom
Daniel saw above the water of the Tigris, and whose appearance described, in
is
Jehovah Rev.
i.
Dan.
x. 5, 6, in
the same
manner
4, 26, 27, and that of the 13-15, appears clothed in C'n? (Dan.
in
Ezek.
Nevertheless,
1.
we cannot regard
shining white talar, which
this
as that of
risen Christ in x. 5, xii. 6, 7).^
The
view as established.
evidently meant by the plural
is
occurring only here and in Daniel
(ut. sup.),
is
Q"'"^?,
not a dress
Christ.
The seven
angels, with the vials of wrath, also appear in
garments of
peculiar to the angel of
Jehovah or
to
shining white linen {evhehvfievoL 'kivov KaOapov Xa/xTrpov, Kev. XV. 6)
and the shining white
;
tation of divine holiness
and Rev.
described in a totally different
and there
i. ;
equal with God. other six
men
same
in the
and of "just men made perfect"
spirits
ance of Jehovah in Ezek.
Rev.
i.
1
^2^
or that of Christ in
Again, the distinction between him and the
no other conclusion, than that he stood
relation to
is
x.,
nothing whatever to indicate a being
is
leads to
by the writing
D^tja
manner from the appear-
and Dan.
them
or the chancellor to the other
cated
4
Moveover, the angel with the writing materials
(Rev. xix. 8). is
xvi.
xix. 8), is the colour generally chosen for the clothing
both of the heavenly
here
colour, as a symbolical represen-
and glory (see comm. on Lev.
as the high priest to the Levites, officials.
This position
materials on his hips,
rendered by the
LXX., in
i.e.
is
indi-
in the girdle
on
the passage before us, ivhlvKu;
with this that Christ is described in Rev. i. 13 as clothed "with a 3-oS;5g)jf, and not after Dan. x. 6, as Hengstenberg supposes. In Dan. x. 5, the Septuagint has IvlihvfAbo? (ixlliv or tx. fixloh. In other places, the Sept. rendering of na is >./*oj/ (thus Lev. xvi. 4, 23, vohvipvi.
It is in accordance
3 ; Ex. xxviii. 42, etc.) and hence the T^iuov "Kai^vrpou of Rev. xv. 6 answers to the *T3 made of ]i}^, fiwao;, and is really the same as the
vi.
^â&#x20AC;˘jaatiiou
;
Tixfivpov of Rev. xix. 8.
128
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL which scribes
hips, in
liis
East are accustomed to carry
in the
their writing materials (vid. Rosenmiiller,
IV.
He
p. 323).
A.
u.
N. Morgenland,
provided with these for the execution of
is
the commission given to him in ver. 4.
In
way
this
the de-
scription can be very simply explained, without the slightest
necessity for our resorting to Babylonian representations of
the god Nebo,
men
seven
take their station by the altar of burnt-offering,
because the glory of God, whose
had taken up
to receive,
(Kliefoth)
command^ they were about moment
position there for the
its
not because the apostate priesthood was stationed
;
The
there (Havernick).
is
not that
it
up
glory of Jehovah, however, rose
from the cherub to the threshold of the house. of this
The
Mercury, as the scribe of heaven.
i.e.
removed from the
The
meaninor
interior of the sanctuary
to the outer threshold of the temple-building (Havernick), for it
was already
stationed, according to ch. viii. 16, above the
cherub, between the porch and the altar.
It
went back from
thence to the threshold of the temple-porch, through which one entered the leaving
its
Holy Place,
to give its orders there.
The
reason for
place above the cherubim (the singular 3113
collectively) to
do
this,
is
used
was not that " God would have had
to
turn round in order to address the seven from the throne, since,
according to ch.
viii.
4 and
16,
He
had gone from the north
gate of the outer court into the inner court, and His servants
had followed Him " (Hitzig)
for the
;
four directions, and therefore
cherubim moved in
could turn without difficulty to eveiy side.
He
throne, that
upon
Israel
self to
might
issue
God
left
had assumed in
His command for the judgment
Israel.
This
command He
Himself
Vers. 4-7.
Go
to
The
He
Issues .from the
temple court, because the temple was the place whence
to hirrij
His
from the threshold of the temple, and show Him-
be the judge who would forsake the throne which
attested
all
God, even from the throne,
God
His people, both by mercy and judgment.
divine
command.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
through the midst of the
And
Ver.
4.
city,
through
Jehovah said ilie
midst of
;
CHAP.
IX. 4-7.
129
.:.-
Jerusalem and mark a cross upon the foreheads of the men tcho J
and groan over
sigh
Ver.
midst.
the city behind him^
and
my
Ver.
the house. fill
any one
And
sanctuary.
7.
Ver.
persons
city.
their'
through
destruction
:
but ye
upon him ; and begin
icho has the cross
who were
said to them, Defile the house,
And
at
before
they went out,
and and
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; God
may
nation, in order that they
W, the
judgment.
be spared in the time of the
Hebrew
the
last letter of
although there was at
make
a
distinguish those
W
was
to
Ver.
body
and saw therein a prophetic
of the letter
mark is
a n,
is
this sign
than
judgment of
marked, so that they
so
And
this
was the reason
the early Christians, according to
;
a statement in Origen, looked
cross of Christ
6.
mark
form of a cross
be marked upon the forehead, the most
visible portion of the
the distinctive
in the
in inflicting the
who were
might do them no harm. the
mark
no other purpose in
first
to enable the servants employed to
alphabet, had the
in ninn^ to
of a cross in the earlier writing,
therefore the same as to
why
Go
commands the man provided with the materials to mark on the forehead with a cross all the in Jerusalem who mourn over the abominations of the
writing
God
to
they began with the old men,
And He
:
Old men, young men, and
6.
the courts with slain; go ye out.
smote in the
form
ears
Let not your eye look compas-
smite.
spare.
maidens, and children, and women, slay shall not touch
my
those he said in
to
and do not
sionately,
which take place in
all the abominations
And
5.
upon the sign
itself as significant,
allusion to the sign of the cross as
of Christians.
A
direct prophecy of the
certainly not to be found here, since the form
Tdv was the one generally adopted as a
sign, and,
according to Job xxxi. 35, might supply the place of a signaNevertheless, as Schmieder has correctly observed, there
ture. is
something remarkable in
this coincidence to the thoughtful
observer of the ways of God, whose counsel has carefully considered
all
beforehand, especially
when we bear
in
mind
that
in the counterpart to this passage (Rev. vii. 3) the seal of the
living
God
EZEK.
T.
is
stamped upon the foreheads of the servants of I
130
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
God, wlio are
be exempted from the judgment, and that
to
name
according to Rev. xiv. 1 they had the
upon
So much,
foreheads.
their
obvious from
this,
any
at
God
of
rate,
written
perfectly
is
namely, that the sign was not arbitrarily
chosen, but was inwardly connected with the fact which indicated
(Ex.
vision
is
it
based
22 sqq.) the distinctive mark placed upon the
13,
xii.
upon which our
just as in the event
;
houses of the Israelites in Egypt, in order that the destroying
angel might pass them by, namely, the smearing of the door-
lamb that had been
posts with the blood of the paschal
was selected on account of to
the thing signified.
its
The
significance
passed over as being self-evident; and it
it is
even indirectly referred to again.
is
follows, first of
They
all,
the
and
execution of
command
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; In
who
before Dinri
is
are
marked with the
all
vers. 5, 6 there
man
Aramaean.
The
Chetih
grammatically considered, and
sibility of
ment
clothed in
the inhabitants of
The
cross.
is
7y for 7S
very improbable,
accounted for from the change of N into CS^i"];
the
y,
is
which
been substituted as Keri.
They are
any life being saved.
^^yy^
at the sanctuary, because
worship of
idols,
the Lord.
To
to
command
is
to be
so
com-
which is
is
more
followed by
show the impos-
make
a commence-
has been desecrated by the
it
and therefore has ceased
this
is
the unusual form
singular,
increase the force of the words and
D^nc'ot', to
is
11 that
either a slip of the pen, or, as the continued
transmission of so striking an error
correct, has
ver.
sex, with this exception, that they are not to
touch those
in
command
given to the other six men.
white linen, and to smite without mercy
mon
till
are to go through the city, behind the
whatever age or
corresponding
its
this
not
slain,
to
the execution
be the house of is
immediately
appended ; they began with the old men who were before the house,
i.e.
they began to slay them.
the twenty-five priests (ch. (ch.
viii.
11).
The
latter
viii.
2"'?f:^'i
^^'^^^7 ^''^ neither
16) nor the seventy elders
were not
ri^3n ^JSp,
by the outer temple gate; whereas
but in a chamber
ri^sn "iSp,
in
front of the
CHAP.
temple house, points it
131
IX. 8-11.
to the inner court.
rendered ''SnpSD by diro twv D''K'JX is
fore
no doubt
come
men advanced
to think of
in ver. 66, is
defile the house, slain.
i.e.
This
fill."
slain
is
expression
We have there-
in years,
who had
In
and thereby had
ver. 7 the
the temple, namely, by filling the courts
way
It is in this
so far as the sense
LXX.
command, which once more resumed. They are to
judgment.
liable to the
was interrupted
and
priests.
into the court possibly to offer sacrifice,
become
with
But the
ar^lxov fiov.
an unsuitable one for the
D''Ji5f
makes
Tliis locality
natural to think of priests, and consequently the
is
that
we
are to connect together,
concerned, the two clauses, " defile
.
.
.
For those
required by the facts of the case.
"before the house" could only have been slain in the
courts, as there
was no space between the temple house and the
men
courts in which
could have been found and
slain.
But
n^an â&#x20AC;˘pQ? cannot be understood as signifying "in the neigh-
bourhood of the temple," as Kliefoth supposes, for the simple reason that the progressive order of events would thereby be
completely destroyed.
The
who were
angels
standing before
the altar of burnt-offering could not begin their work
out of the court to smite the sinners
who happened
by going
to be in the
neighbourhood of the temple, and then returning to the court to
do the same there, and then again going out into the city
finish their
sinners
work
who happened
defiled the
They could only begin by
there.
to
slaying the
be in the courts, and after having
to
temple by their corpses, by going out into the city
to slay all the
ungodly there, as
is
related in the second clause
of the verse (ver. 7b).
Vers. 8-11. Intercession of the prophet, and the answer of the Lord.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
remained,
A nd
it
came
Thou
and
I
pass when they smote and
cried,
and said: Alas! Lord
destroy all the remnant of Israel, hy pouring
Thy wrath upon Jerusalem ?
The iniquity of great,
to
I fell upon my face, and
Jehovah, wilt out
8.
the house
the land is full
Ver.
9.
And He
of Israel and Judah
is
of blood-guiltiness, and
said to
me
:
immeasurably the city full
of
132
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
perversion
Jehovah pity,
for
;
Ver. 10. So also shall
seeth not.
and I
say Jehovah hath forsaken the land, and
titer/
will not spare
I will give man clothed
;
Ver. 11. And, behold, the
their
my
eye not look toith
way upon
who had
in white linen,
and said
writing materials on his hip, brought answer,
done as thou hast commanded me.
their head*
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;The Chetib ISB'W
I
:
is
the
have
an
in-
congruous form, composed of participle and imperfect fused into one,
and
altered into
evidently a copyist's error.
is
however (the
l^^^J!,
be read as a participle
"lij^ii,
he
fell
left, i.e.
on his
but to
For the words do not
that Ezekiel alone was left, but that
smote and he was rest,
not to be
is
and taken with DHisna as a con-
tinuation of the circumstantial clause.
mean
It
1st pers. iraperf. N'iph.),
when
the angels
was spared, was not smitten with the
face, to entreat the
Lord
for mercy.
These
words and the prophet's intercession both apparently presuppose that
among the
inhabitants of Jerusalem there was no one
found who was marked with the sign of the
But
could be spared. established.
this is
For, in the
first
been smitten by the angels
;
place,
it is
and therefore
cross,
by no means
to be regarded as
not stated that all had
and, secondly, the intercession of
the prophet simply assumes that, in comparison with the multi-
tude of the
slain,
the
number
of those
who were marked with
the sign of the cross and spared was so small that
it
prophet's eye, and he was afraid that they might
escaped the all
be slain
without exception, and the whole of the remnant of the cove-
nant nation be destroyed.
The
the covenant nation in
existing state,
its
and Judah
nns'j' of Israel
when
it
is
had been so
reduced by the previous judgments of God, that out of the whole of what was once so numerous a people, only a small portion
remained
in the land.
Although God has previously promised
that a remnant shall be preserved (ch. v. 3, 4),
renew
this
He
does not
promise to the prophet, but begins by holding up the
greatness of the iniquity of Israel, which admits of no sparing,
but
calls for the
according to the
most merciless punishment, strict
demand
to
show him
that,
of justice, the whole nation has
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
;
CHAP.
n^so (ver. 9)
deserved destruction, oppression
although
Ex.
(Isa. Iviii.
9),
but
where n^n occurs
For
vid. eh. viii. 12.
Kings
22, 31), vid. 1
not equivalent to
is
^nna
viii.
same
in the
'"13
also omitted in
is
For
sense.
10 and
D3"i^ (ver.
While God
32.
ver. 95,
ch. xi. 21,
conversing with
is
the prophet, the seVen angels have performed their work in ver.
t^i^iJ^,
perversion of justice
signifies
not mentioned, since this
lOSB'D is
xxiii. 2,
133
X. 1-8.
;
and
11 their leader returns to Jehovah with the announce-
ment
that His orders have been executed.
in his
own name
of the
judgment
does
this,
The
not
first
act
thus shown to the prophet in a figurative
is
The second
representation.
He
only, but in that of all the rest.
act follows in the next chapter.
Burning of Jerusalem, and Withdrawal of THE Glory of Jehovah from the Sanctuary. This Chap.
X.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
chapter divides
prophet
is
Vers. 1-8.
Ver.
1.
And I
spake
man
from
it
appeared above them.
and
eyes.
when
before
inner court.
lifted itself
and
up from
the house
came
and
to
Ver. 4.
the
And
And
the
cherubim
came, and
the cloud
3.
man
the glory
of Jehovah had
the cherubim to the threshold
was filled
loith the
Almighty God when
pass, when
said,
And He
2.
Come between
:
thy hollow hands loith
Ver.
cloud,
of the cherubim icas heard
voice of the
Ver.
and said
Jill
the splendour of the glory of Jehovah. the wings
His temple.
between the cherubim, and scatter them over the
my
filled the
In
firmament^ which was
the
clothed in white linen,
and he came
:
will forsake
fire.
teas like sapphire- stone, to look at as the
He
stood to the right of the house
city
burned with
to be
and behold upon
saw,
the loheels below the cherubim,
Jire-coals
is
1-8 the
vers.
angel scatters coals of fire over Jerusalem.
of a throne ;
to the
In
sections.
shown how Jehovah
is
The
above the cherubim, likeness
two
shown how Jerusalem
9-22 he
vers.
into
itself
He
He commanded
the
and Ver.
to
of
the house ;
the coxu't
was full of
5.
And
the noise
of
the outer court, as the
speaketh.
man
Ver.
6.
And
it
clothed in white linen,
Take fire from between the wheels, from between the
134
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
cherubimy and he came and stood by the side of the wheel, Ver. T. Tliat the cherub stretched out his
and gave
And
hand between
which toas between the cherubim, and
the fire,
hands of the
into the
it
he took
and went
it,
man
Ver.
out.
cherubim
the
to
{some) off
lifted
clothed in white linen. 8.
And
appeared
there
by the cherubim the likeness of a maris hand under their wings.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
Ver. 1 introduces the description of the second act of the judg-
According
ment.
Jehovah had come down from
to ch. ix. 3,
His throne above the cherubim
to the threshold of the
ants of Jerusalem, and according to ch. x. 4
He
Consequently
once more.
deed in so sees the
many
goes thither
is
expressed in ver.
1,
not in-
words, but indirectly or by implication. Ezekiel
theophany ; and on the firmament above the cherubim,
sapphire-stone to look
he beholds the likeness of a
at,
To
throne on which Jehovah appeared.
prominence in
human
He
had resumed His seat above the
This
cherubim in the me'antime.
like
temple
His orders thence for the judgment upon the inhabit-
to issue
this
avoid giving too great
appearance of Jehovah to the bodily or
form, Ezekiel does not speak even here of the form of
Jehovah, but simply of His throne, which he describes in the
same manner
as in ch.
i.
26.
usa^e of the languaije.
later
literal sense, as
Kliefoth does, and render the words
saw
it
move away
nani
is
nin^ or
not
b^ stands for ?V according to the It will never do to take ?X in
to the '"lini
ling in sapphire-stone
;
:
;
firmament " for the object to
â&#x20AC;˘^X'lNj
but the form of the throne spark-
ni23,
and
its
" Ezekiel
this
throne had not separated
itself
from the firmament above the cherubim, but Jehovah, or the glory of Jehovah, according to ch.
ix. 3,
had
risen
up from the
The 3
cherubim, and moved away to the temple threshold. before
"^?")^
LXX.,
is
not to be erased, as Hitzig proposes after the
on the ground that
quite appropriate
here.
it is
not found in ch.
For the words do not
i.
26;
of the
like sapphire-stone, like the
form of a throne.
is
affirm that
Ezekiel saw the likeness of a throne like sapphire-stone that he saw something
it
;
but
appearance
Ezekiel does not see Jehovah, or the
CHAP. glory of Jehoval),
move away
He
to the throne.
X
135
1-8.
to the firmament,
and then return
simply sees once more the resemblance of
upon the firmament, and the Lord appearing thereon. The latter is indicated in DHvy nxna. These words are not to a throne
be taken in connection with tence
'^??1^3, so
'lJ^
form one sen-
as to
but have been very properly separated by the athnach
;
under
and treated
i^B3,
as
an independent
The
assertion.
subject to nNiJ might, indeed, be S<D3 T\\m^ " the likeness of a
throne appeared above the cherubim;" but in that case the
words would form a pure tautology, as the fact of the throne
becoming
visible
The
clause.
has ah'eady been mentioned in the preceding
subject
ipi<'? in ver. 2,
of
must therefore be Jehovah,
as in the case
where there can be no doubt on the matter.
Jehovah has resumed His throne, not
*'
for the purpose of
removing to a distance, because the courts of the temple have been defiled by dead bodies " (Hitzig), but because the object for
which
the
man
He
left it
has been attained.
under the cherubim, and
did, so that Ezekiel could see
as
if
hands with
According
it.
fire-coals
follows,
glory of Jehovah had risen
removed
it
is
to this,
it
appears
the city that
man
up again from the
it
in white linen
left
;
]jut
evident from ver. 4 that the
to the threshold of the temple,
after th6
from
This he
city (Jerusalem).
Jehovah had issued the command from His throne
we compare what
till
his
fill
them over the
thence, and scatter
if
He now commands
clothed in white linen to go in between the wheels
throne,
and that
had scattered the
it
and
was not
coals over
the threshold of the temple, and ascended
once more up to the throne above the cherubim, so as to forsake the temple (ver. 18 sqq.).
Consequently
we can only
understand vers. 2-7 as implying that Jehovah issued the com-
mand
in ver. 2, not
the temple,
and that
from His throne, but from the threshold of He had therefore returned to the threshold
of the temple for this purpose, and for the very in ch. ix. 3.
way
is
The
same reason
as
possibility of interpreting the verses in this
apparent from the fact that ver. 2 contains a
summary
;
136-'
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
of the whole of the contents of this section,
and that
3-7
vers.
simply furnish more minute explanations, or contain circumstantial clauses, is
which throw light upon the whole
This
affair.
obvious in the case of ver. 3, from the form of the clause
and
in vers.
mand
4 and
(ver. 2)
is
5,
from the fact that
already indicated in
''J^y?
and carried forward
in the closing
'^i???'
^)i*).
i.e.
'?â&#x20AC;˘'?'?
and 7 the comit,
which was
more minutely described
K3JV(ver. 2),
words of the seventh
verse,
in ver. 2 signifies the whirl or rotatory motion,
the wheel-work, or the four ophannim under the cherubim
The angel was
regarded as moving.
and take coals out of the '^
city.
the
in vers. 6
resumed, and the execution of
In the for
fire
fire
fire there,
to
go
in
between these,
and scatter them over the
of God, the fire of His wrath, will kindle
consuming the
city " (Kliefoth).
To
depict the
scene more clearly, Ezekiel observes in ver. 3, that at this
moment i.e.
the cherubim were standing to the right of the house,
on the south or rather south-east of the temple house, on
According
the south of the altar of burnt-offering.
Hebrew usage
the right side was the southern side, and the
prophet was in the inner court, whither, according to ch. the divine glory had taken
him
;
and, according to ch.
seven angels had gone to the front of the
commands
the
to
viii.
16,
ix. 2,
the
altar, to receive
the
Consequently we have to picture to
of the Lord.
ourselves the cherubim as appearing in the neighbourhood of
the altar, and then taking
up
their position to the south thereof,
when the Lord returned
to the threshold of the temple.
reason for stating this
not to be sought, as Calvin supposes,
in the desire to to
go straight
there ready, as tion in
is
show " that the way was opened for the angel to it
God, and that the cherubim were standing were, to contribute their labour."
which the cherubim appeared
with prospective reference to vers.
The
is
The
posi-
more probably given
the account which follows in
9-22 of the departure of the glory of the Lord from the
temple.
As an
Israel, the glory
indication of the significance of this act to
which issued from
this manifestation of the
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
;
divine doxa
The
described in vers. 36-5.
is
137
-"1 "i^i*
-GHA-r. X, 9-22.
cloud, as the
earthly vehicle of the divine doxa, filled the inner court
when
the glory of the
the temple
also,
Lord
stood
upon the
threshold,
;
and
it filled
while the court became full of the splendour
That
of the divine glory.
to say, the brilliancy of the divine
is
nature shone through the cloud, so that the court and the
The
temple were lighted by the shining of the light-cloud. brilliant
splendour
is
a symbol of the light of the divine grace.
The wings of the cherubim rustled, and at the movement God (i. 24) were audible even in the outer court.
of
this picture of the glorious manifestation of the divine
After
doxa, the fetching of the fire-coals from the space between the
wheels under the cherubim
One
more
is
closely described in vers. 6
of the cherub's hands took the coals out of the
and
7.
fire,
and put them into the hands of the man clothed in white
To
linen.
,
supplementary remark
this a
is
added in ver.
8, to
the effect that the figure of a hand was visible by the side of
The word
the cherubim under their wings. out," indicates that the
man
coals over the city, to set
The
Vers. 9-22.
Ver.
9.
And
it
i^V*!,
" and he went
clothed in white linen scattered the
on
and consume
fire
it.
glory of the Lord forsakes the temple.
1 saw, and behold four wheels by the side of
the
cherubim, one wheel by the side of every cherub, and the appear-
ance of the wheels was
And
10.
if one wheel were in the midst
to the
place
to
had
the other.
of
went, they went to their four sides
for
of a chrysolith
like the look
as for their appearance, they
;
Ver. 12.
and
and
and
their hands,
To
the wheels,
Ver. 14.
was
and
And
the face the
to
them was
every one
four one form, as
IL When
Ver.
which the head was directed,
were full of eyes round about: by
to that they
And
they
their wings,
*^
and
whirl!" in
had four faces ;
the
went
their whole body,
the loheels,
all four their wheels.
called,
Ver.
stone.
they did not turn in going
they did not turn in their going. their back,
all
my
Ver. 13. hearing.
face of the first
of the cherub, the face of the second a man's face,
third
a
lianas face,
and
the fourth
an
eagle s face.
138
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
And
Ver. 15.
I
cherubim ascended.
the
wings
from
Ver. 17.
When
was in them.
And
Ver. 18.
out from the threshold of the house,
And
Ver. 19.
the
the earth before
them
and
;
cherubim raised
my
and stood above
their wings,
;
and
the glory
of the
which
And
I had
they themselves.
was above
under the
God
that they were
like
a man^s hands under their
as for the likeness of their faces, they were
seen by the river Chebar, their appearance
They went
one according
evein)
the words " I saw, and behold," a
With
Israel
I saw
Ver. 21. Evei'y one had four faces, each and every
Ver. 22.
the faces
the cherubim.
the wheels beside
and I perceived
one four wings, and something wings.
of
and ascended from
and
God of
Ver. 20. This was the being lohich
cherubim.
the spirit
of Jehovah went
the glory
eyes on their going out,
of Israel by the river Chebar,
and
them; for
and
they stopped at the entrance of the eastern gate of the
house of Jehovah them.
cherubim raised
those stood, they stood;
those ascended, they ascended with
the being
lohen the cherubim
the
ascend from the earthy the wheels also did not turn
to
their side.
when
And
and when
went, the wheels went by them; their
This was the being lohich
Ver. 16.
saxo by the river Chehar.
vision is introduced.
The
new
to its face.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
feature in the
description of the appearance of the
cherubim in these verses coincides for the most part verbatim with the account of the theophany in ch.
It differs
i.
from
this,
however, not only in the altered arrangement of the several features,
and
in the introduction of certain points
to complete the former account
of a
number
but
still
more
of narrative sentences, which
not merely a repetition of the trary, Ezekiel
;
is
of the glory of
now
first
describing the
which serve
in the insertion
show that we have
chapter here.
On
the con-
moving of the appearance
Jehovah from the inner court or porch of the
temple to the outer entrance of the eastern gate of the outer court
;
of the
in other words, the departure of the gracious presence
Lord from the temple and in order to point out more and meaning of this event, he depicts :
distinctly the importance
once more the leading features of the theophany
itself.
The
CHAP.
139
X. 9-22.
narrative sentences are found in vers. 13, 15, 18, and 19. ver.
13 we
In
have the exclamation addressed to the wheels by the
cherubim
side of the
to set themselves in
motion
in ver. 15,
;
ascended; and in vers. 18
the statement that the cherubim
and 19, the account of the departure of the glory of the Lord
To
from the inner portion of the temple.
this
we may add
the
repeated remark, that the appearance was the same as that
which the prophet had seen by the
To
22).
river
Chebar
(vers. 15, 20,
bring clearly out to view both the independence of
these divine
manifestations and their significance to Israel,
Ezekiel repeats the leading features of the former description
but while doing
he either makes them subordinate
this,
;
to the
thoughts expressed in the narrative sentences, or places them first as
introductory to these, or lets them follow as explanatory.
Thus, for example, the description of the wheels, and of the
manner
in
which they moved
duce and explain the motion.
The
description of
monizes with ch.
(vers. 9-12), serves both to intro-
call to the
wheels to set themselves in
the wheels in vers. 9-11 har-
16 and 17, with
i.
however,
this exception,
that certain points are given with greater exactness here
;
such,
movements of the wheels
for example, as the statement that the
were so regulated, that in whichever direction the front one turned, the others did the same.
tJ'Nin,
the head,
head-wheel, or the wheel which was always the
first to
is
not the
move, but
the front one, which originated the motion, drawing the others after
it
and determining
fact that the wheels ver.
their direction.
were covered with
For
ver.
12h and the
eyes, see ch.
i.
18.
In
12a we have the important addition, that the whole of the
body and back, as well as the hands and wings, of the cherubim were
full of eyes.
addition, or
remove
There it
is all
inasmuch as the statement
mony
itself is
with the whole procedure
by the eyes
the less reason to question this
(as Hitzig does)
;
by an arbitrary
erasure,
apparently in perfect har-
and the significance possessed
in relation to the wiieels
was not only appropriate
iu the case of the cherubim, but necessarily to be
assumed in
140
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
such a connection.
Tlie fact that the suflRxes in
refer to the cherubim,
is
obvious enough,
wheels to which immediate reference
is
Q*Jv'?) ^"ij??) etc.,
we consider that the made were by the side if
of the cherubim (ver. 9), and that the cherubim formed the principal feature in the whole of the vision.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver. 13 does not
point back to ver. 2, and bring the description of the wheel-
work
This assumption, by
Hitzig supposes.
to a close, as
which the meaning of the whole description has been obscured, is based upon the untenable rendering, " and the wheels they
named
my
whirl"
(J.
D. Mich.,
Havernick has already pointed
out
the
before
ears
namely, that with such a rendering addition N'JP is
;
whereas
etc.).
to
this,
forms an unmeaning
""JTSia
precisely this addition
it is
Eos.,
objection
which shows that
used here in the sense of addressing, calling, and not of
One
naming.
called to the wheels
name
to verify their
galgalj viz.
''Spsn,
themselves in motion by revolving.
given by Theodoret
:
whirl
;
i.e.
they were
to revolve or whirl, to set
This
is
the explanation
avaKvickeiaOai, KaX avaKivelaOai irpocre-
These words therefore gave the signal for
Ta-)(6T]aav.
departure, and accordingly the rising
up
Ver. 14 prepares the
related in ver. 15.
by mentioning the four
their
of the cherubim is
way
faces of each cherub
;
for their ascent
and
this is still
further expanded in vers. 16 and 17, by the statement that the
wheels moved according to the movements of the cherubim.
inNp without an ch.
i.
6 and 10.
article is
The
used distributively (every one), as in
fact that in the description
lows only one face of each of the four cherubs at variance
with ch.
i.
10, according to
cherubs had the four faces named. tion to
mention
all
It
is
which
given,
is
fol-
not
which every one of the
was not Ezekiel's inten-
the faces of each cherub here, as he had
done before ; but he regarded
it
as sufficient in the case of each
cherub to mention simply the one face, which was turned toward him.
The
only striking feature which
the statement that the face of the one,
i.e.
still
of the
remains
first,
is
was the
face of the cherub instead of the face of an ox (cf, ch.
i.
10),
'
CHAP.
man, the
since the faces of the
We
cherubs' faces.
and
;
3l"i3n
still
also
rid of the difficulty
this will not solve it
remain inexplicable how copyist's error
and the eagle were
lion,
may, no doubt, get
but
altering the text,
141
X. 9-22.
;
for
it
would
could have grown out of
liB'
by
still
by a
more, how such an error, which might
have been so easily seen and corrected, could have been not Moreover, we have
only perpetuated, but generally adopted. 2^"i3n,
the article in
which would also be inexplicable
if
the word
had originated in an oversight, and which gives us precisely the index required to the correct solution of the as
does that
it
it
of the cherub, so that the allusion
who was
difficulty,
was not merely a cherub's
either well
is to
one particular cherub,
known from what had gone
occupied a more prominent position than the
cherub
is
from the
the one mentioned in ver.
There did not appear
more
exactly, as
ch.
10.
i.
from
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;In
is
Such a
who had taken
7,
the coals
to Ezekiel.
be any necessity to describe his face
to
could be easily seen from a comparison with
ver. 15, the fact that the
their place
figure
it
before, or
rest.
between the wheels, and stood nearest
fire
showing
face, but the face
cherubim arose
to depart
followed by the remark that the cherubic
was the being
(n'nn^ singular, as in
Ezekiel saw by the Chaboras, because j)ortance that the identity of the
it
ch.
i.
22) which
was a matter of im-
two theophanies should be
established as a help to the correct understanding of their real
But before the departure
signification.
the temple
is
of the theophany
related, there follows in vers.
16 and 17 a
tion of the circumstantial description of the
ments of the wheels and the cherubim then,
in ver.
significance,
18,
the
that the glory of the
threshold of the temple,
cherubim the
God
;
and
lastly,
harmonious move-
(cf. ch.
statement which
19-21); and practical
Lord departed from the
and resumed the throne above the
upon
this throne,
took up
at the entrance of the eastern gate of the temple. is
i.
had such
the account in ver. 19, that the glory of
of Israel, seated
of this gate
from
repeti-
its
position
The entrance
not the gate of the temple, but the outer side of
;
142
THE PBOPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
the eastern gate of the outer court, which formed the principal
The
entrance to the whole of the temple-space.
"
God
"Jehovah"
of Israel" instead of
expression
and
significant,
is
is
used to intimate that God, as the covenant God, withdrew His gracious presence from the people of Israel by this departure
from the temple
and Judah
;
from the whole of the covenant
not, indeed,
from the rebellious
nation, but
for the
;
Israel
which dwelt in Jerusalem
same glory of God which
left
the temple
had appeared
in the vision before the eyes of Ezekiel
to the
prophet by the river Chebar, and by calling him to be the prophet for Israel, had shown Himself to be the
His covenant, and proved corrupt
He
generation,
God who
kept
by the judgment upon the
that,
simply desired
exterminate
to
its
ungodly nature, and create for Himself a new and holy people. This
the meaning of the remark which
is
20-22, that the apparition which
left
repeated in vers.
is
the temple was the same
being as Ezekiel had seen by the Chaboras, and that he recognised the beinffs under the throne as cherubim.
Chap.
Mercy.
Threatening of Judgment and Promise or Conclusion of the Vision. This chapter con-
xi.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
tains the concluding portion of the vision
;
namely,
first,
the
prediction of the destruction of the ungodly rulers (vers. 1-13) secondly,
the consolatory and closing promise, that the
would gather carried
away
Spirit
(vers.
to
Lord
Himself a people out of those who had been
into exile,
14-21)
gracious presence of
and would sanctify them by His Holy and,
;
tldrdly,
God from
the
withdrawal
of
the
the city of Jerusalem, and the
transportation of the prophet back to Chaldea with the termi-
nation of his ecstasy (vers. 22-25).
Vers. 1-13.
And
a wind
Judgment upon
lifted
me
up,
and
the rulers of the nation.
took
me
to the eastern gate
house of Jehovah, which faces toicards the east the entrance
of the gate
among them Jaazaniah
loere five
the son
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
;
and
1.
of the
behold, at
and twenty men, and T saw
of Azzur, and Pelatiah
the son
of
:;
CHAP.
Benaiali, the
Son of man,
the pot,
is
it
;
men
these are the
Ver.
evil counsel in this city ;
houses
Ver.
of the nation.
cJiififs
prophesy against them
2.
And
he said
tcho devise iniquity,
Who say,
3.
and we are ;
143
XI. 1-4.
It
is
not near to build
Ver. 4. Therefore
the flesh.
prophesy, son of man.
more transported from the inner court
— Ezekiel
(ch.
Nb'iii,
as in
which, according to ch. x. 19, the vision of
God
There he
had removed.
them two priests
mentioned
priests standing
men
whose names are given.
identical with the twenty-five
in ch. viii. 16, as
Havernick supposes.
from the difference
evident, not only
(ni"i
men, and among
sees twenty- five
of the princes of the nation,
These twenty-five men are not
is
between the porch and the
altar,
whereas the
referred to here stood at the outer eastern entrance to the
mentioned by name are called Dyn so that
we may probably
were secular
a term that is
may
as erroneous
whereas
it is
Havernick
men
is
infer
also
as
"•"ib
from
who
be applied
this that all the
twenty-
to princes
among
'»'ib>
that the priest-princes
Ezra
Neh.
20,
x. 1,
is
the priests,
his assertion viii.
are
(princes of the people),
Havernick's opinion, that Dyn
chiefs.
called " princes" in
five
This
in the locality, the
court of the temple, but from the fact that the two
five
once
is
16) to the
viii.
outer entrance of the eastern gate of the temple ch. viii. 3), to
me
to
and counsel
are
and Jer. xxxv.
4,
only to national princes that these passages refer. equally incorrect in supposing that these twenty-
take the place of the seventy mentioned in ch.
viii.
11
for those seventy represented the whole of the nation, whereas
these twenty-five (according to ver. 2) were simply the counsellors
of the city
—
not, however, the twenty-four duces of
twenty-four divisions of the
Judah,
as
assertions
with a prince of the house of
Prado maintains, on the strength of certain Eabbinical ;
or twenty-four
president (Rosenmiiller) of the nation)
manders
city,
(1
;
members
of a Sanhedrim, with their
but the twelve tribe-princes (princes
and the twelve royal
Chron.
xxvii.),
officers,
or military com-
with the king himself, or possibly with
the commander-in-chief of the
army ;
so that these twenty-five
144
men
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL. represent the
civil
government of
Israel, just as the
twenty-
four priest-princes, together with the high priest, represent the spiritual authorities of the
two are
specially
mentioned by name
as nothing further
God
words of
known
is
The
covenant nation.
why
reason
involved in obscurity,
is
The
of either of these persons.
to the prophet in ver. 2 concerning
them are
perfectly applicable to representatives of the civil authorities or
temporal rulers, namely, that they devise and give unwholesome
and
This counsel is described in ver. 3 by the " house-building is not near ; it their mouths
evil counsel.
words placed (the city) difficult,
and
The
given.
in
:
the caldron,
is
we
These words are
are the flesh."
different interpretations have consequently been
rendering, "
build houses,"
is
it
(the
judgment)
not near,
is
incorrect; for the infinitive
cannot stand for the imperative or the
must be the subject
of the sentence.
let
but
infinitive absolute,
It
is
us
construct nii3
inadmissible also to
take the sentence as a question, "Is not house-building near?" in the sense of "
it is
certainly near," as
of the ancient versions.
For even
if
Ewald
does, after
an interrogation
is
some some-
times indicated simply by the tone in an energetic address, for example, in 2 Sam.
xxiii.
5,
this
as,
cannot be extended to
cases in which the words of another are quoted.
Still less
can
mean non est tempus, it is not yet time, as Maurer The only way in which the words can be made to supposes.
2ni?a N7
yield a sense in
harmony with the
a tacit allusion to Jer. xxix.
5.
context,
is
by taking them
Jeremiah had
called
as
upon
those in exile to build themselves houses in their banishment,
and prepare for a lengthened stay in Babylon, and not
to allow
themselves to be deceived by the words of false prophets, predicted a speedy return fall
for severe
" house-building a long
should
way
fall either
is
;
in the land.
This
authorities in Jerusalem ridiculed, saying
not near,"
off
who
judgments had yet to
upon those who had remained behind
word of Jeremiah the
still
;
it
will
i.e.
the house-building in exile
not come to
this,
is
that Jerusalem
permanently or entirely into the hands of the
;
145
CHAP. XL 6-12.
On
king of Babylon. we,
its
this
:
the contrary, Jerusalem
from burning,
as the pot protects the flesh
hand, there
is
north
13,
i.
the other
no foundation for the assumption that the words
an allusion
also contain
to Jer.
Jeremiah, namely,
to other sayings of
where the judgment about
from the
to burst in
represented under the figure of a smoking pot
is
where Jerusalem
Jer. xix.,
is
so does the
On
Jerusalem protect us from destruction.^
city of
the pot, and
is
Tiie point of comparison
inhabitants, are the flesh.
;
or to
depicted as a pot about to be
is
oroken in pieces by God; for the reference in Jer. xix.
words in the verse before us have nothing at with the figure in Jer.
met with
is
The
13.
and the
3, 6,
in
common
where the figure of
though
again,
all
correctness of our explana-
from ch. xxiv.
tion is evident both
pot and flesh
i.
is
;
simply to an earthen pitcher, not to a meat-caldron
differently applied,
and from the reply which Ezekiel makes
to the saying of these
men
7â&#x20AC;&#x201D;11).
the
in
follow
that
verses
(vers.
This saying
expresses not only false confidence in the strength of Jerusalem,
but also contempt and scorn of the predictions of the prophets sent by God.
Ezekiel
is
therefore to prophesy, as he does in
vers. 5-12, against this pernicious counsel, which
is
confirming
the people in their sins.
Ver.
me
A7id the Spirit of Jehovah fell upon me, and said
5.
Thus
^Say,
:
what
up
riseth
So ye
saith Jehovah,
in
your
spirit,
increased your slain in this city,
Ver.
7. Therefore, thus saith the
ye have laid in the midst of but
men
hut the
will lead
^
you out of
sword shall
Jehovah.
Ver.
" This city
is
it,
9.
I 7
that
and
we
Ver.
bring upon you,
till
and
it is
is the
I.
the
you out of
saying of the it
and
its
caldron
till it is
an extreme old age."
give
we
pot;
Lord
you
into
are the flesh
perfectly boiled,
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;HUlsemann in Calov.
Bihl. Illustr.
EZEK.
Ye have
Ver. 8. The sword you fear
it.
a pot, our receptacle and defence, and
continue here
6.
filled its streets with slain.
Lord Jehovah, Your slain, whom
enclosed therein; as flesh is preserved in so shall
house of Israel, and
say,
I knoio,
they are the flesh,
shall lead
to
K
146
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL. hand of
the
and
foreigners,
Bg the sword I judge you ; and ye shall
Ver. 10. shall
It shall not be as
a pot
to
I am
''*
the frontier
nn
"hv,
1),
I
And
Ver. 12.
judge.
compare ch.
action
is
is
mentioned here
The words
it.
God
of
discerned by God, because the twenty-fi-ve n^i
and counsellors of the nation,
may be
into the mind.
J
;
(ch.
because is
no
are directed
and thoughts are
men
are the leaders
nvVO, thoughts, suggestions
explained from the phrase 3^ ?^ npy^ to
Their actions furnish the proof of the
They have
evil suggestions of their heart.
slain
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;For 720
"hand"
Instead of the
1.
viii.
against the " house of Israel," whose words
come
ye shall
simply a divine inspiration, and there
connected with
of the mind,
:
done, but have acted according to
the Spirit of Jehovah
what follows
11.
Jehovah, in whose statutes ye have not walked,
judgments of the heathen who are round about you.
viii.
of Israel
I am Jehovah. Ver.
you, so that you should be flesh therein
and my judgments ye have not the
on
learn that
on the frontier of Israel shall learn that
upon you.
shall execute judgments
shall ge fall:
filled
the city with
not "turned the streets of the city into a battle-field,"
however, by bringing about the capture of Jerusalem in the time of Jeconiah, as Hitzig would explain to be understood in a
much more
itÂť
The words
are
general sense, as signifying
murder, in both the coarser and the more refined signification of the word.^
^^{?'*.?P
is
a copyist's error for DriK?p.
who have been murdered by you (ver. 7).
Ezekiel gives them back their
which contain an undoubted
have made the city into a pot
Only
own
words, as words
from
truth, but in a different sense
that in which they have used them.
pickled.
Those
are the flesh in the caldron
in
in this sense is
By
their bloodshed they
which the
flesh of the slain is
Jerusalem a pot for them
not
;
a pot to protect the flesh from burning while cooking, but a ^
Calvin has given the correct explanation, thus : " He does not mea had been openly assassinated in the streets of Jerusalem
that
under
this
form of speech he embraces
all
kinds of injustice.
mean
but For we know ;
all who oppressed the poor, deprived men of their possessions, or shed innocent blood, were regarded as murderers in the sight of God."
that
CHAP.
147
XI. 13.
pot into which the flesh of the slaughtered
even in
this sense will
They
worthless counsellors (ver. 11). city
(^''V^f^,
in ver. 7,
is
in Jerusalem,
you out of the
and from which
fear,
this city
come upon you, and cut you down
protect you, will
is to
will lead
the 3d pers. sing, with an indefinite
The sword which ye
subject).
Yet
thrown.
is
Jerusalem not serve as a pot to these
but on the frontier of
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
not
TMi'bv, in ver. 10,
Israel.
cannot be taken in the sense of " away over the frontier," as Kliefoth proposes ver. 11.
if
only because of the synonym
This threat was
Riblah (Jer.
at
;
lii.
i'^^ri'X
in
bloody scenes
literally fulfilled in the
It is not therefore a vaticinium
24-27).
ex eventUf but contains the general thought, that the wicked
who
boasted of security in Jerusalem would not find protection
either in to
Jerusalem or in the land of Israel as a whole, but were
be led out of the land, and judged outside.
intensifies the
This threat
punishment, as Calvin has already shown.^
In
ver. 11 the negation (n^) of the first clause is to be supplied in
the second,
as, for
example, in Deut. xxxiii.
compare the remarks on ch.
word are demonstrated
this
The
v. 7.
at once
For
6.
ver. 12,
truth and the power of
by what
is
related in the
following verse.
Ver. 13. A7id
it
came
to
pass, as
Pelatiah the son of Benaiah died:
I was
then
I
prophefyiug, that
fell
and
cried with a loud voice,
and said : Alas
dost
Thou make an end of
remnant
the
oj
!
vpon
my
face,
Lord Jehovah,
Jsrael ?
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;The sudden
death of one of the princes of the nation, while Ezekiel was prophesying, was intended to assure the house of Israel of the certain fulfilment of this "
He
word of God.
So
far,
however, as
God will
cast them out which they delight, and where they say that they will still make their abode for a long time to come, so that exile may be the first punishment. He then adds, secondly, that He wUl not be content with exile, but will send a severer punishment, after they have been cast out, and both home and land have spued them out as a stench which they ^
threatens a double punishment
;
Jirst,
that
of Jerusalem, in
could not bear. 1 will judge you at the frontier of Israel, i.e. outside the holy land, so that when one curse shall have become manifest in exile, a severer and
more formidable punishment
shall still await you."
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
148 the fact itself it
was only
we must bear
concerned,
is
in spirit that Ezekiel
phesied to the
men whom he saw
was
and
vision,
this prince
during or immediately after the publication of the vision.
when the prophet saw
the occurrence, even
in spirit,
it
pro-
in all
was actually realized by the sudden death of
bability
and pro-
at Jerusalem,
in spirit there, so the death
was simply a part of the
of Pelatiah
in mind, that as
But made
such an impression upon his mind, that with trembling and despair he once in ch. ix. 8,
more made an importunate appeal
and inquired whether
whole of the remnant of
comm. on Nah.
ing assurance in vers. 14-21, that
among
the exiles, and
to
God, as
to destroy the
object, as in Zeph.
The Lord then
8).
i.
meant
npa nb'y, to put an end to a
Israel,
ns before the
thing, with
He
He
gives
18 (see the
i.
him the comfort-
will preserve a
remnant
make them His people once more.
Vers. 14-21. Promise of the gathering of Israel out of the nations.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
And
Ver. 14.
the
word of Jehovah came
me, saying,
to
Ver. 15. Son of man, thy brethren, thy brethren are the j^eople
of thy proxy, and
whom
the whole house
us the land
to
is
given for a possession.
Therefore say. Thus saith the
Lord Jehovah,
Yea,
them a sanctuary for a
to
have sent
Jehovah,
And I will
together
give
you
the
from
flesh,
it
and
ivalk in
you
;
my
they will be
statutes,
my
I will
and
give them
and
will collect
which ye are scattered, and will
Ver. 18.
And they
all its detestable things,
Ver. 19. And.
spirit within
I have
while in the lands whither
gather you from the nations,
the lands in
land of Israel.
and remove from tions.
little
Ver. 17. Therefore say, Thus saith the Lord
they have come.
you
to
Ver. 16.
I
them far aicay, and have scattered them in the lands, but become
it,
of Jerusalem say, Remain far away from
the inhabitants
Jehovah;
of Israel, the whole of
and
will
all its
give them one heart,
will take the heart
come
and
thither,
abomina-
give a
new
stone out of their
of a heart of flesh ; Ver. 20. Tliat they may and preserve my rights, and do them : and
people,
and I will
those whose heart goeth to the heart
be their God.
of
Ver. 21. But
their detestable things
and
;
CHAP.
of
I
ahominationSj
t7iei7'
all
will give their
Lord Jehovah.
saying of the
XI. 14r-2L
way upon
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;The prophet had Jerusalem
for the inhabitants of
for the rulers of the nation,
their head, is the
interceded,
(ch. ix. 8),
first
and then
He
and had asked God whether
would entirely destroy the remnant of replies that his brethren, in
149
'
whom
he
To
Israel.
this
God
to interest himself, are
is
not these inhabitants of Jerusalem and these rulers of the nation, but the Israelites carried into exile,
by these inhabitants God.
The nouns
resumed
Jerusalem as cut
at
in ver.
off
who
are regarded
from the people of
15a are not " accusatives, which are
in the sujffix to D''npmn in ver. 16," as Hitzisj imagines,
but form an independent clause, in which Tp^.
and ^n^Sf
'K^J^ÂŤ
as well as
i'K"Jf:
n^a-^a
is
the subject,
The
the predicates.
repetition of " thy brethren " serves to increase the force of the
expression pi'iests,
thy true, real brethren
:
;
not in contrast to the
who were lineal relations (Havernick), but in contrast who had only the name of Israel, and denied
to the Israelites,
These brethren are
nature.
its
and toward these he
to be the people of his proxy
n?S3
to exercise n?xa.
is
or the duty and right, of the Goel.
According
is
the business,
to the law, the
Goel was the brother, or the nearest relation, whose duty
come
to
was
it
to the help of his impoverished brother, not only
by
redeeming (buying back) his possession, which poverty had compelled him to
sell,
had been
pay
sold to
but
to
redeem the man himself,
his debts {vid.
Lev. xxv. 25, 48).
if
he
The
Goel therefore became the possessor of the property of which his brother till
had been unjustly deprived,
after his death
(Num.
v. 8).
if
it
were not restored
Consequently he was not
only the avenger of blood, but the natural supporter and agent of his brother;
and n?N3
kindred, but proxy,
i.e.
signifies
not merely redemption or
both the right and obligation to act as
the legal representative, the avenger of blood, the heir, the brother.
The words " and
etc.,
of
the whole of the house of Israel'*
are a second predicate to " thy brethren," and affirm that the
brethren, for
whom
Ezekiel can and
is
to intercede,
form the
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
150
whole of the house of
Israel, the
more emphatic by the
drawn between
away from Jehovah,
to us
towards
whom
contrast
is
" whole house of Israel " and the inhabi-
this
who say
from
A
repetition of hb in n?3.
tants of Jerusalem,
It follows
term " whole " being rendered
this, first
he was
to those brethren, "
far
the land given for a possession."
is
of
Remain
all,
that the bretliren of Ezekiel,
to act as Goel,
were those who had been
taken away from the land, his companions in exile
;
and,
secondly, that the exiles formed the whole of the house of Israel, that is to say, that
as
God
they alone would be regarded by
His people, and not the inhabitants of Jerusalem or those
left in the land,
of the nation
:
who regarded
the exiles as no longer a portion
simply because, in their estrangement from God,
they looked upon the mere possession of Jerusalem as a pledge of participation in the grace of God.
This shows the prophet
where the remnant of the people of God this there is
appended in
which the Lord
ver.
make
will
is
To
be found.
to
16 sqq. a promise of the way in
this
remnant His true people.
J3?.
therefore, viz. because the inhabitants of Jerusalem regard the exiles as rejected
that
by the Lord, Ezekiel
Jehovah is their sanctuary even
is
to declare to
and because the others deny that they have any share
Lord
possession of the land, the
again, and give
them the land of
are co-ordinate,
and introduce the
them
in their dispersion (ver. 16)
will
;
in the
gather them together
The two
Israel (ver. 17).
}5<
antithesis to the disparaging
sentence pronounced by the inhabitants of Jerusalem upon those
who have been
The before the two mean " because," serving to
carried into exile.
leading clauses in ver. 16 does not
""a
introduce a protasis, to which ver. 17 would form the apodosis, as
Ewald
affirms
;
but
it
stands before the direct address in the
sense of an assurance, which indicates that there at the bottom of the
judgment pronounced by
the inhabitants of Jerusalem. position of affairs
them
is
The thought
is
is
some truth
their opponents, this
:
the present
unquestionably that Jehovah has scattered
(the house of Israel)
among
the Gentiles; but
He
has
;
'
CHAP.
not therefore cast them
them
151
XI. 14-21.
He
off.
has become a sanctuary to
in the lands of their dispersion.
Migddsh does not mean
either
asylum or an object kept sacred (Hitzig), but a sanc-
tuary,
more
become
They
especially the temple.
outward temple (at Jerusalem)
What made
their temple.
had, indeed, lost the
but the Lord Himself had
;
the temple into a sanctuary
was the presence of Jehovah, the covenant God, therein. This even the exiles were to enjoy in their banishment, and in this
they would possess a substitute for the outward temple.
This thought
rendered
is
which may refer either short time," or " in
still
more precise by the word
some measure."
between these two renderings. Kliefoth prefers (after the
tsyo,
measure, and signify " for a
to time or
It
is
difficult to
In support of the
LXX.
latter,
and Vulgate),
it
decide
which
may
be
argued that the manifestation of the Lord, both by the mission of prophets solations
and by the outward deliverances and inward con-
which
He bestowed upon the
faithful,
was but a
partial
substitute to the exile for His gracious presence in the temple
and
in the holy land.
Nevertheless, the context, especially the
promise in ver. 17, that
them back
will
gather them again and lead
into the land of Israel, appears to favour the former
signification,
sional one,
He
namely, that this substitution was only a provi-
and was only
to last for a short time, although
also implies that this could not
and was not meant
to be a per-
fect substitute for the gracious presence of the Lord. Israel, as the people of it
in
its
God
in the midst of
it
in its
own
it
by the Lord,
land,
and that
a manner more real than could possibly be the case in
captivity
among
the Gentiles.
This will be fully realized in
the heavenly Jerusalem, where the
the
For
God, could not remain scattered abroad
must possess the inheritance bestowed upon
and have
it
Lamb
will
Lord God Almighty and
be a temple to the redeemed (Rev. xxi. 22).
Therefore will Jehovah gather together the dispersed once more, and lead them back into the land of Israel, land which
He
designed for Israel
:
i.e.
into the
whereas the inhabitants of
152
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
Jerusalem, will lose
who
boast of their possession of
what they now
then remove
all
ways of God, and be
in the
(ver. 15), will
and receive
idolatrous abominations (ver. 17),
from God a new and feeling heart walk
Canaan
Those who are restored
possess.
(ver. 19), so that they will
God
in truth the people of
(ver. 20).
The
fulfilment of this promise did, indeed, begin with the
return of a portion of the exiles under Zerubbabel
;
but
it
was
not completed under either Zerubbabel or Ezra, or even in the
Maccabean
Although
times.
Israel
may have
entirely relin-
quished the practice of gross idolatry after the captivity,
not then attain to that newness of heart which
is
ing of repentance, and with the coming of Christ realized in the children of Israel,
by Christ
of
in
Him
to
make them
;
and
it
was
who accepted Jesus in faith, children of God. Yet even
prophecy has not yet been perfectly
this
its
fulfilled in
hardness that stony heart which must be removed out
flesh before it
its
predicted in
but only in part, since the greater portion of Israel has
Israel, still
did
This only commenced with the Baptist's preach-
vers. 19, 20.
and suffered
it
ver. 19 has for
its
The promise
can attain to salvation.
basis the prediction in
the circumcision of the heart
is
Deut. xxx.
6.
"
in
What
there, viz. the removal of all
uncleanliness, of which outward circumcision was both the type
and pledge,
is
represented here as the giving of a heart of flesh
instead of one of stone" (Hengstenberg).
in^
heart,
ins
3?,
which Hitzig
37, another heart,
wrong
is
after the
LXX.,
plained by Jer. xxxii. 39, " I give to fear
heart
me
is
continually " (cf . Zepji.
I give them one
in proposing to alter into is
supported and ex-
them one heart and one way iii. 9 and Acts iv. 32). One
not an upright, undivided heart (pb^
2^),
but a har-
monious, united heart, in contrast to the division or plurality of hearts which prevails in the natural state, in which every one
own own way"
follows his
heart and his
his
(Isa.
causes
all
liii.
6).
own mind, turning " every one to God gives one heart, when He
hearts and minds to
become one.
This can only be
"
CHAP.
effected
by His giving a " new
and giving a heart of
heart,
taking away the stone-
spirit,"
For the
flesh instead.
and
fosters nothinEj but efi^otism
153
Xr. 22-25.
The
discord.
old spirit
heart of stone
God and
has no susceptibility to the impressions of the word of the drawing of
man
heart of
In the natural condition, the
divine grace.
is
as hard as stone.
external leadings of God, pass
The
may
latter
crush
ments continue hard (Hengstenberg). tible to the
where these
The
by and leave no
and yet not break
it,
;
The word
'*
of God, the trace behind.
Even
it.
the frag-
yea, the hardness goes on increasing
heart of flesh
a tender heart, suscep-
is
drawing of divine grace (compare ch. xxxvi. 26^ which are peculiar to Ezekiel, recur and
figures,
;
The fruit commandments of
for the substance of the prophecy, Jer. xxxi. 33).
of this renewal of heart
Lord
the
walking in the
is
and the consequence of the
;
latter
the perfect
is
realization of the covenant relation, true fellowship with the
Lord God. Those who judgment
But judgment goes
side
by
will not forsake their idols
(ver. 21).
The
first
side with this renewal.
become victims
hemistich of ver. 21
is
to the
a relative
which 1t^'^* is to be supplied and connected with " Whose heart walketh after the heart of their abomina-
clause, in
D3p
:
The
tions."
and
heart,
detestations,
i.e.
the disposition and
worship of
idols.
which
is
attributed to the abominations
to the idols, is the inclination to idolatry, spirit
which manifest themselves in the
Walking
after the heart of the idols forms
the antithesis to walking after the heart of 14).
For
'121
D3"i^,
Vers. 22â&#x20AC;&#x201D;25.
God
(1
" I will give their way," see ch.
The promise
that the
Sam.
ix.
xiii.
10.
Lord would preserve
to
Himself a holy seed among those who had been carried away captive,
brought to a close the announcement of the judgment
that would fall
All that
is
upon the ancient
now wanting,
Israel
and apostate Jerusalem.
as a conclusion to the whole vision,
is
the practical confirmation of the announcement of judgment.
This
is
given in the two following verses.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
Ver. 22.
And
the
cherubim raised their wings, and the wheels beside them ; and the
1'04
THE PnOPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
ofthe God
glory
of Israel was vp ahove them.
took
its
stand ttpon the mountain which
Ver. 24.
And wind
ascended away
to
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;The
left the
and brought me
city^
of the
and city.
Chaldea
to
to
of God; and the vision
from me, which I had
to the exiles all the
me.
up,
the vision, in the Spirit
the exiles, in
spoke
me
lifted
the east
to
is
And
Ver. 23.
the glory of Jehovah ascended from the midst of the
And I He had shown
Ver. 25.
seen.
words of Jehovah, which
manifestation of the glory of the
Lord had already
temple, after the annonncement of the burning of
Jerusalem, and had taken
its
stand before the entrance of the
eastern gate of the outer court, that itself (ch. X. 19, xi. 1).
But now,
to
is
after the
say, in the city
announcement had
been made to the representatives of the authorities of their
removal from the
city, the
gloiy of
God
tlie
of Israel forsook
the devoted city also, as a sign that both temple and city had
ceased to be the seats of the gracious presence of the Lord.
The mountain on which of
the east of the city
God
xiv, 4, will
the last judgment on the
Mount
Mount
of Olives,
There the glory
who
are to be saved.
also that the
Son
of
the second destruction the same mountain
It
God
Jehovah
proclaimed to the degenerate city
(Luke
xix.
He made
21
His
;
Matt. xxiv. 3)
;
and from
visible ascension to
His resurrection (Luke xxiv. 50
mountain
for
was from the Mount of Olives
;
cf.
Acts
i.
as Grotius has observed, "thus did Clirist ascend into Plis
appear at
also
of Olives above Jerusalem, to
and prepare a way of escape
fight thence against Plis foes,
after
the
remained, to execute the judgment upon Jerusalem.
Thus, according to Zech.
those
is
affords a lofty outlook over the city.
heaven
12)
;
from
andj this
kingdom, to execute judgment upon the
Jews."
After
this vision of the
judgments of God upon the ancient
people of the covenant and the kingdom of God, Ezekiel was carried back in the spirit into Chaldea, to the river Chaboras.
The
vision then vanished
he had seen.
;
and he related
to the exiles all that
;
CHAP.
CHAP.
DEPARTURE OF THE KIXG AND PEOPLE AND BREAD OF TEARS.
XII.
The words
155
r
XII.
of
God which
follow in ch. xii.-xix. do not con-
any chronological data defining the exact period
tain
which
at
they were communicated to the prophet and reported by him.
But
so far as their contents are concerned, they are closely con-
nected with the foregoing announcements of judgment this renders the
not far removed from them in time, but
fell
eleven months intervening between ch.
were designed to carry out
judgment
all
still
This
in ch. viii.-xi.
thrown upon
light
and
;
assumption a very probable one, that they were within the space of
viii.
1
and
xx. 1,
and
further the announcement of
is
done more especially in the
the circumstances, on which the im-
penitent people rested their hope of the preservation of the
kingdom and Jerusalem, and of
their speedy liberation
The purpose
the Babylonian yoke.
of the whole
is
to
from
show the
worthlessness of this false confidence, and to affirm the cer-
and
tainty
irresistibility
and Jerusalem,
in the
of the predicted destruction of
hope of awakening the rebellious and
hardened generation to that thorough
which
it
xii.
2, xiv. 1,
and xx.
hardness of Israel ;
is
In the
1.
is
first
remarks in ch.
of these passages the
mentioned as the motive for the ensuing
whilst in the other two, the visit of certain elders of
Israel to the prophet, to seek the
him,
without
This definite purpose in the prophecies which
clearly indicated in the introductory
is
prophecy
repentance,
was impossible that peace and prosperity could ever
be enjoyed. follow
Judah
Lord and
to inquire
through
given as the circumstance which occasioned the further
prophetic declarations.
words of
God had
It
is
already
evident from this that the previous
made some
hearers, but that their hard heart
impression upon the
had not yet been broken by
them.
In
ch.
xii.,
Ezekiel receives instructions to depict, by means
of a symbolical action, the departure of the king and people
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
156
from Jerusalem
and
(vers. 3-7),
to explain the action to the
After
refractory generation (vers. 8-16).
by another symbolical
sign, the
want and
he
this
to exhibit,
is
distress to
And
people will be reduced (vers. 17-20).
which the he
lastly,
to
is
rebut the frivolous sayings of the people, to the effect that
what
is
predicted will either never take place at
all,
or not
till
a very distant time (vers. 21-28).
Vers. 1-7.
Symbol of the Emigration.
word of Jehovah came
the
and
see not
and have ears
;
a refractory generation. thyself an
depart
outfit
from
for
hear,
to
Ver.
exile,
and hear not ; for
And
3.
and depart hy day
before their eyes ;
thy place to another place before their eyes
Ver.
and carry
it
:
look not
house of
carried out evening
upon
my
In
Ver.
I
for
;
an
outfit
I
;
took
upon
their eyes, as
as a sign to the
set thee
so as
it
cover thy face,
:
I was commanded : I
for exile by day, and in the
through the wall with it
Ver. 4.
Before their eyes take
6.
have
And I did
7.
things like
I broke
in the darkness
the land
Ver.
Israel.
perhaps
by day before
exile
out in the darkness
it
and
Before their eyes break through
5.
out there.
upon thy shoulder, carry
and
for
outfit
do thou go out in the evening before
xohen going out to exile. the wall,
an
out thy things like
their eyes ; but
eyes to
they are
of man, make
thou, son
they might see, for they are a refractori/ generation.
And cany
And
1.
who have
thou dwellest amidst the refractory generation, see,
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
me, saying, Ver. 2. Son of man,
to
my
my hand
;
I carried
it
shoulder before their eyes.
ver. 2 the reason is assigned for the
command
to
out
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
perform
the symbolical action, namely, the hard-heartedness of the people.
Because the generation
in the midst of
which Ezekiel
dwelt was blind, with seeing eyes, and deaf, with hearing ears, the prophet was to depict before that followed, the as
is
added in
ver. 3, that
the sign to heart. 5, 6,
iii.
its
eyes,
by means of the sign
judgment which was approaching; in the hope,
The
they might possibly observe and lay refractoriness
26, etc.) is described as
CIO
obduracy,
JTia,
viz.
as in ch.
having
ii.
eyes.
CHAP.
and not seeing 3
(cf. Jer. V.
having
;
21
ears,
Isa. vi. 9
;
157
XII. 1-7.
and not hearing, Matt.
;
after Deut. xsix.
The
14, 15).
xiii.
root of
mental blindness and deafness was to be found in
this
nacy,
in not willing
i.e.
obsti-
" in that presumptuous insolenee," as
;
Michaelis says, " through which divine light can obtain no adnpiJ
mission." staff
and
''73j
the goods (or outfit) of exile, were a pilgrim's
traveller's
wallet,
with the provisions and utensils
Ezekiel was to carry these out of the
necessary for a journey.
house into the street in the day-time, that the people might see
them and have
their attention called to
Then
them.
in the
evening, after dark, he was to go out himself, not by the door of the house, but through a hole which he
He
wall.
was
shoulder and carry
covering his face to
:
had broken
"
Thy
place "
is
thy dwelling-place.
as the departures of exiles generally take place,
" at the usual time
For
of departure into exile," as Havernick proposes.
the
his
through the hole and out of the place,
as exiles are accustomed to depart, not
the
in the
upon
travelling outfit
the while, that he might not see the land
which he was going.
n?ij ''Nii03 i.e.
it
all
take the
to
also
comm. on Mic.
'^^^V.^ differs
v. 1.
darkness of the depth of night
however, " darkness
artificially
from
(cf.
^tj^l,
*^-pO,
and
signifies
Gen. xv. 17)
produced, equivalent
see
not,
;
with
to,
the eyes shut, or the face covered; so that the words which follow are simply explanatory of
Such an assumption would be
T\iy?V'^"
as Schmieder imagines.
at variance not only with ver. 7,
but also with ver. 12, where the covering or concealing of the face is expressly distinguished from the carrying out " in the dark."
The
order was to be as follows:
In the day-time
Ezekiel was to take the travelling outfit and carry the road first
;
it
out into
then in the evening he was to go out himself, having
of all broken a hole through the wall as evening
coming on
;
and
his shoulders
in the darkness of night
whatever he was about
take his departure.
him a mopheth
he was
to carry with
This he was to do, because
for Israel
:
to place
in other words,
was
upon
him, and
God had made
by doing
this
he was
158 to
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
show himself
to
be a marvellous sign to
comm. on Ex.
see the
In ver.
21.
iv.
For
Israel.
mOpJiSthj
the execution of the
7,
command, which evidently took place in the strictness of the There was nothing impracticable in letter, is fully described. the action, for breaking through the wall did not preclude the
use of a
hammer
or some other tool.
Vers. 8-16. Explanation of the symbolical action.
— Ver.
8.
And the word of Jehovah came to me in the morning^ saying, Ver. Son of mauj have they not said
What
refractory generation,
Tims
saith the
art thou doing ? Ver. 10.
Lord Jehovah,
burden applies
27iis
Jerusalem, and to all the house of Israel to
Ver. 11. Say, to
them
;
lam your
:
as
I have
who
is
and carry
it
and
will go out
out thereby
not see the land with eyes.
:
it,
and
help the
to
and
all his troops,
sword behind them.
Jehovah, when in the lands.
them,
they belong.
done, so shall
it
happen
And
Ver. 12. lift
it
upon
may
And I vnll spread my net my snare and I will take
Ver. 13.
Ver. 14.
his
they will break through the
:
:
Babel, into the land of the Chaldeans will die there.
to
prince in
he will cover his face, that he
over him, so that he will be caught in
him
whom
in the midst of them he will
shoulder in the dark,
Say
to the
into exile, into captivity, will they go.
the prince
wall,
sign
9.
house of Israel, the
to theCy the
And
;
all that
but he will not see
about him^ his
is
I will scatter into all winds, and draw out Ver. 15. And they shall learn that lam
I scatter them among the nations, and winnow them Ver. 16. Yet I will leave of them a small number
of men from the sword, from the famine, andfrom the pestilence; that they
may
relate all their abominations
whither they have come
;
and
learn that
among
I am
the nations
Jehovah.
—As
queries introduced with N?n have, as a rule, an affirmative sense,
the words " have they not asked," ites
etc.,
imply that the Israel-
had asked the prophet what he was doing, though not in a
proper state of mind, not in a penitential manner, as the epithet ••nQn JTia
plainly shows.
The prophet
is
therefore to interpret
the action which he had just been performing, and different stages.
The words
riiH
Nt^n
K'b'jn^
to
all
its
which very
CHAP. XIL
have been given, are to be translated simply
different renderings
" the prince
Hammassd
159
8-16.
burden,"
is this
mean
does not
the object of this burden.
i.e.
the carrying, but the burden,
the
i.e.
threatening prophecy, the proplietic action of the prophet, as in the headings to the oracles (see the comra.
" prince "
The This
is
the
is
king, as
who had been
Jehoiachin,
ch. xxi. 30,
in
carried into exile,
stated in the apposition " in Jerusalem,"
to " the prince," though cate, as
Gen.
in
it is
not introduced
To
xxiv. 24.
on Nah.
till
this there
1).
i.
though not
but Zedekiah.
which belongs after the predi-
is
appended the
further definition, " the whole house of Israel," which, being co-ordinated with
K"'"K'3rrj
affirms that all Israel (the covenant
In the
nation) will share the fate of the prince. ver.
10 Mina does not stand for
refer to Jerusalem, " in the midst of Israel)
are."
last clause of
that the suffix would
nriina, so
which they (the house of
cannot be a nominative, because in that
*1B'N
nan would be superfluous ; it is rather to be taken with Daina, and nan to be understood as referring to the persons case
addressed,
i.e.
the midst of
to the Israelites in exile
whom
they are,
sentence explains the reason
i.e.
why
to
(Hitzig, Kliefoth)
whom
they belong.
:
in
The
the prophet was to announce
to those in exile the fate of the prince
and people in Jerusalem
;
namely, because the exiles formed a portion of the nation, and
would be
affected
by the judgment which was about
upon the king and people was sign .
also ;
"
Jerusalem.
In
who were
his sign
was
to burst
Ezekiel
this sense
able to say to the exiles (in ver. 11), " I
inasmuch as
as those
in
am your
also of importance for them,
already banished would be so far affected by
the departure of the king and people which Ezekiel depicted, that it
would deprive them of
native land.
must go
''?f'?.
into exile,
13 with reference
k
hope of a speedy return
DH?, in ver. 11, refers to the
of Israel in Jerusalem. addition of
all
n7i33 is
rendered more forcible by the
The announcement is
carried out
to the king^
to their
king and the house
still
and
that both king
and people
further in vers. 12 and
in ver.
14 with regard
to the
;
160
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
The king will
people.
The
experience
occurrence of what
literal
Jer. xxxix. 1 sqq.,
lii.
4 sqq.
all
is
that Ezekiel has described.
predicted here
related in
is
When
2 Kings xxv. 4 sqq.
;
the
Chaldeans forced their way into the city after a two years' siege,
city
Zedekiah and his
men
of war fled by night out of the
through the gate between the two walls.
It
stated, indeed, in the historical accounts that a
in the wall
is
not expressly
breach was made
but the expression " through the gate between the
;
two walls" (Jer. xxxix.
4,
lii.
7
2 Kings xxv. 4) renders this
;
very probable, whether the gate had been walled up during the siege, or it
was necessary to break through the wall
at
one par-
The king's attendants breach was made in the wall,
ticular spot in order to reach the gate.
would naturally take care that a to secure for
will
him a way of escape
The
break through."
mentioned in the
left
hence the expression, " they
historical accounts
means improbable, Zedekiah
;
covering of the face,
as a sign of the
The words, "
the city.
but in
;
shame and
also, is
not
itself it is
by no
grief with
which
may
that he
not see the
land with eyes," do not appear to indicate anything more than
consequence of covering the face, and refer
the necessary
primarily to the simple fact that the king fled in the deepest sorrow, and did not
want
clearly intimates, they
by the
were
to see the land; but, as ver. fulfilled in
13
another way, namely,
fact that Zedekiah did not see with his eyes the land of
the Chaldeans into which he was led, because he had been
blinded at Riblah (Jer. xxxix.
5,
lii.
11
;
2 Kings xxv. 7).
T)h, by eye = with his eyes, is added to give prominence to the For the same purpose, the subject, which is idea of seeing.
already implied in the verb,
and
this K'ln
trast with
is
is
rendered more emphatic by Nin
placed after the verb, so that
n?7'
stands in con-
it
"^^^ capture of the king was not depicted
by
Ezekiel; so that in this respect the announcement (ver. 13) goes further than the symbolical action, and removes as to the credibility of the prophet's word, tion of the fate awaiting him.
by a
all
doubt
distinct predic-
At the same time,
his not seeing
CHAP. the land of Babylon
left so
is
161
XII. 17-20.
indefinite,
Babylon (Jer.
it
cannot be
Zedekiah died in prison
regarded as a vaticinium post eventum. at
that
Along with the king, the whole of
Hi. 11).
his military force will be scattered in all directions (ver. nnty, his
help,
V5i3S"?3, all his
wings (the wings of his army),
of his forces.
The word
" wings" by Jos. Kimchi, rest of the verse 8, xl. 7, 12.
lii.
and only a small
14).
the troops that break through with him.
i.e.
compare
i.e.
peculiar to Ezekiel, and
is
like
k'ndphaim
ch. v. 2
the rest
rendered
in Isa. viii. 8.
For the
and for the
;
all is
fulfilment, Jer.
The greater part of the people will perish, number remain, that they may relate among
the heathen, wherever they are led,
may
Israel, in order that the heathen
all
the abominations of
learn that
God
weakness, but simply to punish idolatry, that
up His people to them
it is
not from has given
Jer. xxii. 8).
(cf.
Vers. 17-20. Sign depicting the Terrors and Consequences OF THE Conquest of Jerusalem. Ver. 17. And
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
the loord of Jehovah
came
to
me, saying, Ver. 18.
thou shalt eat thy bread with quaking,
and
trembling land,
Thus
trouble
;
salem, in the land of Israel,
and drink
their water in
waste of all
its
And
Ver. 20.
is
They
that ye
;
carrying out of this sign to its
taken for granted.
is
trembling. ;
I.
is
laid
therein.
become desolate, and the land learn that
I am
not mentioned
;
Jehovah.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
not that there it is
simply
trouble and trembling could only be ^Ti, generally an earthquake
here, simply shaking,
" Bread and water "
is
synonymous with
the standing expression
so that even here the idea of scanty provisions
to be sought therein.
EZEK.
;
who dwell
having been done, but that
The
or violent convulsion
people of the
inhabitants of Jeru-
will eat their bread in trouble,
may
expressed by means of gesture.
for food
to the
amazement, because her land
the inhabited cities
any doubt as
ntJ"!,
say
to the
fulness for the wickedness of all
will be laid waste
The
And
Ver. 19.
Lord Jehovah
saith the
Son of man^
and drink thy water with
This idea
is
is
not
found merely in the signs
L
162
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
of anxiety and trouble with which Ezekiel was to eat his food. riDlK-i'K
=
This
appended
is
to those
" upon the land," equivalent to " in the land."
'iv.-by,
show that the prophecy does not
to
who had
refer
already been carried into exile, but to the
who were
inhabitants of Jerusalem
subject-matter, compare ch.
iv.
For the
in the land.
still
lyp? indicates not the
16, 17.
intention, " in order that," but the motive, " because."
Declarations to remove all Doubt as TO the Truth of the Threat. The scepticism of the Vers. 21-28.
—
people as to the fulfilment of
which had been made
two
itself in
still
threatening prophecies,
these
more emphatic by
Some
different ways.
prophecies would ever be fulfilled (ver. 22)
not go so far as before they
this,
came
thought that
;
others,
prophetesses
For
false prophets.
by a stern reproof of the
who
led the
word of Jehovah came
to
this reason the
— Ver.
people astray,
is
followed
21.
And
Therefore say to them. Thus saith the
say
to
and
the
me, saying, Ver. 22. Son of man, what
days become long, and every prophecy comes
to this saying,
and
false prophets
kind of proverb have ye in the land of Israel, that ye say,
an end
did
These doubts were fed
refutation of these sceptical opinions (vers. 21-28) in the next chapter
who
would be a long time
it
to pass (ver. 27).
by the lying statements of
signs, manifested
altogether denied that the
they shall say
to nothing'^
Tlie
Ver. 23.
Lord Jehovah, I will put it
no more in Israel ; but
them, The days are near, and the word of every prophecy.
Ver. 24. For henceforth there shall be no vain prophecy and flattering soothsaying in the midst of the house of Israel,
For I am Jehovah to pass,
and no
generation,
vah.
;
I speak ;
the time
not being
for in your days,
proverb, a saying current
and constantly repeated i.e.
;
will
come
refractory
I speak a word and do it, is the saying of the Lord Jeho-
—Mdshdl, a
etc.,
word which I speak
the
longer be postponed
Ver. 25.
is
fulfilled.
as a truth.
among
the people,
" The days become long,"
lengthening out, and yet the prophecy *I?N, perire, to
come
is
to nothing, to fail of
:
163
CHAP. XIL 21-28.
fulfilment,
is
God
the opposite of Ni3, to come, to be fulfilled.
put an end to these sayings, by causing a very speedy
will
The days
fulfilment of the prophecy.
word of the prophecy,
come
dicted shall
24 and 25,
vers.
in
introduced with
The
to pass.
reason for this
prophecy shall henceforth
First, every false
'3.
;
God
secondly,
own word, and
bring about the
will
that without delay (ver.
Kliefoth proposes to take
predicate to
|iTn
:
no prophecy in
ing soothsaying, but
all
NIK'
and
CDj^o
and unnatural, since
prophecy
Dpipo as the
become
shall
and
true,
not only
is
flatter-
it
contains this incongruity, that
On
by Himself.
the other hand, there
no force in the objection raised by Kliefoth to put
an end
to
false
anticipate the substance of the sixth
impossible to see
is
here, i.e.
and then
flattering 4, 5).
xiii.
still
God
The same
Hence
vers.
26-28.
saying.^
The
prophecy in Israel would
word of God
(i.e.
ch. xiii.).
a thought should not be expressed
further expanded in ch.
(compare Hos.
objection raised
words.
why
x. 2;
xiii.
p?n, smooth,
and for the prediction, Zech.
reply serves also to overthrow the sceptical
by the frivolous despisers of the prophet's
there
is
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Ver. 26.
only a brief allusion
And
the icord
made
to
them
of Jehovah came
to
Ver. 27. Son of man, behold, the house of Israel
vision that he seeth is for
for distant times.
is
to the ordinary
rendering of the words, namely, that the statement that
It
in a
apply the term DppOj soothsaying, to the predictions
of prophets inspired
was about
be
i.e.
artificial
would be inserted as a predicate
most unsuitable manner, but
God would
pbr\
25).
meaning of
Israel shall be vain
Such an explanation, however,
fulfilled.
given in
is
Different explanations have been given of the ver. 24.
and every
two co-ordinate sentences, both of which are
cease in Israel (ver. 24) fulfilment of His
are near,
the days in which every word pre-
i.e.
many days
off,
Ver. 28. Therefore say
in
me,
saith,
and he prophesies
to them,
Thus
saith
the
Lord Jehovah, All my words
shall he no longer postponed
the
word which I
come
Jehovah.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;The
shall speak shall
words are plain
;
to pass, saith the
Lord
and after what has already
164 been
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL they need no special
said,
Ver. 20 com-
explanation.
pare with ver. 25.
CHAP.
XIIT.
AGAINST THE FALSE PROPHETS AND PROPHETESSES.
The way was
already prepared for
by the announcement in parts, viz. vers.
vers.
ch.
xii.
24.
and then the punishment
Jeremiah, like Ezekiel, and sometimes
denounces the conduct of the
be sought for not merely among the
among
those
who were
A lively
9 sqq.).
left
still
false prophets,
more
who
but principally {vid. Jer. xxiii.
up between the two,
so
from Canaan
vice versa.
Against the False Prophets.
Vers. 1-16.
Their conduct.
are therefore
exiles,
intercourse was kept
and
fore-
strongly,
behind in the land
that the false prophets extended their operations to the Chaboras,
and
;
In both parts
17-23, against the false prophetesses.
told.
two
It divides. itself into
1-16, directed against the false prophets
their conduct is first described,
to
address in this chapter
tlie
—Ver.
1.
And
—Vers.
word of Jehovah came
the
1-7.
to
me,
Son of man, prophesy against the prophets of Israel who prophesy, and say to the prophets out of their heart,
saying, Ver. 2.
word of Jehovah.
Hear ye
the
Jehovah,
Woe upon
and
that
which they have not seen
have thy prophets become, before the breaches, nor wall to
Ver.
3.
TIuis saith the
Ver.
!
up
4. LiJce
the wall
and
Ye do not stand
around
the house of Israel
lying soothsaying, loho say,
and Jehovah hath not fulfilment of the icord.
sent
foxes in ruins
5.
Ver.
Israel.
stand firm in the battle on the day of Jehovah.
see vanity
Ver.
6.
fluous.
?
them ; so that they might hope for the
Ver.
—The addition
Ezekiel
is
Tlcey
" Oracle of Jehovah ;"
7.
Do
ye not see vain visions, and
speak lying soothsaying, and say, Oracle of Jehovah ; and not spoken
Lord
the foolish prophets, xoho go after their spirit,
C^'SSl',
"
who prophesy,"
is
I have
not super-
not to direct his words against the prophets
CHAP.
as a body,
165
XIII. 1-7.
but against those who follow the vocation of prophet
in Israel without being called to
it
by God on receiving a divine
own
revelation, but simply prophesying out of their
own
according to their of the
Lord he
follow their
is
own
bear in mind that
merely a moral
The phrase
''
spirit; in folly,
failing,
them with woes,
Hebrew
according to the
but actual godlessness
dered more emphatic by
who we must
as fools
connection with which
going after their
relative clause,
In the name
subjective imagination.
to threaten
idea,
which
is
to
was not
Ps. xiv. 1).
(cf.
spirit " is interpreted
lt*T '^^7^?,
heart, or
and ren-
be taken as a
" that which they have not seen,"
i.e.
whose
prophesying does not rest upon intuition inspired by God.
Consequently they cannot promote the welfare of the nation,
The
but (ver. 4) are like foxes in ruins or desolate places. point of comparison
ground by
is
foxes, qui
suffodiunt (Bochart).
to be found in the undermining of the
per cunicidos suhjectam terram excavant
For the thought
et
not exhausted by the
is
circumstance that they withdraw to their holes instead of standing in front of the breach (Hitzig)
;
and there
the objection that, with this explanation,
is
no force in
'^^^"^p^ is
passed over
and becomes in fact tautological (Havernick). The expression " in ruins " points to the fall of the theocracy, which the false prophets cannot prevent, but, on the contrary, accelerate by
undermining the moral foundations of the
state.
For
(ver. 5)
they do not stand in the breaches, and do not build up the wall
around the house of Israel (N7 belongs
who
desires to
fortress, will
keep
off the
stand in the breach.
He
to both clauses).
enemy, and prevent
his entering the
For the same purpose
gaps and breaches in the fortifications carefully built up. sins of the people
Jerusalem city. its
;
are
The
had made gaps and breaches in the walls of had caused the moral decay of the
in other words,
But they had not
causes, as the calling
stood in the
way
of this decay
and
and duty of prophets demanded, by
reproving the sins of the people, that they might rescue the people and kingdom from destruction by restoring
its
moral
;
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
166 and
n»npB3
religious life.
subject
is
IbjJp, to stand,
or keep ground,
might have kept your ground
so that ye
the war.
in
i.e.
The
the false prophets, not Israel, as Havernick supposes.
" In the day of Jehovah,"
Not
has decreed.
i.e.
judgment which Jehovah
in the
mean merely
to stand, does not
to avert the
threatening judgment, but not to survive the judgment
by
to be overthrown
prophesying
is
a
lie
;
God
:
name they have
because Jehovah, whose
in their mouths, has not sent
upon DH?^
itself,
This arises from the fact that their
it.
them
vn^l
(ver. 6).
is
dependent
has not sent them, so that they could hope
for the fulfilment of the
word which they speak.
Tiie render-
ing adopted by others, " and they cause to hope," is untenable for ?nj with ? does not mean " to cause to hope," or give hope,
but simply
and
it is
This was really the case
hope for anything.
to
affirmed in the declaration, which
form of a
is
repeated in the
direct appeal in ver. 7, to the effect that their visions
For
were vain and lying soothsaying.
this
they are threatened
with the judgment described in the verses which follow.
Vers. 8—16. Punishment of the false Tlierefore thus saith the
lying, therefore, behold,
saying of the
Lord Jehovah. who
Ver.
be,
and
Israel they shall not be registered, ;
and ye
8.
vanity
I will deal with you, is the 9. And my hand shall be
and
see vanity
of my people they shall not they not come
—Yer.
Lord Jehovah, Because ye speak
and prophesy
against the prophets
prophets.
divine lies
:
in the council
in the register of the house of
and
into the land
shall learn that
I am
the
of Inrael shall
Lord Jehovah.
Ver. 10. Because, yea because they lead my people astray, and say, " Peace^^ though there is no peace ; and when it {my people) build a wall, behold, they plaster to the plasterers, that it will fall
it :
with cement: Ver. 11. Say
tliere
cometh a pouring rain
;
and ye hailstones fall, and thou stormy wind break loose ! Ver. 12. And, behold, the wall falleth ; will men not say to you, Where is the plaster loith
thus saith the
which ye have plastered
it"?
Ver. 13. Therefore
Lord Jehovah, I cause a stormy wind
to
break
CHAP.
my
forth in
and
that its foundation
may
And I
and
those
who
plaster
and
all over
it ;
and
peace for her, though there
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;In
more
to
no peace,
is
is the
God
;
that
is
and
in ver. 9
it
announcements.
its
(1)
(liD
the sphei'e of counsellors, not the
is
(2) Their names shall not be registered in the
book of the house of
The book
Israel.
of the house of Israel
the register in which the citizens of the
entered.
Any one whose name was
was struck out of
and
ship of Israel,
conferred.
The
xxxii. 32).
to its
;
Lord
upon the
to say, they will lose their influential position
the people.
social sphere.)
Ex.
to fall
are no longer to form part of the council of the people of
among
or
saying of the
is
form of a climax, rising
specifically described in the
higher and higher in the severity of
They
with the
Jerusalem, and saw visions of
threatened in general terms
is
shall
Jehovah.
to you. It is all over
punishment which
ver. 8 the
false prophets
and ye
I am
with those who plastered it; Ver. 16. With the
prophets of Israel who prophesied
Jehovah.
shall fall,
it
the ground,
wrath upon the wall, and upon
say
loill
it to
shall learn that
my
will exhaust
wall,
and
he exposed,
perish in the midst of it;
is
Ver. 14.
wall which ye have plastered, and cast
Ver. 15.
my anger, And I demo-
wrath, and a pouring rain will come in
hailstones in wrath, for destruction.
lish the
is
167
XIII. 8-16.
it,
was separated thereby from the
lost
Israel
citizen-
the privileges which citizenship
all
book of
figure of the
For
kingdom of God are
not admitted into this book,
is
life is
a similar one (cf.
not referred to here with regard
outward nationality, but as the people of God
;
so that
exclusion from Israel was also exclusion from fellowship with
God.
The circumstance
that
names from the book that
is
being entered in the book at
it
is
not the erasure of their
mentioned here, but their not all,
may be
accounted for from
the reference contained in the words to the founding of the
new kingdom
of
God.
The
old
theocracy was abolished,
although Jerusalem was not yet destroyed. nation had fallen under the judgment of Israel which was dispersed
among
;
The covenant
but out of that portion the heathen, a remnant
168
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
would be gathered together again, and having been brought back of
to its
God
own
land,
(cf. ch. xi.
17
would be made anew
But
sqq.).
into a holy people
the false prophets are not to
be received into the citizenship of the new kingdom. are not even to
come
merely to remain in
into the land of Israel
but to lose
;
i.e.
(3)
They
they are not
all
share in the privileges
and blessings of the kingdom of God.
This judgment will
exile,
come upon them because they lead astray the people by proclaiming peace where there and cherishing
false
is
no peace
(cf. Jer. xxiii. is
all is well,
and there
17 and Mic.
of a figure.
is
by
raising
and lead them
no judgment
is
t^^
to be feared
of this offence
because and because
itself is
to
exhibited
(cf.
by means
the people build a wall, the false prophets
plaster the wall with lime.
clause
tVIISl
and the offence
;
When
lives,
The exposure
5).
iii.
introduced by the solemn
Lev. xxvi. 43)
i.e.
God,
hopes of prosperity and peace, by which
they encourage the people in their sinful
imagine that
;
of
Nini (ver. 10) refers to
a circumstantial one.
"'Šy,
and the
?sn signifies the plaster coating
or cement of a wall, probably from the primary meaning of ?SJ^,
to stick or plaster over (=?S13, conglutinare^
fasten together), insipid,
from which the secondary meaning of weak,
has sprung.
n^^ (ver. 12), and
The proper word
hpj!}
for plaster or
13;
Lam.
gible enough.
ii.
14).
The
cement
is
probably chosen with an allusion to
is
the tropical signification of that which xxiii.
or
to glue,
The meaning
is silly
or absurd (Jer.
of the figure
is intelli-
people build up foolish hopes, and the pro-
phets not only paint these hopes for them in splendid colours,
but even predict their fulfilment, instead of denouncing their folly,
pointing out to the people the perversity of their ways,
and showing them that such
sinful conduct
followed by punishment and ruin.
The
must inevitably be
plastering
is
therefore
a figurative description of deceitful flattery or hypocrisy, the covering up of inward corruption by
appearance (as in Matt,
xxiii.
means
27 and Acts
figure leads the prophet to describe the
i.e.
of outward
xxiii.
3).
This
judgment which they
:
CHAP.
169
XIII. 8-18.
upon the nation and themselves, as a tempest accompanied with hail and pouring rain, which throws down the wall that has been erected and plastered over; and in
are bringing
connection with this figure he opens out this double thought (1) the conduct of the people,
which
is
encouraged by the false
prophets, cannot last (vers. 11 and 12)
work of also
theirs
is
(the wall)
commences with the
fall,
and (2) when
fate they deserve (vers. 13-16).
meet with the
of judgment
;
this
overthrown, the false prophets themselves will
or
thought (Ewald,
it
shall
§
347a).
The
threat
''^"I),
let it
short, energetic
with Vav to indicate the train of
fall,
The
subject
is
^Sin,
In ver. 12
suggests a resemblance in sound.
as the fate awaiting the plastered wall.
which
to
^h\
this is predicted
In the description of
the bursting storm the account passes with njnxi (and ye) into
a direct address
;
in other words, the description
assumes the
form of an appeal
to the destructive forces of nature to burst
forth with
violence against the
all their
the prophets, and to destroy K'''3apN 'â&#x20AC;˘32S
ch. xxxviii. 22.
The word
stones.
bably
(Job
K'^Sa
then crystal,
ver.
riinvp
13
pouring rain
;
cf.
which
is
peculiar to Ezekiel,
is
the Arabic article 7N
;
proice;
nn^ wind of storms, a hurricane or tempest.
used intransitively, to break loose; but in
transitive, to
is
it
work plastered over by
^CiK' DK'3,
here and ch. xxxviii. 22 are hail-
18), with
xxviii.
(ver. 11) is
yip2n
5J'''a3ps,
it.
The
cause to break loose.
rendering adopted by Kliefoth, " thb storm will rend," plaster of the wall,
is
inappropriate in ver. 11
;
active sc.
the
for a tempest
does not rend either the plaster or the wall, but throws the wall
The
down. will
rend by tempest,"
and the in
which Kliefoth gives in
translation
sense.
is
Jehovah
at variance with both the
will
The
not to
(the wall),
"i"*!?
The words
wall,
and lay
suffix in Piaina refers (ac?
which
is
it
level
is
language
with the
sensum) to Jerusalem,
masculine, and has no
'ni^?
pass from the figure to the reality here
plastered wall
I
cause this tempest to burst forth
His wrath and destroy the
ground.
ver. 13, "
;
(midst). for the
a symbol of Jerusalem, as the centre of the
;
170
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
theocracy, which
prophets in
word
>i?y?
and
to be destroyed,
is
'n^?3l (ver.
ruins.
its
By
in ver. 13.
new turn given
a
God
repeats the thought that the wrath of
wall and
its
plasterers
the threat with
off
prophets
who
whom
refers.
he
the
and through
thou, son
God. of man,
own
And
out
of
—Ver.
the
head of every
people,
And
me
with
my
keep alive which should not to lying.
size,
to
and
souls alive.
which should not
by your lying
live,
tirely
hands,
Ye
Ver. 19.
to
2,
die,
and
to
my people who
the prophetesses
own
heart
18 and 19 their offences are more
The meaning
particularly described.
to
people for handfuls of barley and
— Like the prophets in ver. in vers.
my
catch souls I
here described as prophesying out of their ;
of thy
Lord Jehovah, Woe
and keep your
to slay souls
for pieces of bread,
And
17.
and prophesy against
heart
their
coverings together over all the joints of
ye profane
and pro-
false prophets,
say, Thus^saith the
my
(ver. 17)
— As
without being impelled by the
Iiearts
catch the souls of
are
false
gifts of prophecy,
direct thy face towards the daughters
and make caps for
hearken
the
Miriam, Deborah, and Huldah
up along with the
who prophesy
who sew
also, e.g.
Vers. 17-19. Their conduct.
them, Ver. 18. those
he rounds
the express declaration, that
women
phesied out of their
people,
to destroy the
Against the False Prophetesses.
also rose
Spirit of
is
this repetition
Lord had not endowed men only with the
but sometimes
women
to n^3, Ezekiel
are ever preaching peace are the plasterers to
Vers. 17-23.
so
;
bury the lying
to
15) contains a play upon the
of these verses
dependent upon the view to be taken of
'''V,
majority of expositors, following the lead of the
is
en-
which the
LXX.,
the
Syriac, and the Vulgate, have regarded as identical with D)T or
^^ and understood as referrins; to the hands of the prophetesses.
that it
""T"
-T
to be
is
But
there
is
an unusual form for
{Lehrhuch,
§
women
or
nothing to justify the assumption
177a).
D''1\ •
"T/
which even Ewald takes
Still less
can
it
stand for the
CHAP.
And we
singular 1\
have not
the text, as the expression
171
XIII. 17-19.
ground for altering
sufficient
D2''nyi">I
20
in ver.
(I will tear the
ninD3 from your arms) does not require the assumption that the prophetesses had hidden their arms in ninD2; and such a supposition
is
by no means obviously Ewald,
radical letter (cf.
ment =n!iD3.
in
harmony with the
ninpa^ from DDS, with n fem. treated as a
The word
facts.
186e),
§
means a covering or conceal-
The meaning "cushion"
(LXX.
or "pillow"
drawn
irpoa-Ke^akaia, Vulg. pulvilli) is merely an inference
from (to
and
this passage,
sew together)
phrase
'^'}\
upon the
is
''^"'Sf^"''?
decidedly erroneous
is
"iSJ^
inapplicable to cushions, as well as the
inasmuch
''V,
The
not placed
as cushions are
and
joints of the hands,
together upon them.
word
for the
;
less
still
are they sewed
latter is also a decisive reason for
rejecting the explanation given
by Havernick, namely, that the
ÂĽsdthoth were carpets, which were used as couches, and upon
which these voluptuous women are represented as reclining.
For cushions or couches are not placed upon, but under, the arm-joints (or elbows) and the
understands by
*i^
shoulders,
which Havernick
This also overthrows another expla-
v^V^*
nation given of the words, namely, that they refer to carpets,
which the prophetesses had sewed together for joints, so as to
that they
may
tion given
all their
form comfortable beds upon splendid
indulge in licentiousness thereon.
The
carpets,
explana-
by Ephraem Syrus, and adopted by Hitzig, namely,
that the k^sdthoth were amulets or straps, which they
wound
round their arm-joints when they received or delivered oracles, is equally untenable. *'
it is
evident that there
is
not a word in the text about adultery,
And
again,
when we
proceed to the next clause, the traditional rendering of signifying either
pillows
Vulg.) or broad cloaks neither supported
mony with
K'^T ?y.
their
For, as Kliefoth has observed,
or amulets, or straps used in prayer."
as
arm-
{xnrav)(evia,
= HinstpD
Symm.
;
riinsipOj
cervicaliuj
(Hitzig, Havernick, etc.),
by the usage of the language, nor
is
in har-
Mispdchothj from saphach, to join, cannot
172
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
have any other meaning fitting close to the
was followed,
head
the present context than a cap
in
and ?V must denote the pattern which
;
26
as in Ps. ex. 4, Esth. ix.
head of every
after (answering to) the
:
they make the caps
The words
stature.
of
both clauses are figurative, and have been correctly explained
by Kliefoth
as follows
the prophetesses.
In the
gether to wrap round
He of
place,
first
is
brought against
they sew coverings to-
they cover up and conceal the word
i.e.
;
double charge
the joints of the hand of God, so that
all
cannot touch them
God by
A
"
:
their prophesying,
more
especially
its
rebuking and
threatening force, so that the threatening and judicial arm of
God, which ought above tive
all to
become both manifest and
effec-
through His prophetic word, does not become either one or
the other.
In the second
place, they
make coverings upon the
heads of men, and construct them in such a form that they exactly
men
fit
the stature or size of every individual, so that the
neither hear nor see
which adapt themselves
i.e.,
;
by means of
their flattering lies,
to the subjective inclinations of their
hearers at the time, they cover
up the senses of the men,
both of these to catch souls. their act
is
inevitable consequence of
represented as having been intended by them
this intention
is
then
still
souls of the people of
;
and
further defined as being to catch the
God
;
own
i.e.
to allure
them
to destruction,
The
clause niinivn niK'san " not to be taken as a question, " Will ye catch the souls ?
and take care of is
The
so
They do
that they retain neither ear nor eye for the truth."
their
souls.
implying a doubt whether they really thought that they could carry on such conduct as theirs with perfect impunity (Havernick).
It
contains a
simple statement of what really took
place in their catching of souls, namely, " they catch the souls
of the people of God, and preserve their
rob the people of
own
(Kliefoth).
constr.) to
God "'isyp
of is
flieir lives,
souls
;
"
i.e.
rests
they
and take care of their
used instead of the genitive
show that the accent
same way we have
own
upon
nja? instead of the suflSx.
'â&#x20AC;˘By.
The
And
(stat.
in the
construction
173
CHAP. XIIL 20-23.
is
the same as in 1
Sam
Ver. 19 shows
xiv. 16.
had been.
by
delivering the suggestions of their
bread thereby
(cf.
Mic.
through their
lies,
those
by slaying the
;
for the purpose of getting their daily
as divine revelations,
;
iii.
5)
who
;
by hurling
which ought to
souls of the people
to live,
The punishment
souls (Deut. xviii. 20).
into destruction,
are only too glad to listen to
and by preserving those which ought not
Lord Jehovah,
your coverings with which ye
I will
to
1 will
Ver. 21.
fly.
my
caps in pieces, and deliver
let
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
Ver. 20.
I will
I am
Jehovah.
righteous with lying,
deal with
and
the souls fly ;
set the souls free,
And I will
your
tear
people out of your hand, and they
more become a prey in your hand; and ye
shall no
the
Behold,
them away from your arms, and
tear
which ye catch, the souls
that
catch,
own
their
i.e.
Vers. 20-23. Punishment of the false prophetesses. Therefore thus saiih the
live,
for this will not fail
come.
to
their
God among His people namely, own heart to the people
Tliey profane
sin
lying
how great
shall learn
Ver. 22. Because ye grieve the heart of
when I have
not pained
hands of the wicked, so that he does not turn from his
way,
to
preserve his
my
people out of your hand
Jehovah.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;The
evil
Ver. 23. 21ierefore ye shall no more
life.
and no longer practise soothsaying
see vanity,
the
him ; and strengthen
and ye
;
judgment
threat of
is
:
and I
will deliver
shall learn that
I am
closely connected with
Vers. 20 and 21 correspond to the
the reproof of their sins.
reproof in ver. 18, and vers. 22 and 23 to that in ver. 19.
In the
and
first
caps,
place, the
i.e.
Lord
the tissue of
and rescue the people from secondly.
He
will entirely
will tear in pieces the
lies
woven by the
their snares (vers.
nsriK "IK'S to ninnbp (ver. 20a),
ninnb? will not
get fit
any in.
;
and,
and 23).
The words from
when taken
as one clause, as
they generally are, offer insuperable to
20 and 21)
put an end to the pernicious conduct
of the persons addressed (vers. 22
impossible
coverings
false prophetesses,
satisfactory
difficulties,
since
it
is
meaning from D^, and
Whether we understand by
k^sdthoth
174
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
coverings or cushions, the connection of
^f with
(where ye
"iB*V|
catch the souls), which the majority of commentators prefer,
is
untenable; for coverings and cushions were not the places
where the
souls
were caught, but could only be the means
employed for catching them. D3 or
£3^?
Instead of DB*
and Hitzig proposes
;
amend
to
less admissible is the proposal to
take
it
we should expect
in this way.
DK> as referring to
salem (" wherewith ye catch souls there ")
;
as DB>
Still
Jeru-
would not
only contain a perfectly superfluous definition of locality, but
would introduce a limitation altogether that they
prophetesses
In
alone. ral
and prophesied
lived
and 17 reference
vers. 2
with the
at variance
the prophets or of the
It is not affirmed either of
context.
is
made
in
Jerusalem
in the most gene-
terms to the prophets of Israel and the daughters of thy
people
and
;
in ver.
16
it is
simply stated that the false prophets
prophesied peace to Jerusalem
when
there was no peace at
Consequently we must regard the attempt to find in
Jerusalem
allusion to
all.
DC>
an
16) as a mere loophole, which
(cf. ver.
betrays an utter inability to get any satisfactory sense from the
Moreover,
word. ninnbp
if
we
construe the words in this manner,
most part admitted that nna sense of volare^ to
no doubt about Deut.
its
having
in
meaning
the
by Ps.
(set free)
i.e.
so that
if
For
meaning.
a bird, or letting npB' is
n?B' is
it
fly
;
is
used in
and the
supported by the expression
while the comparison of souls to
xxi. 26, xi.
1
and cxxiv. .
.
Hence the true
7.
.
niCB^nTlK
"•nnpB' is,
the souls, which ye have caught, as
they shall be able to
in the first half also
ing for
used here in the Aramaean
of the whole passage ninVap
away
flying ones,
But
Ex.
sustained
is
I send
And
this
xxii. 7 for liberating
••K'anp n?K'
is
In the second half of the verse there
fly.
combination Hinibp 'a^n-DK
birds
Commentators have for the
also incomprehensible.
is
we must not adopt
riinnb^j since niB'asnTiN is also
fly
away
at liberty.
a different render-
connected with
it
there.
the words in question are combined into one clause in
first
hemistich, they will give us a sense which
is
obviously
CHAP.
wrong,
As
175
XIII. 20-23.
" wherewith ye catch the souls to
viz.
let
them
fly."
the impossibility of adopting this rendering has been clearly
been made to cloak over the
seen, the attempt has
means of paraphrases.
difficulty
by
Ewald, for example, renders ninnb?
in
;
both cases " as
if
they were birds of passage " but in the
instance he applies
birds of passage, for which nets are
it to
spread for the purpose of catching birds of passage
which are
he understands, the
ing,
and the second,
of birds
;
refutes
itself,
well.
others,
The who
them
is
first
letting
them
fly
itself.
;
is
no
first
And
better.
upon
to ninnbp into
two
There
lative iCJ'Nj as
If,
therefore,
meaning from the
is
I^V
Db',
is
is
the
it
meaning
clauses, as
is
in
impossible to
existing text,
it
can-
open to us than to alter
we have done to supply
nariK "IB'K
in our translation
anything to the
construed with a double accusative
D'^n IXi^ to
dis-
no authority
and divide the words from
no necessity is
the
riin"ii3
which there
and no other course
the unsuitable QB' into
2,
to catch " as
not removed by resorting to the dialects, as Haver-
not be correct
viz.
mean "
ninnbp ut advolent ad vos in the
translate
obtain any satisfactory
vii.
speak-
rendering adopted by Kimchi, Rosenmiiller, and
the Hebrew language
Mic.
strictly
an explanation which
:
as pdrach, to fly, cannot
soluteness or licentiousness, for
niTivJpj
in the second, to
Thus,
ninnbp as signifying the catching
nick, for the purpose of forcing
above.
and
;
set at liberty.
hemistich, and ut avolent in the second, difficulty
first
re-' {e.g.
catch with a net), and the object to
the souls, can easily be supplied from the next
DK', as a participle, can either be connected with ÂŤ behold, I make," or taken as introducing an explanatory
clause. ^33n,
clause
" making the souls into flying ones,"
:
are able to fly {h
the
first
UW, Gen.
xii. 2, etc.).
so that they
clauses of
hemistich would then exactly correspond to the two
clauses of the second half of the verse,
tory of 'nD3 ?K
arms.
i.e.
The two
'jJHj
onk
"â&#x20AC;˘riVli^"!
is
explana-
I will tear off the coverings from their
These words do not require the assumption that the
prophetesses wore the niDDi' on their arms, but
may
be fully
;
176
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
explained from
supposition that the persons in question
tlie
prepared them with their to 'ui niB'Bsn-ns Db>
own hands.
and nimb!>
;
'W1
"''iinpL'h
insertion of D^K'sanTiK is to be accounted for
nature of Ezekiel's style
;
repetition of niE'San'ns,
which
relative clause 'xo
I'^K,
shows,
D"'B''B3
^^^
that the souls, while
The
time,
The
from the copious
it
not merely a
is
separated from nirrib? by the
is
but as the unusual plural form
intended as a practical explanation of the fact,
is
beings, which
same
at the
corresponds
governed by ^nnW.
is
compared
to birds,
the meaning borne by
is
may
omission of the article after riK
are regarded as living tJ'S3
in other passages.
be explained, however,
from the fact that the souls had been more precisely defined just before xviii. 18,
;
just as, for example, in 1
where the more precise
afterwards
(cf.
Ewald,
§
Sam.
Sam.
xxiv. 6, 2
definition follows immediately
277a, p. 683).— The same thing
is
said in ver. 21, with regard to the caps, as has already been said of the coverings in ver. 20. also,
phetesses.
God
will
tear these in pieces
His people from the power of the lying pro-
to deliver
In what way
God
will
do
this is explained in vers.
22 and 23, namely, not only by putting their lying prophecies to
shame through His judgments, but by putting an end
to
soothsaying altogether, and exterminating the false prophetesses
by making them an object of ridicule and shame. for this threat is
is
given of the disgraceful conduct of these persons
the disgracefulness of their conduct
and without any
figure.
is
HipJdl, connected with 27, to :
afflict
;
and here
to the righteous
of nx3, in Syriac, to use harshly or depress
adverbially
reason
exhibited in literal terms
They do harm
good, and strengthen the hands of the wicked.
•
The
given in ver. 22, where a further description
;
rii^*3'!',
and
Hiphil
so here in the
the heart.
with lying, or in a lying manner
'^\>^ ;
is
used
namely, by
predicting misfortune and divine punishments, with which they
threatened the godly,
who would
not acquiesce in their conduct
whereas, on the contrary, they predicted prosperity and peace to the
ungodly,
who were
willing to be ensnared
by them, and
I
CHAP. XIV.
177
1.
God would shame through His judgments, which would make For
thus strengthened them in their evil ways.
put them to
their deceptions manifest,
and
this
their soothsaying loathsome.
CHAP. XIV. ATTITUDE OF GOD TOWARDS THE WOKSHIPPEES
OF IDOLS, AND CERTAINTY OF THE JUDGMENTS. This chapter contains two words of God, which have obvi-
The first (vers. who have come to the prophet of God, that the Lord will not allow idolaters to Him, but will answer all who do not turn from
ously an internal connection with each other.
1-11) announces to the to inquire
inquire of
elders,
idolatry with severe judgments,
phets
who venture
and
will
an answer
to give
to
even destroy the pro-
God
second (vers. 12-23) denounces the false hope that avert the
judgment and spare Jerusalem because of the
eousness of the godly
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
gives no
Answer to the Idola-
Ver. 1 narrates the occasion for this and the following
words of
God
and
down
sat
will
right-
therein.
The Lord
Vers. 1-11.
ters.
men
The
such inquirers.
There came
:
before me.
to me men of the elders of Israel, These men were not deputies from
the Israelites in Palestine, as Grotius and others suppose, but elders of the exiles
They came
among whom Ezekiel had been
to visit the prophet (ver. 3), evidently
tention of obtaining, through him, a
word of God concerning
the future of Jerusalem, or the fate of the
But Havernick
is
wrong
either the first or second
had addressed to
coming
supposing that
word of God
to the prophet
which the answer
their
in
to
is
labouring.
with the in-
kingdom
we may
of Judah.
infer,
from
in this chapter, that they
a distinct inquiry of this nature,
given in vers. 12-23.
For although
the prophet showed that his prophecies had
made an impression upon them,
it
is
not stated in ver. 1 that
they had come to inquire of God, like the elders in ch. xx.
and there is no allusion ezek. I.
to
any
definite questions in the
M
1,
words of
178
God
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
The
themselves.
first
2-11) simply assumes that
(vers.
they have come with the intention of asking, and discloses the state of heart
which keeps them from coming
to inquire
and
;
the second (vers. 12-23) points out the worthlessness of their
godly men.
false confidence in the righteousness of certain
Ver.
And
2.
Son of man and have set J
word of Jehovah came to me, men have let their idols rise up
saying^ Ver. 3.
the
these
in their heart,
the stumbling-block to guilt before their face: shall
J
Ver. 4. Iherefore
allow myself to be inquired of by them'?
Lord Jehovah,
speak to them, and say to them. Thus saith the
Every man of the house of Israel toho lifteth tip his idols in Ids heart, and setteth the stumbling-block to his sin before his face, and Cometh
to the prophet, to
him do
according thereto, according
To grasp
of Israel by
the house
away from me,
all
I,
Jehovah, show myself, atisweinng multitude of his idols
to the
''^
*^^'^.})
permit
"To
it
their idols.
up
set before
out of his mind. (cf. ch. vii.
one's
19),
the idols.
which a
Thus
Him.
The
tains a strong negation. t5n"ns
as parallel to
towards false gods.
spirit
attached to idols to
is
God In
lies
in
K'l'nxn
'^31
multitude of his
con-
the infinitive is
softened
;
hence in
Isa. Ixv. 1
be
we
vers. 4, 5, there follows a
of
God
are devoted to idolatry in their heart.
God according to idols. The Niphal n:j?3
be answered by
guilt
^"V}, to allow oneself to
positive declaration of the attitude
will
and
the two phrases simply
The emphasis
N^3.
put
will not
placed before the verb, in which the n
sought, involves the finding of ti*!*!?
man
interrogative clause
into K, to avoid writing n twice.
to
busy therewith.
be understood, in a
to
also
face** is
does not suffer those whose heart
seek and find
have
have not to
D3iy Pitibp, stumbling-block to sin i.e.
5.
to gross idolatry.
in the heart, to be mentally
denote the leaning of the heart and
absolute
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;We
up
means, to allow anything to come into the mind,
to rise
spiritual sense, as relating to a thing
God
Ver.
their heart, because they have turned
of them through
picture these elders to ourselves as given 2?
;
towards those
Every such
who
Israelite
the measure of the has not the significa-
CHAP. XIV.
and does not mean "
tlon of the Kal,
Ewald
supposes, or to converse
passive sense, " to be answered,"
(Job
It
xi. 2, xix. 7).
hold
to
Chetih
for
1^3,
but
;
in a reflective sense,
according to the
n3,
which the Keri suggests the
softer gloss N3,
3h3 which follows; the nominative beincj antici-
?J
common
pated, according to an idiom very
previous pronoun.
It
is
Aramaean, by a
in
written here for the sake of emphasis,
more
to bring the following object into
3
generally used in a
to find or obtain a hearing
i.e.
employed here
is
be answerable," as
to
is
show oneself answering.
or
refers to
179
6-8.
striking prominence.
used here in the sense of secundum^ according
is
because, since this meaning
where
ver. 7,
manner
it
is
reserved
and
to
ments
viz. to
grasp Israel by the heart;
improve them, but
Here, is
not merely to touch
their heart
by judg-
Lev. xxvi. 41), and thus move them to give up
(cf.
idolatry
i.e.
down
to bring
ver. 8.
till
on the part of God
in ver. 5, the design of this procedure :
The
(*3).
show Himself answering the
will
idolatry according to their idols,
given
not
quite .unsuitable for the 3 in
is
occurs in the same connection
which God
in
to,
and return
God.
to the living
draw away from God.
Dp3
Iif3,
as in Isa.
i.
4, to
an emphatic
repetition
Vers. 6-8. In these verses the divine threat, and the
summons
recede, to
is
of the subject belonging to IIW.
to repent, are repeated,
words. the
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
6.
expanded, and uttered in the clearest
Therefore say
Lord Jehovah, Repent, and
turn
away your face from
all
to the
turn
house of Israel, Thus saith
away from your
Ver. 7. For and of the foreigners who sojourn
in Israel, if he estrange himself from me,
and come
and
to the
set the
prophet
and
let
his idols rise
to seek
me for
himself ;
I
loill
show my-
my own
way.
my face
and
destroy him, for a sign
against that man,
zcill
for proverbs, and will cut him off out of
I am
up
stumbling-hlock to his sin before his face,
self to him, answering in
learn that
and
your abominations.
every one of the house of Israel,
in his heart,
idols ;
Jehovah.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
pj* in ver.
6
Ver.
8. 1
will direct
my people ; and ye is
and shall
co-ordinate with the
180
THE rnOPHECIES OF EZEKIEL the thought
]?> in ver. 4, so far as
attached to ver. 5b
God
from God, therefore
For God
God
directly
requires
them
and
to repent
tui'n.
with idols in his heart, whether he be an
foreigner living in the midst of Israel.
Israelite, or a
turn, be
it is
answer with severe judgments every one who
will
would seek
concerned, but
is
because they have estranged themselves
:
converted,
addition of D3\:Q
.
.
is .
rendered
\ypn.
iDltJ',
more emphatic by the
still
This double
call
repentance
to
corresponds to the double reproof of their idolatry in ver. 3, viz.
^2W, to
idols is
bv
ni?
I3i}\'??
nbn
'bi
;
and ny:Q
^TB'n, to their setting the
not used intransitively, as
^^''B'n is
^?^Âť
apparently
it
in ch. xviii. 30, but is to be taken in connection with the
object
C33''pB,
which follows
simply repeated before emphasis.
The
idolatry
explained in ver.
is
end of the verse ; and
at the
reason for the
summons in the
7,
to repent
God and
phraseology of ver. 7a xvii.
10,
8,
and
idolatry xvii.
10
;
Ex.
is
On
13.
God
xii.
the obligation of foreigners to avoid
relat.,
he separate himself from â&#x20AC;˘?
^'''^7'^r'
one, to
and
make
f
may
vid.
before
Lev. xx.
and
7T3^,
2, xviii. 26, bvi
but simply supposes a case
my
tJn'n
\h
followers,
and
:
does not
" should
let his idols rise
up,
cannot be taken as referring to the
with
7
does sometimes
mean
therefore indicate the person to
to seek
whom
any
one goes
inquiry (cf. 2 Chron. xv. 13, xvii. 4, xxxi. 21), be-
Jehovah who
is
remark, that " ^y\ with
p
cause
)
does not mean, " to seek counsel of him (the
prophet) from me," for prophet, although
The
19, etc.
stand for the Vav
etc."
attaches himself to idols.
will
who The
adopted almost verbatim from Lev.
moral abominations,
all
is
and
and give up
threat that
destroy every Israelite, and every foreigner in Israel,
draws away from
it
sake of clearness
for the
D3''JD
it is
sought in this case
;
and Hiivernick's
merely indicates the external object
sought by a man, and therefore in this instance the
organ through
whom God
the passages just cited.
speaks,"
is
medium
or
proved to be erroneous by
Sb is reflective,
or to be taken as a dat.
commodi, denoting the inquirer or seeker.
The
person ap-
—
CHAP. XIV.
181
9-11.
proaclied for the purpose of inquiring or seeking,
indicated by the preposition 3, as in 1 Chron. x. 14
and
also frequently, in the case of idols,
or help
It
is
way
only in this
that
\?
and
^3
correspond to the same words in the apodosis counsel of God, to
Him,
namely, in the manner described in ver. posed of passages in the law
Lev. XX.
6
5,
3,
Deut.
after
and
;
37
xxviii.
therefore, that "•ni^rn in
"•riiDw'n,
:
is
The and
is
from
D'B',
comafter
threat
is
Moreover,
form; and
The
connection.
desolate, so that
Vers. 9-11.
The
freely,
no doubt,
D''^ in
in ch. xx.
expression
all
;
^nioa^'n is
although the
renderings of
Q''b'
(cf.
the perfect never takes the
26 we have
is
allusion to
46 of the same
assumption that
and pointed accordingly
Targ., Syr., and Vulg. have
Ps. xliv. 16). Hipliil
is
'W1 ''^'^^n,
There
njn in ver.
compared with Hixp
sufficient to set aside the
to be derived
LXX.,
in
accordance with the custom in later writings of re-
xxviii. 37,
chapter,
"'S;
own way,
be derived from ^^^, and stands for
solving the Dagesh forte into a long vowel.
Deut.
i.
Whosoever seeks
though somewhat
nrsK?^ n;n).
%"9^
to
8.
'Wl ""pa ^rina
:
^n'niOB'ni,
131
('"131
2 Kings
;
God show Himself answering
will
is
Kni);
can be made to
accordance with His nature, in His
in
i.e.
him
God,
either an oracle
sought from them (1 Sam. xxviii. 7
is
2 sqq.).
when
i.e.
(nin''a
a similar
D^ti'N in
a pregnant one
:
I
make him
he becomes a sign and proverbs.
No
prophet
is
to give
any other answer.
—Ver.
9.
But if a prophet allow himself to he persuaded, and give a word, I have persuaded this prophet, and will stretch out my hand against him,
and
cut
him
off out
Tliey shall hear their guilt the guilt
Israel
of
my
people Israel.
Ver. 10.
as the guilt of the inquirer, so shall
Ver. 11. In order that the house of no more stray from me, and may no more defile itself
of the prophet he
may
:
;
may he my people, and I Lord Jehovah. The prophet who
all its transgressions ; hut they
their
God,
twiih allows xiii. 2),
is the
saying of the
himself to be persuaded
—
is
not a prophet
i3po
(ch.
but one who really thinks that he has a word of God.
nns, to persuade, to entice by friendly words (in a good sense,
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
182 Hos.
16)
ii.
but generally sensu maloy to lead astray, or seduce
;
which
is
be persuaded
:"
to that
" If he allow himself to " not necessarily with the hope of payment
unallowable or
evil.
from the hypocrites who consult him" (Michaelis).
weakens the thought.
And "the word"
good-nature.
selfish
This
might sometimes be done from un-
It
need not have
itself
been a divine oracle of his own invention, or a false prophecy.
The
allusion
simply to a word of a different character from
is
demands repentance
that contained in vers. 6â&#x20AC;&#x201D;8, which either
judgment upon the impenitent
or denounces therefore,
which could by any
his security.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; By
nin*
(ver. 9) the apodosis
""^x
an emphatic manner, as
in vers,
4 and 7
but
;
is
;
earlier
tion of
which they understand
a permissive sense,
being seduced. the former of
him
to
whom
it,
in
and did not prevent
their
more wrong are Storr and Schmieder,
Still
regards
as simply declaratory, " I will
it
have gone aatiay from the worship of Jehovah;"
the latter, " I will show
him
to
The words
his disobedience."
accordance with 1 Kings is
The Fathers
in their interpreta-
''^''^^i
(pittdh)
cannot be
must be a
Lutheran theologians are wrong
meaning simply that God allowed
declare
It
since the persuading of the prophet would necessarily
precede his allowing himself to be persuaded.
and
introduced in
^^"'Pis
taken in a future sense ('^I will persuade"). perfect
every word,
:
possibility confirm the sinner in
xxii.
done by a lying
be a
fool,
by punishing him for
are rather to be understood in
20
spirit,
sqq.,
where the persuading
which inspires the prophets of
Ahab to predict success to the king, in order that he may fall. As Jehovah sent the spirit in that case, and put it into the mouth
of the prophets, so
effected
by God
ordination and
human
:
is
the persuasion in this instance also
not merely divine permission, but divine
arrangement;
freedom, but, like
all
though
possibility of not allowing himself to
discussion of this question in the
20 sqq.
The remark
this
does not destroy
"persuading," presupposes the
be persuaded.
commentary on
1
See the
Kings
xxii.
of Calvin on the verse before us
is
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
CHAP. XIV.
183
12-23.
correct: "it teaclies that neither impostures nor frauds take
place apart from the will of
God "
{nisi
But
volente).
this
which have not been
to the utterance of self-willed words,
spired
Deo
on the part of God, or the persuading of the prophets
willing
by God, only takes place in persons who admit
themselves, and
is
in-
evil into
designed to tempt them and lead them to
decide whether they will endeavour to resist and conquer the
them
sinful inclinations of their hearts, or will allow
to shape
themselves into outward deeds, in which case they will become ripe for judgment.
It is in this sense that
He may
a prophet, in order that
But
people. only.
this
punishment
God
persuades such
then cut him
will not fall
off
out of His
upon the prophet
It will reach the seeker or inquirer also, in order
back from
possible to bring Israel
make
it
into a people of
11).
It
was
to this
God
of Judah,
namely, that
it
end
God
wandering astray, and
its
purified
if
from sin
(vers.
that, in the last times of the
10 and
kingdom
allowed false prophecy to prevail so mightily,
might accelerate the process of distinguishing
between the righteous and the wicked
;
and then, by means of
the judgment which destroyed the wicked, purify His nation
and lead
it
on to the great end of
its calling.
Vers. 12-23. The Righteousness op the Godly will NOT AVERT THE JUDGMENT. The threat contained in the
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
preceding word of God, that
God would
if
the idolaters did not repent,
not answer them in any other
exterminating judgment,
left
the possibility
way than still
with an
open, that
He
would avert the destruction of Judah and Jerusalem for the sake of the righteous therein, as
Abraham (Gen.
that
xviii.
He would do
23
sqq.).
He
had promised the patriarch
in the case of
Sodom and Gomorrah
This hope, which might be cherished
by the people and by the eldera who had come is
now
to
follows,
to the prophet,
be taken from the people by the word of containing as
land should
it
God which
does the announcement, that
sin so grievously against
God by
its
if
apostasy,
any
He
184
THE PKOPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
would be driven
to inflict
upon
by Moses against apostate
it
the punishments threatened
elsewhere), namely, to destroy both
the land a desert; to
it
and
Israel (Lev. xxvi. 22, 25, 26,
man and
and make
beast,
would be of no advantage to such a land
have certain righteous men, such as Noah, Daniel, and Job,
For although
living therein.
men would
these righteous
be
saved themselves, their righteousness could not possibly secure salvation for the sinners. is
13-20
carried out in vers.
manner
Tiie is,
waste
and
;
to
come upon the land and
men, such
own
only save their
souls,
thus, according to vers.
as
Noah, Daniel, and Job, would
His
manner
in such a
21-23,
Lord
will the
and
;
act
He
when
will execute
therein.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;This
word
of
forms a supplementary side-piece to Jer. xv. 1-4, where
Lord
He
and righteousness of
that the necessity
made manifest
acts shall be
And
and not one of the sinners.
sends His judgments against Jerusalem
them
lay
words are repeated,
in the case of every one, the
that even righteous
thought
this
that four exterminating punish-
ments are successively supposed it
which
in
replies to the intercession of the prophet, that
God tlie
even the
Moses and a Samuel on behalf of the people
intercession of a
would not avert the judgments which were suspended over them. Ver.
And
12,
of Jehovah came
tvord
the
Ver. 13. Son of man, if a land sin against me ouslyy
for
and
I stretch
the
it
cut off from these
three
my hand
out
against
it,
man and
it
men
beast
:
And
Ver. 14.
make
Ver. 15. If I bring it childless,
passeth through
men
therein, as
not deliver sons the land
it
1
and
live, is
and
and
it
is the
saying of the
evil beasts into the land, so
become a
the saying of the
and daughters
say.
it,
there should be
desert, so that
no one
because of the beasts: Ver. 16. Tliese three
would become a
that land,
in pieces
into
Noah, Daniel, and Job, they would
therein,
Lord Jehovah.
me, saying,
and break
support of bread, and send famine
through their righteousness deliver their soul,
that they
to
to act treacher-
Let
desert.
the
;
Lord Jehovah, would
they only would be delivered, but
Ver. 17. Or 1 bring the sicord into
sword go through
the
land; and I cut off
CHAP. XIV.
from
and
man and
it
live, is
185
12-20.
These three men therein, as
beast: Ver. 18.
Ver. 19. Or
daughters, hut they only would he delivered.
I send pestilence blood, to cut off
man and
it
Lord Jehovah, would
n^
may be
beast it,
as
:
I live,
own
very plainly defined as ?V^~?V^b,
On
other words, by idolatry, or by withholding what
comm. on Lev.
the other
manner,
is
due
Him
in
Him
to
In the passage before us
v. 15).
the treachery of apostasy from
it
is
by idolatry that is intended.
the epithet used to denote the sin
40 and Deut.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
pyo, literally,
by apostasy from Him,
especially towards Jehovah, either
As
they
;
soul through their righteousness.
to cover, signifies to act in a secret or treacherous
(see
in
intentionally left indefinite, that the thought
is
is
it
saying of the
is the
expressed in the most general manner.
hand, the sin
fury upon
Ver. 20. Verily, Noah,
deliver neither son nor daughter
icould only deliver their
13
my
and pour out
into that land,
from
Daniel, and Job, in the midst of
in ver.
I
of the Lord Jehovah, loould not deliver sons
the saying
taken from Lev. xxvi.
is
punishments mentioned in
xxxii. 51, so the four
the following verses, as well as in ch. v. 17, are also taken from
Lev. ver.
xxvi.,
26
;
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
pestilence,
from
named
Job, are
ni^ny (vers. 14,
tion, quicquid is
8 sqq.,
The
;
vi.
The
ver. 25.
of the staff of bread, from
and the sword and
;
three men, Noah, Daniel, and
as examples of true righteousness of
20)
;
Gen.
vi.
and Daniel,
9
in
;
et
is
like
manner,
is
named
before
said in the history,
postulated. logical,
but
mentioned
in
is
meant, of
and whose existence
For the enumeration is
is
i.
1,
Dan. life.
Job does not warrant the
conjecture that some other older Daniel is
or
Noah
juste vivendi.
and Job, in the Book of Job
11 sqq., as faithfully confessing his faith in his
fact that Daniel
nothing
life,
according to Calvin's correct explana-
i.e.,
pertinetad regulam sancte
so described in
xii. 4, etc. i.
up
the breaking
viz.
the evil beasts, from ver. 22
is
whom merely
not intended to be chrono-
arranged according to the subject-matter; the
order being determined by the nature of the deliverance ex-
perienced by these
men
for their righteousness in the midst of
186
THE PROl'HECIES OF EZEKIEL. Consequently, as Havernick and Kliefoth
great judgments.
have shown, we have a climax here along with himself 17, 18)
ii.
;
saved his family
righteousness, was not even
but Job, with his
able to save his children.
introduced with
Noah
:
Daniel was able to save his friends (Dan.
;
—The
second judgment (ver. 15)
which, as a rule, supposes a case that
^b,
expected to occur, or even regarded as possible ^b
Mappik, because the tone
comm. on Amos
(see
pour out
my
my wrath
in
i.
is
is
this sense pestilence
in ch. V. 17.
— If we
is
it
*•
to
manifested in the shedfor the life
life,
and blood were
is
in the
also associated
look closely at the four cases enumerated,
find the following difference in the statements concerning
the deliverance of the righteous is
nnbsB' has no
a pregnant one, for to pour out
ding of blood or the destruction of
In
here, however,
In ver. 19, the expression
11).
blood"
is
not
drawn back upon the penultima
wrath in such a manner that
blood.
we
;
used as perfectly synonymous with DS.
is
is
:
that, in the first instance,
it
simply stated that Noah, Daniel, and Job would save their
soul,
i.e.
others,
their life,
it is
by
their righteousness
declared that as truly as the
;
whereas, in the three
Lord
liveth they
would
not save either sons or daughters, but they alone would be delivered.
The
progress in the
is
address by
not merely a rhetorical climax or
means
and
of asseveration
The
but indicates a distinction in the thought.
thesis,
case
difference
is
antifirst
only intended to teach that in the approaching judg-
ment the righteous would save their lives, i.e. that God would not sweep away the righteous with the ungodly. The three cases
which follow are intended, on the other hand,
to
exemplify
the truth that the righteousness of the righteous will be of no avail to the idolaters
and apostates ; since even such patterns
of righteousness as Noah, Daniel, and their
own
others also. in ver. 14,
lives,
This
The
Job would only save
and would not be able tallies
first
declaration, that
righteous in the coming
to save the lives of
with the omission of the asseveration
God would
deliver the
judgments, needed no asseveration.
CHAP. XiV.
inasmuch
was not called
as this truth
187
21-23.
in question
but
;
it
was
required in the case of the declaration that the righteousness of the rif^hteous would
was the hope which the ungodly cherished,
nation, since this
and
was
it
bring no deliverance to the sinful
we
other differences which
find in the description given of the
several cases are merely formal in their nature,
any way
affect the sense D^*,
which we find
in vers.
ri3,
vers. (ver.
e.g.
;
which
of the particle
and
The
hope which was to be taken from them.
this
commonly employed
is
and do not in
the use of N?, in ver. 18, instead
16 and 20
;
in oaths,
and
the choice of the singular
15
in ver. 20, in the place of the plural ni33^ D^J3, used in
16 and 18
and the variation
;
14), DK'SJ >b'T (ver. 20),
and
in the expressions, 2^^2)3 V^^\ ^^S3^.
D^ab nsn (vers. 16 and
18), which Hitzig proposes to remove by altering the first two forms into the third, though without the slightest reason. For
although the Piel occurs in Ex.
away or
spoiling,
and
sense of delivering,
it
xii.
36
in the sense of taking
is
not met with anywhere else in the
may
just as well be used in this sense, as
the Hiphil has both significations.
The
Vers. 21â&#x20AC;&#x201D;23.
rule expounded in vers.
13-20
here
is
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
Ver. 21. For thus saith the Lord much more when 1 send my four evil judgments^ sword, and famine, and evil beasts, and pestilence, against JeruVer. 22. And, behold, salem, to cut off from it man and beast"? applied to
Jehovah^
there
Jerusalem.
How
remain escaped ones in her who will be brought
and daughters their evil
;
walk and
which
their
I have
will console you,
ye will see that
I
works
;
and
when ye
see their
21 the application of
her, is the saying
in the
the
that
all
see
they
:
and
I
have
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; By
general rule to
The meaning, why Jehovah was obliged to
form of a reason.
not, that the reason
And
works
their
of the Lord Jehovah.
to
made
Ver. 23.
walk and
have not done loithout cause
done
may
console yourselves concerning the
brought upon Jerusalem.
ver. is
out, sons
behold, they will go out to you, that ye
^3
in
Jerusalem however,
is
act in this
unsparing manner was to be found in the corrupt condition of
188
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
the nation, as Havernick supposes,
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;a thought
quite foreign to
the context ; but ^3 indicates that the judgments upon Jerusalem will furnish
in vers.
a practical proof of the general truth expressed
13-20, and so confirm
This
it.
emphatic yea than the following "
formed by the coming
to the antithesis
^3 is
no more an
a forcible introduction
is
*l^?
fact,
to the merely
^S
imaginary cases mentioned above" (Hitzig).
un-
has
doubtedly the force of a climax, but not of an asseveration,
" verily " (Hav.) It is
a meaning which this particle never has.
;
used here, as in Job
the ^3 which follows time, " when."
twice
;
but
it is
The thought
the sense of
iv. 19, in
in this case
^t<
Consequently
^3
is
""S
:
and
;
a conditional particle of
ought properly to be written
only used once, as in ch. xv. 5; Job
is this
^X
how much more
ix. 14, etc.
will this be
the case,
namely, that even a Noah, Daniel, and Job will not deliver either sons or daughters
Jerusalem.
The
perfect ''^^Fp
as in ver. 13, because it,
when I send my judgments upon
God
and does not merely mention
number four
is
significant,
the whole of Jerusalem
mind
;
used, and not the imperfect,
it
will fall
whereby
it
on
must
all sides,
also
the same time,
Israel, so far as it
by the
fact that the
was
Lord
or upon
be borne in
that Jerusalem as the capital represents the
Judah, or the whole of
The
as a possible case.
it
symbolizing the universality of the
judgment, or the thought that
At
is
has actually resolved upon sending
still
kingdom of in Canaan.
allows sons and
daughters to escape death, and to be led away to Babylon, forces the
He
acknowledgment of the necessity and righteousness
of His judgments
among
those
who
are in exile.
This
is
in
general terms the thought contained in vers. 22 and 23, to
which very different meanings have been assigned by the expositors.
latest
Havernick, for example, imagines that, in addition
to the four ordinary
judgments
laid
down
announces a new and extraordinary one
;
in the law, ver.
22
whereas Hitzig and
Kliefoth have found in these two verses the consolatory assurance, that in the time of the judgments a few of the younger
;
CHAP. XIV.
189
21-23.
generation will be rescued and taken to those already in exile in Babylon, there to excite pity as well as to express
it,
and
to
give a visible proof of the magnitude of the judgment which
They
has fallen upon Israel.
from each other,
differ so far
however, that Hitzig regards those of the younger generation
who
are saved as
who have saved themselves through and who will
Ci?^"!^,
their innocence, but not their guilty parents,
excite
the commiseration of those
their blameless conduct
who are rescued when they come been longer in
already in exile through
whilst Kliefoth imagines that those
;
are simply less criminal than the rest, and to Babylon will be pitied
exile,
and
will pity
them
by those who have
in return.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Neither of
these views does justice to the words themselves or to the con-
The meaning
text.
of ver. 22a
main there has been no
When man
and beast are cut
judgments,
will
all
These are
to vers. 16, 18,
will
;
be
enough
;
and
but "^^vQ, left,
and
i.e.
will
in the it.
persons
who
be led out of
and daughters, with an
called sons
and 20
clear
out of Jerusalem by the four
off
not perish
have escaped destruction, the city.
is
difference of opinion concerning
allusion
and consequently we must not take
;
these words as referring to the younger generation in contrast to the older.
They
in the land, but to
that
is
to say, to
be led out of Jerusalem, not to remain
will
come
go into
to
effected not only
of
God
Babylon,
in is
by
i.e.
those already in exile,
Babylon.
exile to
either a modification or
for the cutting off of
" you,"
This does not imply
a sharpening of the punishment
man and
slaying, but
leaving some
to
beast
from a town may be
by leading away.
escape,
The
design
and carrying them
explained in the clauses which follow from
to
^^''^1^
onwards, the meaning of which depends partly upon the more
planation to
and
and partly upon the exbe given of ^Vy^'^V CriDHJ and D^HN it^qjl. The
precise definition of
DS'l'n
ways and works are not and righteous works, reply to Hitzig.
Still
0111771;,
to be taken without reserve as
as Kliefoth has correctly less
shown
good
in his
can ways and works denote their
; ;
THE PROPHECIES OF EZCKIEL.
190
experience or fate, wliich of the words, vers.
21-23.
when expounding the meaning and connection of The context certainly points to wicked ways and
And
evil works.
it is
only the sight of such works that could
lead to the conviction that
God had
cause, that
And
Jerusalem.
the explanation given by Kliefoth
is
it
was not
Dsn^ in vain,
i.e.
without
such severe judgments upon
inflicted
which
in addition to this effect,
mentioned
is
upon those who were already in exile, the conduct of the n^^a that came to Babylon,
in ver. 23 as produced
by the
sight of
the immediate design of 'lil
The
nyiiTpy. T T T
God
is
described in ver. 22b as Dnttn:^
with TJ cannot be used here in the verb ona â&#x20AC;˘
sense of to repent of anything, or to grieve over still less
can
it
cannot repent inflicted
mean
upon him, but only of
mean
and DHJ does not in the Piel with
self, as in
2 Sam.
Gen.
xiii.
evil
judgment which God has
which he himself has done
when construed
to pity a person, either
an accusative of the person, or
O^^n?
c. hv, rei.
for, a
is
NipJial,
and
(Hitzig)
For a man
any one (Kliefoth).
to pity
be sorry
of, or
it
in the
Niplud
here to console one-
signifies
xxxviii. 12 with ?V, concerning anything, as in
and
39, Jer. xxxi. 15, etc.;
^ona (ver. 23), with
the accusative of the person, to comfort any one, as in Gen. li.
21
came
;
ii. 11, etc. But the works and doings of those who Babyh n could only produce this effect upon those who
Job
to
were already there, from the fact that they were of such a character as to demonstrate the necessity for the judgments
which had
fallen
A
upon Jerusalem.
conviction of the neces-
judgments would cause them to comfort
sity for the divine
God
themselves with regard to the evil inflicted by as they
would
see,
a chastisement well deserved, but that
would stay the punishment when
and
it
God
had
in
inasmuch
His righteousness
fulfilled
restore the penitent sinner to favour once
the consolation
;
not only that the punishment endured was
which those who were
in
exile
His purpose, more.
But
would derive
from a sight of the works of the sons and daughters who had escaped from death
and come
to Babylon,
is
attributed in
CHAP. XV. ver.
23 (23nx ^on?)
sense that
it is
191
1-8.
to the persons themselves.
expressions of pity, but
by the
It
is
in this
;
stated that " they will comfort
you " not by This
sight of their conduct.
is
directly affirmed in the words, " when ye shall see their conduct
Consequently ver. 23a does not contain
and their works." a
new
thought, but simply the thought already expressed in
ver. 22bj
which
is
new form
repeated in a
And the
emphatic.
expression HvJ?
serves to increase the force
make
to
it
more
the
nx, in ver. 22,
"TkJ'K"?!!
''T}ii2r}
whilst nx^ in the sense of quoad,
;
serves to place the thought to be repeated in subordination to
the whole clause (cf. Ewald,
277a, p. 683).
ยง
CHAP. XV. JERUSALEM, THE USELESS
As
certainly as
God
will not spare
WOOD OF A WILD
Jerusalem for the sake of
the righteousness of the few righteous is
it
men
therein, so certain
no superiority over other
that Israel has
of the godly,
which
the previous
confidence in the righteousness
false
what follows
nations,
As
could secure Jerusalem against destruction.
word of God overthrows
TINE.
in this chapter
directed against
is
the fancy that Israel cannot be rejected and punished
overthrow of the kingdom, because of
by the
election to be the
its
people of God.
Ver.
And
1.
the
word of Jehovah came
Son of man, what advantage has
me, saying, Ver. 2.
to
the xcood
of the vine over every
wood, the vine-branch, lohich icas among the
Ver.
3. Is
take a
peg from
Behold,
sumed
wood taken from
it
is
it to
hang
not used for
Ver.
any work
and scorched
the
:
it
of
it is
it
less
?
upon
vessels
or do ?
men
Ver. 4.
If the fire has conscorched, will
Behold, when
how much can
of the forest'?
it is
when
it
uninjured,
then it
is
the fire has con-
be still used for
work !
Ver.
6.
Lord Jehovah, As the wood of the vine wood of the forest, which I give to the fire to consume,
Therefore thus saith the
among
all kinds
5.
trees
use for any work
two ends, and the middle of
its
it
to
given to the fire to consume.
he fit for any work ?
sumed
it
—
192
THE PKOPHUCIES OF EZEKIEL.
I gice up
SO do
my
fire will
1
—
Israel
wood
like the
is
burn, because
to
Israel
its
From
Dent,
frequently compared to a vine
is
;
Isa. v.
;
and always, with the exception of Ps. This comparison
degeneracy.
put into the
is
good for nothing.
is
or a vineyard (cf. Ps. Ixxx. 9 sqq. 21),
Lord Jehovah.
saying of the
is the
of the wild vine, which
it
33 onwards,
xxxii. 32,
direct
And I make t/ie land a desei't,
Ver. 8.
against them.
because they committed treachery,
fire
And
7.
They have gone out of the fire, and the that ye may learn that I am Jehovah, when
consume them ;
my face
set
of Jei'usalem, Ver.
the inhabitants
face against them.
lies at
Hos.
Jer.
;
of the wild vine.
This wood has no superiority over any other kind of wood. cannot be used, like other timber, for any useful purposes is
only
wood
to be burned, so that
fit
2 and
(vers.
And
3tt).
it is
if,
its
superiority has
wood.
'Wl
it
is
T^'K nniD^n
to
—
above
(|p,
is
'"^."iT'^^j
!
wood?
in apposition to i&3n
KJ^"?!'?,
as
it
of fagot
;
for nniOT does not
i.e.
The
not to
is
LXX.
—
mean a
(cf. ch., viii. 17),
further defined by the following relative clause
wood-vine,
what
i.e.
any other
and
has been by the
but the tendril or branch of the vine
grapes.
partially
followed by
?
i.e.
YP.,
cannot
it
is
it
notwithstanding the Masoretic accentuation,
mean every kind
still
when
comparative)
to YiT^'^y all kinds of
be connected with Vulgate,
it
perfect state,
less
scorched and consumed (vers. 4 and 5)
means, what
It
but
;
really inferior to all other
in
be used for anything, how much
|0,
ii.
the foundation of the
wood
figure employed, in vers. 2-5, of the
x. 1
Ixxx., to point out
:
and
so as
fagot,
which to
is
be a
a wild vine, which bears only sour, uneatable preterite nNn (which
was ;
"
not,
is
")
may
be ex-
plained fi'om the idea that the vine had been fetched from the forest in order that
in ver. 3
is,
its
wood might be
used.
The answer given
that this vine-wood cannot be used for any pur-
pose whatever, not even as a peg for hanging any kind of
domestic utensils upon (see
The
weak even
for this.
M3K7op
make, or apply
:
to
comm. on Zech.
x. 4).
It
is
object has to be supplied to it,
for
any work.
Because
it
too
rtB*]^?
cannot
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
be used as timber,
it is
'P
''3*^
*'
Is
it
The
^3
negative.
The
scorched.
of
"iin,
supposes a case, from
inj
xiv. 21.
The
question,
perfect; and
:
in the sense of, to be
subject to in*l
is
At
the suffix in ^n^r'^x refers.
introduced
determined in ver. 5 in the
is
n^: as in ch.
imperfect, Niphal,
first
is
clauses in ver. Ab
deduced as a conclusion.
is
any work ? "
for
fit
The two
riK.
are to be connected together.
which the second
A fresh thought
burned.
46 by the words
in ver.
193
"Mr
CHAP. XV. 1-8.
"in.l:
burned or
no doubt the wood,
to
which
the same time, the two clauses
are to be understood, in accordance with ver. 4&, as relating to
the burning of the ends and the scorching of the middle. Vers. 6-8. In the application of the parable, the only thing to
which prominence
given,
is
is
the fact that
the inhabitants of Jerusalem in the same
God
will deal
manner
vine-wood, which cannot be used for any kind of work. implies that Israel resembles the this possesses is
no superiority
no superiority
even worse than they, and therefore
is
fire.
This
of the
fire,
is
accounted for in ver. 7
and the
fire will
This
As
of a forest-vine.
wood, but, on the contrary,
to other
utterly useless, so Israel has
but
wood
with
as with the
:
is
to other nations,
given up to the
" They have come out
consume them" (the inhabitants of
These words are not to be interpreted proverbias meaning, " he who escapes one judgment falls into
Jerusalem). ally,
another" (Havernick), but show the application of
and 5
to the inhabitants of
come
either
already.
46
must
It resembles a wild vine
which has been consumed
is
fire,
now about
must not
come
vers.
of a fire one
Israel has been in the fire
and which
We
Out
burned or scorched.
ends by the
at both
Jerusalem.
while the middle has been scorched, to be given
restrict the fire,
up altogether
to the fire.
however, out of which
it
has
half consumed, to the capture of Jerusalem in the time
of Jehoiachin, as Hitzig does, but
ments which of the
fell
kingdom of the ten
of Jehoiachin,
EZEK.
I.
must extend
it
to all the
judg-
upon the covenant nation, from the destruction
and
in
tribes to the catastrophe in the reign
consequence of which Israel
now resembled
N
—
194
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
The
a vine burned at both ends and scorched in the middle. threat closes in the
same manner
ver. 76 with ch. xiv. 8&,
and
Compare
as the previous one.
ver.
8 with ch.
xiv.
15 and 13.
CHAP. XVI. INGRATITUDE AND UNFAITHFULNESS OP
JERUSALEM.
The
previous word of
useless vine,
PUNISHMENT AND SHAME.
ITS
God
which had
to
represented Israel as a wild and
be consumed.
He
planted this vine in His vineyard, as as
But
God had
as
had adopted
Israel
His own people, the rebellious nation, though met by these
threatenings of divine judgment, might
would not
reject
still
on account of
Israel,
its
covenant of grace
removed by the word of God
is
present chapter, which shows that by nature Israel
than other nations
;
and
that, in
ingratitude towards the Lord, its
and has sunk
consequence of
who saved
it
no better shameful
from destruction
its
obliged to punish and judge
At
as the others.
the
in
has sinned so grievously against
it
is
is
its
low among the heathen through
God
idolatry, that
same manner
youth,
so
as the
election
This proof of false confidence in the divine
covenant nation.
the days of
God
plead that
the same time, the
in
Him,
excessive it
in the
Lord
will
continue mindful of His covenant
;
Sodom and Samaria, He
turn the captivity of Jeru-
salem,
—
will also
and on the
— and
will
—The contents of
this
divide themselves, therefore, into three parts.
In
to the
deep humiliation and shame of Israel,
establish an everlasting covenant with
word
of
God
we have the away from
the
first^
its
falling
the second^ the
and
in the
63).
from
The
it.
description of the nation's sin, through its
God
into idolatry (vers.
announcement of the punishment
tJiirdj
2-34)
(vers.
;
in
35-52);
the restoration of Israel to favour (vers. 53-
past, present,
its first
restoration of
and future
commencement
to
its
These copious contents are draped carried out on a magnificent scale.
of Israel are
all
embraced,
ultimate consummation. in
an allegory, which
is
Starting from the repre-
—
CHAP. XVI.
195
1-3,
sentation of the covenant relation existing between the
Lord
and His people, under the figure of a marriage covenant, which runs through the whole of the Scriptures, the capital of the
kingdom of God,
Israel, the
covenant nation,
attitude of
God to
is
— Jerusalem,
as the representative of
addressed as a wife
and the
;
Israel, as well of that of Israel to its
God,
is
depicted under this figure.
Vers. 1-14. Israel, by nature unclean, miserable, and near
by the Lord and clothed
to destruction (vers. 3-5), is adopted
Vers. 1 and 2 form the introduc-
in splendour (vers. 6-14). tion.
—Ver.
And
1.
the
word of Jehovah came
me, saying,
to
—
Son of man, show Jerusalem her abominations. The "abominations" of Jerusalem are the sins of the covenant
Ver.
2.
nation,
which were worse than the sinful abominations of
The theme
Canaan and Sodom.
declaration of these abominations. first
of
Thus
all
shown what
saith the
it
from the land of Amorite, and thy mother a birth, in the
day of thy
To
is
—Ver.
3.
And
thee
the
Canaanites ; thy father was the
Ver.
Hittite.
birth thy navel
in bandages.
Ver.
with pity, to do one of these
—According
say,
Jerusalem, Thine origin and thy
4.
And
was not
5.
iVb eye
to thee in
thou wast cast into the field, in disgust at thy thy birth.
is
to
as for thy
cut,
and thou
wast not bathed in water for cleansing ; and not rubbed with
and not lorapped
the
end the nation
this
was by nature.
Lord Jehovah
birth are
word of God
of this
to the allegory,
compassion
life,
salt,
upon
looked ;
but
on the day of
which runs through the
whole chapter, the figure adopted to depict the origin of the Israelitish nation is that
of the nation,
is
Jerusalem, the existing representative
described as a child, born of Canaanitish
parents, mercilessly exposed after
perishing.
its birth,
and on the point of
Hitzig and Kliefoth show that they have com-
pletely misunderstood the allegory,
when they not only
explain
the statement concerning the descent of Jerusalem, in ver. 3, as relating to the city of that
name, but
restrict it to the city
alone, on the ground that " Israel as a whole was not of
; ;
196
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL. was radically
Canaanitisli origin, whereas the city of Jerusalem
and
a Canaanitish, Amoritish,
But were not
Hittite city."
Or was
the cities of Israel radically Canaanaean ?
Aramaean descent?
altogether, but only half, of
merely as a
all
Israel not
Regarded
Jerusalem was neither of Amoritish nor
city,
Hittite origin, but simply a Jebusite city.
And
it is
too obvi-
ous to need any proof, that the prophetic word does not refer
mass of houses ; but that Jeru-
to the city as a city, or to the
kingdom of Judah
salem, as the capital of the far as
its
Israel, or the
covenant nation.
but the population,
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;which
It
referred
its
to
not physical,
are
excited
in
which Jesus said
father the devil " (John
but
descent and
spiritual
descent.
from the land of the Canaanites
father was the Amorite and
same sense
is
The
concluded a marriage covenant.
Spiritually, Israel sprang
and
He
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;that
multiplied into myriads
clothed in splendour, and chose as the bride with
7),
whom He birth
was not the mass of houses,
was the foundling,
Jehovah's compassion, and which (ver.
at that time, so
inhabitants were concerned, represents the people of
viii.
its
mother a
The land
44).
Hittite, in the
Ye
to the Jews, "
are of your
of the Canaanites
mentioned as the land of the worst heathen abominations
and from among the Canaanitish
tribes,
the
and mother, not because the
Hittites are mentioned as father
Jebusites are placed between the two, in
Hitzig supposes, but because leaders
in
Amorites
Canaanitish
('")toNn)
Amorites and
Num.
xiii.
29, as
they were recognised as the
ungodliness.
The
iniquity
of
the
was great even in Abraham's time, though
not yet full or ripe for destruction (Gen. xv. 16); and the
daughters of Heth,
whom Esau
bitterness of spirit
(Gen.
married, caused
xxvii. 46).
substratum for our description.
And
These
Rebekah great
facts furnish the
they also help to explain
the occurrence of ''I^Nn with the article, and n^rin without
The
plurals 'nT'"'^P
and
for physical generation
once for
all.
^'n'"i?b
and
it.
also point to spiritual descent
birth are both acts that take place
nnbo or nn^SO (ch.
xxi. 35, xxix. 14) is not the
:
197
CHAP. XVI. 3-5. place of begetting, but generation
= to
beget
(cf. Isa.
plural corresponding
with the birth.
At
"il3=n'^3, to dig "lip)?,
natalesy origines.
or a
J^"!!^^^
5 describe the circumstances connected 4) stands at the head as an
(ver.
'H^JD''?^''
absolute noun.
Latin
the
to
Vers. 4 and
birth.
from
itself,
not equivalent to
It is
1).
li.
the birth of the child
it
did not receive the
cleansing and care which were necessary for the preservation
and strengthening of
The
construction ^nix
the object)
life,
its
H'lp'in
but was exposed without pity.
(the passive, with an accusative of
the same as in Gen.
is
Pual -i,
of
ri"n3
which
and
;
is
'H'!!^
from
:
very rare in
for rnb (Judg. vi. 28),
with the reduplication of the
"ib^,
Hebrew
cutting the navel-string, the child
71).
By
liberated after birth
from
Ewald,
{vid.
is
the blood of the mother, with which
womb.
:
and many other
20,
xl.
rr^S
passages of the earlier writings,
§
was nourished
it
in the
If the cutting be neglected, as well as the tying of the
navel-string,
which takes place
same time, the
at the
child
must perish when the decomposition of the placenta begins.
The new-born
child
is
purities attaching to
then bathed, to cleanse ''V^^
it.
meaning
VV'^; because neither the
from the im-
it
cannot be derived from T^^f to see, to look
(nyti'),
nor the
other meaning to smear (VV^), yields a suitable sense.
Kimchi «_A^,
ii.
is
evidently right in deriving
and
iv.,
Aramaean form
to
wipe
was rubbed with
salt,
in ancient times,
and
Hieron. ad
721)
;
drier
The
cleanse.
h.
165a).
§
in
termination
of the absolute state, for the
cleansing (cf. Ewald,
(vid.
off,
from Vp^,
it
=
Hebrew
Jos.
Arabic is
••
the
IT'^?'^,
After the washing, the body
according to a custom very widely spread still
met with here and there
L Galen, de Sanit.
i.
7
;
in the
East
Troilo Reisebeschr. p.
and that not merely for the purpose of making the skin and firmer, or of cleansing
it
bably from a regard to the virtue of
more thoroughly, but prosalt as
putrefaction, " to express in a symbolical
a protection from
manner
desire for the vigorous health of the child*' (Hitzig
nick).
And,
finally,
it
a
hope and
and Haver-
was bound round with swaddling-
"
198
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
clothes.
Not one
servation
and strengthening of the
of these things, so indispensable to the pre-
case of Israel at the time of
child,
show
passionate love (ph^n?, infinitive, to
towards that
it
?y3, to
it)
;
but
it
was
was performed in the
from any feeling of com-
birth
its
cast into the field,
might perish ^K'W
pyiJ3 in
pity or compassion
i.e.
exposed, in order
disgust at thy life (compare
The
thrust away, reject, despise. Lev. xxvi. 11, xv. 30).
day of the birth of Jerusalem,
i.e.
of Israel, was the period of
sojourn in Egypt, where Israel as a nation was born,
its
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;the
who went down to Egypt having multiplied into The different traits in this picture are not to be in-
sons of Jacob
a nation.
terpreted as referring to historical peculiarities, but have their
At
explanation in the totality of the figure.
they express a level with
much all
the same time,
more than " that Israel not only stood upon
other nations, so far as
its
origin
and
nature
its
were concerned, but was more helpless and neglected as nature and
its
its
to
both
natural advantages, possessing a less gifted
nature than other nations, and therefore inferior to the rest (Kliefoth).
The
smaller gifts, or humbler natural advantages,
are thoughts quite foreign to the words of the figure as well as to the context.
Both the Canaanitish descent and the merciless
exposure of the child point to a totally different point of view, as indicated to the
by the allegory.
The Canaanitish
descent points
moral depravity of the nature of Israel
glected condition of the child
is
;
and the ne-
intended to show
how
little
there was in the heathen surroundings of the youthful Israel
Canaan and Egypt
in
that was adapted to foster
health, or to educate Israel
To
and
fit
it
for
its
its
life
and
future destination.
the Egyptians the Israelites were an abomination, as a race
of shepherds; and not long after the death of Joseph, the
Pharaohs began
to oppress the
growing nation.
Vers. 6-14. Israel therefore owes tion to
honour and glory
Then I passed by said to theej
In
thee,
to the
and saw
thy blood live!
its
Lord thee
preservation and exaltaits
God
alone.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
Ver.
6.
stamping in thy blood, and
and said
to thee,
In thy blood
6-14. '1 ^'i*
CHAP. XVI.
Ver.
live!
The
cheeks.
thou wast naked
saw
iliee
and thou grewest and
field,
of
/ made
7.
my
swore
wing over
and
to thee,
Ver.
thee,
And I
passed by
and
love
;
and I
;
and I
the time
time,
of
entered into covenant with thee,
bathed thee in water, and rinsed thy blood from
And I
Ver. 10.
thee,
and covered thy nakedness
of the Lord Jehovah, and thou becamest mine.
thee with oil.
ornament
earnest to
and thy hair grew, whereas
8.
was thy
it
and
becarnest tall,
bare.
and, behold,
thee,
spread
myriads as the growth of the
into
breasts expanded,
and
199
is
Ver. thee,
the saying 9.
And I
and anointed
clothed thee with embroidered
work, and shod thee with morocco, and wrapped thee round with byssus, toith
and covered
with
thee
/
Ver. 11.
silk.
adorned thee
ornaments, and put bracelets upon thy hands, and a chain
around thy
in
head.
Ver. 13.
silver ;
and thy
And I
Ver. 12.
neck.
and earrings
thine ears,
And
gave thee a ring in thy nose,
and a splendid crown upon thy
thou didst adorn thyself with gold
clothing
was byssus, and
and embroidery.
silk,
Wheaten-flour, and honey, and oil thou didst eat very beautfal ; and didst thrive
and thou wast
;
regal dignity.
to
and
Ver. 14.
Thy
name went forth among the nations on account of thy beauty ; for it
my
was perfect through of
the
Lord Jehovah.
glory, which
His compassionate love
Israel in
I put upon thee, is
the saying
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; The description of what the Lord did for is
divided into two sections by
the repetition of the phrase " I passed by thee " (vers. 6 and 8).
The
embraces what
first
increase of the nation glorification
of
possession.
When
new-born it life,
;
Israel,
for the preservation
the second, what
by adopting
Israel
was lying
it
He
it
strength to
and
had done for the
as the people of
His
in the field as a neglected
Lord passed by and adopted
child, the
and giving
God had done
live.
To
it,
promising
bring out the mag-
nitude of the compassion of God, the fact that the child was lying in
its
blood
is
mentioned again and again.
tion to be given of npoiariD (tlie Hithpolel of
upon, tread under foot)
is
The D^ia,
to
explana-
trample
doubtful, arising from the difficulty
of deciding whether the Hithpolel
is
to
be taken in a passive or
— ;
200
THE PROPHECIES OP EZEKIEL.
The
a reflective sense.
upon"
passive rendering, "trampled
(Umbreit), or ad conculcandum projectus, thrown down, to be trodden under foot (Gesenius, that the Ilophal reflective
field
in
an
open
etc.), is
We
this.
would not be found stamping with the
ver. 66,
gives a
it
expression
*
more emphatic
sense.
^^0*]^ is
struction of this kind
ver.
Hitzig's
live.
in the first clause with "n,
^^.J?"]?
second with 1»K, can hardly be entertained.
A
and
in the
double con-
not required either by the repetition of
is
or by the uniform position of
clauses, as
a concise
for although lying in thy blood, in which thou
;
proposal to connect
In
compared with
1
before
^^'"0'^2
Kings xx. 18 and
''^n
in both
Isa. xxvii. 5.
la the description of the real fact breaks through the
The word
allegory.
of
God
""^n,
live,
was
The
resumed immediately.
child
grew
visibly fulfilled in
But the
the innumerable multiplication of Israel.
(•"'^'i,
as in
allegory
Gen.
xxi.
to enter into a thing, as in ver. 8
supposes).
charms, for
D''''^y '•'ly, D"'''ny is
is
not the plural of
*'
editions,
in, as
3,
Hitzig
""ly
but according to the
;
with the tone upon the
equivalent to Ci^ny, a dual
cannot mean ornament in ciii. 5,
not to proceed
not most beautiful ornament, or highest
and most of the
penultima,
;
is
20
Deut. XXX. 16), and came into ornament of cheeks (Nia with
Chetib
is
be taken
We prefer the former,
Live.' "
wouldst inevitably bleed to death, yet thou shalt
"i»k,
to
is
'n!'?*^?
which
or with "^ i»N1: I said to thee, " In thy blood live;"
^^n
because
T]?
has no force
feet,
In the clause
allegorical description.
" I said to thee in thy blood,
or,
as the objec-
;
namely, that a new-born child thrown into
written twice, the question arises whether
with
to the objection
therefore prefer the
meaning, treading oneself, or stanjping
tion offered to this,
a
used for
is
the cheek," which
form
so that
'^^V
this case, but, as in Ps. xxxix. 9
and
is
;
the traditional meaning (cf. Ges.
Ornament of cheeks is youthful freshness and beauty of face. The clauses which follow describe the arrival |i33, when applied to the breasts, means to expand, of puberty. Thes. p. 993).
lit.
to raise oneself up.
"iyB>
= wh^i
"ij?*^,
pubes.
The
descrip-
:
CHAP. XYI.
201
6-14.
tlon given in these verses refers to the preservation
vellous multiplication of Israel in Egypt,
grew
Israel
(D'ly
abstract sense of nakedness to give
where the sons of
under the divine blessing.
into a nation
was quite naked and bare
adjectives
and bareness, used in the place of
Naked and bare
Nakedness represents deprivation of
it
gracious revelations of God.
grown up
and chose
to
for
His
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
8.
His bride the
womanhood, and with
more
is
I
love.
precisely defined as
spread
my wing
nakedness. ii.
(of.
" I swore
Ruth
iii.
C^M
9),
at Sinai.
i.e.
in other words,
;
and thereby covered thy and
His wife.
As
i.e.
into
of Israel as
Vers. 9 sqq. describe
and Deut.
5, 6,
v.
adorning, and maintenance of
the bride prepares herself for the wedding Israel
blemishes and impurities which adhered to
from
rinsing from the blood
2
how Jehovah provided
washing and anointing, so did the Lord cleanse
The
Hos.
fidelity (cf.
represented as a marriage
covenant (compare Ex. xxiv. 8 with xix.
for the purification, clothing,
my
the lappet of
by the adoption is
thy
tJPiy,
ny, the time of conjugal
to thee," sc. love
the possession of Jehovah, which
for ^^^).
In
contracted mar-
21, 22), and entered into a covenant with thee,
"HJ^N
glorious,
The Lord then went who had already
whom He
over thee,
that gracious connection formed
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
it
possession.
virgin,
garment, which also served as a counterpane I married thee
(Hitzig).
state of nature, destitute of the
by the conclusion of the covenant
riage
Egypt"
the blessings of salva-
as the people. of
Egypt, Israel was living in a
time,
all
which the Lord endowed Israel and made
had adopted
past again,
are
destitute of either clothing or
still
of the people in the wilderness attached to
He
in the
This implies something more than " the poverty
ornaments.
after
Still it
and nny are substantives
greater emphasis).
figurative expressions for
tion with
and mar-
it
must not be understood
by
from the birth.
its
as specially
referring either to the laws of purification given to the nation (Hitzig), or as relating solely to the purification effected
covenant
sacrifice
(Havernick).
It
embraces
all
by the
that the
Lord
;
202
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
did for the purifying of the people from the pollution of sin, i.e.
for
The
sanctification.
its
anointing with
powers of the Spirit of God, which flowed
The
divine covenant of grace.
and adorning with
and glory of
that promote the heauty
described as
made
were accustomed
clothe
to
comm. on Ex.
l^n^,
themselves.
'^^\P.f
is
embroidered
The word
is
used here for a fine
which ornamental sandals were made :
the headband
;
for
^^n
is
this
the technical expression for
winding round of the turban-like headdress
the binding or
Ex. xxix. 9; Lev.
ch. xxiv. 17;
by the Targum covering with
clothing
" I bound thee round with byssus "
a kind of morocco.
(cf.
the gifts
all
The
probably the sea-cow, Manati (see
xxv. 5).
description of leather of
refers to
life.
of the costliest materials with which queens
cloth (Ps. xlv. 15).
the
from the
a wealthy lady or
equipment of Israel with
princess, points to the
indicates the
clothing with costly garments,
the jewellery of
all
oil
to Israel
viii.
13),
to the headdress of the priests. ''^'^,
as
and
applied
is
Consequently
distinguished from clothing, can only
refer to covering with the veil, one of the principal articles of
a woman's
The
toilet.
dir.
\ey.
""^'D
(vers.
explained by the Rabbins as signifying
render
According
Tpv)(a'inov.
it
formed by the
LXX.:
tum, ut pilorum
et
to
quod taniae
silk.
Jerome,
10 and 13)
this
is
LXX.
The
a
is
word
subtilitatis fuerit vestimen-
capillorum tenuitatem habere credatur.
The
jewellery included not only armlets, nose-rings, and ear-rings,
which the daughters of
Israel
were generally accustomed
to
wear, but also necklaces and a crown, as ornaments worn by princesses
and queens.
For
T*?"!,
see
comm. on Gen.
Ver. 13 sums up the contents of vers. 9-12.
conform
to
result of the
''K'O
:
the food
whole
is
is
said to
referred to once
^C'E' is
more
;
xli.
42.
made
to
and the
have been, that Jerusalem became
exceedingly beautiful, and flourished even to royal dignity.
The
latter
ment
cannot be taken as referring simply to the establish-
of the
monarchy under David, any more than merely
to
the spiritual sovereignty for which Israel was chosen from the
CHAP. XVI.
very beginning (Ex. xix.
The
beauty,
It
i.e.
Israel
and the
of priests,
his-
through the Davidic sovereignty.
torical realization of this call
fame of
expression includes both,
kingdom
the call of Israel to be a
viz.
The
5, 6).
203
15-22.
glory, of Israel
became
so great, that the
name or
sounded abroad in consequence among the nations.
was perfect, because the Lord had put His glory upon His
Church.
This, too,
we must
not restrict (as Havernick does) to
the far-sounding fame of Israel on
(Ex. XV. 14 sqq.)
it
;
departure from Egypt
its
refers pre-eminently to the glory of the theo-
cracy under David and Solomon, the fame of which spread into lands.
all
—Thus had
the nations, but
it
The
Vers. 15-34.
15-22
vers.
;
its
Israel
been
glorified
by
its
and
beauty,
didst
—
described as
is
Ver. 15. But thou didst trust in thy
commit fornication upon thy name, and didst
pour out thy fornication over every one who passed by Ver. 16. Thou didst take of thy
became.
and
•make to thyself spotted heights,
them
take place.
Ver. 17.
ornameiit of
my
and
make
didst
them;
with
didst
things ichich should not come,
:
clothes,
and
And
gold and of
my
And
fed
I
thee,
came
gave
and
didst
thou didst
to thee, fine flour,
and
I had
which
didst cover them therewith
and my
oil
and my
And my
Ver. 19. oil,
embroidered
thy
take :
given thee,
commit fornication
and honey,
bread,
luherewith
thou didst set before them for a pleasant odour
to pass, is the
saying of' the
me, and didst sacrifice them
Lord Jehovah.
didst give them up, thine
to
them
to
devoting them to them.
abominations
I
this
:
Ver. 20.
whom
And
thou barest
devour.
Ver. 21. Thou didst slay
fornication too little?
all
didst
which should not
that
thou didst take thy sons and thy daughters, to
clothes,
commit fornication upon
and
silver,
thyself male images,
Ver. 18.
his it
:
and
thou didst take jewellery of thine
incense thou didst set before them.
which
all
God.
In close
vers. 23-34.
magnitude and extent,
adultery.
its
and nature,
Its origin
apostasy of Israel.
connection with what precedes, this apostasy
whoredom and
God above
did not continue in fellowship with
my
Was
thy
sons,
and
Ver. 22. Aiid in
and thy fornications thou
didst
not
";
204
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
remember
and
bare,
days of thy youth, when thou wast' naked and
the
layest
stampmg
glory, of Israel led to
of
confidence; that
its
and
possessions
in thy blood.
is
and allowed
conferred upon
itself
as
its
xxxii.
the
i.e.
the ground
it
looked upon
it
it
beauty,
made
it
the gifts
and
desert;
for-
with the heathen nations,
traffic
For the
to be seduced to heathen ways.
compare Deut.
fact,
say,
to
getting the giver, began to
—The
because
fall,
its
15 and Hos.
xiii.
"We
6.
are
inflamed with pride and arrogance, and consequently profane the gifts of God, in which His glory ought to be resplendent ^OK'
(Calvin).
mit fornication Thes. p. 422),
only
'Jin
does not
;
connected with
njT
has neither of these meanings, even in Judg.
It means, " thou didst
xix. 2.
name,
mean either " thou didst comnotwithstanding thy name " (Winer and Ges. or "against thy name" (Havernick) for ?V
i>y
i.e.
we must
commit
not understand
^^
the city of God, but must explain as denoting the
among words,
name,
i.e.
its
beauty.
In the closing
and
"'H"!
stands for
*n^^,
v,
refers to
sh
"isij?"73, ""n^l
because
remaining (compare
''i}\
'H!,
i?
Hos.
ought
the copula
to stand first,
The
vi. 1).
depicted in concrete terms in vers.
is
is
made
spotted
its
God.
heights for
—Ver.
16.
With
and
;
still
represented as giving up to idolatry
had received from
This
16-22
with the marriage relation described in vers. 8-13 view, Israel
subject
the beauty became his (cf. Ps. xlv. 12).
is "•£)*;
fornication
it
of
accordance with ver. 14,
in
the heathen on account of '•n^
and only ''i}\
name
as referring to the
it,
the renown, which Israel had acquired
having been dropped from
to
upon thy
fornication
upon thy name " (Hitzig and Maurer)
in reliance
all
in
that
the clothes
it
n^03 stands for ni»3 ^03^
itself.
temples of heights, small temples erected upon heights by the side of the altars (1 fact, see
the
Kings
comm. on
1
xiii.
32
Kings
;
2 Kings
iii.
2),
xvii.
29
xxiii. 7,
for the
which may probably
have consisted simply of tents furnished with carpets. 2 Kings
;
Compare
where the women are described as weaving
tents for Astarte, also the tent-like temples of the Slavonian
— ;
CHAP. XVL tribes in
Germany, which
curtains (see
Mohne on
bamoth Ezekiel speckled
(cf.
3HT
205
and
consisted of variegated carpets
These
Creuzer's Si/mboUk, V. p. 176).
not variegated, but spotted or
riiN7a,
calls
15-22.-i<I
Gen. xxx. 32), possibly with the subordinate idea
of patched (^^??P, Josh. ix. 5), because they used for the carpets
not merely whole garments, but pieces of cloth as well
word being introduced here
commit whoredom upon them,"
The words
'1J1
the
for the purpose of indicating con-
"
temptuously the worthlessness of such conduct.
temples.
;
i.e.
upon the carpets
Thou
didst
in the tent-
niX3 N? are no doubt relative clauses
but the usual explanation,
''
which has not occurred, and
not be," after Ex. x. 14, cannot be vindicated, as
it is
will
impossible
to prove either the use of Nis in the sense of occurring or
happening (=
n^n), or
the use of the participle instead of the
preterite in connection with the future.
can only supply one of
this connection
imperfect (Ewald,
ought to be.
The
§
168c), and, like
form
participial
The participle niN3 in the many senses of the
n\n^j
express that which
riiX3 is evidently
chosen for
the sake of obtaining a paronomasia with niD3: the heights
which should not come
(i.e.
should not be erected)
points back to On^j; ^JWI
'^'!J}\
:
;
while k^
« what should not happen."
The jewellery of gold and silver was used by Israel W^j idols of the male sex, to commit fornication with
Ver. 17. for
"I3T
Ewald
them.
which were
set
thinks that the allusion
is to
Penates (terapkim),
up in the house, with grnaments suspended upon
them, and worshipped with
lectisternia.
But
there
still
less
do, of
is
And
allusion to lectisternia here than in ch. xxiii. 41.
no more there
is
ground for thinking, as Vatke, Movers, and Havernick
Lingam-
or Phallus-worship, of which
find the sli<Thtest trace
among
the Israelites.
it is
impossible to
The arguments
used by Havernick have been already proved by Hitzig to have
no force whatever.
The
context does not point to idols of any
particular kind, but to the
whilst the worship of
20
many
Moloch
is
varieties of Baal-worship;
specially
mentioned in vers.
sqq. as being the greatest abomination of the whole.
The
;
206
TUE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
fact that BD^3Q7
them
to set before
{n3,
(the
does not
idols),
refer to lectisternia, but to sacrifices offered as food for the gods, is
indisputably evident from the words nn^3
God
expression for the sacrificial odour ascending to i.
13, etc.).
9,
(ver.
'•n.'l
and
19),
came
it
the technical
n"'^?,
Lev.
(cf.
to pass {sc. this
abomination), merely serves to give emphatic expression to the disgust which
occasioned (Hitzig).
it
even content with
—Vers. 20, 21.
And
which God had given her
The
to idols.
revulsion of feeling
produced by the abominations of the Moloch- worship in the expression
^'^^^?.f
that they might devour
question
was
this
;
and
more
still
there too
little
viii.
little
whoredom?" which
The
in this cormection.
17 and
\0 is rather
Isa. xlix. 6, in the sense of too:
20 and 25)
is
33, but without
comes out
still
any
little,
The
was that
Chetib
a singular, as in vers. 25 and 29
whereas the Keri has treated
and
idols,
whoredom?"
in thy
thou didst also slaughter thy children to idols? (vers.
shown
in the reproachful
thy whoredom, already described in vers. 16—19, too
TjniJtn
is
thy children to
a smaller thing than thy
would mean far too used, as in ch.
them
sacrifice
used in a comparative sense, though not to
JO before ^^niJTn is
signify "
thou didst
"was
01?»n,
'riD
not
the adulteress sacrificed the children
this,
as a plural, as in vers. 15, 22,
it
The
satisfactory ground.
more strongly
indignation
in the description given of these
abominations in ver. 21: "thou didst slay wiy sons" (whereas
whom
in ver.
20 we have simply " thy
me "),
" and didst give them up to them,
them pass through,"
sc.
the
for lustration or februation
fire,
by
sons,
"*'?J?'!I
fire,
is
(2
Kings
xxiii. 10).
by making
used here not merely
but for the actual burning
of the children slain as sacrifices, so that "i]?Q? IJ'Sa "i^^vn
thou hast born to 'T'?^'!'?,
By
it
is
equivalent to
the process of burning,
the sacrifices were given to Moloch to devour.
Ezekiel has
the Moloch-worship in his eye in the form which
had assumed
it
from the times of Ahaz downwards, when the people began burn their children xxiii. 10),
whereas
all
to
Moloch
(cf.
2 Kings xvi.
3, xxi.
to 6,
that can be proved to have been practised
207
CHAP. XVI. 23-34.
in earlier times
through
by the
Israelites
fire
(compare the remarks on
fire
Lev.
was the passing of children
without either slaying or burning
xviii. 21).
—Amidst
this
;
subject in the
youth, or
its
through the abundance of His
shows the depth of
out of the glorious
it
This base ingratitude
gifts.
and magnifies
its fall,
22& compare vers. 7 and
comm. on
these abominations Israel did not
all
how the Lord had adopted it deepest wretchedness to be His people, and had made remember
For
guilt.
its
And
came
it
to
thee I is the saying
pass after
and
cross road,
— Yer.
Woe^ woe
—Ver. 24.
Thou
to
didst
thyself high places in all
and
didst disgrace thy beauty,
and
open thy
stretch
for every one that passed by, and didst increase thy whore-
dom.
Ver. 26. Thou didst commit fornication with the sons of
Egypt thy neighbours, great whoredom out
make
didst
—
Ver. 25. Thou didst build thy high places at every
the streets.
feet
all thy wichedness
of the Lord Jehovah
build thyself arches,
ver.
6.
Vers. 23-34. Extent and magnitude of the idolatry. 23.
by
a februation
my hand
gave thee
up
against thee,
to the desire
the Philistines,
of
in flesh,
and
didst
increase thy
Ver. 27. And, behold, I stretched
provoke me.
to
and diminished those
who
and
thine allowance,
hate thee, the daughters of
who are ashamed of thy lewd way. Ver.
28.
And
thou didst commit fornication with the sons of Asshur, because
thou art never satisfied; and did^t commit fornication with them,
and wast thy
Ver. 29.
also not satisfied.
whoredom
not satisfied.
saying of the
to
And
thou didst increase
Canaan^ s land, Chaldaea, and even thereby
Ver. 30.
How
Lord Jehovah,
is
thy heart
!
ivast
is
the
that thou doest all this, the doings
Ver.
of a dissolute prostitute. arches at every cross road,
languishing
31.
When
thou buildest thy
and madest thy high places
in every
road, thou wast not like the harlot, since thou despisedst payment,
Ver. 32. The adulterous wife taketh strangers instead of her husband. Ver. 33. Men give presents to all prostitutes ; but thou gavest thy presents to all thy suitors,
and
didst
reward them for coming to
thee from all sides, for fornication with thee.
Ver. 34.
And there
:
208
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
was in
thee the very opposite
men did
and payment was not given
By
the
of
women
not go whoring after thee.
^r'y"^"''? ^"iin^)
commenced
to thee,
the picture of
in ver. 22,
is
whoredom,
in thy
In that thou thou wast
tJie
very opposite.
all sin, all evil,
must
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
the wide spread of idolatry,
placed in the relation of chronological
sequence to the description already given of the idolatry
For
that
payment}
givest
first exist
before
itself.
The
can spread.
it
spreading of idolatry was at the same time an increase of apostasy from God.
This
not to be sought, however, in the
is
which
fact that Israel forsook the sanctuary,
pointed for itself it
it
as the scene of
It consisted rather in this, that
erected idolatrous altars and
all
ap-
His gracious presence, and built
idol-temples (Kliefoth).
and cross-roads
God had
little
(vers. 24, 25),
temples at
all
street-corners
and committed adultery with
heathen nations (vers. 26, 28, 29), and could not be induced
to relinquish idolatry either
by the
27), or
qnjivpzi is the
uselessness
The
of
(ver.
such conduct (vers. 32-34).
whole of the apostasy from the Lord depicted
which prevailed more and more as idolatry
in vers. 15-22,
spread.
by the chastisements of God
picture of this extension of idolatry
is
introduced
with woe! woe! to indicate at the outset the fearful judgment
which Jerusalem was bringing upon clamation of woe
is
inserted parenthetically
forms the apodosis to
^'^'11
taken as general terms
;
thereby.
itself
in ver. 23.
but, as the
33
for
;
ex-
(ver.
24)
and non are to be
singular
plural ^^nbi in ver. 39 plainly shows, 33
""ii^rii
The
is
with the
'H??
a collective word.
Havernick has very properly called attention to the analogy between
and nap in Num. xxv.
33
8,
which
is
used there to
denote an apartment furnished or used for the service of BaalPeor.
As
nai?^
a vault; so arched, a
33,
hump
from
331?, signifies literally
from
333, is literally
or back, and hence
is
that which
that which
is
is
arched,
curved or
used here for buildings
erected for idolatrous purposes, small temples built on heights,
which were probably so for fornication.
The
called to distinguish
them
ancient translations suggest
as chapels this,
viz.
:
CHAP. XVI.
LXX. thus
evOa
"Trpoaycoyiovj
:
and
oiKTjfia TTopviKov
word rdmdli
sit
7roppa<s rpicpeiv
Hoi
is
elwOaai ; Vulg.
signifies artificial heights,
upon eminences, commonly
altars built
primary
which Polycliron. explains
eKOe/xa,
Ta<;
lupanar and prostibulam.
209
23-34.
i.e.
The
bdmoth.
called
probably chosen here with an allusion to the
signification, height, as
Jerome has
said
:
quod excelsus
ut volentihus fornicari procul appareat fornicationis locus et
nan necesse
sit
The
quaeri.
the idolatry and
26-29 by a
individualized in vers.
We
facts.
intercourse
increase of the
intercourse with
illicit
whoredom,
i.e.
of
heathenish ways,
is
specification of historical
cannot agree with Hitzig in restricting the
Egypt
with
(ver.
26),
Asshur
(ver.
illicit
and
28),
Clialdaea (ver. 29) to political apostasy, as distinguished from
There
the religious apostasy already depicted. indicate
any such
Under
distinction.
is
nothing to
the figure of whoredom,
both in what precedes and what follows, the inclination of Israel to heathen political, is
in all
Egypt
its
extent, both
stands
first
;
and
religious
for the apostasy of
from the Lord commenced with the worship of the golden
Israel calf,
ways
embraced.
and the longing
in
the wilderness for the fleshpots of
From time immemorial Egypt was most deeply sunken heathenish worship of nature. The sons of Egypt are
Egypt. in the
therefore described, in accordance with the allegory, as
magni came {hdzdr^ a euphemism
;
cf. ch. xxiii.
ing to the correct explanation of Theodoret
:
Tcov elBdoXwv Bepair^ia TrpoaTerrjKora';, ovroL
rfi
20),
"^'^3 'h^}^
i.e.
accord-
jxeB' virep^o\ri<i
yap koI rpdjoxj^
Kol ^6a<i Kol irpo^ara, Kvva^ re KaX iriO^KOvi Kol KpoKoBeLXov^
The way
which
God
punished this erring conduct was, that, like a husband
who
KoX
X^â&#x201A;Źi<s
Koi UpaKa<i irpocreKvvrja-av.
in
endeavours by means of chastisement to induce his faithless wife to return,
He
diminished the supply of food, clothing,
etc.
{chog, as in Prov. xxx. 8), intended for the wife (for the fact
compare Hos.
ii.
9,
10)
to attain to the glory
been conferred upon
EZEK.
I.
;
this
He
did by " not allowing Israel
and power which would otherwise have it
;
that
is
to say,
by not permitting
O
it
to
; ;
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
210.
acquire the undisturbed and undivided possession of Canaan,
but giving
up
it
power and scorn of the princes of the
to the
rwn
Philistines" (Kliefoth).
|n3,
any one up
to give
The daughters
desire of another.
to the
of the Philistines are the
Philistian states, corresponding to the representation of Israel as an adulterous wife.
principal foes,
The
Philistines are
because Israel
mentioned as the
completely into their power at
fell
Sam.
the end of the period of the Judges (cf. Judg. xiii.-xvi.; 1 iv.)
and they are referred
;
of Israel, as having been
the
Israelite's,
to here, for the deeper humiliation
ashamed of the
licentious conduct of
because they adhered to their gods, and did not
exchange them for others as Israel had done (compare Jer. ii.
nST (ver. 27)
10, 11).
which
is
Lev.
in
as
xviii. 17.
(2
Kings
that
is
dom sober
applied to the sin of profligacy,
Israel
was not improved by
Ahaz, who sought help from the
xvi. 7 sqq.)
;
and even with
of it,
Judah by seeking the so as to lead
Q''JTri
(nJT,
this
it
with accus.).
satisfied
brought upon the king-
friendship of Assyria did not
to give
In
Assyrians
was not
this it
to say, the serious consequences
heathen and their gods.
from
is
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; But
way,
in apposition to ^3'}'1: thy
committed adultery with Asshur also from
It
times of
the
Zimmdh
zimmdh.
chastisement.
is
up seeking
ver. 28, ^^
is
''^l^
The former
from the
for help
distinguished
denotes the immoral
pursuit of a person for the purpose of procuring his favour
the latter, adulterous intercourse with him,
has been secured.
The thought
when
of the verse
sought the favour of Assyria, because
it
and continued
this
is
was not
his favour :
Israel
satisfied
with
illicit
intercourse with Egypt,
yet
did not find satisfaction or sufficiency even in this, but
it
increased
Chaldaea.
Canaan
its
cultivate
to
it
adultery ^^''^f? il'?| ri^"''^, to the Canaan's-land J'nsi is not the proper name of the land of
IV^a
here, but
an appellative designation applied to Chaldaea
{Kasdim) or Babylonia,
as in ch. xvii.
4 (Raschi).
tion of the words, as signifying the land of
by the fact that an
The
Canaan,
is
allusion to Canaanitish idolatry
explana-
precluded
and
inter-
;
211
CHAP. XVI. 28-34.
course after the mention of Assliur would be out of place, and
would not coincide with the
historical order of things
since
;
it
cannot be shown that " a more general diffusion of the religious customs of Canaan took place after the Assyrian era."
word
And
more decidedly precluded by the introduction of the
it is still
'^9''1^?j
which cannot possibly mean as far
as,
or unto,
pN
Chaldaea, and can only be a more precise definition of
The
jyja.
only thing about which a question can be raised,
the reason
why
Chaldaea
whether
in
;
the epithet it
is
should have been applied to
}j;23
merely related
to the
commercial
spirit,
which Babylon was by no means behind the Canaanitish
Tyre and Sidon, or whether
allusion
and immorality of Canaan.
idolatry
also made to the The former is by no
was
we find that in ch. xvii. 4 " the land designated "a city of merchants" {rokliHim).
means
to be excluded, as
Canaan" is But we must not exclude the of
My
Belus- and
11 tta-
latter either,
as in the
and Astarte-worship of Canaan had degenerated
of the Baal-
into shameless unchastity (cf. Herodotus,
In
inasmuch
worship of Babylon the voluptuous character
ver. 30, the contents of vers.
i.
199).
16-29 are summed up
in the
verdict which the Lord pronounces upon the harlot and adulteress
:
" yet
participle
Kal
in the Fual,
how
languishing
air. \ey.
and that
is
thy heart
!
"
^^^^.
(as
a
since the verb only occurs elsewhere
;
in the sense of faded or
pining away)
can only signify a morbid pining or languishing, or the craving of
immodest
form T\\id}
nzip
is
desire,
also utt. \ey.
nD?t;^,
zondhy one
which has grown into a
powerful,
;
but
it
is
commanding
who knows no
The
disease.
analogous to the plural ;
as
an epithet applied to
limit to her actions, unrestrained
^ Hitzig objects to the two forms, which do not occur elsewhere and with the help of the Sept. rendering ri Itxdu rvii/ dvyccripx aov, which is a mere guess founded upon the false reading T\r\X> n^DN flD, he adopts the ;
conjectural reading !|ri2^ n^lpX HD,
by which he
enriches the
"what hope is there for thy daughter?"
Hebrew language with a new word
the prophecy contained in this chapter with a thought which foreign to
it,
and altogether unsuitable.
(ni?CiN), is
and
completely
212
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
hence in Arabic, insolent, shameless. independent sentence, which
Ver. 31 contains an
facilitates the
to the
transition
thought expanded in vers. 32-34, namely, that Jerusalem had surpassed
ail
as dependent
upon the
protasis in ver. 30,
draggling style of expression, but the
31&
ver.
If we take ver. 31 we not only get a very new thought expressed in
other harlots in her whoredoms.
reduced to a merely secondary idea; whereas the
is
expansion of
it
32 sqq. shows that
in vers.
And
feature into the address.
if this
cannot be taken as co-ordinate with as the apodosis
"Ti^^y,
the case,
.
.
,
For commentary on
the plural suffix attached to ^^01333, see the
The
ch. vi. 8. {vid.
what
infinitive Dpjpp
Ewald,
§
payment words,
answers to the Latin gerund in
237c and 2S0d), indicating wherein, or in
respect, the harlot
prostitute
thou wast not
thou disdainest payment."
like the (ordinary) harlot, since
ndo
"'^l^^'^"^j?1
but must be construed
" in thy building of rooms
:
new
introduces a
it
is
Jerusalem differed from an ordinary
namely, in the fact that she disdained to receive
;
That
for her prostitution.
meaning
this is the
rendered indisputable by vers. 32-34.
is
of the
But the
majority of expositors have taken Ijnx DviP as indicating the point of comparison between Israel and other harlots,
what respect
defining in
then, as this thought
at variance with
is
attempted to remove the explanations.
Most
of
what
them
resort to the explanation
who
still
more,^
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;an
;
have
:
thou
disdain to receive the
offered for their prostitution, in the
obtaining
follows,
as
and
discrepancy by various untenable
wast not like the other prostitutes,
payment
i.e.
Israel resembled other prostitutes
hope of thereby
explanation which imports into the
^ Jerome adopts this rendering non facta es quasi meretrix fastidio augens pretium, and gives the following explanation " thou hast not imi:
:
tated the cunning prostitutes,
by
who
are accustomed to raise the price of lust
increasing the difficulties, and in this
greater frenzy." tion
:
" thou
offered
way
to excite their lovers to
Rosenmiiller and Maurer have adopted a similar explana-
difPerest greatly
them by their
harlots, who despise the payment may get still more for thou acceptest
from other
lovers, that
they
any reward, being content with the lowest payment offer a price to thine own lovers."
;
;
yea, thou dost even
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
CHAP. XVI.
213
23-34.
words a thought that has no existence in them
at
Haver-
all.
nick seeks to fix upon D^p, by means of the Aramaean, the
meaning
cry out (crying out payment), in opposition to the
to
ordinary meaning of u?p, to disdain, or ridicule, in which sense
Ezekiel also uses the noun
Hitzig
np?!? in ch. xxii. 4.
back upon the handy method of altering the text
;
and
Kliefoth gives to ? the imaginary meaning " so far as,"
falls
finally, i.e.
" to
such a degree that," which cannot be defended either through
Ex. xxxix. 19 or from Deut. xsiv.
which the
infinitive construct
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;With
5.
with
p is used,
the loose
we grant
way
in
that the
words are ambiguous, and might have the meaning which the majority of the commentators have discovered in them this
view
is
idea introduced
by
iJOK D?pp
ject of the sentence, "
subject
is
;
but
by no means necessary, inasmuch as the subordinate
compared.
may
tJiou,'^
Only
refer quite as well to the sub-
as to the zondh with
whom
in the latter case the I^HN D?i?
the
would
apply to other harlots as well as to Israel; whereas in the
former
and shows
applies to Israel alone,
it
in
Israel did not resemble ordinary prostitutes. tion
In
which followed was a
sufficient safe^juard against mistake.
this explanation adulteresses are
and then common be taken, as
it
what it was that But the explana-
mentioned
prostitutes (vers. 33, 34).
first
(ver. 32),
Ver. 32 must not
has been by the majority of commentators, as an
exclamation, or a reproof addressed to the adulteress Jerusalem:
O
thou adulterous wife, that taketh strangers instead of her
husband
Such an exclamation
!
nection at
all.
But the verse
account, as Hitzig proposes.
is
as this does not suit the con-
not to be struck out on that
It has simply to be construed in
another way, and taken as a statement of what adulteresses do (Kliefoth).
They
take strangers instead of their husband, and
seek their recompense in the simple change, and the pleasure of being with other men.
n'^'''X
nnri,
lit.
under her husband,
i.e.
as a wife subject to her husband, as in the connection with HJT in ch. xxiii. 5 and Hos. iv. 12 (see
Vers. 33, 34.
Common
thecomm. on Num.
prostitutes give themselves
up
v. 19).
for pre-
214
THE PROPHECIES OP EZEKIEL
sents
that
but Israel, on the contrary, gave presents to
;
did the very opposite to
it
its
lovers, so
other harlots, and the practice
all
of ordinary prostitutes was left far behind by that of Israel.
The change
of forms
and
i<^3
175
(a present)
is
probably to be
explained simply on the ground that the form Uli was length-
ened into p3 with a consonant as the termination, because the suffix
could be attached more easily to the other.
reverse, the opposite,
unheard harlot.
with the present context, something
i.e.
now
As
Israel has
punish
will
been worse than
notwithstanding
it
shame shall be uncovered before
all
its
all
the nations (vers. 36-42), and
According
manifest (vers. 43-52).
the threat of punishment divides
manner
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
In the
it
shall be
made
to these points of view,
two parts in the
itself into
first (vers.
35-42) we have,
first
of
36), a recapitulation of the guilty conduct described
16-34
in vers.
:
the heathen,
election, so that its
the justice of the judgment to be inflicted upon
all (in ver.
The
Jerusalem with her abominations.
turns to an announcement of the punishment.
Vers. 35-52.
following
him
has thus fulfilled the task appointed
in ver. 2, to charge
Jehovah
the
which never occurred in the case of any other
of,
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Ezekiel
address
^S[i,
;
and secondly, an announcement of the punish-
ment corresponding to the guilt, as the punishment of adultery and murder retribution
(vers.
the second part justice of this
35.
(vers.
its infliction,
as
39-42).
In
(vers.
43-52) there follows a proof of the
judgment.
Vers. 35-42.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Ver.
37 and 48), and a picture of
for the enormities committed
The punishment
Therefore,
harlot,
will
correspond to the
sin.
hear the word of Jehovah!
Ver. 36. Thus saith the Lord Jehovah, Because thy brass has been lavished, lovers,
and thy shame exposed
and because of
according
to
the blood
all the idols
in thy
of
whoredom
thou hast pleased,
with all
whom
thy
and
of thy sons, which thou hast given them
Ver. 37. Therefore, behold, 1 will gather together
whom
xcith
thine abominations,
and
all
thou hast hated,
whom
and
;
all thy lovers,
thou hast loved, together
will gather
than against
thee
CHAP. SVI.
from round
may the
aboutf
and
will expose thy
shame.
see all thy
shame
/ will
Ver. 38.
215
35-42-
to
them^ that they
judge thee according
to
judgment of adulteresses and murderessesj and make
thee into
And I tvill give
thee into
blood of wrath and jealousy.
Ver. 39.
may destroy may strip tliy
their hand, that they
heights
that they
;
thy arches,
and pull down thy
clothes off thee,
and
take thy
splendid jewellery, and leave thee naked and bare.
And
they shall bring
and
cut thee in pieces loith their sicoi'ds.
shall
up a company against
burn thy houses with
and thou
;
and
of many women.
before the eyes
whoredom
fire^
And I
quiet
my
jealousy
from
thee,
wilt also give
stone thee,
Ver. 41. A7id they
judgment upon
payment no more.
thee^
I may
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; In the brief summary of
and
Thus do 1 put an end
fury toward that
execute
thee,
Ver. 40.
repose
and
loill
:
her shame
Ver. 42.
and vex myself no more.
the guilt of the whore, the followis
to
be
(1) the pouring out of her brass and the exposure of ;
(2) the idols of her abominations (with bv before
the noun, corresponding to
before the infinitive)
\V'l
(3) the
;
blood of her sons, with the preposition 3, according indicate the measure of her punishment.
mentioned as constituting the
The
thy
away my
turn
ing objects are singled out, as those for which she
punished
thee
to
first is,
first
Two
to,
to
things are
ground of punishment.
" because thy brass has been poured out."
Most
of the commentators have explained this correctly, as referring to the fact that Israel
from the Lord, (vers.
had squandered the possessions received
viz. gold, silver, jewellery, clothing,
10-13 and 16-19), upon
connected with
this is
idolatry.
The
and food
only difficulty
the use of the word n^chosheth, brass or
copper, in the general sense of
money
or metal, as there are no
other passages to support this use of the word.
At
the same
time, the objection raised to this, namely, that n^chosheth cannot signify
money, because the Hebrews had no copper
coin, is
an
assertion without proof, since all that can be affirmed with cer-
tainty
is,
money is not menOld Testament, with the exception of
that the use of copper or brass as
tioned anywhere in the
216
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
But we cannot
the passage before us.
from
this that
it
began to stamp
was not then
infer with certainty
As
in use.
soon as the
coins, bronze or copper coins
Hebrews
were stamped as
and specimens of these are
well as the silver shekels,
still
in
existence from the time of the Maccabees, with the inscription
" Simon, prince of Israel
by Werlhof,
transl.
these coins were in
p.
Cavedoni, Bibl. Numismatiky
(cf.
"
20
Judging from
sqq.).
their size,
probability worth a whole, a half,
all
quarter gerah (Caved, pp. 50, 51).
and a
then, the silver shekel
If,
of the value of 21 grains contained twenty gerahs in Moses' time, and they had already silver pieces of the weight of a
shekel and half shekel, whilst quarter shekels are also
men-
tioned in the time of Samuel, there would certainly be metal
and
coins in use of the value of a gerah for the purposes of trade
commerce, and these would
in all probability be
made of brass, penny would
copper, or bronze, as silver coins of the value of a
have been found too small. Consequently it cannot be positively
may have been
denied that brass or copper
used as coin for the
payment of a gerah, and therefore
that the
may have been
We
applied to money.
word n'chosheih
therefore adhere to
the explanation that brass stands for money, which has been already adopted by the
LXX.
and Jerome
;
and we do so
the more, because every attempt that has been
another meaning upon pretation (Rabb.), or is
whether by
all
to fasten
allegorical inter-
from the Arabic, or by altering the
text,
not only arbitrary, but does not even yield a meaning that
suits the context.
lavished.
the of
n'chosJieth,
made
To
'^ISE'n,
to
be poured out â&#x20AC;&#x201D; squandered or
the squandering of the possessions bestowed
Lord upon His congregation,
its
shame,
i.e.
the disgraceful sacrifice of the honour and
dignity of the people of God, of which Israel had guilty
by
its
whoredom with
and adopting heathen ways. thy lovers (/^ standing for
Ewald,
by
there was added the exposure
§ 217i, p. 561),
is
to
idols, i.e.
by
^^?l|^'P~''V, ?i?,
made
itself
falling into idolatry,
to (towards),
i.e.
according to later usage
:
with vid.
be explained after the analogy of
CHAP. XVI. 7K
njT,
Lord,
But
was not enough
it
their idols
Israel also
;
made
of logs of abominations,
honey
of idols,
i.e.
but gave to
this,
Lord
He
will
to
by slaying
On
Because
the sin.
its
all
the
it
shall
ii.
Jerusalem
crime.
had committed adultery, by
Israel)
explanation nations shall
to adultery
had committed
bloodshed.
;
has
be given up
The
12.
upon Jerusalem the punishment due (i.e.
now
The heathen
of the figure follows in ver. 38.
into idolatry
The
Isz'ael
the uncovering of the naked-
ness as a punishment, compare Hos.
It
with
them execute the judgment.
will correspond
altogether into their power.
Jehovah
satisfied
gather them together, both friend and foe,
cultivated friendship with the heathen,
inflict
its
Therefore (vers. 37 sqq.) the
(ver. 20).
against Jerusalem, and let
punishment
kinds
hung
it
uncover the shame of His people before
will
nations.
was not even
it
all
and incense, meal and
idols the blood of its sons,
its
Moloch
children to
upon which
set oil
it
And
18 and 19).
(vers.
heathen and
to the
for itself niayin vl?ii"73j
ornaments, and before which
i.e.
to sacrifice the gifts of the
His possessions and His glory,
i.e.
217
-
commit adultery towards a person,
as signifying to
with him.
35-42.
falling
and bloodshed, by the
this
and
twofold
away from
sacrifices offered
The punishment for adultery was death by stoning comm. on ver. 40) and blood demanded blood (Gen.
to Moloch. (see the ix.
6
;
;
Ex.
xxi. 12).
'lil
blood in thee" (Ros.), or
anger "
cn
"I
(De Wette, Maurer,
does not mean, " I will put
^""ririil
will etc.)
cause thy blood to be shed in ;
but I make thee into blood
;
which we must not soften down, as Hitzig proposes, into cause thee to bleed.
The thought
is
rather the following
be turned into blood, so that nothing but blood thee,
and that the blood of fury and jealousy,
of the wrath
and jealousy of God (compare
end the heathen and
riiD"i,
will destroy all the
may
be
ver. 42).
left of
working
To
this
objects of idolatry (33
ver. 39, as in vers. 24, 25), then take
it
thou shalt
as the
from the harlot
both clothes and jewellery, and leave her naked,
Jerusalem and lay
:
i.e.
plunder
waste, and, lastly, execute upon her the
THE PBOPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
â&#x20AC;˘218
punishment of
by stoning and by sword
deatli
The words ^?VX}, they bring may be explained from the
destroy both city and kingdom.
(up) against thee an assembly, ancient
mode
in oUier words,
;
'lil
of administering, justice, according to which the
popular assembly cases of adultery
(qd/idl,
and
Prov. v. 14) sat in judgment on
cf.
capital crimes,
and executed the sentence,
as the law for stoning expressly enjoins (Lev. xx. 2
XV. 36
Deut.
;
But they
xxii.
21
;
compare
my
;
Num.
Bibl. Archdol. II. p. 257).
who would march
are also applicable to the foes,
against Jerusalem (for qdhdL in this sense, compare ch. xvii. 17).
The punishment
of adultery (according to Lev. xx. 10) was
death by stoning, as we XX.
may
see
24 compared with John
viii.
from Lev. xx. 2-27 and Deut. This was the usual mode
5.
when
of capital punishment under the Mosaic law,
judicial
my
sentence of death was pronounced upon individuals (see
The
Archdol. II. p. 264).
other form of punishment, slaying
by the sword, was adopted when there were many criminals
to
be put to death, and was not decapitation, but cutting down or
hew
stabbing (bdthaq, to
Archdol. severe
I.e.).
The
pieces) with the
in
punishment of death was rendered more
by the burning
of the corpse (Lev. xx. 14, xxi. 9).
Consequently the burning of the houses in ver. 41 regarded as intensifying the punishment light that the threat
is
many
;
and
to be regarded, that the
is
it is
The many
are the
tion of
Jerusalem or Israel as an unfaithful wife.
heathen nations, according to the descrip-
the greatest punishment to an adulterous
before the eyes
(Kliefoth).
its
sin
This
is
before the
of other
punishment
severest portion of Israel's
exposed in
be
same
judgment would
women
her sin
also to
in the
many women.'
be executed "before the eyes of
in
my
sword (see
the
way
in
eyes
which
woman women
;
be, that
of
all
God
"As
it is
to be exposed so it
will
the
will stand
other nations"
will
put an end to
the fornication, and appease His wrath and jealousy upon the harlot (vers. 41 i
and 42).
JT^'f'"?,
cease to be or do anything.
For
with
|p,
ver. 42,
to cause a person to
compare ch.
v. 13.
CHAP. XVI. 43-52.
:
219
.
By
the execution of the judgment the jealousy ("^^f?) of the injured husband is appeased.
Vers. 43-52. This judgment
perfectly just
is
not only forgotten the grace of
God
its
in its election, but has even surpassed both
I also
I may
that
loho casteth off her sisters,
Your mother
And
not do that which
a
is
;
who
is
lorong above all
as the mother, so
:
sister,
who
and thou
husbands and
only
is
art the
their children.
smaller than thou,
Ver. 46.
;
who
dwelleth
Ver. 47. But thou
her daughters.
and done according
loays
their
little
;
and your father an Amorite.
Sodom with
abominations a
children
Samaria with her daughters, who dwelleth
is
not walked in
Iter
cast off their
Hittite,
and thy
at thy right, is
hast
husband and
thy great sister
at thy left
;
Ver. 45. Tliou art the daughter of thy mother,
the daughter.
of thy
in all this
thy head, is the saying of the
proverbs will use this provei'b concerning thee
sister
me
Ver. 44. Behold, every one that useth
abominations.
thine
way upon
give thy
Lord Jehovah,
it
Samaria and Sodom
days of thy youth, and hast raged against
behold,
for Israel has
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver. 43. Because thou hast not remembered
in its abominations. the
;
manifested towards
their
to
thou didst act more corruptly than
As J
they in all thy ways.
Ver. 48.
Lord Jehovah, Sodom
thy sister, she with her daughters hath not
the saying
is
live,
done as thou hast done with thy daughters.
was
this
the
of food, and
sin of
Sodom, thy
rest undisturbed
the
Ver. 49. Behold,
pride, superabundance
sister:
had
of
she with her daughters,
and
hand of the poor and needy she did not hold. Ver. 50. They were haughty, and did abominations before me; and I
the
swept them away when hath not sinned
to
thine abominations
righteous
by
all
I saw
the
half of thy svis
more than thine
Ver. 51.
it.
they,
;
And
Sanmina, she
thou hast increased
and hast made thy
abominations
xchich
sisters
thou hast done.
Ver. 52. Bear, then, also thy shame, ichich thou hast adjudged to
thy sisters.
Through thy
more abominably than thou.
Be
they,
thoUf then, also
put
sins,
which thou hast committed
they become to
more righteous than
shame, and bear thy disgrace,
:
220
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
as thou to
]V)
Jiast justified
thy sisters.
in ver. 36, introduces a
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
which corresponds
'iK'x \Vl,
new
Most of
train of thought.
the commentators take ver. 43 in connection with what precedes,
and place the pause
shows that
judgment
wrong.
this is
recapitulation,
But the
at ver. 44.
If
in vers. 35-42, the
the contrary, the punishment
43 simply contained a
ver.
punishment would be announced
By the
is
justice of the divine procedure,
"thou
which
end the guilt of Jerusalem didst not
""nriJ,
on
vindication of the
in
w^e find in vers.
44
sqq.
mentioned once more
is
remember the days of thy youth,"
thou didst experience in thy youth
i.e.
what
the misery in which thou
;
and out of which I rescued thee and exalted
didst find thyself,
To
thee to glory (vers. 4-14).
was added rage
this there
which manifested
against Jehovah, p TJn, to
perfect
exhibited as a completed fact,
and further reasons are then assigned
this
"'ijinj
or a concluding summary, of the threat of
in the future tense, as it is in ver. 37.
To
perfect
idolatrous acts,
in
itself
be excited upon or against any person, to rage; thus
in Hilhpael
compare ch.
ix.
The last
10.
clause of ver. 43,
been misinterpreted in many ways. pointing, WB'i;
the second person
is
a suitable meaning.
For
nST HK'^
'W1
According but
;
is
mi2
For
with ^N in 2 Kings xix. 27, 28.
this
'TT'B'J?
ij^-n
N7l,
|n3,
has
to the Masoretic
does not yield
not used in the sense
adopted by the Targum, upon which the Masoretic pointing
is
undoubtedly based, and which Raschi, Kimchi, and Rosenmiiller retain, viz. cogitationem facere
any thought concerning
all
" thou hast not taken
:
thy abominations,"
i.e.
hast not felt
any remorse.
The
wrong, and
used for the most part of unnatural offences
(cf.
is
Judg. XX. 6
;
true meaning
Hos.
vi. 9).
is
There
for retaining this meaning, that nsT nisT
= niSip)
is
all
the more reason
(apart from the plural
only occurs sensu malo, and for the most part in
the sense of an immoral action (yid.
sequently
commit a crime, a
to
we should have
to
Job
xxxi. 11).
adopt the rendering
longer committest this immorality above
all
:
Con-
and thou no
thine abominations.
—
CHAP. XVI.
Bat
in that case not only
and the
Israel
would liy have
to
be supplied, hut a
would be drawn between the abominations committed
distinction
by
221
43-52.
sin of lewdness,
adultery,
i.e.
which
is
quite
foreign to the connection and to the contents of the entire
chapter
according to these, the abominations of Israel
for,
;
We must there-
consisted in adultery or the sin of lewdness.
fore take
^JT'b'j;
as the first person, as
Symm. and Jerome have
from Lev.
done, and explain the words
xix. 29,
by a father of the whoredom of a daughter
toleration
signated as zimmdh.
If
we adopt
He has punished the spiritual whoredom of that He may not add another act of wrong to the
tions of Israel
If
He
by allowing such immorality
did not punish,
He
The concluding
Israel.
tion of Israel
fits
is
Israel, in
abomina-
go on unpunished.
accessory to the sins of
characteristic of the moral degrada-
in very appropriately here in vers.
which Jerusalem
de-
would commit a zimmdh Himself,
would make Himself
in other words,
to
is
Jehovah
this interpretation,
says that
order
where the
compared
44
sqq.,
in
Samaria and Sodom, both of
to
which had been punished long ago with destruction on account of their sins.
This characteristic
proverbial sayings. as in
Num.
xxi. 27) will
her daughter. strikes
is
expressed in the form of
Every one who speaks in proverbs
Her abominable
life
is
so conspicuous, that
it
it
every one, and furnishes occasion for proverbial sayings.
nsx may be a feminine form of CX, as nsp or
(nioshel,
then say over thee: as the mother, so
may
also be a
Raphe form
for
r\i^^
:
mother, so her (the mother's) daughter note, with § 21, 22^).
the representative of
is
of 3? (ver. 30)
;
as her (the daughter's) (cf.
Ewald,
§
174g,
The daughter is of course Jerusalem, as Israel. The mother is the Canaanitish
race of Hittites and Amorites, whose immoral nature had been
adopted by Israel relation
further.
is
added
Some
(cf. vers.
3 and Abh).
In ver. 45 the
to the maternal, to carry out the difficulty arises
sisterly
thought
still
here from the statement, that
the mothers and the sisters despise their husbands and their children, or put
them away.
For
it
is
unquestionable that the
222
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
nVa belongs
participle
relative clause I^W
to ^^K,
and not
to na,
which applies
">K'N,
husband of the wife Jerusalem
is
from
the
to
tlie
parallel
The
sisters.
Jehovah, as the matrimonial
head of the covenant nation or congregation of
The
Israel.
children of the wives, viz. the mother, her daughter, and her sisters,
here attributed to
is
no other proofs of to
it
and
among the Samaria and Sodom
its
from which
;
it
whom
not only of the
^ninx (ver. 45)
and
ver.
is
regarded
from Jehovah, and Jehovah
Israelites,
but of the heathen
as
also.^
a plural noun, as the relative clause which
46
clearly show,
and therefore
is
a contracted
form of T.Oinx (ver. 51) or ^ni^nx (ver. 52; vid. Ewald,
Samaria and Sodom are called
p. 538).
made
the mother
evident that Ezekiel
is
idolatry generally as apostasy
follows
though we have
also,
Tiie husband,
and
have put away, cannot therefore be any other than
sisters
God
early Canaanites,
existence there than the references
Old Testament.
in the
Jehovah
the
The
are the children offered in sacrifice to Moloch.
worship of Moloch was found
sisters of
ยง 212^>,
Jerusalem,
not because both cities belonged to the same mother-land of
Canaan, for the origin of the sideration here at
all,
and the
cities
cities
does not come into con-
represent the kingdoms, as
the additional words " her daughters," that of a land or
kingdom dependent upon the
sisters of
by the same
spirit
Jerusalem in a of idolatry.
is
belonging to
Samaria
Sodom
is
animated
called the great
the smaller
sister.
not equivalent to the older and the younger, for Samaria
was not more deeply sunk Grotius)
;
than Sodom, nor was
in idolatry
her idolatry more ancient than that of
^
cities
spiritual sense, as
(greater) sister of Jerusalem, and
This
to say, the cities
capital, clearly prove.
Samaria and Sodom, with the daughter them, are
is
Sodom (Theodoret and
and Havernick's explanation, that " the
Theodoret has explained
it
correctly in this
way
:
finer
form
" He shows by
this,
not the God of Jews only, but of Gentiles also ; for God once gave oracles to them, before they chose the abomination of idolatry. Therefore he says that they also put away both the husband aud the chilthat
He
is
dren by denying God, and slaying the children to demons."
223
CHAP. XVI. 43-52.
Jehovah with that of
of idolatry, the mixture of the worship of
by Samaria, was the
nature, as represented
to find an
first
entrance into Judah, and this was afterwards followed by the coarser abominations of heathenism,"
is
unsatisfactory, for the
books of the Old
simple reason that, according to the historical
Testament, the coarser forms of idolatry forced their
Judah
at quite
more
as early a period as the
idolatry of the time of
way
Eehoboam and Abijam was
into
The
refined.
not merely
a mixture of Jehovah-worship with the worship of nature, but the introduction of heathen idols into Judah, along with which
no doubt that the
there
is
places
was
syncretistic worship of the high
7113
also practised.
and
old
and young, but great and small.
old
and young can only apply
ness it
is
and
to
l^i^
do not generally mean
The
men and
littleness are really signs of
a difference in age
altogether inapplicable to kingdoms or
which
is
by no means dependent upon
meaning when great-
transferred animals,
cities,
their age.
;
but
the size of
Consequently
the expressions great and small simply refer to the extent of the kingdoms or states here named, and correspond to the description given of their situation
:
" at the
the north, and " at the right hand,"
i.e.
left
hand,"
to the south of
i.e.
to
Jeru-
salem and Judah.
Jerusalem had not only equalled these
sisters in
sins
and
abominations, but had acted more corruptly than they (ver. 47).
The
first
hemistich of this verse, " thou walkest not in their
ways,"
etc., is
half.
The
formed by
more precisely defined by
'â&#x20AC;˘nnki^'ini
in the second
link of connection between the two statements t^i>
there disgust," their ways,
|np
I3j;03. i.e.
This
is
generally rendered, " soon was
is
thou didst soon feel disgust at walking in
and didst act
still
that while disgust at the
worse.
way
But
apart from the fact
of the sisters might very well
constitute a motive for forsaking those ways, their abominations, it could not furnish a
those abominations. logical difficulty, that
This explanation tDi?
by
itself
is
i.e.
relinquishing-
motive for surpassini' exposed to the philo-
cannot signify taeduit
te,
and
— —
224
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
the impersonal use of O^p would at
could not be omitted, even
These
tive.
Arabic
if
we
"a
didsf act
from the
t3i5
only" with the preceding clause.
little
obtain this very appropriate thought
ways of thy
sisters
;
and that not a
more corruptly than
still
vers.
48 sqq. by an enumeration of the pride, satiety,
— and
i.e.
thou didst walk
:
only, but thou
little
This
they.
were
XXX. 9),
interpret
omninOf tantum^ as Alb. Schultens has done, and con-
kji,
We then
away
difficulties fall
nect the definition
in the
all events require ?I^, which up were intended for a substan-
if
is
They
Sodom.
sins of
superabundance of bread
careless rest or security,
proved in
{vid.
Prov.
which produce haughti-
ness and harsiiness, or uncharitableness, towards the poor and
In this way Sodom and her daughters (Gomorrah, Admah, and Zeboim) became proud and haughty, and comwretched.
mitted abominations xviii.
21)
Samaria
sins of
^iSf*, i.e.
before Jehovah (alluding to Gen.
He
and God destroyed them when
;
saw
this.
The
(ver. 51) are not specially mentioned, because
the principal sin of this kingdom, namely, image-worship, was well known.
It is simply stated, therefore, that she did not
much as Jerusalem and in fact, if we except Ahab and his dynasty, pure heathenish idolatry
sin half so
times of
;
the did
not exist in the kingdom of the ten tribes, so that Samaria
seemed
a righteous city in comparison with the idolatry
really
of Jerusalem and Judah,
Ahaz onward
{vid. Jer.
iii.
more 11).
especially
from the time of
The punishment
by the destruction of the kingdom of the ten passed over as being well ver. 52 the application
Judah to
thy
:
"
Thou
sisters,"
also, sc.
is
known directly
of Samaria
tribes is also
to every Israelite
made
;
to Jerusalem,
bear thy shame, thou
who
and in i.e.
to
hast adjudged
by pronouncing an uncharitable judgment
upon them, thinking
thyself better than they, whereas thou
hast sinned more abominably, so that they appear more right-
eous than thou.
Piy^ to
be righteous, and
used in a comparative sense.
P"||V,
to justify, are
In comparison with the abomi-
CHAP. XVI. nations of Jerusalem, the sins of
After ON
perfectly trivial.
ment
225
53-63.
Sodom and Samaria appeared the announcement of punish-
Wl.,
repeated for the sake of emphasis, and that in the form
is
of a consequence resulting from the sentence with regard to
the nature of the sin
:
therefore be thou also put to shame,
and bear thy disgrace.
But
Vers. 53-63.
this disgrace will not
be the conclusion.
Because of the covenant which the Lord concluded with Jerusalem
will
glory promised to the people of
God
that all boasting will be excluded,
shame,
God.
will attain
—
to a
God may
;
— and that
in
such a
way
and Judah, with the deepest
knowledge of the true compassion of
Yet, in order that
promises of
Israel,
not continue in misery, but will attain to the
all false
confidence in the gracious
be prevented, and the sinful nation be
thoroughly humbled, this last section of our word of
God
announces the restoration of Sodom and Samaria as well as that of Jerusalem, so that
precluded.
—
is
will turn their captivity^ the cap-
of Sodom and her daughters^ and the captivity of Samaria
tivity
and her daughters^ and of them
:
the captivity
of thy captivity in
all that thou hast done, in
thy sisters,
Sodom and her
daughters, will return to their
and Samaria and her daughters
first estate ;
and thou and thy daughters
Ver. 56.
And Sodom
Ver. 55.
comforting them.
first estate ;
estate.
the midnt
Ver. 54. That thou rnayest bear thy shame, and be
ashamed of
And
boasting on the part of Israel
all
And I
Ver. 53.
will return to their
will return to
your first
thy sister was not a discourse in
thy mouth in the day of thy haughtinesses, Ver. 57. Before thy
wickedness was disclosed, as at the time of the disgrace of the daughters of
Aram and
all its surroundings, the daughters
Philistines, %vho despised thee
round about.
of the Ver. 58. Thy wrong-
doing and all thy abominations, thou bearest them,
of Jehovah.
do with
Ver. 59. For
thus saith the
thee as thou hast done,
And
1
who
is the
saying
Lord Jehovah, And I
hast despised oath to break
remember
my
covenant.
Ver. 60.
thee in the
days of thy youth, and shall establish an everlasting
EZEK.
I.
shall
covenant with
P
226
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
covenant
and
Ver.
xoith thee.
when thou
be ashamed,
And
(51,
thou wilt remember thy ways,
receivest thy sisters, tliose greater
and I
thou to those smaller than thou;
than
give them to thee for
daughters, although they are not of thy covenant.
And
Ver. 62.
I will establish my covenant with thee ; and thou wilt perceive that I am Jehovah ; Ver. 63. That thou mayest remember, and be ashamed, and there may no longer remain to thee an opening of the mouth because of thy disgrace, when I forgive thee all that thou hast done, is the saying of the Lord Jehovah. — The promise commences with an announcement of the
Sodom and Samaria.
Jerusalem, but of peoples,
upon which judgment
to receive
mercy ; and
it
restoration, not of
The two kingdoms,
will not
be
till
or
also be the first
first fell, shall
after then that Jeru-
salem, with the other cities of Judah, will also be restored to favour, in order that she of her sins (ver. 54)
Samaria have borne
may bear her disgrace, and
that
;
is
to say, not because
be ashamed
Sodom and
punishment for a longer time, but
their
to
the deeper shaming, the more complete humiliation of Jeruril3B' a^B*,
salem.
to turn the captivity, not " to bring
captives" (see the
comm. on Deut.
xxx. 3),
is
back the
here used in a
figurative sense for restitutio in statum integritaiis, according to
No
carry-
ing away, or captivity, took place in the case of Sodom.
The
the explanation given of the expression in ver. 55.
form
ri^^B',
which the Cheiib has adopted several times here,
has just the same meaning as
mean
rf\2\^.
^W^B'
r\''2^
does not
the captives of thy captivity, since the same word cannot
be used
first
as a concrete
and then
as
an abstract noun
;
nor
does the combination serve to give greater emphasis, in the sense of a superlative,
equivalent
to
—
viz.
" the captivity of thy
Stark and Havernick suppose.
The
explanatory, as already proposed foth
:
mode
captivities,
thy severest or most fearful captivity,"
" captivity, which of expression
thought, " thine
is
own
genitive
—
as
must be taken as
by Hengstenberg and Klie;
is
thy captivity " and the pleonastic
chosen to give greater prominence to the captivity," than
would have been given to
CHAP. XVI.
it
njnjDina, in
noun.
suffix attached to the simple
by a
227
AT
63-63.
their
Judah was situated now in Sodom and Samaria, so its captives
midst, does not imply, that just as
the very midst between
would return home occupying the centre between those two (Hitzig)
;
the reference
rather to fellowship in captivity, to
is
the fact that Jerusalem would share the same fate, and endure the same punishment, as Samaria and
The
Sodom
(Hengst., Klief.).
concluding words of ver. 54, " in that thou comfortest
them," do not refer to the sins already committed by Israel (as
who
Kliefoth,
rendering, " didst comfort them,"
adopts the
imagines), but to the bearing of such disgrace as makes Jeru-
salem ashamed of
By
sins.
its
bearing disgrace,
by
i.e.
its
endurance of well-merited and disgraceful punishment, Jerusalem consoles her
Samaria and Sodom ; and that not
sisters
merely by fellowship in misfortune, (Calvin, Hitzig, etc.),
—but
by the
— solamen
miseris,
etc,
from the punish-
fact that
ment endured by Jerusalem, both Samaria and Sodom can discern the righteousness of the ways of God, and find therein a foundation for their hope, that the righteous to
an end the merited punishment
been attained
comm. on
(see the
God
as soon as its
ch. xiv. 22, 23).
will
bring
object has
The turning
of the captivity, according to ver. 55, will consist in the fact that
Sodom, Samaria, and Jerusalem return
original state,
no"]!?
does not
mean
LXX.),
but the original state (w? rjaav air ap'^'i, xxiii.
Kliefoth
7.
meaning creative iatisy
:
is
to their
l^^'?'!!??,
the former or earlier state, as in Isa.
wrong, however, in explaining
" as they were,
hand of God."
when they came The original state
in is
Adam
this as
from the
the status integri-
not as a state of sinlessness or original righteousness and
holiness,
—for neither Jerusalem on the one hand, nor
and Sodom on the
—but
as
other,
an original
had ever been
state of glory, in
Samaria
in such a state as this,
which they were before
they had fallen and sunk into ungodly ways.
But how could a (Gomorrah,
etc.)
Sodom and her daughters when the destruction of these
restoration of
be predicted,
228
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
cities
was accompanied by the sweeping away of
habitants from off the face of the eartli
mentators have attempted to remove the
Sodom
that
Many of
?
difficulty
here stands for the Moabites and Ammonites,
such an explanation
untenableness of
Sodomites than Lot himself.
Origen and Jerome, and a typical
also unsatisfactory.
And
that fell
only so far as
is
classed with
undeniably to
(vers. 49, 50), point
into consideration
that the pardon of a heathen city, so deeply
degraded as Sodom, carries with will be
generally,
special reference to the judg-
The heathen world comes
this,
by
by Havernick, that
name denoting heathenism The way in which Sodom is
upon Sodom
the real Sodom.
But the from the
the view expressed
lately revived
Samaria and Jerusalem, and the
ment
obvious,
is
who
Ammonites and Moabites were no more
simple fact that the
is
the com-
by assuming
were descendants of Lot, who escaped from Sodom.
Sodom
their in-
all
extended to
all
it
the assurance that
We
heathen nations.
mercy
must therefore
Yet we cermoment think of any earthly restoration of For even if we could conceive of a restoration of the
take the words as referring to the
literal
Sodom.
tainly cannot for a
Sodom.
were destroyed by
cities that
the
Dead
Sea,
it is
fire,
and sunk
into the depths of
impossible to form any conception of an
earthly and corporeal restoration of the inhabitants of those
who were
cities,
nection
it is
destroyed at the same time ; and in this con-
chiefly to
them
that the words refer.
not by any means prove that the thing
itself is
This does
impossible, but
simply that the realization of the prophecy must be sought for
beyond the present order of
things, in
one that extends into the
life everlasting.
As
55 elucidates the contents of ver. 53, so the thought
ver.
of ver. 54
much
vers.
explained and
The meaning
and 57 so
is
is
further expanded in vers. 56
of ver. 56a
is
a subject of dispute; but
indisputable, that the attempt of Kliefoth to explain
56 and 57
in the
still
as referring to the future,
coming day of
its
and signifying that
glory Israel will no longer carry
229
CHAP. XVI. 63-63.
Sodom
as a legend in its
the grammar, and to take
nti as
nri"'n
is
as
it
does now, does violence to It
iD? (ver. 57), "
Dj;
it
Moreover, the application of
of scorn."
of future glory )iN3 is
is
is
no more allowable
a future, in the sense of " and will not be,"
than to render nsnn
word
mouth
quite a mistake.
will
be like the time
^)3iX3 ni"'3
day
to the
precluded by the fact that in ver. 49 the
used to denote the pride which was the chief sin of
Sodom ; and the reference to this verse very naturally suggests itself. The meaning of ver. 56 depends upon the rendering to given be The explanation given by Eosenmiiller to WOK*?. and Maurer,
after
Jerome,
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
viz.
non erat in auditione,
audiebatur, thou didst not think at all of
Sodom,
i.e.
non
didst not take
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
name into thy mouth, is by no means satisfactory. nj?^DB' means proclamation, discourse, and also report. If we adopt the last, we must take the sentence as interrogatory (\fSh for its
^^''H), is
Although
Hengstenberg and Hitzig have done.
as
are no
there
certainly admissible,
clear
indexes
warrant our assumption of an interrogation, which
We
hinted at by the tone.
" discourse : " thy
mouth
sister
therefore prefer the
Sodom was
is
only
meaning
not a discourse in thy
day of thy haughtinesses, that thou
in the
this
here to
didst talk of
Sodom and lay it to heart when thou wast in proThe plural ^^3iK3 is more emphatic than the singular.
the fate of sperity.
The day
of the haughtinesses
defined in ver. 57 as the
is
period before the wickedness of
Judah had been
disclosed.
This was effected by means of the judgment, which burst upon
Jerusalem on the part of Babylon. Jerusalem
is
Through
this
time when the daughters of Aram,
i.e.
(Aram on
on the west,
11), scorned and maltreated
Isa.
ix.
at the
the cities of Syria, and
those of the Philistines
about.
judgment
have been covered with disgrace, as
said to
the east, and the Philistines it
round
This refers primarily to the times of Ahaz, when the
Syrians and Philistines pressed hard upon Judah (2 Kings XV. 37, xvi. 6
;
and 2 Chron.
restricted to this,
however
;
xxviii. 18, 19).
It
must not be
but was repeated in the reign of
;
230
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
when Jehovah
Jehoiachin,
sent
Chaldaeans,
of the
troops
Aramaeans, Ammonites, and Moabites against him,
Judah
Kings
(2
mentioned here
;
xxiv. 2).
It
in
infer that they also attempted at the
grace upon Judah.
Jerusalem
bear
have
will
wrong-doing and
its
same time
may
to bring dis-
according to Aramaean usage,
to atone for this pride,
and
The
perfect
punishment
cates that the certainty of the
The
had already commenced.
is
D"'r)KB'3
to
For
abominations (ver. 58).
its
zimmdh, see the comm. on ver. 43.
if it
Ezek. xxv. 15, we
or with repudiation (cf. ch. xxviii.
to treat contemptuously,
24, 26).
not
true, the Philistines are
is
but from the threat l3^?B' = OiC',
to destroy
indi-
just as great as
reason assigned for this
thought in ver. 59 forms a transition to the further expansion promise in
of the
correctly pointed copulative,
summary
60 sqq.
vers.
by the Masoretes
(ver.
59) has been
The
as the 1st person.
i
is
and shows that what follows forms the concluding
of
all
^niK for ^J^S, as in vers. 60,
that precedes.
The
deal with any one.
etc., to
n^E'jn
construction of HK'y, with an
accusative of the person, to treat any one, cannot be sustained
from
either
ch. xvii.
and Gesenius Isa. xlii. 16.
xxix. 11, 12,
Sinai
is
is
17 and
wrong
xxiii.
25, or from Jer. xxxiii. 9
in assuming that
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Despising
we meet
with
it
in
the oath {^^^) points back to Deut.
where the renewal of the covenant concluded
at
described as an entrance into the covenant and oath
which the Lord then made with His people. Israel has faithlessly broken the covenant,
consequent punishment, the unfaithfulness of alter the faithfulness of
God.
This
is
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;But
even
if
and must bear the
man can
never
the link of connection
between the resumption and further expansion of the promise in ver.
60 and the closing words of ver. 59.
of His covenant
is
only motive that will induce again,
when
the humiliation
punishment has brought covenant which
The remembrance
mentioned in Lev. xxvi. 42 and 45 as the
God
it
God
to restore Israel to favour
effected
by the endurance of
to a confession of its sins.
The
concluded with Israel in the dav of
its
CHAP. XVI.
youth,
when He
i.e.
led
everlasting covenant.
it
-231
63-63.
out of Egypt,
Consequently
He
an
will establish as
not an entirely
it is
new
covenant, but simply the perfecting of the old one for ever-
For the
lasting duration.
the
making
compare
fact itself,
of the everlasting covenant
the stedfast mercies of David,
mise given to David (2 Sam.
i.e.
Isa. Iv. 3,
where
described as granting
is
as the fulfilment of the pro-
This promise
vii.).
is
called
by
David himself an everlasting covenant which God had made with him (2 Sam. lasting duration
xxiii. 5).
was
to be
God
the forgiving grace of
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;The bestowal of
brance of
its
ways, and
the assurance of
found in the fact that
upon the fulfilment
did not rest
31-34).
And
of the law, but simply
with
is
(I will
'iiil^t
Israel
remember)
when
ever-
upon
put Israel in remem-
with shame.
(and thou shalt remember), in ver. 61,
upon
its
covenant
(compare ver. 63 with Jer. xxxi.
this grace will
fill it
this
In
is
this sense ^1^^.
placed side by side
This shame
in ver. 60.
will seize
the establishment of an everlasting covenant
followed by the greater and smaller nations being associated
with
in glory,
it
are not of
its
and incorporated covenant.
The
into
the greater and smaller nations, as
family of man, family of God.
and 55
as children,
prophecy of the reception of
members
all
alone,
is
from
the greater and smaller nations
this that
Sodom and Samaria
:
Sodom
God.
We
may
represent the heathen
nations generally, as standing outside the
pensation
of the universal
expanded here into a
into fellowship in the glory of the people of see
though they
who are to be exalted to the glory of one large The restoration, which is promised in vers. 53
Sodom and Samaria
to
it
greater and smaller sisters are
Old Testament
dis-
representing those that were sunk in the
deepest moral degradation, and Samaria those that had fallen
from the
state of grace.
The
attitude in
which these nations
stand towards Israel in the everlasting covenant of grace, defined as the relation of daughters to a mother. Israel,
of
its
is
If, therefore,
which has been thrust out among the heathen on account deep
fall, is
not to return to
its fisst
estate
till
after the
—
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
232
of Sodom, which has been destroyed, and Samaria,
return
which has been condemned, the election of Israel before
all
the
nations of the earth to be the first-born son of Jehovah will
new
continue unchanged, and Israel will form the stem of the
which the heathen nations will be incorThe words, " and not of thy covenant," have been
kingdom of God, porated.
into
taken by most of the commentators in the sense
For even
thesis to
"my
if
covenant"
could not possibly
(vers.
signify
60 and 62), "thy covenant" fulfilment
the
The words belong
obligations.
by
as having no claim
God made
i.e.
will
know
—When
that
God
this is
4)
that
;
it
may
with Israel, and consequently
is
hereafter to be
covenant has been established, Israel
call to
mind,
commentary on Gen.
see the sc.
both
its
sinful abominations
and the compassionate grace of God, and be so
shame and penitence that
it
will
no more venture
mouth, either for the purpose of finding excuses for fall,
or to
when
the
murmur Lord
are
Jehovah, the unchangeably true (for the
meaning of the name Jehovah, ii.
who
as not included
virtue of that covenant to participate in
the glory of the everlasting covenant which established.
thy covenant
of
to hdnoth (daughters),
thereby designated as extra-testamental, in the covenant which
" not be-
" but this is certainly " thy covenant " really formed an anti-
cause thou hast kept the covenant incorrect.
of,
;
against
God and His
forgives all
lasting covenant, the kernel
its
sins
by
filled
with
to
open
its
previous
judgments,
its
— namely,
establishing the ever-
and essence of which
Thus
the forgiveness of sins (cf. Jer. xxxi. 34).
consists in
will the ex-
perience of forgiving grace complete what judgment has already
begun, into
viz. the
transformation of proud and haughty sinners
meek and humble
children of God, for
whom
the kingdom
has been prepared from the beginning.
This thought brings the entire prophecy to a
close,
—
a pro-
phecy which embraces the whole of the world's history and the
New Testament, the parallel to which is contained words, "
God
hath concluded them
all
in the apostle's
in unbelief, that
He
233
CHAP. XVI. 53-63.
might have mercy upon all" (Eom.
ment threatened
to the adulteress,
that had despised
xi.
i.e.
32).
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; As
God and King, had been
its
Jerusalem and the Jews, and
is
the punish-
to the nation of Israel fulfilled
in process of fulfilment
upon still,
so has the promise also been already fulfilled, so far as
commencement fulfilment
The turning
only to be expected in time to come.
is
its
concerned, though the complete and ultimate
is
of the captivity, both of Jerusalem and her daughters, and of
Samaria and her daughters, commenced with the establishment of the everlasting covenant, Christ,
and Galilee (Acts
in Judaea, Samaria,
And
the turning of the captivity of
among the
the spread of the gospel into
of the covenant
i.e.
made through
and with the reception of the believing portion of Israel
the
kingdom of
daughters represents
Christ,
5
sqq., 25, ix. 31).
Sodom commenced with
heathen, and their entrance
inasmuch as Sodom with her
morally
the
viii.
degraded heathen world.
Their reception into the kingdom of heaven, founded by Christ
on earth, forms the commencement of the return of the forgiven to their
first
the restoration of
estate all
on the "
moral relations
constitution (compare Acts
with Matt.
xvii.
11),
restitution of all things,"
iii.
which
to their original
21 and Meyer's comm. thereon
will attain
its
â&#x20AC;˘jraXiyyevecTM, the general restoration of the
nal glory (compare Matt. xix. 28 with
2 Pet.
iii.
points to this final goal.
It
is
perfection in the
world to
Rom.
.The prophecy before us
13).
i.e.
normal
viii.
its origi-
18 sqq. and
in ver.
55 clearly
true that one might understand
the return of Jerusalem and Samaria to their original state,
which
is
predicted here as simply relating to the pardon of the
covenant nation, whose apostasy had led to the rejection of both
its
parts
tion into the
of
God.
;
and
this
pardon might be sought
kingdom of Christ and
its
in its recep-
restoration as the people
In that case the complete fulfilment of our prophecy
would take place during the present aeon gospel
among
Israel
which
all nations,
still
in the spread of the
and the conversion of that portion of
remained hardened after the entrance of the
234 full
THE FÂŁOPHÂŁCIES OF EZEKIEL.
number
kingdom
of the Gentiles into the
this limitation
3ut
of God.
would be out of harmony with the equality of
position assigned to
Sodom and her daughters on the one hand, other. Though Sodom is
and Samaria and Jerusalem on the
not merely a type of the heathen world, the restoration of
Sodom and her daughters cannot descendants of the
cities
consist in the reception of the
on which the judgment
kingdom of God or the Christian Church, ner in which those
cities
fell
into the
since the peculiar
were destroyed prevented the
man-
possibility
of any of the inhabitants remaining alive whose descendants
could be converted to Christ and blessed in present period of the world.
On
Him
during the
the other hand, the opinion
expressed by C. a Lapide, that the restoration of
Sodom
is to
be
referred and restricted to the conversion of the descendants of the
inhabitants of Zoar, which was spared for Lot's sake,
other
cities of
the plain were destroyed,
is
too
much
when the
at variance
with the words of the passage to allow of our accepting such a
Sodom and Sodom
solution as this.
The turning
her daughters,
the forgiveness of the inhabitants of
and the other
i.e.
cities of
of the captivity of
the plain, points beyond the present
aeon, and the realization can only take place on the great day
of the resurrection of the dead in the persons of the former inhabitants of
Sodom and
same way the
restoration of
completely fulfilled
till
the neighbouring
And
cities.
Samaria and Jerusalem
after the perfecting of the
in the
will not
be
kingdom
of
Christ in glory at the last day.
Consequently the prophecy before us goes beyond Rom. xi.
25
sqq.,
inasmuch as
only, but, in
it
presents, not to the covenant nation
Samaria and Sodom,
heathen nations
also,
into the everlasting
to all the larger
and smaller
the prospect of being eventually received
kingdom of God ; although,
in accordance
with the main purpose of this prophetic word, namely, to bring the pride of Israel completely down, this
and no precise intimation
is
is
simply hinted
at,
given of the manner in which the
predicted apokatastasis will occur.
But notwithstanding
this
CHAP. XVI.
indefiniteness,
we must
away
not explain
arbitrary expositions, since
and
tolerable in the
xi.
the fact itself by
placed beyond
it is
24, to the effect that
be more
day of judgment for Sodom than for Capernaum
and every other
which has
Lord
of our will
it
have rejected the preaching of
city that shall
way
the gospel, teach most indisputably that the stands open
possible doubt
all
The words
by other passages of the Scriptures. in Matt. x. 15
^35
53-03.
still
even for Sodom
fallen
upon
it
itself,
mercy
of
and that the judgment
does not carry with
it
the final deci-
For Sodom did not put mercy and salvation. If the
sion with regard to its inhabitants.
away the
perfect revelation of
mighty works which were done in Capernaum had been done in
Sodom,
it
And from fell
would have stood
day (Matt.
to the present
xi.
23).
judgments which
this it clearly follows that all the
before the time of Christ, instead of carrying with
them
the final decision, and involving eternal damnation, leave the
pardon open
possibility of eventual
which
is
full revelation of grace
gospel be preached to
and truth
all
;
at the time
when
it
will the
way
who
did
has been already preached,
Christ went to them in
according to God's
What
after the
Not only
in Christ.
although judged according to man's live
judgment,
till
to the spirits in prison,
not believe at the time of Noah,
iv. 6).
last
nations before the end comes (Matt.
xxiv. 14), but even to the dead
might
The
still.
decisive for eternity, does not take place
spirit, in
way
order that,
in the flesh, they
in the spirit (1 Pet.
the apostle teaches in the
concerning the unbelievers before the
first
flood,
second concerning the dead in general,
is
iii.
19,
of these passages
and affirms
in the
equally applicable
who were judged way in the flesh, and indeed generally to all heathen who either lived before Christ or departed from this
according to our prophecy to the Sodomites after man's
nations
earthly life without having heard the gospel preached.
according to these distinct utterances of the
New
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
It is
Testament
that the prophecy before us respecting the apokatastasis of
Sodom, Samaria, and Jerusalem
is
to be interpreted
;
and
this
236 is
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
not to be confounded with the heretical doctrine of the
restoration,
i.e.
the uUimate salvation of
the ungodly, and
all
If the preaching of the gospel pre-
even of the devil himself.
judgment
cedes the last judgment, the final sentence in the
be regulated by the attitude assumed towards the gospel
will
by both the reject
it
and the dead.
living
and harden themselves in unbelief,
The
everlasting damnation.
Sodom and Samaria in the general
fact
All souls that obstinately
is
will
why
reason
be given up to
the conversion of
not expressly mentioned,
is
found
to be
tendency of the promise, in which the simple
announced without the intermediate circumstances, for
is
The
the purpose of humbling Jerusalem.
conversion of Jeru-
not definitely stated to be the condition of pardon,
salem also
is
but
assumed as well known from the words of Lev.
this is
xxvi.,
simply implied in the repeated assertion that Jerusalem
and
is
will
be seized with the deepest shame on account of the pardon
which she receives.
CHAP. XVII. HUMILIATION AND EXALTATION OF THE
DAVIDIC FAMILY.
The
contents of this chapter are introduced as a riddle and a
parable,
and are divided
tain the parable
of
it
King Zedekiah
to
and
;
Messianic kingdom. Vers. 1-10.
came
to
the
The
Parable.
me, saying, Ver.
a parable
to the
2.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
Ver.
1.
And the word
Son of man, give a
and brought Ver.
5.
and
relate
Thus
saith
A great eagle, with great wings and long pinions,
the top of the cedar
it.
say,
of the
of Jehovah
riddle,
And
full of feathers of variegated colours, came to
set
and application
vers. 22-24, the promise
house of Israel; Ver. 3.
Lord Jehovah,
shoots,
Vers. 1-10 con-
into three sections.
vers. 11-21, the interpretation
;
Ver.
:
it
And
into seed-land ; took
into
4.
Lebanon and
He plucked- of the
its
Canaan! s land ; in a merchant-city he
he took of the seed of the land, it
took
topmost of
away
to
many
waters^ set
it
and put
it
as a willow.
CHAP. XVII.
Ver.
And
6.
grew, and became an overhanging vine of low
it
might turn towards him^ and
stature^ that its branches
might be under him
and
;
and
it
became a
vine^
and many feathers ; and,
towards him, that he might water
Ver.
8. It
Thus
up
and
its roots,
fresh leaves of
Ver.
of
become a glorious vine.
to
its
will
And,
branches
its
planting.
it
which
it
grew
Say,
the east
is
it
up from
its
planted, will
wind touches
it
it ?
upon
exactly to the
New
will wither.
it
is
9.
withereth ? all the
it
it
parable (mdshdl, corresponding
Testament irapa^oXrj)
send
and not with strong arm
be possible to raise
when
Ver.
to
will they not pull
thrive ?
behold, although
not icither
it
it
sprouting will wither,
10.
thrive ? will
The
the beds
cut off its fruit, so that
and with much people
the beds in
from
Lord Jehovah, Will
saiih the
roots.
it
its
was planted in a good field by many waters,
and bear fruit,
out roots
shoots,
behold, this vine stretched
roots languishingly towards him, and extended
its
roots
its
and produced
Ver. 7. There was another great eagle with
sent out foliage.
great wings
237
1-10.
called chldhdh, a riddle, because of the shell. The symmany commentators
deeper meaning lying beneath the parabolic bolism of this parable has been traced by to
Babylonian influences working upon the prophet's mind
without any tenable ground.
The
of prey, applied to a conqueror
country, has as
little
in
;
but
figure of the eagle, or bird
making a rapid descent upon a
of a specifically Babylonian character
it
as the comparison of the royal family to a cedar or a vine.
Not only xlvi.
is
40,
xlviii.
11
ness of
;
Nebuchadnezzar compared
xlix. 22,
as
Cyrus
God
over His xix.
own
4; Deut.
and the vine are genuine
The
is
the great
article is
to
an eagle in Jer.
a bird of prey in
Isa.
people as bearing them upon eagle's
The cedar of Lebanon figures. The great eagle
xxxii. 11). Israelitish
King Nebuchadnezzar (compare
ver. 12)
simply used to indicate the species, for which we
should use the indefinite article,
to
but even Moses has described the paternal watchful-
wings (Ex.
in ver. 3
is
we have
article.
In
in^f in the sense of
ver. 7, instead
"apother,"
of
This
the first
238
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
eagle has large wings and long pinions
;
victoriously over wide-spread countries.
niDpnn
which
is
to
he has already flown
him the variegated ornament,
as such
an ornament.
colours
point to
The
which he has
i.e.
feathers of variegated ornamental
many
the
iP'lti'K, literally,
peoples,
differing
in
language,
manners, and customs, which were united under the sceptre of
Nebuchadnezzar (Hitzig,
etc.)
not to the wealth and splendour
;
of the conqueror, as such an allusion
altogether remote from
is
He came
the tendency of the parable.
Lebanon.
to
This
is
not a symbol of the Israelitish land, or of the kingdom of
Judah with
Hab.
but, as in Jer. xxii. 23, of Jerusalem, or
;
its ii.
royal palace so rich in cedar
17 and Zech.
xi. 1), as
wood
(see the coram,
it is
or, as it
is
is
King Jehoiachin.
only met with in Ezekiel, and there
only for the top of a cedar (compare ch. xxxi. 3 sqq.).
primary meaning
on
The cedar
ver. 12).
the royal house of David, and the top of is
Zion,
being the place where the cedar
was planted (compare the remarks on
The word tzammereth
Mount
Some
doubtful.
derive
it
The
from the curly,
were, woolly top of the older cedars, in which the small
twigs that constitute their foliage are only found at the top of the tree.
^^,
Others suppose
to conceal,
it
to be connected with the Arabic
and understand
it
as an epithet applied to the
In ver.
foliage, as the veil or covering of the tree. is
explained to be
1''riip"'3")
B'Xt, the
the eagle plucked off and carried to
topmost of 1^33 p.^"'*^}
tzammereth
4,
shoots.
its
This
an epithet applied
Babylonia here and in ch. xvi. 29, as being a land whose
trading spirit had turned
it
from the
city of traders,
parallel Dy3">
pare ver. 12).
The
"'"'y,
into a
Canaan. i.e.
This
King Zedekiah, because he was after the analogy of Dni^ in
Num.
xxiii.
27.
it
Hos.
air.
xi. 3,
Hj?,
for np?,
and pointed with Kametz T'N njp?
is
used as in
\ey. nsys^ signifies, in Arabic
Talmud, the willow, probably so
is
of the land, the native king,
from the imperative.
The
evident
seed of the land, according to ver. 13,
in contrast to a foreign, Babylonian governor.
to distinguish
is
Babylon (com-
called because
it
and the
grows in well-
CHAP. XVII.
watered places
1-10.
according to Gesenius,
;
it is
treated
inasmuch
as one,
it
in a well-watered
grew
He
"
set
he took
as
object of this growth was, that
and
The
more
vrinrj
refer to
by
15), but also
14,
Isaiah has
ver.
7,
where the roots and In ver. Qb,
branch covered with
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; The other
Egypt, according
for
feathers, is
i.e.
to ver. 15.
He
had
is
also large
the king of
wings and
a widely spread and powerful kingdom
;
nothing said about pinions and variegated colours, his
kingdom over many coun-
and peoples, or subjugated a variegated medley of peoples tribes.
IQ3, as
after a thing
a verb
it
to drink, or
nip^'npj that
water
njj^D r\Sr\Vp are not connected with nip^'nij, nB33j
from the beds of
its
yearn or pine
dir. \ey., signifies to
in Chaldee, to hunger,
;
eagle-Pharaoh) might give
it
briefly
ornament
foliage, as the
eagle mentioned in ver. 7
Pharaoh had not spread out
tries
and
is
again.
foliage, or a
but there
This
The form nn^s is peculiar to Ezekiel. mxs = mx9 in ch. x. 33. The word signifies branch
summed up
many
eagle).
"ifJ.
what has already been affirmed concerning the growth
and
The
clearly shows.
branches of the vine stretch to the (other) eagle.
of a tree.
cutting
required not only by the explanation in ver. 14
is
vers.
(?
The
it
branches might turn to him
its
and
to V^Nt
suffixes attached
allusion
waters, set
might be under him (the
roots
its
many
to
per-
is
means he
to a vine spreading out its
i.e.
the following expression HDip npD*^
(the eagle),
it
fj^V,
though not growing very high, as
directions,
all
as a willow "
in a suitable place.
soil, i.e.
into an overhanging vine,
branches in
it
derived from
This meaning
to overflow, literally, the inundated tree.
fectly appropriate here.
239
IT
planting,
i.e.
in
but with
which
it
he (the
The words
it.
nnf'tt'
and
was planted
;
stretched out roots and branches to the other eagle, that he,
might give 15.
it
to drink.
The words
PifiiK
The
nSpprh^
interpretation
given in ver.
is
which are added by way of ex-
planation, do not interrupt the train of thought
;
nor are they
superfluous, as Hitzig
supposes, because the vine
enough already
and
(vers. 5
8).
For
had water,
this is precisely
what
the-
240
THE PKOPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
passage
intended to show, namely, that there was no occasion
is
for this pining and stretching out of the branches towards the
other eagle, inasmuch as
where
it
if
The
was planted.
once more
latter is expressly stated
meaning of which
in ver. 8, the
that
could thrive very well in the place
it
perfectly clear,
is
— namely,
Zedekiah had remained quiet under Nebuchadnezzar, as
a hanging vine, his government might have continued and
it
prosper
npvn
?
following question, which subject to
pJ!}T,
and
is
answered in the negative by the
is
introduced with an affirmative Ki?n.
DDip^_ is
is
not the
first
"one" (man,
nezzar), but the indefinite clause of ver. 9 niKtJ'O
of the Lord, will
and the third person, neuter
a question,
is
This question
gender.
The
name
But, asks Ezekiel in the
prospered.
eagle (Nebuchad-
In the
they).
of the simple form of the infinitive, after the form
2 Chron. xix.
7,
with the termination
(compare Ewald,
T\'h
the same as in
ni,
in
N'I'O
borrowed from the verb
1606 and 239a), and the construction
§
Amos
not be possible
will
last
a substantive formation, used instead
10:
it
to raise
it
vi.
will not
be to raise up
up (compare Ges.
=
is it
132,
§
3,
Anm.
1).
it
up by
the root (Havernick), but to rear the withered vine
from
its
To
raise
up from
it
roots again, to cause
it
its
root does not
mean
to tear
This rendering
to sprout again.
of the words corresponds to the interpretation given in ver. 17.
—In
ver.
10 the leading thought
and rounded
off.
on account of
Job
xxvii.
its
The east wind
is
is
repeated with emphasis,
peculiarly dangerous to plants
dryness (compare Gen.
appropriately here, as the Chaldeans
;
and
the
refractory race
:
Do
the king
of Babel came
and brought them
to
he took of the royal seed, to enter
into
—Ver.
himself
to
Babel.
And
11.
to
the
Say, Behold,
this is ?
Jerusalem, and took to
used very
east.
me, saying, Ver. 12. Say
ye not know what
princes,
caused him
to
it is
came from the
Vers. 11-21, Interpretation of the riddle.
word of Jehovah came
and Wetstein on
xli. 6,
21 in Delitzsch's Commentary)
its
king
and
Ver. 13.
its
And
and made a covenant with him, and an oath ; and he took
the strong ones
CHAP. XVII.
of the land
Ver. 14. That
:
to lift itself up, that he
might he a lowly kingdom, not
might keep his covenant, that
Ver. 15. But he rebelled
stand.
messengers to Egypt, that
Will he prosper
people.
He As I live, of
it
241
11-21.
might
it
against him by sending
his
might give him horses and much
it
? will
he that hath done this escape ?
has broken the covenant,
and should he
escape'?
saying of the
Lord Jehovah,
surely in the plact
is the
who made him king,
the king,
lohose oath he despised,
covenant he broke with him, in Babel he not with great
army and much people
cut off
many
He
Ver. 18.
souls.
loill die.
will
my
live,
my
surely
hand and done
taken in
him
/ my
there
my
will spread out snare,
to
break
all this
oath which he has despised,
covenant which he has broken,
Ver. 20.
him
siege-towers, to
;
Ver. 19. Therefore thus saith the Lord
he will not escape.
As I
And
act with
has despised an oath
the covenant, and, behold, he has given Ids
Jehovah,
and whose
Ver. 17.
Pharaoh
up a rampart and build
in the war, ichen they cast
Ver. 16.
and
I
will give
upon
and
his head.
net over him, so that he will he
will bring
him
to
Babel, and contend with
on account of his treachery which he has been guilty of
Ver. 21.
towards me.
And
all his fugitives in all his regiments,
by the sword will they fall, and those who remain will be scattered to all
In
19â&#x20AC;&#x201D;21 the threat contained
still
further expanded.
Kings
14)
is
3;nT,
The
We
whom
interpreted
name
Nebuchadnezzar took
and xxix.
2.
1 = Tjb^n
The
EZEK.
I.
and
1
riT,
king's
Kings
whom Nebuchadnezzar
of Zedekiah (2
Kings
(t^ = ''b^X,
(np?),
i.e.
xxiv. 17),
2 Kings xxiv. 15),
whom
took away to Babel, are not
the heads of tribes and families (2 Kings xxiv. 15) is
;
confirmed
is
he took an oath of fealty (2 Chron. xxxvi. 13).
strong of the land
expression
it.
have an account of the carry-
ver. 13, as in Jer. xli.
the
is
Jehoiachin, and his princes to Babel
Jehoiachin's uncle Mattaniah,
made king under and from
i.e.
2-10
in the parable
xxiv. 11 sqq., Jer. xxiv. 1,
seed (r\^h^r\ xi.
Jehovah have spoken
in vers.
ing away of the king, in 2
I
that
in vers.
and
; and ye shall see 12-17 the parable
winds vers.
;
but the
used in a wide sense for the several classes of
Q
242
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
men
Kings
of wealth, wlio are grouped together in 2
under the one term
^^n
^niarb
{b]n ^tras,
Kings
2
14
xxiv.
xxiv. 16),
including masons, smiths, and carpenters (2 Kings xxiv. 14 and 16), whereas the heads of tribes
the court
(D^DnD, 2 Kings xxiv. 15) under the
officials
The
n^"!^ (princes) in ver. 12.
to
and families are classed with title
design of these measures was
make a lowly kingdom, which could not
raise itself,
i.e.
could not revolt, and to deprive the vassal king of the means of is
breaking thq
The
covenant.
suffix
attached to
â&#x20AC;˘^'i^yp
probably to be taken as referring to nappD rather than
W'la, although both are admissible, and \vould yield precisely
the same sense, inasmuch as the stability of the
dependent upon rebelled (2
kingdom was
But Zedekiah The Egyptian king who was to and much people, in other words, to come a powerful army of cavalry and fighting
the stability of the covenant.
Kings
xxiv. 20).
give Zedekiah horses to his assistance with
men, was Hophrah, the Apries of the Greeks, according Jer. xliv. 30 (see the
comm. on 2 Kings
points back to npvri in ver. rebellious king,
answer
is
is
but here
;
he
:
God
to
n>T.K}.
applied to the
The
^J1 tD^^'D..
confirmed by a
shall die in Babel, the capital of
the king,
placed him on the throne, and Pharaoh will not render
him any
effectual help (ver. 17).
act with him, that
is
inis
riK'y,
inexplicable manner. for the fact
itself,
to which, although
Jerusalem deans,
it
at
For
'li1
>mb
?ibK',
as in ch. xv. 59, to
come
to say, assist him,
refers to Zedekiah, not to Pharaoh, as
it,
is
it
explained in the clause
given in ver. 16 as a word of
solemn oath
who
and
9
xxiv. 19, 20).
to his help,
Ewald assumes
compare cb.
iv.
inis
in
2
;
an
and
Jer. xxxiv. 21, 22, and xxxvii. 5, according
an Egyptian army came to the rescue of
the time
when
it
was besieged by the Chal-
was repulsed by the Chaldeans who marched
to
meet
without having rendered any permanent assistance to the
besieged.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
In ver. 18, the main thought that breach of faith
can bring no deliverance
is
repeated for the sake of appending
the further expansion contained in vers. 19-21.
iT
jnjj
he
243
CHAP. XVII. 11-21. his hand,
gave
king of Babel
to the
as Jehovah's oath
The
as a pledge of fidelity.
i.e.
Zedekiah swore
(''^??^),
oath which
designated in ver. 19
is
and the covenant made with him as
Jehovah's covenant, because the oath had been
Jehovah, and the covenant of
had thereby been made
fidelity
Jehovah Himself
implicite with
so
;
and covenant became a breach of
that the breakintr of the oath
Consequently the very same expres-
Jehovah.
faith towards
sworn by
towards Nebuchadnezzar
sions are used in vers. 16, 18,
and 19,
to designate this
breach
of oath, which are applied in ch. xvi. 59 to the treacherous
apostasy of Jerusalem (Israel) from Jehovah, the covenant
And
God.
punishment as the
same expressions are used
the
in ch. xii. 13, 14.
Jehovah regards the treacherous
xii. 7.
from Nebuchadnezzar as treachery against
revolt
C^
construed with
iJiX 132*^3 is
thing respecting which he was to be
accusative of the
judged, as in 1 Sam.
describe the
to
7yo)
fidelity
Himself
not only because Zedekiah had sworn the oath of
;
by Jehovah, but
from the fact that Jehovah had
also
up His people and kingdom
delivered
the
into
power of
Nebuchadnezzar, so that revolt from him really became rebellion against is
ns before in^30"73
God.
used in the sense of guod adtinet ad,
2 Kings
vi. 5.
^Ot^'?>
his
therefore identified with
as,
nota accus., and for example, in
rendered both by the
^"^ fugitives, is
Chaldee and Syriac "
is
brave men," or "heroes," and
I'^'^^p (his
nor the parallel passage in ch.
chosen ones), which
But
reading in some manuscripts.
xii.
14,
is
is
the
neither these renderings
where
Vrin"'2p apparently
corresponds to it, will warrant our adopting this explanation, or
making any avTov
;
aurov
the Vulgate
:
;
Theodoret
toward
all
of
:
;
and therefore they
also yields a very suitable
some who remain, and who are
the winds,
is
versions have
iv irdaaL^i rat^ ^iryaBeiaLi;
omnesprofugi ejus
had the reading im30, which
The mention
The Greek
alteration in the text.
7racra9 <pi/<yaBeia(;
to
be scattered
not at variance with the statement that
the fugitives in the wings of the
army
all
meaning.
all
are to fall by the sword.
244
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
Tlie latter threat simply declares that no one will escape death
by
But
flight.
there
no necessity
is
men
as being simply fighting
be taken too
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
and the word "
;
all
The
from
all
the
" must not
planting of the trne twig of the stem of
And I
Ver. 22. Thus saith the Lord Jehovah,
take
who remain
literally.
Vers. 22-24.
David.
to take those
and
loill
from the topmost of its shoots will I pluck off a tender one, and will plant it upon a high and exalted mountain. Ver. 23. On the high mountain of Israel will I plant it, and it will put forth branches, and bear fruit, and become a splendid cedar, so that the top of the high cedar,
lofty tree,
lifted
up
the withered tree
have done
it.
low
the
tree,
become green.
I
it ;
under
will dwell
In
it.
And
Ver. 24.
branches will they dwell.
its
of the field will learn that
trees
and
plumage
birds of every
shade of
will set
the
all the
Jehovah have lowered the
made
I
the green tree wither,
Jehovah have said
and
it,
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Although the sprout of David, whom Nebuchad-
nezzar had made king, would lose the sovereignty because of his breach of
faith,
and bring about the destruction of the
kingdom of Judah, the Lord would not destroyed, but would
the seed of David. its
had given
off a
Babel
(ver. 13), so will
Jehovah Himself
from the top of the high cedar, and plant
The Vav to the
before
''^'^2?
is
the
As Nebuchadnezzar pluck
also it
it.
The
Vav consec, and
verb for the sake of emphasis
cedar, which
it
off
;
\3K
is
but in antithesis it
is
is
placed
the royal house of David,
the tender shoot which Jehovah breaks off and plants
kingdom
to
designated by the epithet rdmdh,
as rising above the other trees,
the Messianic
it
a shoot
upon a high moun-
to the acting of the eagle, as described in ver. 3,
after
to
this fulfilment takes
twig from the top of the cedar and brought
broke
appended
He
the promise which
fulfil
The announcement of
form from the preceding parable.
tain.
His kingdom be
let
is
and not
or sovereignty, so that Zerubbabel could
be included, but the Messiah Himself as " a distinct historical
personage" (Havernick).
The
predicate ^l, tender, refers to
CHAP. XVII.
Him
word
also the
;
not so
much
PpV,
245
22-24.
a sprout (Isa.
which indicates
2),
liii.
youthful age of the Messiah
the
(Hitzig)
the lowliness of His origin (compare Isa. xi. 1,
liii.
2)
even when applied to David and Solomon, in 2 Sam. 1
Chron.
xxii.
5,
xxix. 1, expresses not
as
and
;
iii.
39,
their youthfulness,
but their want of strength for the proper administration of
The high mountain,
such a government.
mountain of
as the high
and centre of the kingdom of God, which the Messiah above
The twig
etc.).
all
all
Lord
planted by the
into a cedar in the
figure,
will
grow there
ii.
2,
into a
The Messiah kingdom founded by Him, in which birds will dwell.
all
and protection (under
compare Dan.
plumage
14, where
The
By
be exalted by
to
the inhabitants of the earth will find both food (from the
fruits of the tree)
of
is
the mountains of the earth (Isa.
glorious cedar, under which
grows
described in ver. 23
regarded as the seat
Israel, is Zion,
(cf. ch.
birds of
allusion
is
to
its
^??'''3 liSV, birds
iv. 8, 9.
xxxix. 4, 17),
and
lifts
vii.
every kind find shelter in Noah's ark.
men from
up the
this
of every kind
derived from Gen.
is
every kind of people and
this will all the trees of the field learn that
lofty
For
shadow).
As
lowly.
God
tribe.
lowers the
the cedar represents the royal
house of David, the trees of the
field
can only be the other
kings or royal families of the earth, not the nations outside the limits of the covenant.
At
the same time, the nations are
not to be entirely excluded because the figure of the cedars
embraces the idea of the kingdom, so that the trees of the
field
denote the kingdoms of the earth together with their kings.
The
clauses, " I bring
down the high
general thought, as in 1 Sam.
ii.
7, 8,
tree," contain
a purely
and the perfects are not
to be taken as preterites, but as statements of practical truths. It
is
true that the thought of the royal house of
previous greatness naturally suggests the high and green tree,
itself in
and that of Jehoiachin
with the dry tree (compare Jer. xxii. 30)
be absolutely
set aside.
At
the
same
;
David
in its
connection with in connection
and these are not
to
time, the omission of the
;
246
THE PROPHECIKS OF EZEKIEL. from
article
i!i"33
KJ^
and the objects which
show that the words are not
to
follow,
is
sufficient
be restricted to these parti-
to
cular persons, but are applicable to every high and green, or
withered and lowly tree
men
all
"
i.e.
;
not merely to kings alone, but to
common, and furnish a
in
The bows
of the mighty
men
parallel to 1
are broken
stumbled are girded with strength,"
;
Sam.
ii.
4-9,
and they that
etc.
CHAP. XVIII. THE RETRIBUTIVE JUSTICE OF GOD.
God
In the word of that
God
contained in this chapter, the delusion
the sins of fathers upon innocent children
visits
overthrown, and the truth
clearly set forth that every
is
bears the guilt and punishment of his
The
sins (vers. 1-4).
lighteous lives through his righteousness (vers. 5-9), but
cannot save
who
son
own
is
man
wicked son thereby
his
avoids the sins
through
own
his
(vers.
10-13); whilst the
and wickedness of
his father, will live
The man who own sin man who forsakes the way of
righteousness (vers. 14-20).
repents and avoids sin
not even charged with his
is
and, on the other hand, the
righteousness, and gives himself up to unrighteousness, will not
be protected from death even by his own former righteousness (vers.
his
21-29).
way
;
and
(vers. 30-32).
Thus it is
will
God judge
every
man
only by repentance that Israel
The
exposition of these truths
according to
can
itself is
live
closely con-
nected with the substance and design of the preceding and following prophecies.
had taken from
In the
earlier
fidence in the preservation of the
But
as
words of God, Ezekiel
rebellious Israel every support of false con-
kingdom from
destruction.
an impenitent sinner, even when he can no longer
evade the punishment of his possible to transfer the guilt forts himself with the
sins,
endeavours as
from himself
to others,
much
as
and com-
thought that he has to suffer for sins that
others have committed, and hardens himself against the chas-
tisement of
God through
such false consolation as
this
;
so even
i
247
CHAP. XVIII. 1-4.
among
the people of Israel,
when
the divine judgments burst
upon them, the delusion arose that the existing generation had If, then,
to suffer for the fathers' sins.
the
judgment were ever
bear the fruit of Israel's conversion and renovatfon, which
to
God
designed, the impenitent generation must be deprived even
of this pretext for covering over science,
by the demonstration of the
God
the government of Vers. 1-4.
And
The proverb and
live, is
be
justice
to
and
the sons
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
Ver.
1.
Why
me, saying, Ver. 2.
the saying
are set on edge.
teeth
of the Lord Jehovah,
are mine; as the fathers
soul, so also
they are mine; the soul which sinneth,
compare
ch.
thinking
of, that
xii.
DD^'njD,
22. .
.
.? is
in the land of Israel (ch.
this
what
it
is
the soul
shall die. to you,
Ver.
of
all souls
the son,
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; On
ver.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 2a
what are you
a question of amazement.
J^P1^~''i?,
22), not " concerning the land of
xii.
The proverb was we have not
Havernick assumes.
fathers have eaten sour grapes," for
not, " l-'^x,
The
as in
Jer. xxxi. 29, but I^^N', they eat, are accustomed to eat,
ninx has no article, because
3.
proverb shall
Ver. 4. Behold,
used any more in Israel.
Israel," as
which characterized
word of God.
the
con-
its
proverb in the land of Israel, saying, Fathers
this
eat sour grapes,
As I
and quieting
His kingdom.
in
word of Jehovah came
the
do you use
not
its sins
and
who eat sour grapes. Job xvi. 33 (see the
applies to all
it
Baser, unripe, sour grapes, like beser in
comm. in loc). The meaning of the proverb is self-evident. The sour grapes which the fathers eat are the sins which they commit; the
setting of the children's teeth
sequence thereof,
i.e.
condemned
there also
it is
proverb
is
easily to
natural
man
suffering
is
the con-
the suffering which the children have to
The same proverb
endure.
on edge
is
as
quoted in Jer. xxxi. 29, 30, and
an
error.
The
origin of such a
be accounted for from the inclination of the
to transfer to others the guilt
upon himself, more
which has brought
especially as the law teaches that
the sins of the fathers are visited upon the children (Ex. xx. 5),
and the prophets announce that the Lord would put away
THE PKOPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
248
Judali from before His face on account of the sins of Manasseh (2
Kings
Lam.
xxiv. 3; Jer. xv. 4), while
Jeremiah complains
people are bearing the fathers'
V. 7 that the
most dangerous and
theless the proverb contained a
in
Never-
sins.
fatal error,
for which the teaching of the law concerning the visitation of
the sins of the fathers,
who
Jeremiah,
expressly mentions the doctrine of the law (Jer.
condemns
sxxii. 18),
was not accountable, and which
etc.,
who
walk in the footsteps of their
also
who
those
love
show mercy
God
as strongly as Ezekiel.
the sins of the fathers upon the children
who
will visit
Him, and
hate
fathers' sins;
Him, and keep His commandments,
The
to the thousandth generation.
but to
He
will
proverb, on
the other hand, teaches that the children would have to atone for their fathers' sins without
How
any
culpability of their
own.
remote such a perversion of the truth as to the trans-
mission of sins and their consequences, viz. their punishment,
was from the law of Moses,
mand
evident from the express com-,
is
in Dent. xxiv. 16, that the children were not to be put
to death with the fathers for the sins
which the
latter
had
own
sin.
committed, but that every one was to die for his
What God
here enjoins upon the judicial authorities must
own judgments.
apply to the infliction of His
what Ezekiel says delusion,
which
Consequently
in the following verses in opposition to the
this
proverb helped to spread abroad,
is
simply
a commentary upon the words, " every one shall die for his sin,"
that
and not a correction of the law, which
many have put upon
and Ezekiel. this 'ijl
In ver.
these prophetic utterances of Jeremiah
3,
the
Lord
declares with an oath that
The
proverb shall not be used any more.
which
nin^ DN,
is
own
the interpretation
is
apodosis to
not expressed, would be an imprecation, so
God
that the oath contains a solemn prohibition.
will take
care that this proverb shall not be used any more in Israel, not so
much by
occasion to
the fact that
make
use of
He it,
will not give
as
them any further
by the way
convince them, through the judgments which
in
which
He
He
will
sends, of tlie
;
CHAP. XVIII.
His ways.
of
justice
paraphrase
The
following
Calvin's
is
admirable
" I will soon deprive you of this boasting of yours
:
made
for your iniquity shall be
may
249
1-4.
see that
manifest, so that
all
the world
you are but enduring just punishment, which you
yourselves have deserved, and that you cannot cast
you have hitherto attempted
your
fathers, as
same
time, this only gives one side
which
;
we must
also
upon
it
At
to do."
brought out so prominently in Jer. xxxi. 29
is
namely, that after the judgment
God
the
add the other, sqq,,
manifest His grace
will
so gloriously in the forgiveness of sins, that those
who
given will fully recognise the justice of the judgments
are for-
inflicted.
Experience of the love and compassion of the Lord, manifesting the forgiveness of sin, bows
itself in
down
that the pardoned sinner has no longer of the judgments of
such a proverb
is
"/n
God.
the heart so deeply
any doubt of the
IsraeV^
is
justice
added, to show that
opposed to the dignity of
Israel.
In
ver. 4,
the reason assigned for the declaration thus solemnly confirmed
by an oath commences with a general thought which contains the thesis for further discussion.
All souls are mine, the soul of
the father as well as that of the son, saith the Lord.
words, as Calvin has well said, "
God
In these
does not merely vindicate
His government or His authority, but shows that
He
with paternal affection toward the whole of the
human
which to
He
created and formed."
There
is
is
moved race
no necessity for God
punish the one for the other, the son for the father, say
because of the possibility that the guilty person might evade
Him
;
and as the Father of
different
manner from the
all.
He
cannot treat the one in a
other, but can only punish the one
by whom punishment has been deserved. sinneth shall die. for " man,"
ment.
K'QS'!) is
and niQ
" Death "
is
is
used here, as in
The soul that many other passages,
equivalent to suffering death as a punish-
used to denote the complete destruction
with which transgressors are threatened by the law, as in Deut. XXX. 15 (compare Jer. xxi. 8
;
Prov.
xi.
10).
This sentence
explained in the verses which follow (vers. 5-20).
is
250
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
The
Vers. 5-9.
a man
And
man
righteous
and doeth
righteous^
is
shall not die.
right
and
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
doth not eat vpon the mountains, and doth not the house
eyes to the idols
of
neighbour''s wife,
and doth
Ver.
ness,
If
vp
his
defile his
not approach his wife in her unclean-
Oppresseth no one, restoreth his security
7.
lift
and doth not
Israel,
of
5.
righteousness^ Ver, 6.
debt-
(lit.
pledge), commiiteth no rohhei^, giveth his bread to the hungry,
and
covereth the naked with clothes, Ver. 8.
Doth not
usury, and taketh not interest, withholdeth his hand e.vecuteth
my
statutes,
and keepeth my
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; The exposition of
Lord " Jehovah.*^
God
the assertion, that
ness consists in the fulfilment of the :
only punishes the
not the innocent, commences with a picture of the
righteousness which has the promise of
law
9.
rights to execute truth; he
righteous, he shall live, is the saying of the
sinner,
upon
judgment of truth between one and another, Ver.
Walketh in is
give
from wrong,
viz.
The righteouscommandments of the life.
(1) those relating to religious duties, such as the
avoidance of idolatry, whether of the grosser kind, such as eating upon the mountains,
and therefore
more
refined description,
look to them, or plication to
e.g.
make them
them
(cf.
done, and was doing to
i.e.
observing sacrificial festivals,
sacrificing to idols (cf. lifting
Deut.
xii.
2 sqq.), or of a
up the eyes to
idols, to
the object of trust, and offer sup-
Ps. cxxi. 1
still (cf.
;
Deut.
ch. vi. 13)
iv.
;
19), as Israel
and
had
(2) those relating
moral obligations, such as the avoidance of adultery (com-
pare Ex. XX. 14
Gen. xxxiv.
5),
;
Lev. xx. 10
;
Deut.
xxii.
22
;
and for
KKiUj
and of conjugal intercourse with a wife during
menstruation, which was a defilement of the marriage relation (cf.
Lev.
xviii. 19,
to a neighbour
any one (Ex. to a debtor
All these sins were forbidden in
xx, 18).
To
the law on pain of death.
these there are appended duties
(vers. 7 sqq.), viz. to abstain
xxii.
(Ex.
28
;
xxii.
Lev. xxv. 14, 17),
25
;
Deut. xxiv,
from oppressing
to restore the pledge 6,
10
sqq.).
2\n
is
hardly to be taken in any other sense than as in apposition to in^bn^ " his pledge,
which
is
debt," equivalent to his debt-pledge
!;
CHAP. XVIII. or security, like nsT Hitzig, that nin
is
sense of debtor,
support in
the
The
in ch. xvi. 27.
supposition of
a participle, like Dip in 2 Kings xvi.
a far
is
the
7, in
natural one, and has no valid
less
rendering
free
The
6(j)ei'\ovTo<i.
'!J3"]1
251
10-13.
LXX.,
of the
ive^vpaa-fiov
further duties are to avoid taking unlawful
possession of the property of another (cf. Lev. v. 23); to feed
the hungry, clothe the naked Jas.
ii.
16)
15,
;
Ex.
37)
in judicial sentences, to
;
xxii.
and promote judgment of
draw back the hand from wrong,
truth,
—a sentence
lastly, to
in
accordance with
comm. on Zech.
the true nature of the case (see the and,
Matt. xxv. 26
;
24) and taking interest (Lev. xxv. 36,
20
cf.
5
from practising usury (Deut.
abstain
to
xxiii.
;
(cf. Isa. Iviii.
vii..9)
walk in the statutes and rights of the Lord,
expression which embraces, in conclusion,
the righteousness required by the law.
—
all
that
;
—an
essential to
is
This definition of the
idea of true righteousness, which preserves from death and destruction, vers.
and ensures
to the possessor,
life
followed in
is
10 sqq. by a discussion of the attitude which
God
sustains
towards the sons. Vers. 10-13. protect the
The
wicked,
IfJ however, he hegettelh a violent son,
defileth his
—
if
neighbour''s xoife,
He
taheth interest
:
should he
hath done all these abominations
blood shall be upon him.
righteous literally,
man
and
But he himself hath
Ver. 12. Oppresselh the suffering restore
his eyes to idols, committeth abomination,
and
10.
blood,
he even eateth upon the mountains, and
and poor, committeth robbery, doth not
usury,
—Ver.
who sheddeth
doeth only one of these things, Ver. 11. not done all this,
does not
righteousness of the father
unrighteous son from death.
— The
;
a pledge,
live f
He
breaking in or through,
is
(cf.
he shall be put
to
death
^s?,
;
is
his
the
ri3, violent,
rendered more emphatic by
Hos.
iv. 2).
"We regard ns
in the next clause as simj)ly a dialectically different
writing and pronouncing, for
up
shall not live
subject to ^ vi'll, in ver. 10,
described in the preceding verses.
the words " shedding blood "
lifteth
Ver. 13. Gioeth upon
" o"b'/' ^^^
^^^
form of
doeth only
252
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
one of these, the sins previously mentioned (vers. 6 sqq.). *insD, with a partitive connection
The
;
Lev.
as in
1??,
the form ^n^^O
nb'y
sense,
tive of the person to
7.
whom
never construed with the accusa-
is
anything
is
done
6i the words to sins against a brother
connection.
Deut. xv.
in
and doeth one of these
**
neither warranted by the language nor com-
is
mended by the
used in a similar
it is
met with
also
Targum,
explanation given by the
to his brother,"
where
iv. 2, is
The next
nb^ N?
clause,
.
;
.
.
and the limitation
unsuitable in this
is
Nini,
which has
also
been variously rendered, we regard as an adversative circum-
and agree with Kliefoth in referring
stantial clause,
begetter (father)
any of these
"and
:
For
sins."
no
yields
it
intelligible sense to refer
this clause also to the son, since n?X"73
different things
from the preceding
cannot possibly refer to
and a man cannot
'"IPSD,
The
the same time both do and not do the same thing.
which follows
"
signifies
if,"
enumeration of particular example, Ex. xxi.
as
sins
is
1, 7, 17, etc.,
or cases
where is
it
it,
""S
compare, for
construed with the
is
may
occur.
followed by the perfect, because the
it is
(even) forms an antithesis to ^nxÂť of
;
to things that
The emphatic
enumerated are regarded as committed.
thosis
at
frequently the case in the
precepts
imperfect, because the allusion
Here, on the contrary,
to the
it
he (the father) has not committed
inasmuch as
D3 ^3
riN {"i]^),
Da
or rather an epanor-
resumes and carries out
still
further the description of the conduct of the wicked son, which
was interrupted by the circumstantial clause; and that not only in a different form, but with a gradation in the thought.
The
thought, for instance,
righteous father, even
is
as follows
:
the violent son of a
he has committed only one of the sins
if
which the father has not committed, committed even the gross
sins
shall die.
named,
And
if
he has
viz. idolatry, adultery,
violent oppression of the poor, robbery, etc., should he then
continue to live
I
The
contains a question, that
i
immediately denied.
in is
""nj
introduces the apodosis, which
simply indicated by the tone, and
The antique form
'â&#x20AC;˘n
for
T\'r\^
3d
is
pers.
;
CHAP. XVIII. peif .,
taken from the Pentateuch
is
The formulae
xxi. 8).
rinv ni»
from the language of the law father
he doeth
He
the idols
and
own
and
And
of Israel; he
sms which
riot
robbery
;
he shall
;
his eyes to
giveth his bread to the hungry,
my
He
Ver. 17.
statutes
he
;
holdeth back
usury and
the distressed one, taketh not
rights, walketh in
of his father
Ver. 15.
up
not
lifteth
And
Ver. 14.
oppresseth no one; he doth not ivithhold a
and committeth
my
—
dejileth not his neighbour's
covereth the naked with clothes.
doeth
sins.
seeth all his father s
the mountains,
the house
of
hand from
his
upon
Ver. 16.
wife,
pledge,
9, 11, 13, etc.).
he seeth them, and doeth not suck things.
;
eateth not
Num.
are also derived
avoids his father's sin will live
who
beholdj he begeiteth a son,
22 and
iii.
13 YD'i
Lev. xx.
for his
die
will
Gen.
(cf.
and
(cf.
The son who
Vers. 14-20.
but the
253
14-20.
interest,
not die for the sin
icill
Ver. 18. His father, because he
live.
hath practised oppression, committed robbery upon his brother,
and hath done
that which is not
good in
doth the son not help
to
the midst
die.
A
live.
my
of
son shall not help
righteous shall be
wicked shall be upon him.
forms the
antithesis
to
to
The
man
—The case the
The
read
one
subject to lyin in ver. 14
is
man who
is
righteousness
;
^4"^% kolL <f)o^r]6jj, et timuerit,
as
it
Septuagint and Vulgate
has been by the Masoretes, to
28
;
but
it is
nor
the apocopated form
is
a keeper of
not the righteous described immecommandments of is
not to be
has been by the transla-
ns^'l, as it
;
of the
the father
Chetib nti in the last clause of ver» 14
tors of the
ver,
shall
supposed in these verses
diately afterwards as a transgressor of the
The
it
the wickedness
preceding
described in ver. 15, but a
God.
and done
bear the fathers sin, and a father
upon him, and
.
Why
the son hath
statutes,
the transgressor in this instance, and the son the law.
his people;
Ver. 20. Tlie soul that sinneth,
shall not help to bear the sin of the son. the
of
do ye say,
But
bear the father s sin f
done right and righteousness, hath kept all
them; he shall
And
Ver. 19.
behold, he shall die for his sin.
is it
to
make
i<"i^,
be altered into it
accord with
as in the preceding
254
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
clause,
and the object
to be repeated
is
in the similar case
which we
and Hitzig propose
to alter
find in
The
but without the slightest necessity. this,
have both read and rendered the same sentences,
""^y
to
make
his
him (compare
countrymen
= isy
DD
Pentateuch.
ver. 12)
VJSV ^ina, in the
a participle.
<^PJ} is
does the son not help to bear?" part of the people, but
;
distressed,
The
which the
God would
the sin of the fathers upon the sons in justification of their
Ezekiel cites this pretext for the purpose of meeting
proverb. it
Why
not a direct objection on the
is
people might offer on the ground of the law, that visit
midst of
question, "
to be taken as a pretext,
is
is
for the purpose
adopted from the language of the
'^'^^^, is
after
and Syriac
variations in par-
him
equivalent to abstaining from seizing upon of crushing
are not to be
and Ezekiel, when repeating
;
accustomed
is
LXX.
since the Chaldee
Holding back the hand from the
ticular words.
Ewald
in ver. 17 into 7\V0 after ver. 8,
^?Vl?
taken as an authority for
from what precedes, as
Ex. xx. 15 (18).
by
stating the reason
why
3
this does not occur.
Kfc'J,
to
carry, near or with, to join in carrying, or help to carry (cf.
Num.
xi. 17).
This proved the proverb to be
firmed the assertion
made
in
ver. Ab, to
and con-
false,
which the address
therefore returns (ver. 20).
The
man
upon the righteous man, namely,
will
come upon him,
i.e.
The
in its consequences.
righteousness of the righteous
righteous
man
ing of righteousness, but the unrighteous wickedness.
There
is
will receive the bless-
man
no necessity for the
the curse of his
article,
which the
Keri proposes to insert before V^n. Vers. 21-26. Turning to good leads to life; turning to evil
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver. 21.
man
iurneth
from all his sins which he hath committed, and keepeth
all mi/
is
followed by death.
statutes, die*
and doeth
right
and
But
if the wicked
righteousness, he shall live,
and not
Ver. 22. All his transgressions which he hath committed,
shall not be
remembered
to
him : for
ichich he hath done he icill live.
the sake of the righteousness
Ver. 23. Have
I
then pleasure
in the death of the wicked ? is the saying of Jehovah
:
and not
CHAP.
from
rather that he turn
man
the righteous ness,
and
ungodly
and
his ways,
man hath done,
should he
and for
he hath committed,
it
Hear now, from
turneth
the
the righteousness that
for his unfaithjulness that
:
his sin that he hath sinned, for these
And
Ver. 25.
All
live ?
ye say, " Tlie
house of Israel : 2s
his righteousness,
way of the Lord is my way not right ?
not
Is
Ver. 26. i/ a righteous
not your ways that are not right ?
man
Ver. 24. But if
abominations which
the
all
to
he hath done shall not be remembered
rightr
live?
turn from his righteousness, and doeth wicked-
acteth according
he shall die.
255
XVril. 21-2G.
and doeth wickedness, and
dieth in consequence, he dieth for his wickedness that he hath done.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;The proof
that every one
must bear
his sin did not contain
an exhaustive reply to the question, in what relation the righteousness of
God
men ?
stood to the sin of
For
the cases sup-
posed in vers. 5-20 took for granted that there was a constant persistence in the course once taken, stances,
which are by no means changed.
life is entirely
It
rare,
still
and overlooked the
when a man's
in-
course of
remained, therefore, to take
notice of such cases as these, and they are handled in vers.
The ungodly man, who
21-26.
repents and turns, shall live;
and the righteous man, who turns "
As
the righteous man,
Every one
will
;
so the sinner,
live.
gracious,
God
is
not
who was once a
is
is
found"
for the pardon of the repenting sinner
given in ver. 23, in the declaration that
may
a sinner,
not supported by his early righteousness.
in the death of the wicked
he
of sin, shall die.
be judged in that state in which he
The motive
(Jerome). is
is
way
who was formerly
crushed down by his past sins righteous man,
to the
man, but
God
has no pleasure
desires his conversion, that
therefore not only just, but merciful and
and punishes none with death but those who either from evil, or will not persevere in the way of
will not desist
His commandments.
way (|3n^,
of the Lord, see
i.e.
comm. on
Consequently the complaint, that the
His conduct toward men, 1
Sam.
ii.
3),
altogether unfounded, and recoils
i.e.
is
not weighed
not just and right,
upon those who make
it.
is
It
256 is
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
not God's ways, but the sinner's, that are wrong (ver. 25).
The
proof of
made
declarations
which Hitzig overlooks,
this,
in vers.
23 and 26,
—
contained in the
is
viz. in
God
the fact that
does not desire the death of the sinner, and in His mercy forgives the penitent his charge
and
;
all his
and does not lay them
sins,
also in the fact that
way
turns from the
former
He
punishes the
He is
man who
of righteousness and gives himself
wickedness, on account of the sin which he commits
simply judges him according to his deeds.
the continuation of the infinitive
ait^,
and
— In
^nj is
to
up
to
so that
;
ver. 24, HK'yi
interrogatory,
as in ver. 13.
Vers. 27-32.
have formed a
The
vindication of the
ways of God might
But
fitting close to this divine oracle.
as the
prophet was not merely concerned with the correction of the
was current among the
error contained in the proverb which people, but
still
more with the rescue of the people themselves
from destruction, he follows up the refutation with another earnest call to repentance.
from
—Ver.
27. Jf a wicked
turneth
Ver. 28. If he seeth
righteousness, he will keep his soul alive.
and
man
which he hath done, and doeth right and
his wickedness
turneth from all his transgressions which he hath committed,
he shall
live
saith, Tlie
and
way
Ver. 30.
I judge
will
Jehovah.
may
Lord Is
house of Israel'? right?
Ver. 29.
not die.
of the
it
ways
not right,
that are not
every one according to his ways,
house of Israel,
Turn and
the house of Israel
Are my ways
not rather your
Tlierefore,
you^
And
not right.
is
is
the saying
of the
Lord
repent of all your transgressions, that
not become to you a stumbling -I loch to guilt.
it
Ver. 31.
Cast from you all your transgressions which ye have committed,
and make yourselves a new
why
heart
and a new
house of Israel?
will ye die,
no pleasure in the death of
And
spirit!
Ver. 32. For I have
the dying,
is
the saying
of the
— For
the
purpose of securing an entrance into their hearts for the
call
Lord Jehovah. to
repentance,
Therefore repent, that ye
the
may
live.
prophet not only repeats, in
vers.
27
I
CHAP. XVIII.
and 28, the truth declared in turns from his sin finds as he has already
The
are not right.
D??")"!!,
may
but
21 and 22, that he who
vers.
but refutes once more in ver. 29,
does not warrant our altering the plural
and that the meaning your own ways,
applies to just
measure therein."
and not yours, to his
way.
^n^5J' is
:
it is
" therefore,
etc.
summed up in my way
not right ;
there
;
my
" because
is
way,
judge you, every one according
ye would escape from death
if
rendered more emphatic by
In the
D3\33^ as in ch. xiv. 6.
all
what you say of
namely, "
Repent, therefore,
and destruction.
i2"'?'n,
last clause of ver. 30,
py
is
sc.
not
be taken as the subject of the sentence according to the
to
accents, but vii.
is
19 and
a genitive dependent upon
xiv. 3
preceding clause a.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
137,
this
is
right, I will
is
connected
is
be explained in a very simple manner, by
assuming that the ways of the people are one,
God's ways
ver. 25, the charge that
fact that the singular \^^\
plural Q3"'?")%
with the into
life,
done in
257
27-32.
:
;
that
and the subject it
(the sinning)
stumbling-block of iniquity,
which ye
fall into guilt
i.e.
The
ch.
be found in the
not become to you
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;The
appeal in ver.
xi. 18, 19.
^v*^'7, to cast
and punishment.
application of this
to
as in
a stumbling-block through
31 points back to the promise in ch.
away.
is
may
^'i^^^,
word
to transgressions
may be
explained from the fact that they consisted for the most part of idols
and idolatrous images, which they had made.
new
new
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
"
Make
man cannot, indeed, create either of these by his own power God alone But a man both can and should can give them (ch. xi. 19). come to God to receive them in other words, he can turn to
yourselves a
heart and a
spirit:" a
;
:
God, and
let
both heart and
be renewed by the Spirit of
spirit
God. And this God is willing to do for He has no pleasure non nioii, in the death of the dying one. In the repetition of ;
the assurance given in ver. 23, non tuted for
y^,
that
renewal that they can recover T
very appropriately substi-
to indicate to the people that while in sin they
are lying in death, and
EZEK
is
it
life
is
only by conversion and
again.
E
258
THE PROPHECIES OP EZEKIEL.
CHAP. XrX. LAMENTATION FOR THE PRINCES OF ISRAEL. Israel, the lioness,
brought up young
But when they showed
lions.
lions in the midst of
were
their leonine nature, they
taken captive by the nations and led away, one to Egypt, the
The mother
other to Babylon (vers. 1-9).
herself,
planted by the water with vigorous branches, soil,
and
so that her strong tendrils wither,
a dry land.
Fire, emanating
is
is
ruler's
sceptre
from a rod of the branches, has
10-14).
(vers.
torn from the
transplanted into
devoured the fruit of the vine, so that not a cane a
once a vine
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; This
is left
form
to
which
lamentation,
bewails the overthrow of the royal house and the banishment of Israel into exile, forms a finale to the preceding prophecies
of the overthrow of Judah,
and was well adapted
to annihilate
every hope that things might not come to the worst after
Vers.
Ver.
1.
Ver.
2.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
1-9. Capture and Exile op the Princes. And do thou raise a lamentation for the princes of Israel^ And say, Why did thy mother, a lioness, lie down among
lionesses; bring
A nd she
up her whelps among young lions?
brought vp one of
and he learned
whelps
Iter
him; he was caught
Ver. 3.
became a young
it
:
prey ; he devoured man.
to take
nations heard of
in
Ver. 4.
their pit,
when she saw
that her hope
took one of her whelps,
walked among
He
take prey.
and
made
lionesses, he
;
lion.
became a young
and
He
the land
and
Ver.
waste, at the voice of his roaring.
their net
:
he was caught in their pit.
the cage
Babylon
:
5.
And
he to
knew its
6.
its
widows,
fulness became
Ver. 8. Then nations round
about from the provinces set up against him,
in
they
Ver.
and learned
Ver.
lion,
7.
devoured man.
laid waste their cities
And
was exhausted, overthrown, she
a young
it
lion,
and
brought him with nose-rings into the land of Egypt.
A nd
all.
Ver.
and spread over him 9.
And
they put
him
with nose-rings, and brought him to the king of
brought him into a fortress, that his voice might not be
heard any more on the mountains of Israel.
CHAP. XIX.
The
as in ch.
(**^^5,
out in
pointed
vers.
xii.
the plural
the lamentation applies, are
whom
two of
10),
4 and
Jehoahaz and Jehoiachin.
9, that there
This fact alone
are so clearly-
no mistaking
is
protect
is sufficient to
against the arbitrary alteration into the singular
''^''^^
proposed by Houbigant and Hitzig, after the reading of
N''b'3,
the
whom
princes of Israel, to
the kings
259
1-9.
LXX.
The
lamentation
not addressed to one particular
is
prince, either Zedekiah (Hitzig) or Jehoiachin (E.os., Maurer),
but to Israel as a nation
and the mother
;
(ver.
2)
fhe
is
national community, the theocracy, out of which the kings
were born, as
from
no
The words
indisputably evident from ver. 10.
is
form one sentence. It yields no good sense to separate ^S5^ no from '"IV?!? whether we adopt the rendering, " what is thy mother ? " or take no with N^3p and ^Q>5
render
"how
it,
nyn*!
to
is
thy mother a lioness?" unless, indeed,
we
supply the arbitrary clause " now, in comparison with what she
was before," or change the interrogative into a preterite has thy mother become a lioness ? "
which
The words have no
where Judah different
is
its
connection with Gen.
It
is
much
not so
among young
prey and devour men. the
young
prey.
lion,
^)i^\ is
grow up,
Why
has Israel ?
xlix. 9,
figure
is
a
the strength and courage
which
"iia
is
The mother
lions, so that
brings
they learn to take
the lion's whelp, catulus
is
old
enough
to
up
go out
;
"I'SS,
in search of
a HipJiil, in the tropical sense, to cause to spring
up, or
nations
" how among
wildness and ferocity that are the points of
resemblance in the passage before us. her young ones
The
depicted as a warlike lion.
one here.
of the lion as
:
lionesses,
down, are the other kingdoms, the Gentile
Israel lay
nations.
The
i.e.
Why,
The thought
to bring up.
entered then, has
into it
fellowship
put
itself
is
the following:
with the heathen
upon a
level with the
heathen nations, and adopted the rapacious and tyrannical nature of the powers of the world ? The question " whythen
1
"
when taken with what
follows, involves the reproof
that Israel has struck out a course opposed to
its
divine calling,
260 and
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL will
now have
to taste the bitter fruits of this assumption
The heathen
of heathen ways.
nations have taken captive
its
him away into heathen lands. V7K ^VpK^., they him (IvS for ivy). The fate of Jehoahaz, to which
king, and led iieard of ver.
4
related in 2
refers, is
Kings
31 sqq.
xxiii.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Vers.
5-7
refer to Jehoiachin, the son of Jehoiakim, and not to Zedekiah,
For the
as Hitzig imagines.
own accord
his
not at variance with the figure contained in rer.
which he was taken self
up
to the
went out of
fact that Jehoiachin
the king of Babylon (2 Kings xxiv. 12),
to
He
(as a lion) in a net.
is
according to
8,
simply gave him-
king of Babylon because he was unable to escape
from the besieged
Moreover, Jehoaliaz and Jehoiachin
city.
are simply mentioned as examples, because they both
into
fell
the hands of the world-powers, and their fate showed clearly
enough " what the end must inevitably
be,
when
Israelitish
kings became ambitious of being
lions, like the
nations of the world" (Kliefoth).
Jehoiakim was not so
kings of the suit-
able an example as the others, because he died in Jerusalem. '^iJy^^}
which has been explained
in
different ways, w'e agree
with Evvald in regarding as the Niplial of 7n^ =:
the
b^n, in
sense of feeling vexed, being exhausted or deceived, like the
For even
Syriac ^^j^o], viribus defecit, desperavit. viii.
12, ?ni3
simply means to wait; and this
here, as waiting
change from hn or
y^
is
to p^I
is
and renders
it
In
literal description
He
pursued by the king.
knew,
ver.
iii.
The
7,
reads
j;i*l
But
rendering. ii.
9),
is
its
There
'?\n
the fifjurative
is
here instead of palaces
J?yn,
;
"
and
to break, or
never used for the
destruction of buildings; and niJDpN does not
but windows.
25, where
Le. dishonoured, its (Israel's,
The Targum
in pieces, e.g. a vessel (Ps.
(ni:D")S)j
inapplicable
of the ungodly course
accordingly, " he destroyed
Ewald has adopted the same smash
by Judg.
established
occurs in the sense of ?n\
the nation's) widows.
Gen.
not equivalent to waiting in vain.
language passes into a
jn^l,
is
in
mean
palaces
nothing in the use of the
261
CHAP. XIX. 10-14
word
in Isa. xiii.
22
support the meaning " palaces," because
to
the palaces are simply called 'almdnoth (widows) there, with a
and widowed
sarcastic side glance at their desolate
Other conjectures are as follows
He
much
Jehoiachin went
:
condition.
The thought
more inadmissible.
still
is
than Jehoahaz.
further
not only devoured men, but laid hands on defenceless
widows, and laid the land with
waste to such an extent that the
inhabitants became perfectly desolate through his
its
The
rapacity.
cities
description
is
no doubt equally applicable
to his
father Jehoiakim, in whose footsteps Jehoiachin walked, since
Jehoiakim
IJri^.
:
13 sqq. as a grievous
described in Jer. xxii.
is
despot and tyrant.
In
ver. 8 the object
QJJ'?'!
used in a general and indefinite manner
is
mountain-fortresses,
Vers. 10-14.
in one of
i.e.
them
(cf.
also belongs to
The
they set up and spread out their net. :
plural niYjfO
in lofty castles,
Judg.
xii. 7).
Destruction of the Kingdom, and BanishVer. 10. Thy mother was like a vine,
ment OF THE People.
—
planted hy the water in thy repose ; At became fruitful and rich
from many
in tendrils
clouds,
and
icas
and
;
in
visible
Ver. 12. Then
branches.
Ver. 11.
waters.
shoots for rulers' sceptres
it
its
its
height in the
was torn up
ground, and the east wind, dried up icere
broken
A nd now
it
off, is
and withered ;
And
its
multitude of
in fury^
fruit
;
upon will
it,
a
fruit,
so
fire devoured them.
that there is
no more a
—A
lamentation
lamentation.
transported
to
— From
is
Ver. 13.
its
branches,
strong shoot it
the lamentable
is,
and
which the
passes
lion-like rapacity of
preparing for "the kingdom and people.
resembled a vine planted by the water.
it
fate of the
Egypt and Babylon, the ode
description of the fate,
the princes
cast to the
planted in the desert, in a dry and thirsty land.
a sceptre for riding.
be for
princes to
its
its
strong shoots
its
Ver. 14. There goeth out fre from the shoot of devoureth
had strong
it
growth ascended among the
The
1013 we agree with Havernick and Kliefoth
difficult
Israel
word
in tracincr to the
'
262
THE PBOPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
vetb
HD'n, to rest
with
'*0'i3
and regard it as synonymous " in thy repose," i.e. in the time
(Jer. xiv. 1 7),
10
in Isa. xxxviii.
:
For neither of the other
of peaceful, undisturbed prosperity. renderings,
"in thy blood" and "in thy
meaning.
suitable
The
likeness," yields a
which originated
latter explanation,
with Raschi and Kimchi,
is
precluded by the fact that Ezekiel
always uses the word H^^^ to express the idea of resemblance.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;For
the figure of the vine, compare Ps. Ixxx. 9 sqq.
vine sent out strong shoots for rulers' sceptres
that
;
This to say,
is
brought forth powerful kings, and grew up to a great height, even into the clouds. ^''^^J? signifies " clouds," lit. thicket of
it
clouds, not only here, but in eh. xxxi. 3, 10, 14. The rendering " branches " or " thicket of foliage " is not suitable in any
of these passages. that of a
2 Sam.
new
xxiii.
The form
of the word
Ixxvii.
and
the plural of niay, an
is
simply transferred to
The
clouds.
clause
still
no such
This picture
alteration as Hitzig proposes.
any
particle of transition,
tion of the destruction of this vine.
the wrath of God, cast
down
It
used
T*y
xvii. 10).
nitSD (ver. 11);
suffix in ^i^nPiN is written in the singular
The
kingdom
this catastrophe is occasioned
by the
princes.
devours the fruit of the vine so that n''"^.?
nis^o^
The dry
soil in
which
According to ver. 14,
could not flourish.
more branches, emanates
this
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;in other words,
Babylon, so described as being a barren
God
W n^D
and the
on account of
in the transplanting of the people, Israel, into exile.
of
by
uprooting ends in the transplanting
of the vine into a waste, dry, unwatered land,
is
descrip-
in fury
to the ground, so that its fruit
collectively, as equivalent to
collective use of ntSD.
followed
is
by a
was torn up
withered (compare the similar figures in ch.
the
N^.^l,
further the glorious and vigorous growth, and needs
in ver. 12 sqq., without
land
'lJ^
appeared, was seen, or became visible, simply serves to
depict
is
which occurs in
is
18; but
up of the
the interlacing or piling it
not to be taken as
plural of ^^^V, the plural of 3y,
4 and Ps.
interlacing or thicket of foliage,
and
is
it
The
fire,
which
cannot send out any
from the shoot of
its
CHAP. XX.
branches, ntSD
is
from
i.e.
its
dliX
)a'l
branches, which are so prolific in shoots.
the shoot which grew into rulers' sceptres, Tiie reference
family of the nation.
i.e.
the royal
whose
to Zedekiah,
is
treacherous breach of covenant (ch. xvii. 15) led to the over-
The
throw of the kingdom and of the earthly monarchy. picture
from
ver. 12
the vine, and
onwards
is
prophetic.
up of
tearing
transplantation into a dry land, had already
its
commenced with the carrying away not completed
The
of Jeconiah
;
but
it
was
the destruction of Jerusalem and the carry-
till
ing away of Zedekiah, which were
still
time when these words were uttered.
in the future at the
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;The
clause
'u^
^'''7
na^p
does not contain a concluding historical notice, as Havernick supposes, but simply the Jinale of the lamentation, indicating
the credibility of the prediction which
it
contains,
^"^^l
prophetic, like the perfects from ^TjF^ in ver. 12 onwards
the meaning
is this
:
A
whole chapter; and
;
is
and
lamentation forms the substance of the will lead to
it
lamentation,
when
it
is
fulfilled.
CHAP. XX. THE PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE OF ISRAEL.
The
date given in ch. xx. 1 applies not only to ch. xx., but"
also to ch.
(compare ch. xxiv. 1)
xx.-xxiii.
utterances in these four chapters being
the prophetic
;
bound together
into a
group of connected words of God, both by their contents and by the threefold repetition of the expression, " wilt thou judge ?"
and
{vid. ch. XX. 4, xxii. 2,
which
is
xxiii.
36).
The formula
CiSB'nn,
only omitted from the threat of punishment contained
in ch. xxi., indicates at the
design of these words of God,
same time both the nature and
The prophet
is
to judge,
i.e.
to
hold up before the people once more their sinful abominations,
and
to predict the
which occasioned elders of Israel
The
occasion
is
consequent punishment. this
came
is
The circumstance
narrated in ch. xx. 1-3.
to the
Men
of the
prophet to inquire of the Lord.
therefore a similar one to that described in the
;
264
THE PBOPHECIES OP EZEKIEI. group
previous
word from him
we have
for
;
had come
ch. xiv. 1, that elders
been
already
informed,
to the prophet to hear
in
God's
but they had not gone so far as to inquire.
;
Here, however (ch. xx.), they evidently address a question to
him
the prophet, and through of their inquiry
to the
the answer, which was given to
The ground
prophet.
fore essentially the
and
Lord
;
though the nature
not given, and can only be gathered from
is
them by the Lord through the
for the following
same
words of
God
is
there-
as for those contained in ch. xiv.—xix.
this serves to explain the relation in
which the two groups
stand to each other, namely, that ch. xx.-xxiv. simply contain
a further expansion of the reproachful and threatening addresses of ch. xiv.—xix.
In ch. XX. the prophet points out to the a historical survey,
how
Lord from the very desert
form of
had been towards the
even in Egypt (vers. 5-9) and the
first,
10-17 and 18-26), both the older and
(vers.
generations,
rebellions Israel
elders, in the
how they had sinned
through their idolatry, and how
it
against the
Lord
later
their
God
was only for His own name's
Lord had not destroyed them in His anger And as Israel hath not given up idolatry even (vers. 27-31). in Canaan, the Lord would not suffer Himself to be inquired sake that the
of by the idolatrous generation, but would refine
judgments among the nations
(vers.
it
by severe
32-38), and sanctify
it
thereby into a people well-pleasing to Him, and would then gather
it
again out of the dispersion, and bring
promised to the fathers, where fices
and
gifts
word of God
it
would serve
upon His holy mountain is
therefore a
more
it
(vers.
literal
into the land
Him
with sacri-
This
39-44).
repetition of the
allegorical description contained in ch. xvi.
Vers. 1-4. Date, occasion, and theme of the discourse which follows.
—Ver.
1.
the fifth (moon),
of the elders of before me.
Ver.
And
came
it
to pass in the seventh year, in
on the tenth of the moon, there came men Israel, 2.
to
Then
inquire of Jehovah, the
and
down
sat
word of Jehovah came
to
me,
265
CHAP. XS. 1-4.
to the elders of Israel^ and Lord Jehovah, Have ye come to
Son of man, speak
saying, Ver. 3.
say to them, Thus saith the inquire of
by yon,
As I live,
me?
saying
the
is
thou judge them ?
known
if
I
suffer myself to be inquired of
of the Lord Jehovah.
Wilt thou judge,
the abominations of their fathers to them.
pare the date given in ver. 1 with ch.
days after the one in chap. days after the
call of
and two years and
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
^If
we
1,
Wilt
4.
Make
f
we comshall find
five
viii.
nx
cn-i^
to seek
first
2)
;
Consequently
1).
falls
it
section of Ezekiel's prophetic
Jehovah,
The Lord's answer
from Him.
i.
months before the blockading of Jeru-
almost in the middle of the nin^
five
two years, one month, and
;
Ezekiel to be a prophet (ch.
salem by the Chaldeans (ch. xxiv.
work,
viii.
man
word of God was uttered only eleven months and
that this
five
Ver.
son of
to ask a revelation
i.e.
in ver. 3
similar to that
is
Instead of giving a revelation concerning the
in ch. xiv. 3.
future, especially with regard to the speedy termination of the
penal sufferings, which the elders had, no doubt, come to the prophet
is
judge them,
to
i.e.
solicit,
following clause
as the
explains, not only in the passage before us, but also in ch. xxii. 3
and
xxiii. 36, to
of Israel.
It
is
hold up before
them
the sins
and abominations
in anticipation of the following picture of the
apostasy of the nation from time immemorial that the sins of
"No
the fathers are mentioned here. sinners, but chiding for their sins
;
and
may
that the sentence of refusal
live,'
(Jerome).
The
question
tsisiJ'nn,
reply
He
given to the
is
adds the oath,
be
which
'
as I
all
the stronger"
is
repeated
with
emotion, " gives expression to an impatient wish, that the thing
The
interrogative
therefore adopted simply as a
more earnest
could have been done already " (Hitzig).
form of address
mode
of giving expression to the
thing. also
is
Hence the
literal
command
to
appended in the form of an imperative
prophet
is
go and do the
explanation of the word tOiSD'nn (Dy"'*]in).
to revert to the sins of the fathers, not
is
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; The
merely for
the purpose of exhibiting the magnitude of the people's guilt,
266
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
but also to hold up before the sinners themselves, the patience
and long-suffering which have hitherto been displayed by the Lord. Vers. 5-9. Election of Israel in Egypt.
Its resistance to
—
commandments of God. Ver. 5. And say to them, Thus saith the Lord Jehovah, In the day that I chose Israel, and lifted my hand to the seed of Jacob, and made myself known to them in the land of Egypt, and lifted my hand to thetn, saying, I the
am
God:
Jehovah, your
hand
I
land which
the
—
and honey to them.
do not
Ver.
6.
In
that
I
day
my
lifted
them, to bring them out of the land of Egypt into
to
sought out for them, which ftoweth with milk
an ornament of
is
it
Cast away every
defile yourselves
your God.
Ver.
would not hearkeyi
man
all lands:
Ver.
the abominations
of his
But
to
me.
And
said
eyes,
and
I am
with the idols of Egypt.
8.
7.
Jehovah,
they were rebellious against me,
Not one of them threw away
and
the abo-
minations of his eyes, and they did not forsake the idols of Egypt.
Then 1 thought
my
to
my
pour out
wrath upon them,
accomplish
to
anger upon them in the midst of the land of Egypt.
But I did
it
faned before they
were,
my names
for
eyes of the
the
sake,
it
(ver. 6),
^"ina Di'3
(ver. 5)
and the sentence continued.
is
Kfe'XJ
in
Ninn ni»3
the construc-
tion with the infinitive passes over into the finite verb.
ing the hand,
sc. to
oath (see the
comm. on Ex.
is
heaven,
is
clause
The
Vi^^J (and made myself known)
and then the
lifting of the
substance of the oath
is
5 and 6 rest upon Ex.
hand mentioned again
Himself known Israel,
to
vi.
;
but the
previously inserted,
the importance of this act of divine grace. vers.
Lift-
a gesture employed in taking an
vi. 8).
introduced by the word ibN«l at the close of ver. 5 'iJI
to
—Vers. 5 and 6
resumed
With
9.
of which
I had made myself known
them, to bring them out of the land of Egypt.
form one period,
Ver.
might not be pro-
nations, in the midst
whose eyes
before
that
The
2 sqq., where the
to indicate
contents of
Lord makes
Moses, and through him to the children of
according to the nature involved in the
name Jehovah,
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
''
in which
(Ex.
He
i
CHAP. XX. 5-8C HI 3
i
§^7
I
had not yet revealed Himself to the patriarchs Both nj ^nsb'J (I lifted my hand) and nin> >:s are
vi. 3).
taken from Ex.
The word
vi. 8.
^^y^,
from
"iw, to seek out,
explore, also belongs to the Pentateuch (compare Deut.
i.
33)
;
and the same may be said of the description given of Canaan as " a land flowing with milk and honey " (vid. Ex. iii. 8, etc.).
But
''3V,
is first
ornament, as an epithet applied
namely, in vers. 6 and 15 of in
to the land of Israel,
employed by the prophets of the time of the captivity
Dan.
16, 41.
viii, 9, xi.
this chapter, in Jer.
The
the people of Jehovah, contained eo ipso the
up
tiie idols
of Egypt, although
of other gods was for the XX. 3), (cf.
first
and Egyptian idolatry
is
it
19,
and
was
command
to give
at Sinai that the worship
time expressly prohibited (Ex. only mentioned in Lev.
Ezekiel calls
Josh. xxiv. 14).
iii.
election of the Israelites to be
xvii.
7
the idols " abominations of
because, " although
eicecrable things, they
they were abominable and were looked upon with delight by them "
(Rosenmiiller).
true that there
their eyes,"
in the
the in
It
is
is
nothing expressly stated
Pentateuch as to the refusal of the
command
Israelites to
up
of God, or their unwillingness to give
Egypt; but
tained in Ex.
to
be inferred from the statements con-
9 and 12, to the effect that the Israelites did
vi.
not hearken
may
it
obey
idolatry
Moses when he communicated
determination of
God
more plainly from
to lead
to
them the
them out of Egypt, and
their relapse into
Egyptian
idolatry,
still
from
the worship of the golden calf at Sinai (Ex. xxxii.), and from their repeated desire to return to
the desert.^
Nor
is
Egypt while wandering
in
there anything said in the Pentateuch
concerning the determination of
God
to
pour out His wrath
We
*' ^ The remarks of Calvin upon this point are very good. do not learn directly from Moses," he says, " that they had been rebels against God, because they would not throw away their idols and superstitions; but
the conjecture
is
a very probable one, that they had always been so firmly way the hand of God
fixed in their abominations as to prevent in a certain
from bringing them relief. And assuredly, if they had embraced what Moses promised them in the name of God with promptness of mind, the
268
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
upon the
We
idolatrous people in Egypt.
assume on
need not indeed
account that Ezekiel derived his information
this
from some special traditional source, as Vitringa has done Observv.
ss.
263), or regard the statement as a revelation
I.
made by God
and through him
to Ezekiel,
do not disclose to us either a particular fact or a of
God; they simply contain
The words
to us.
definite decree
a description of the attitude which
God, from His inmost nature, assumes towards sinners who rebel
commandments, and which
against His holy
jealous God,
who
words addressed Sinai,
''
them, and that I that
God
(Ex. xx.
visits iniquities
alone, that
my
wrath
displayed both
as a zealous, or
and
also in the
fell into
may wax
may consume them"
idolatry at
hot against
(Ex. xxxii. 10).
who would
" but I did
object explaining
out His wrath,
is to
might not profane
God had
it
what
for
He
my
did,
vii. 8,
vi.
12, v. 13.
The
name's sake."
^Vi^)
missing
namely, abstain from pouring
be gathered from what follows
my
For
not desist from idolatry.
the words themselves, compare ch.
AH
Egypt
expresses here, His heart must have felt in
towards the people
(ver. 9),
5),
Moses when the people
to
Let me
He
made concerning Himself
in the declaration
:
" that I
This would have taken place
name."
destroyed Israel by pouring out His wrath
;
if
in other
words, have allowed them to be destroyed by the Egyptians.
The heathen might then have said to liberate xiv.
His people from
16 and Ex.
''nn (cf.
Lev.
xxxii. 12).
that
their
bnn
is
Jehovah had been unable
hand and power an
injin.
led them out oj the land of Egypt,
execution of
we may
Num.
xxi. 4).
Vers. 10-17. Behaviour of Israel in the desert.
And I
(cf.
Niphal of 7c^ for
tlie
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
10.
and brought them
promise would have been more prompt and swift. But it was their own obtuseness which hindered God from
learn that
stretching out His hand forthwith and actually fulfilling all that He had promised It was necessary, indeed, that God should contend with Pharaoh, that His power might be more conspicuously displayed but the people would not have been so tyrannically afflicted if they had not closed the door of divine mercy." ;
I
CHAP. XX.
live
I made known
they might be for that
Israel
my
in
may
live
desert
it
my hand
lifted
it
is
to
in the desert
to
them.
J had
led
whom He
God
of
man
to
is
them
Ver. 15.
out.
/
also
them into the
Ver. 16. Because they rejected
my statutes, and profaned my
in the desert.
Sabbaths,
my eye I did not destroy them, and God gave laws at Sinai to Ver. 17. But
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
had brought out of Egypt, through which
they were to be sanctified as His
God.
which
desert, not to bring
all lands,
not walk in
make an end of them
is
the house
they did not walk
which floweth unth milk and honey ;
looked with pity upon them, so that
Ver. 12
:
rejected,
for their heart went after their idols.
live before
them, that they might
my Sabbaths they greatly pour out my wrath upon them in Ver. 14. Bat I did it for my
them in the
an ornament of
the people
may
Sabbaths, that
Ver. 13. But
rights they
I had given (them),
my rights, did
my
might not be profaned before the eyes of the
nations, before whose eyes
land which
me
and my
do that he
through them, and
destroy
to
sake, that
me and
statuteSf
to
is
also gave them
hetioeen
Then 1 thought
profaned: the
and my
statutes,
man
sanctify them.
rebellious against
do, that he
names
/
my
gave them
them, which
a sign
IJehovah
was
to
Ver. 12,
through them.
know
And
Ver. 11.
info the desert;
right?
269
10-17.
On
own
people, that they
might
compare Deut. xxx. 16 and 19.
ver. 11
taken almost word for word from Ex. xxxi. 13, where
concludes the directions for His worship by urging upon
the people in the most solemn
manner
the observance of His
Sabbaths, and thereby pronounces the keeping of the Sabbath the kernel of all divine worship. are to understand
and not the
And
by the Sabbaths the actual weekly Sabbaths,
institutions of worship as a whole, so here
retain the literal signification of the word.
Sabbath recurring every week, and not of could be said
was a
that
all
It
is
we must
only of the
the fasts, that
was a sign between Jehovah and
sign, not as a token,
Israelites, as
know)
it
we
as in that passage
Israel.
it
It
who observed it were know (that they might
that they
Hitzig supposes, but to
Jehovah was sanctifying them, namely, by the
—
270
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
Sabbath
which
from attain
rest
—
all
works
Sabbaths here
is
God was
which the people of
comm. on Ex.
signification of the
tlie miiid, in
have a foretaste of that blessed resting
to
to
(see the
and elevation of
as a refreshing
was
Israel
ultimately to
from
this
deeper
Sabbath that the prominence given
to the
xx. 11).
when
exile,
is
and not from the outward
to be explained,
circumstance that in
It
the sacrificial worship
was
necessarily suspended, the keeping of the Sabbath was the only
bond which united the
Israelites, so far as
commandments
of Israel against the
the worship of
given in Ex. xxxii. 1-6 and
Num.
Ex.
cration of the Sabbath, in
xvi.
God
of
xxv. 1-3
27 and
in the desert are
and of the dese-
;
Num.
—Vers. 15
and 16 are not a
For
xv. 32.
the threat referred to in ver. 136, compare Ex. xxxii. 10 xiv. 11, 12.
God
Historical examples of the rebellion
was concerned (Hitzig).
;
Num. 13
repetition of ver.
(Hitzig) ; nor do they introduce a limitation of ver. 14 (Kliefoth).
They simply
relate
rebellion after
what
He had
else
God
did to put bounds to the
revoked the decree to cut Israel
the intercession of Closes
(Num.
xiv.
He
11—19).
(Num. xiv. 21 sqq.), that which had come out of Egypt should not come hand
to the oath
Canaan, but should
die
in
He
His
the generation into the land of
Therewith
the wilderness.
looked with pity upon the people, so that
off, at
lifted
did not
He
make an
end of them by following up the threat with a promise that the children should enter the land.
The generation
Vers. 18-26.
Ver. 18.
And I
the statutes
spake
to their
God; walk
in
And
my
my
in the desert.
Walk
sons in the desert, their rights,
not in
and do not
am
Jehovah your
my rights,
and do them,
Ver. 19. /
and keep
statutes,
sanctify
as in ch. xi. 13.
riB'y,
grew up
of your fathers^ and keep not
defile yourselves loith their idols.
Ver. 20.
^73
that
Sabbaths, that they
may
be for a sign
I am Jehovah your God. Ver. 21. But the sons were rebellious against me ; tliey walked not in my statutes, and did not keep my rights, to do them, which man should do that he may live through them; they probetween
me and
you, that ye
may know
that
XX
CHAP.
faned
my
271
18-25.
Tlien I thought to pour out my wrath upon my anger upon them in the desert. Ver. 22. my hand and did it for my namis sake, that it
Sabbaths.
them, to accomplish
But
I turned
back
might not be profaned before the eyes of the nations, before whose eyes
I had them
the desert, to scatter
in the lands
despised
my
statutes,
which
profaned
my
of their fathers. loere not good,
And
Sabbaths,
Ver. 25.
and
to
The
and
their eyes
were
And I also
gave them
they did not
gifts, in that
I might
pass through, that
them with horror, that they might know that
them
rights,
and rights, through which
womb
them in
to
to disperse
my
defied them in their sacrificial
they caused all that openeth the fill
my hand
them among the nations, and
statutes,
Ver. 26.
live ;
also lifted
Ver. 24. Because they did not
;
after the idols
/
Ver. 23.
out.
I am
Jehovah.
sons acted like their fathers in the wilderness.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
Historical
proofs of this are furnished by the accounts of the Sabbath-
breaker
(Num
XV. 32 sqq.), of the rebellion of the
murmuring
Korah, and of the
Moses and Aaron
against
company (Num. threatened that
Num.
xvi.
xvi.
He
and
after the xvii.).
company
destruction
In the
last
of
Korah's
two cases
would destroy the whole congregation
21 and
xvii.
9,
of
of the whole congregation
God (cf.
10); and on both occasions the
Lord drew back His hand at the intercession of Moses, and his actual intervention (Num. xvi. 22 and xvii. 11 sqq.), and statements in vers. 216 and 22 rest upon these facts.
The The
He
would
did not destroy the whole nation for His name's sake.
words of ver. 23 concerning the oath of God, that scatter the transgressors
among
the heathen, are also founded
upon the Pentateuch, and not upon an independent or any special revelation from God.
Dispersion
tradition,
among
the
threatened in Lev. xxvi. 33 and Deut. xxviii. 64, there is no force in Kliefoth's argument that " these and
heathen
is
threats do not refer to the generation in the wilderness, but to a later age."
For
in
both chapters the blessings and curses
of the law are set before the people desert
;
and there
is
who were then
in the
not a single word to intimate that either
;
272
THE PKOPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
blessing or curse would only be fulfilled
On
of later times.
him
people assembled before
upon the generations
when Moses addressed
the contrary,
to the
concerning the
his last discourse
renewal of the covenant (Deut. xxix. and xxx.), he called upon to enter into the covenant, "
them
thee this day " (Deut. xxix. 12), this
covenant and do them.
which Moses
which Jehovah maketh with
and to keep
upon
It is
this
all
the words of
same
discourse, in
the threatenings of the law npx, an oath
calls
(Deut. xxix. 13), that "the lifting of the hand of swear," mentioned in ver. 23 of this chapter,
Moreover,
hand
it
is
to scatter
grown up
God
not stated in this verse that
among
God
to
also founded.
is
lifted
His
the heathen the generation which had
in the wilderness,
and
them
to disperse
in the lands
before their entrance into the land promised to the fathers;
but simply that
He
had
His hand
lifted
threaten the people with dispersion in
in the wilderness to
among
the heathen, without
any way defining the period of dispersion.
and threatenings of the law contained in Deut. xxviii.-xxx., the nation so that
no distinction
tions, for the
punishment
made between
It
which grew up
came out
who had
And
Ezekiel acts in
true that he distinguishes the
of
Egypt and was sentenced by
from the
in the wilderness
;
sons,
but the
fallen, the generation
i.e.
sive generations,
the generation
latter, or
all
the succes-
and embraces the whole under the common
of " fathers " to the generation living in his
fathers" ver. 27), as to the sentence
the sons
which was brought
Canaan, he regards as one with
into the land of
name
and
is
to die in the wilderness
of those
xxvi.
the successive genera-
one or the other.
same way.
generation which
God
Lev.
regarded as a united whole
is
purpose of announcing this particular blessing or
to either
precisely the
is
In the blessings
we may
clearly see
day (" your
from the turn given
which describes the apostasy of those who came
into the laud of
Canaan
('lii riNT
liy).
In thus embracing the
generation which grew up in the wilderness and was led into
Canaan, along with the generations which followed and lived
in
I
;
CHAP.
XX
273
18-26.
Canaan, Ezekiel adheres very closely to the view prevailing in the Pentateuch, wheie the nation in
all its
successive genera-
regarded as one united whole.
The
threat of dispersion
tions
is
anions the heathen, which the Lord uttered in the wilderness to the sons of those
who were
not to see the land,
God
mentioned by Ezekiel as one which
upon the people who were wandering
For
if
he had understood
mentioned 'Ul
"Df
its
in
it
also
is
designed to execute
iu the desert at the time.
this
he would have
sense,
non-fulfilment also, and would have added a
\]}u? tJ'yxij
he has done in the case of the previous
as
threats (of. vers. 22,
and
14,
But we do not
9).
The
either in ver. 24. or ver. 26.
find this
omission of this turn clearly
shows that ver. 23 does not refer to a punishment which designed to
inflict,
among
but that the dispersion
the heathen, with which the
commandments were threatened by God
in the wilderness,
is
simply mentioned as a proof that
even in the wilderness the people, to lead
into
had obstinately
Israel its
whom God had
determined
Canaan, were threatened with that very punish-
ment which had now of
God
but did not execute for His name's sake
transgressors of His
when
not
actually
commenced, because
resisted the
rebellious
commandments and
rights
God.
These remarks are equally applicable to
vers.
25 and 26.
Tiiese verses are not to be restricted to the generation which
was born
in the wilderness
after its entrance into
and gathered
also, that is to say, to the fathers of
raries,
them
who were born and had
statutes
bring them
to its fathers not long
Canaan, but refer
to their descendants
our prophet's contempo-
God gave
died in Canaan.
which were not good, and rights which did not
life.
It
is
we
perfectly self-evident that
are not to
understand by these statutes and rights, which were not good, either the
Mosaic commandments of the ceremonial law, as
some of the Fathers and
earlier Protestant
commentators sup-
posed, or the threatenings contained in the law
needs no elaborate proof.
EZEK. L
The
ceremonial
;
so that this
commandments s
274
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
God were
given by
good, and had the promise attached to
them, that obedience to them would give hfe; whilst the threats of punishment contained in the law are never called
Those
D'tJBB'p.
D^ipn
good " the
of which did not bring life or blessing
ment
The
statutes only are called " not
and
second clause serves as an explanation of the
and
fulfil-
salvation.
The
first.
examples quoted in ver. 26 show what the words really mean, i'he defiling in their sacrificial gifts (ver. 26), for example,
womb
consisted in their causing that which opened the
through,
i.e.
points back to Ex.
passage,
ment given formula
xiii.
12; only
is
dedication of the first-born to limitation
not to the
Exodus
Jehovah
;
signifies
'^''^VJ}
and
E'Ka, ver. 31),
is
commandThis
idolatry.
(I.e.)
but
to denote
the
in ver. 13 this
man
introduced, that the first-born of
is
redeemed.
is
there, but to its perversion into
used in the book of
to pass
"^CB"?!) "l^ayn
which occurs in that
"^jn^?,
omitted, because the allusion
is
DHT
in the sacrifice of the first-born.
a dedication through
is
to
be
fire (="i^3j;n
adopted in the book of Exodus, where
it is
joined to "^py, in marked opposition to the Canaanitish custorn of dedicating children to
Moloch by febr nation
comm. on Ex.
The
xiii.
custom, and cites
12).
it
in fire (see the
prophet refers to this Canaanitish
as a striking example of the defilement of
make unclean, not That this custom also
the Israelites in their sacrificial gifts (N^P, to to declare unclean, or treat as unclean).
made
its
way among the
Israelites, is evident
from the repeated
prohibition against offering children through the fire to
(Lev.
xviii.
21 and Deut.
xviii.
10).
When,
Moloch
therefore,
it is
affirmed with regard to a statute so sternly prohibited in the
law of God, that Jehovah gave ness, the
word
103
judicial sentence,
Acts
vii.
ii.
to the Israelites in the wilder-
(give) can only be used in the sense of a
and must not be taken merely
ing divine permission like 2 Thess.
it
11 ("
;
in other words,
God
it
is
to
as indicat-
be understood,
sends them strong delusion ") and
42 (" God turned, and gave them up
to
worship the
host of heaven "), in the sense of hardening, whereby whoever
275
CHAP. XX. 27-31.
renounce idolatry
will not
up
so given
is
draws him deeper and deeper
This
in.
power, that
to its
God
with the statement in ver. 26 as the design of this
:
" that I might
them with horror
fill
;
"
i.e.
such horror and amazement in their minds, that
might be brought
to reflect
and
and
day has not given them up
to this
sins in
therefore
;
Therefore speak
Thus
them,
Lord Jehovah,
me
fathers blasphemed
which
land,
I had
them into
Thus
is
abominations to
saith the
this
of by you? will
ver.
not
27
is
by God is first
that
to
As I let
the
elders,
name
is
house of
Do ye defile youryour idols
and causing your sons
the
let
to
myself be inquired
saying of the
inquired of by you.
in ver.
its
to the
Lord Jehovah,
—
Tlie p^ in and answer given there the 30;
who had come
to
inquire of
Him,
communicated, after an express declaration of the fact
Israel
had continued
manner, even after in
is
myself be
resumed
A nd
and
said to
after their
;
and should I
live,
I
defile yourselves in all
fathers
And
there,
and go wlioring
day, by lifting up your gifts,
pass through the fire;
I
ye go^
Ver. 30. Therefore say
Lord Jehovah, What ?
Ver. 31.
;
and
their irritating gifts there,
Ver. 29. And.
to ichich
that
way of your
in the
selves
every thickly covered tree,
their drink-offerings there.
called Height to this day. Israel,
farther have your
Still
fragrance of their pleasant odour
WJiat height
not
then they
and gave
them,
will
—Ver. 27.
When I had brought my hand to give them,
and
poured out
also,
God
Ver. 28.
offered their sacrifices there, the
Canaan
lifted
looked out every high hill
and presented
God.
in this, with the faithlessness which they
have shoion toward me. the
their
son of man, and say to
house of Israel,
to the
saith the
might excite
Him.
allow the idolatrous generation to inquire of
in doing
possible they
Jehovah
to return to
committed these
Vers. 27-^31. Israel
if
it
keeping
in perfect
is
which
this is
done
its
idolatry
its
in
the
entrance into Canaan.
—nXT
Hiy,
"
still
most daring
But
further in this "
the form
—
is
to
be
understood as intimating that the conduct of the fathers of the existing generation,
and therefore not merely of those who
276
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
grew up
but also of those
in the wilderness,
Canaan, has already been described
who had
lived in
terms in the
in general
preceding verses, and that what follows simply adds another
But
novel feature.
can only be the case
this
are taken in the sense given above. *l^a
if vers.
23-26
an accusative
;
and
construed with the accusative both of the person and
is
The more
thing. '3
Dtit is
precise definition of riKt
not given in
is
D?yo3 at the end of the verse, but in the idolatry depicted in
ver. 28.
refers to the faithlessness involved in the breach
•'V?
of the covenant and in idolatry. tion
This
the general descrip-
is
whilst the idolatry mentioned in ver. 286 constituted one
;
particular feature, in
which the faithlessness appeared in the
form of blasphemy.
For the
on high vi.
13, xvi. 24,
fact itself, namely, the worship
which was practised on every hand, see ch.
places,
25
1
;
Kings
23
xiv.
2 Kings
;
the enumeration of the offerings, there in the position in which
is
xvii. 10.
In
something striking
oya stands, namely, between
Dia^i?
the slaughtered sacrifices (2''n?0 and the increase- and drinkofferings 'wi DB*
LXX.
and
;
«n»l
is
this
wrong
fices,
no doubt the reason why the clause
and even Hitzig proposes
;
Theodoret found is
is
omitted from the Cod. Vat. and Alex, of the
this
I3"ii? is
is
nilT'J
nn
though in Ezek. offerings
embrace xl.
all
it is
xvi.
19
alone.
it
is
and Hitzig
The
meat-offerings
does not signify meatall
the
and meat-offerings, even
applied to the odour of the
And
in
the same
way does
t3")i?
the offerings, even the slain offerings, in Ezek.
harmony with Lev.
43, in
That
;
But
out.
used in the law for the odour of
offerings, both slaughtered sacrifices
bloodless
it
used in connection with sacri-
and drink-offerings.
are not expressly named, for offerings, but
strike
reading in the Alex. Version
in affirming that
meat-offerings,
to
i.
2,
ii.
1,
and other passages.
used in this general signification here,
is
evident from
the introduction of the word oys, irritation or provocation of their gifts,
i.e.
their gifts
which provoked
irritation
of God, because they were offered to idols.
As
on the part
this sentence
"
277
CHAP. XX. 27-31.
applies to
all tlie sacrifices
(bloody and bloodless), so also does
D^
^'>^''^%
which were burned upon the
altar,
the clause which follows,
refer to all the offerings
without regard
the
to
Consequently Ezekiel mentions only slain
material employed. offerings
'Wl
and drink-offerings, and, by the two clauses
in-
serted between, describes the offering of the slaughtered sacrifices as
a gift of irritation to God, and of pleasant fragrance to
who
the idolatrous worshippers
He
presented them.
does not
mention the meat-offerings separately, because they generally
and therefore
formed an accompaniment
to the slain offerings,
were included
But although God had
these.
in
called the
people to account for this worship on high places, they had not relinquished
meaning of
it
even "
ver.
The
different ways.
manner, that HDan
is
of the singular
to
is
to
this
day."
This
which has been
29,
is
no doubt the in very
interpreted
context shows, in the most conclusive to
be taken collectively, and that the use
be explained from the antithesis to the
one divinely appointed Holy Place in the temple, and not, as
Kimchi and Havernick suppose, from any particular
bdmdh
allusion
The
place at Gibeon."
question
contempt (Hitzig), but "
is
What
Who
one
>^^'2.i^
nÂť
is
not expressive of
founded upon the assumption that
they would have to give an account of their doings asks,
to
of peculiar distinction, viz. " the great high
and merely
;
kind of heights are those to which you are going
has directed you to go thither with your worship
(Kliefoth).
There
is
no need
to refute the trivial
?
?
fancy of J.
D. Michaelis, which has been repeated by Hitzig, namely, that Ezekiel has taken nÂť3 as a derivative from K3 and no. Again, the question does not presuppose a word addressed Israel,
which Ezekiel only has handed down
to us;
by God
but
is
a rhetorical mode of presenting the condemnation by
to
simply
God
of
the worship of the high places, to which both the law and the earlier prophets
their
name was
had given utterance. called
The next
Height" (high
place),
clause, is
" and
not to be
regarded as containing merely a historical notice of the
name
278
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
given to these idolatrous places of worship the
name
is
but the giving of
;
a proof of the continued existence of the thing
so
;
that the words affirm, that notwithstanding the condemnation
on the part of God, Israel had retained these high not abolished them to this day. transition
What
from the
first
God
part of this word of
from the time of
— had
facilitate the
to the second.
5-29 concerning the
has already been said in vers.
idolatry of the people,
places,
— Vers. 30 and 31
election onwards,
its
is
here expressly applied to the existing generation, and carries
with
it
the declaration to them, that inasmuch as they are
by
defiling themselves
idolatry, as their fathers did,
is
Jehovah
The thought
cannot permit Himself to be inquired of by them.
couched in the form of a question, to express astonishment
who
that thoSe
denied the Lord, and dishonoured
Him by
idolatry, should nevertheless imagine that they
revelations
The
from Him.
lifting
signifies the offering of sacrifices
For
places.
God
ver. 31&,
compare
up
from
(nxb',
upon the
ver. 3.
—
Nb'J) of gifts
altars of the
With
their
could obtain
high
this declaration
assigns the reason for the refusal to listen to idolaters,
which had already been given
God now
But
in ver. 3.
it
does not rest
them the thoughts of their own hearts, and announces to them that He will refine them by severe judgments, and bring them thereby
with this refusal.
proceeds to disclose to
to repentance of their sins, that
of the dispersion,
He may
and make them partakers of the promised
salvation as a people willingly serving
32-44
vers.
then gather them out
Him.
—In
this
way do
prophetic glance over the whole of the
cast a
future history of Israel.
Vers. 32-38.
among mind
The judgment
the heathen.
shall not
—
come
awaiting Israel of purification
Ver. 32. Aiid
that
to pass^ in that
which
heathen, like the families of the lands, to serve
Ver. 33. strong will
As I
live,
hand and with
I rule
over you.
is
the
saying of the
outstretched arm,
Ver. 34.
riseth
We
ye say,
vp
in
your
will be like the
wood and
stone.
Lord Jehovah,
with
and with wrath poured
And I will bnng
you out of
outj
the
CHAP. XX.
and gather you
nations,
wrath poured
out of the lands in which ye have been
hand and with
scattered, with strong
And
Ver. 35.
out,
279
32-38.
outstretched arm,
you
will bring
of the nations, and contend with you there face
As J
and
tvith
into the desert
Ver. 36.
to face.
contended with your fathers in the desert of the land of
Egypt,
I
so loill
contend with you,
And I
Ver. 37.
Jehovah.
will
the saying
is
you
cause
to
Lord
the
of pass
through
under the rod, and bring you into the bond of the covenant. Ver. 38.
And I
who are
apostates
will
I
from you
will separate
from me ;
and
those
out of the land of their sojourning
lead them, out, but into the land of Israel shall they not
am
come; that ye may knoio that I
which
the rebellious,
rises
up
in the spirit,
What
the mind.
we will be like wood and stone
this
Jehovah.
—
n'»*i
?V 'Y^'^} that
the thought that springs up in
is
thought was
shown
is
in ver. 326, viz.
the heathen in the lauds of the earth, to serve that
;
to say,
is
we
will
become
This
heathen, pass into heathenism.
idolaters like the
shall not take place
;
on
God will rule over them as King with strong arm and fury. The words, " with strong hand and stretched-
the contrary,
out arm," are a standing expression in the Pentateuch for the
mighty
acts
by which Jehovah
liberated
His people from the
power of the Egyptians, and led them out of Egypt vi. 1,
in
6; Deut.
Ex.
vi.
iv.
6 with D^ina
are connected with
nonn, and are used in ver. 33 with
reference to the government of ver.
34 they are applied
midst of the heathen.
God
over Israel, whilst in
to the bringing out of Israel
By the
from the
introduction of the clause " with
fury poured out," the manifestation of the omnipotence of
which Israel experienced in still
to experience
amqng
Ex.
Here, on the contrary, they
D"'L22^'»ni.
na^Slp
(cf.
and are connected
34, v. 15, vii. 19, etc.),
its
dispersion,
the heathen,
is
and which
it
God was
described as an ema-
nation of the divine wrath, a severe and wrathful judgment.
The
leading
and gathering of
Israel
(ver. 34) is neither their restoration
out
of
the
nations
from the existing captivity
in Babylon, nor their future restoration to
Canaan on the con-
280
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
who were still hardened, and The former assumption would be
version of the people
God.
rejected by
csyn
therefore
decidedly
and Hiyisn p^ since Israel was dispersed only throughout one land and among one people at
at variance with both
jp
the time of the Babylonian captivity.
assumptions
According
ver. 35.
Moreover, neither of the
reconcilable with the context,
is
more
especially with
to the context, this leading out is
divine anger, which Israel
is to feel
an act of
in connection therewith
and
;
cannot be affirmed of either the redemption of the people
this
out of the captivity in Babylon, or the future gathering of
from
Israel
duct those
its
dispersion.
who
According
to ver. 35,
God
will
con-
are brought out from the nations and gathered
together out of the lauds into the desert of the nations, and
contend with them there.
The "
desert of the nations "
not
is
the desert lying between Babylonia and Palestine, on the coastlands of the Mediterranean, through which the Israelites would
have
on their way home from Babylon (Rosen miiller,
to pass
Hitzig,
and
this should
For there
others).
is
no imaginable reason why
be called the desert of the nations in distinction
from the desert of Arabia, which several nations.
The
expression
also is
touched the borders of
doubtless a typical one, the
future guidance of Israel being depicted as a repetition of the earlier
also
is
guidance of the people from Egypt to Canaan in
Hos.
ii.
tion indicate this,
;
as
it
All the separate features in the descrip-
16,
more
especially vers.
36 and 37, where
it
is
impossible to overlook the allusion to the guidance of Israel in
the time of Moses.
The more
precise explanation of the words
must depend, however, upon the sense in which we are understand the expression,
Here to,
also the supposition that the
because
it
Why
Canaan?
Arabian desert
is
referred
touched the border of Egypt, does not furnish a
sufficient explanation.
well.
to
" desert of the land of Egypt."
It
touched the border of Canaan as
then did not Ezekiel
name
it
after the land of
Evidently for no other reason than that the time
spent by the Israelites in the Arabian desert resembled their
281
CHAP. XX. 32-38.
Egypt much more
sojourn in
closely than their settlement in
Canaan, because, while there, they were
and enjoyment of
And
Egypt.
the nations "
in a
nations,
is
from
its benefits,
much
manner corresponding
their possession
as in the land of
to this, the " desert of
a figurative expression applied to the world of
whom
they were indeed spiritually
outwardly they were suffer
just as
receiving their
still
and
training for their entrance into Canaan,
midst of them, and had to
in the
still
from their oppression.
distinct, whilst
Consequently the leading of
Israel out of the nations (ver. 34)
is
not a local and corporeal
deliverance out of heathen lands, but a spiritual severance from
the heathen world, in order that they might not be absorbed
God
or become inseparably blended with the heathen.
into
it
will
accomplish this by means of severe chastisements, by con-
tending with them as in the
He
Arabian
formerly contended with their fathers
God
contends with His people
when
charges them with their sin and guilt, not merely in words,
but also with deeds,
The words
i.e,
through chastening and punishments.
" face to face " point back to Deut.
you face
talked with the
He
desert.
to face in the
v.
4
:
" Jehovah
mount, out of the midst of
Just as at Sinai the Lord talked directly with
fire."
and made known
to
it
nature, in so terrible a
the devouring
manner
that
all
fire
Israel,
own holy
of His
the people trembled and
entreated Moses to act the part of a mediator between them,
promising at the same time obedience to him (Ex. xx. 19) will the
Lord make Himself known
;
so
to Israel in the desert of
the world of nations with the burning zeal of His anger, that it
may
learn to fear
Him.
defined in vers. 37 and 38.
under
the' (shepherd's) rod.
This contending
is
more
precisely
I will cause you to pass through
A
shepherd
lets
his
sheep pass
through under his rod for the purpose of counting them, and seeing whether they are in good condition or not 13).
He His
The
figure
will cause
rod,
i.e.
His
is
here applied to God.
flock,
(vid. Jer. xxxiii.
Like a shepherd,
the Israelites, to pass through under
take them into His special care, and bring them
282
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
" into the bond of the covenant " (T^bOj not from but from
"ipSj for ^'ijo^'?,
a fetter)
Hieroz.
508), for this
is
Syriac version has rendered
that
say, not " I will
is to
me by a new
bind myself to you and you to I. p.
;
"IDO [Raschi],
covenant " (Bochart,
opposed to the context, but, as the
By
discipline of the covenant."
(m
^Zoj^LoD
it,
we
this
disciplina),
" the
are not merely to
understand the covenant punishments, with which transgressors of the law are threatened, as Havernick does, but the covenant
promises must also be included.
For not only the
threats of
the covenant, but the promises of the covenant, are bonds by
God
which
trains
His people
;
and ipX
burdensome and crushing
fetters,
Song
6).
well (yid.
vii.
not only applied to
Kliefoth understands by the
covenant the Mosaic law, as being the means
fetter of the
employed by
of Sol.
is
but to the bonds of love as
God
to preserve the Israelites
from mixing with
the nations while placed in the midst of them, and to keep them to
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
" this law,
live,
they have
Himself, and adds the following explanation,
through which they should have been able to
now
wear as a
to
But however
fetter,
and to
may
correct the latter thought
hardly contained in the words,
'*
lead
them
be in
itself, it
is
into the fetter (band)
Moreover, although the law did indeed preserve
of the law." Israel
feel the chastisement thereof."
from becoming absorbed into the world of nations, the
Jews were bound
fact that the
to the
law did not bring them
knowledge of the truth, or bring
to the
the rebellious
from among the people,
to pass the
to
which
purging of
ver.
38
refers.
All that the law accomplished in this respect in the case of those
who
ings and
lived
its
observance. people,
God but
among
the heathen was effected by
promises, and not by
its
statutes
its
threaten-
their faithful
This discipline will secure the purification of the
by severing from the nation the
will bring
will not
and
them
rebellious
and apostate.
forth out of the land of their pilgrimage,
bring them into the land of Israel.
D''"}^jp
pN
is
the standing epithet applied in the Pentateuch to the land of
283
CHAP. XX. S9-44
Canaan, in which the patriarchs lived as pilgrims, without
coming
into actual possession of the land
xxviii. 4j xxxvi. 7
Ex.
;
(cf.
lead out,
is
was
it
xvii. 8,
This epithet Ezekiel has trans-
vi. 4).
ferred to the lands of Israel's exile, in which pilgrim-life until
Gen.
ripe for entering
it
was
to lead a
Canaan.
to
^''V^'"',
used here for clearing out by extermination, as the
following clause, " into the land of Israel shall they not come,"
The
plainly shows.
singular NU^
is
used distributively
not
:
one of the rebels will enter.
The
Vers. 39-44.
version to the Lord.
Lord Jehovah, Go
saith the
wards —
ultimate gathering of Israel, and
—Ver. 39.
name
upon
my
your
loith
Lord Jehovah,
and no longer
desecrate
there loill
I
there will all the house
I
ivill
the nations,
I
is the
of Israel
accept them
ask for your heave-offerings and the first-
fruits of your gifts in all that ye
pleasant odour
my
and yotir idols, Ver. 40. But
in the land; there will
it
con-
ye, serve every one his idols ! but after-
sacrificial gifts
serve me, the whole of
from
its
house of Israel, thus
holy mountain, upon the high mountain of Israel,
saying of the
;
then,
truly ye will hearken to me,
holy
gladly
Ye
make
accept you gladly,
and gather you
As
Ver. 41.
holy.
a
when I bring you out
out of the lands, in which you
have been scattered, and sanctify myself in you before the eyes of
Ver. 42.
the heathen nations.
Jehovah, when tohich
I
And
ye shall know that
I am
bring you into the land of Israel, into the land
I lifted up my hand to
there ye will think
give to your fathers
;
Ver. 43.
And
of your ways and your deeds, with which ye
have defiled yourselves, and will loathe yourselves
(lit.
experience
loathing before yourselves) on account of all your evil deeds
which ye have performed Jehovah, when to
your
evil
I deal
;
ivith
Ver. 44.
you for
ways and according
Israel, is the saying
the people that
of Jehovah.
to
And
my
ye will knoiv that
I am
name's sake, not according
your corrupt deeds,
house of
—After the Lord has declared
to
He will prevent its being absorbed into the heathen
world, and will exterminate the ungodly by severe judgments, the address passes on, with the direction henceforth to serve idols
284
THE PROPHECIES OP EZEKIEL and tlie restoration
only, to aprediction of theeventual conversion,
to
Canaan
every one
liis
do whatever they one of them
what precedes
idols," contains, after
God
ful appeal to repent.
sition will
The direction, " Go
of the purified nation.
it,
a power-
thereby gives up the impenitent to
having
will,
come
ye, serve
of
first
all
them that not
told
Canaan.
Their oppo-
not frustrate His plan of salvation.
The words
will
into the land of
which follow from inx^ onwards have been interpreted ferent ways.
It
is
connect inxi with for
does
1*13^,
(De Wette,
serve ye hereafter also
has not the force of the Latin et=.etiam^ and
T
**
signify
it
ye
also, if
name no more"
will
what
For
to stand
The name
name
of
of the
sacrifices offered in external
God,
form
to
in the heart to idols, but also
by disobedience is
It
much
is
imported profaned
Jehovah and the word
to
better to take insi
by
to render the following particle, DN, as the ordinary
sign of an oath will
at the
is
Lord
and commandments of God.
ye
my
were
Moreover, the antithesis between not being
ih.
arbitrarily into the text.
and
v^inri
if
would be preceded by ?ÂŤ
it
willing to hear and not profaning the
itself,
less
allow-
it
follows, in the sense of
would have
it
beginning of the sentence, or
not only by
is
etc.),
still
hearken to me, profane ye
(Rosenmiiller, Maurer).
used as an imperative, either
instead of
Nor
afterwards just as before."
able to connect inxv closely with
" and hereafter
in dif-
opposed to the usage of the language to
:
" but afterwards
hearken to
me
;
" that
is
{i.e.
in the future)
to say,
ye
will
.
.
.
verily,
have been con-
verted from your idolatry through the severe judgments that
have fallen upon you.
duced
in ver.
The ground
40 by a reference
for this thought
is
intro-
to the fact that all Israel will
then serve the Lord upon His holy mountain.
""S
is
not " used
emphatically before a direct address" (Hitzig), but has a causal signification.
For
In the expression "
by the addition of
'B'''
Q^io in, see the
all Israel,"
which
n?3, there is
is
comm. on
ch. xvii. 23.
rendered more emphatic
an allusion
termination of the severance of the people of
to the eventual
God (compare
285
CHAP. XX. 39-44.
Then
xxxvii. 22).
cli.
them and
comm. on Ex.
the
broader sense of
all
Lord accept with
will the
their sacrificial
xxv. 2 and Lev.
9),
ii.
delight both
heave-offerings (see
riio^irij
gifts,
used here in the
the sacrificial gifts, along with which the
named.
gifts of first-fruits are specially
HiNB'Pj as applied to
holy offerings in the sense of avadrjfiara^ belongs to the later
usage of the language.
D3''Bni?"7Zi3j
secrated
as in
gifts.
D''?^i?.,
consisting of
Lev.
all
includes implicite the bringing back of Israel from
ment. it is
This
is
expressly mentioned in ver. 41
your con-
This promise
15.
xxii.
;
its
banish-
but even there
only introduced as self-evident in the subordinate clause,
whereas the cheerful acceptance of Israel on the part of constitutes the
leading thought.
nn"'3
f^'^'}^'^^
delight (3, the so-called Beth essentiae), will people.
niT'J
ri''7,
odour of
as
God
an odour of
God
accept His
satisfaction, is the technical expres-
sion for the cheerful (well-pleased) acceptance of the sacrifice,
or rather of the feelings of the worshipper presenting the sacrifice,
which ascend
comm. on Gen. ing
:
their
to
viii.
When God shall dispersion, He will
Him, and
God
to
direct all
in the sacrificial
The thought
21).
odour (see the
therefore
is
the follow-
eventually gather His people out of accept them as a sacrifice well-pleasing
His good pleasure towards them.
^ri'^'ni^JI
033 does not mean, I shall be sanctified through you, and
is
not to be explained in the same sense as Lev. xxii. 32 (Rosenmiiller), for
3
is
not equivalent to
sanctify myself on you," as in
other passages, where K^pi
is
tjina
Num.
but
;
it
signifies
" I will
xx. 13, Lev. x. 3,
construed with 3 pers.
xxviii. 25, xxxvi. 23, xxxviii. 16, xxxix.
(cf.
and
Ezek.
27), in the sense of
proving oneself holy, mostly by judgment, but here through
having made Israel into a holy nation by the refining Judgment, and one to which He can therefore grant the promised inheritance.
God
in
ver. 43,
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Vers. 42
sqq.
Then
will Israel also recognise its
His grace, and be ashamed of compare ch.
vi.
9 and xvi. 61.
former â&#x20AC;&#x201D;"With regard its
sins.
For to the
fulfilment, as Kliefoth has correctly observed, " in the predic-
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
286 tion
;
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL. 32-38, the whole of the searching
contained in vers.
judgments, by which
summed up
God would
lead Israel to conversion, are
in one, whicli includes not only the Babylonian
captivity, the nearest
and the
but the
first,
judgment, namely, the present dispersion present dispersion of Israel that
God
the wilderness of the nations, just as of Christ that its rebellious attitude as the
for
only in the
is
it
has really taken
was only
it
was
it
the nearer and
more remote
and more distant combined
in
what
;
And
fully manifested.
from among the heathen and hitherto
Christ,
beginnings. Israel, as
The
it
40
to
44
affirm with
The gathering
of Israel
will be fulfilled in its conversion to
has only taken place in very small
principal fulfilment
is
still
when With regard
to come,
a nation, shall be converted to Christ.
to the bringing
back of the people into " the land of
comm. on
this
so are both the nearer
vers.
regard to the ultimate fate of Israel."
into
in the rejection
prophecy of the state of punishment combines in
way both
see the
;
more remote
still
ch. xxx\ui.,
where
this
promise
is
Israel,"
more
fully
expanded.
PRO45 TO CHAP. XXI. 32 (HEB. CHAP. XXI.^). PHECY OF THE BURNING FOREST AND THE SWORD OF THE LORD.
CHAP. XX.
A fire kindled by the Lord (ch. XX. 45-48).
what
in
will
burn the
forest of the south
This figurative announcement
follows, in order that the divine threat
impression upon the people (ver. 49).
sword from
its
The Lord
is
explained
may make an will
draw His
scabbard, and cut off from Jerusalem and the
land of Israel both righteous and wicked (ch. xxi. 1-17) to say,
is
;
that
the king of Babylon will draw his sword against
In the Hebrew Bible the previous cliapter closes at ver. 44, and commences there. Keil has adhered to this division of chapters but for the sake of convenience we have followed the arrangement adopted in the English authorized version. Tb. *
ch. xxi.
;
CHAP. XX.
Ammon, and
Jerusalem and the sons of
end to the
kingdom
:
viz.
divides itself accordingly into
(2) the explanation of this prediction
;
Lord
the threat that the sword of the
Judah, which threat
ch. xxi. 1—7, 8-13,
and 14-17
said with regard to the
against Jerusalem
will smite all the inha-
(3) the application of
;
dom
of
Judah
taken by still
is
—
may
also be
the general announcement
viz. (a)
its
execution
his expedition against Jerusalem, to destroy tlie king-
Ammonites
the
what
sword to Nebuchadnezzar's expedition
of Nebuchadnezzar's design (vers. 18-23) and
by
by
divisible into three sections,
is
and the Ammonites, which
divided into three sections,
(b)
put an
Ammonites
(1) the prediction of the destruction of the
kingdom of Judah bitants of
will, first of all,
of Judah, and then destroy the
The prophecy
(vers. 18-32).
three parts
287
45-49.
(vers.
24-27)
(vers.
many
in
and
;
28-32).
by
his expedition against
first
four or five verses are
(c)
—The
connection with chap. xx.
;
and Kliefoth
maintains that they should be separated from what follows,
a second word of God.
But
neither ch. xx. 49 nor the formula in ch. xxl. 1, " the
word
and attached
of
to that chapter as
Jehovah came
to
me," warrants our separating the parabolic
45-48 from the
prediction in ch. xx.
interpretation in vers.
1—17.
And
so as to
form one single discourse, by the allusion
in vers.
the third part
is
also connected with
what precedes, to the
sword
19 and 28, and by the fact that the figure of the
resumed in vers. 31 and 32. And there is all the less ground for taking the formula, " and the word of Jehovah came
fire is
to
me," as determining the division of the several portions in
this particular instance,
(vers.
and
1—17) in which
in the
from the circumstance that the section it
occurs both at the
middle (vers. 1 and
8), is
commencement
obviously divided into the
minor sections or turns by the threefold occurrence of the verb Kaani ("
and prophesy
:
vers. 2, 9,
and 14).
Chap. XX. 45-49. The burning
forest.
—
tvord of JeJiovah came to me, saying^ Ver. 46. thy face toward the south,
and
trickle
down
Ver. 45.
And
Son of man,
the
direct
toivards the south^
288
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
and prophesy concerning Ver. 47.
And
of Jehovah
say
to the forest
Thus
;
of the field in the south land
the forest
of the south land, Hear
Lord Jehovah, Behold, I
saith the
which will consume in thee every green
fire in thee,
kindle a tree,
every dry tree: the blazing ^ame will not be extinguished,
faces from the south to the north will be burned thereby.
And all flesh
shall see that I, Jehovah, have kindled
say of me. Does he not speak in parables
of the field there,
16 and Mic.
—The prophet
The
6, 11.
ii.
distinction
quarter of the heavens;
the following
is
:
xxxvii. 17, is derived
and probably
parched land,
from
|0''n
"i^'n,
—The
forest of
appended
used here for a
to
it
fields in
Gen.
and
south land,
with the
is
Judah
the
is
23 and
to shine or emit streams of
(see the
;
3J3,
the dry,
more
comm. on Josh.
in the south
field
(333
is
is
a figure
in apposition to
precise definition).
•"I'lB'
n^^'!?, is
not ;
the sense of country or territory, as in
In ver. 47, 333n
the expression applied to the
ly^j forest of
same object
the
(333>7,
a geographical term for the southern portion
The
forest
or the mass of people. tree
a particular
distinguished from a city or a garden
xxxii. 3.
article, is
of Palestine).
as a
field, as
but for the xiv. 7
is
a standing epithet for the southern district of
is
denoting the kingdom of Judah is
Amos
literally
is
xxxiii.
signifies the brilliant quarter
Palestine and the land of XV. 21).
in
which only occurs in Ezekiel
Dl"i"i,
and Ecclesiastes, with the exception of Deut.
and
they
to turn
is
between the three
that which lies on the right hand, hence the south
Job
shall not
it
:
used for prophesying, as
^"'tsn is
epithets applied to the south
light,
all
Ver. 48.
toward the south, and prophesy concerning the forest
his face
vii.
?
and
and
And I said, Ah, Lord Jehovah!
Ver. 49.
be extinguished.
it
;
word
the
is
a figure signifying the population,
Individual
men
are trees.
The green
a figurative representation of the righteous man, and
compare Luke
the dry tree of the ungodly (ver.
3,
The
the
fire
which Jehovah kindles
bination of the
synonyms
is
fire
of war.
xxjii. 31).
The com-
n?i^r^ '^??-> flame of the flaming
brightness, serves to strengthen the expression, and
is
equiva-
;
CHAP. XXI.
289
1-7.
lent to the strongest possible flame, the blazing all
human
faces are not
prophet would have dropped the figure generally the outside of things, which
which
single thing in the forest,
bdsar
In ver.
4,
but pdnim denotes
;
the
is
to feel the
first
" All the faces " of the forest are every
force of the flame.
flame.
D"'33-?3j
fire.
faces or persons, in which case the
kol-pdnim
caught at once by the
is
(all faces)
is
by
interpreted
kol-
From south to north, i.e. through the whole land. From the terrible fierceness of the fire, be extinguished, every one will know that God that it has been sent in Judgment. The words
(all flesh).
length of the
which cannot has kindled
it,
of the prophet himself, in ch. xx. 49, presuppose that he has uttered these parabolic words in the hearing of the people, that they have ridiculed
them
(mdshdl
as obscure
is
and
used here in
the sense of obscure language, words difficult to understand, as irapa^okri also
in Matt.
is
xiii.
request
is
granted
and then
ch. xxi. 1-7,
Chap. effects.
and the
;
xxi. 1-7.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
Ver. 2. Son of man,
the
And
3.
Behold,
I will
scabbard,
cut off
I
against all flesh
man,
sigh
!
disastrous
its
to
me, saying^
face toward Jerusalem^ and trickle
from
and
land of Israel,
the
will cut off
from
my
will
from
before their eyes I
7.
sioord out of
and
sword go forth from Ver.
5.
Ver.
and
And when
6.
will sink,
the
scabbard
its
all flesh
out of
its
thou, son
icith bitter
of pain sigh
they say to thee, Where-
fore dost thou sigh ? say, Because of a report that
and every heart EZEK. I.
and
And
And
its
the wicked.
drawn my sword
the hips break ;
Ver.
my
thee the righteous
south to north.
shall not return again.
so that
draw
thee the righteous
that I, Jehovah, have it
Lord and
of the
and prophesy over
wicked, therefore shall
scabbard:
of all interpreted in
word of Jehovali came
deal with thee,
and
know
con-
This
say to the land of Israel, Thus saith Jehovah,
Ver. 4. Because
shall
first
is
it
be explained.
further expanded in vers. 8 sqq.
set thy
over the holy places,
Ver.
the same time,
may
they
simile
The sword
And
1.
still
At
10).
tains within itself a request that
it is
coming
and all hands become powerless, and every
T
290
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL become
spirit will
cometh, and
and
dull,
all knees turn into
will happen, is the saying
water: Behold,
Lord Jehovah.
the
—
of In the preceding parable, the expression " forest of the field in the south," or " forest of the south-land," was enigmatical. it
This
explained to signify Jerusalem with
is
see comra.
(D''B^i5D,
on eh.
the kingdom of Judah.
Lord
kindled by the
Lord.
It
off
Israel, i.e.
the fire
this,
a figurative expression
is
for war, which brings with
and would be generally
death,
and the land of
24),
In accordance with
interpreted as being the sword of the
is
true that this
is
commonly used
vii.
holy places
its
but
The sword
intelligible.
both righteous and wicked.
;
it
is
devastation and
it
will cut
This applies to the outer side
of the judgment, inasmuch as both good and bad fall in war.
This
the only aspect brought into prominence here, since the
is
great purpose was to alarm the sinners, their security in ch. ix. existing.
22
who were
boasting of
but the distinction between the two, as described
sqq., is not therefore to
This sword
will not
be regarded as no longer
return,
sc.
into the scabbard,
has accomplished the result predicted in ver. 3
till it i.
4
;
;
As
Isa. Iv. 11).
passage, " the last slaughter in which, after the people
sword was returned to
(cf.
2
Sam.
Tremellius has aptly observed upon this
its
is
contrasted with the former ones,
had been chastened for a time, the In order
scabbard again."
to depict
the terrors of this judgment before the eyes of the people, the
prophet painful
is commanded to groan before their eyes in the most way possible (vers. 6 sqq.). D!'?nD pSK^^j with breaking
of the hips,
with pain sufficient to break the hips, the
i.e.
seat of strength in
mnnOj
bitterness,
i.e.
man (compare Nah. bitter anguish.
to assign to the questioners for this sighing
report that
is
coming,"
—an
(cf.
Gen.
the substance of
it is
realized.
of the sword
of the Lord,
is
4, etc.).
The
—that
is
11
The
Isa. xxi. 3). is
" on account of the
report comes
reference to say,
of the Chaldeans to destroy Jerusalem
;
reason which he
" on account of the
antiptosis for
coming report"
i.
ii.
The
is
when
to the report
of the approach
and the kingdom of
:
CHAP. XXI.
The
Judah.
291
8-17.
make upon
impression which this disclosure will
All courage
the hearers will be perfectly paralyzing (ver. Ih).
and strength for offering resistance will be crippled and broken. 3^-b D»3 (cf. Nah. ii. 11) is strengthened by nvba nnna, every spirit will become dull, so that no one will know what counsel to give. (cf. ch. vii.
" behold,
it
the report,
The
17).
threat
i.e.
8-17
vers.
The sword
Vers. 8-17.
;
man, prophesy, and
say,
6, 7.
sharpened for slaying.
is
Thus
we
shall
in the
hand ;
give
into the
it
of man, for of Israel
:
it
the
flash
hand of
my people,
the thigh.
Lord Jehovah. the
threefold,
hands the
together,
sword of
Ver.
That the heart
gates:
I
may
have
and
it
is
it
Alas!
it
is
come
and
f
Ver. 16. Gather thyself up
smite
my
saying of
is
it
the
spoken
it.
—The
itself
sword of a Ver. 15.
and stumbling-blocks may be
to the
hands together, and quiet
made,
trial is
is the
sword shall double
the
the
sword against
into flashing,
ichithersoever thine edge is intended.
pnnces
my people
of man, prophesy
thou, son
drawing of
made
a
polished, to
goeih over all the
the pierced:
be dissolved,
set the
effect
son despiseth all
pierced one, of the great one, which encircles them.
multiplied,
8.
9.
to be polished, to take it
Ver. 13. For the
And
Ver. 14.
—
polished : or
they have fallen by the sword along with
upon
more
is
to vers.
Ver. 12. Cry and howl, son
the slayer.
goeth over
is ni'ioc*,
may
it
is it
my
sceptre of
has been given
if the despising sceptre shall not
and smite into
it
may
it
sharpened, the sword,
is
it
therefore smite
and what the
{saying),
rejoice
Ver. 11. But
wood?
A
Ver. 10. That
sharpened ; that
is it
'•'^1
Son of sword, a sword
me, saying, Ver.
to
saith Jehovah,
sharpened and also polished: slaughter
subject
—This threat
8-13 corresponding
vers.
word of Jehovah came
the
The
the substance of the report.
1-5, and vers. 14-17 to vers.
And
corresponds to Q^T^"^?
strengthened by the words,
is
cometh, and will take place."
expanded in
fully
2^3"ia"?3
i^^??'!'
'lJ1
drawn for
all their
slaying.
right hand, turn to the
Ver. 17.
my
wrath
description of the sword
is
:
And I I,
left,
also will
Jehovah, have
thrown into a
lyrical
:
292
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
form
(vers. 8-13),
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
a kind of sword-song, commemorating the be effected by the sword of the Lord.
terrible devastation to
The
repetition of yvn in ver. 9
fect
Hophal
of
to polish
l3"io,
ni3"jb
;
The
HD^np
is
the per-
is
the passive participle
(ver. 10), the participle Pual^ with
dropped, and Dagesh euphon. for ni^n.
irnn^n
emphatic,
is
of T]n, to sharpen.
â&#x20AC;˘T'n,
a rare form of the
D
infinitive
polishing gives to the sword a flashing brilliancy,
more
which renders the sharpness of
its
edge
The very
iK,
I agree with Schmieder
obscure words,
and Kliefoth
in
prophet in the
name
'lJ"i
regarding
K'*K'3
still
terrible.
a protest, interposed
as
by the
of the people against the divine threat of
the sword of vengeance, on the ground of the promises which
had been given to.the ducing an opposite
The words ibN?
is
to
'iJl
tribe of
case, or
^33 122^
Judah.
or perhaps; intro-
is,
an exception
what has been
to
be supplied in thought.
The
objection
is
taken from
the promise given in Jacob's blessing to the tribe of
"the
sceptre will not depart
^33 Vi2'^ points
from Judah" (Gen.
unquestionably to
this.
where the patriarch addresses Judah,
young
command which tribe of
Judah.
ruler's
staff,
as
it
This sceptre despises
bad wood.
is
taken from ver.
he compares
my
son
to
is
9,
a
the
all
This view t33tt' is
wood,
i.e.
every other
not rendered a
is
construed as a feminine
construed as a masculine in every other
case; for this construction
and has many analogies tions that
whom
Judah
xlix. 10).
the patriarch holds out to view before the
doubtful one by the fact that here, whereas
""Ja is
Consequently the sceptre of
lion, as ^33.
said.
are to be taken as an objection, so that
is
unquestionable in ver. 7 (12),
in its favour.
All the other explana-
have been proposed are hardly worth mentioning,
to
say nothing of refuting, as they amount to nothing more than arbitrary conjectures
;
whereas the assumption that the words
are to be explained from Gen. xlix. 10
by the unquestionable which we is
find in ver.
is
naturally suggested
allusion to the prophecy in that passage,
27 of the present chapter.
to be taken adversatively, " but he gave
it
\il}''),
in ver.
11
(the sword) to be
—
293
CHAP. XXI. 8-17.
The subject to 1^1*5 is not Jehovah, but Is inde"one" {man, Angl. they), although it is actually God who has prepared the sword for the slaughter of Israel. The train of thought is the following: Do not think we have no sKarpened.**
finite,
reason to fear the sharply-ground sword of Jehovah, because
Judah has
received the promise that the sceptre shall not
depart from
Judah be
it
;
and
will not help
you
ground, not that
may be and
promise will certainly be
this
it
may be put
its
N"'n,
and
till
ver.
apposition to the subject It is not
to the words.
Consequently
doubt.
—
is
all
K^^,
nnn
it
is
who
stated
the
no
connection with ver. 12
no ground for rejoicing from a feeling of security and
is
This
but rather an occasion for painful lamentation.
the meaning contained in the
For the sword
and howl. princes. to y}X},
in
is
introduced to give emphasis
19 that
this is the
it
the people
the prophecy could be in
slayer is; but the hearers of
pride,
into 'the scabbard, but that
In the phrase l^n rrnmn
princes.
and
given to be
is
taken in the hand by a slayer, and smite
all
there
The sword
in this instance.
fulfilled,
The promise
victorious over every hostile power.
3
It
command
will
to the prophet to cry
come upon the nation and
the simplest rendering to take
is
n^n, to
is
N''n
its
as referring
be at a person, to fasten to him, to come upon
him, as in 1 Sam. xxiv. 14; 2 Sam. xxiv. 17.
'''}PP,
not from
l^i, but the passive participle of "IJ^ i^ ^^^ Pual, to overthrow, " fallen by the sword have they cast down (Ps. Ixxxix. 45) :
(the princes) become, along with
my
people."
The
perfects
are prophetic, representing that which will speedily take place as having already occurred.
— Smiting upon the thigh
of alarm and horror (Jer. xxxi. 19).
used impersonally
:
the
trial is
made.
is
a sign
perfect Pual, is
JHSj
The words
allude to
the victories gained already by Nebuchadnezzar, which have furnished tests of the sharpness of his sword.
The
question
which follows nci contains an aposiopesis: and what? if
Even
the despising sceptre shall not come, what will be the case
then
?
^DSb
d^b^,
according to ver. 10,
is
the sceptre of
—
294
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
Judah, which despises all other sceptres as bad wood, nw^ in this instance, is not " to be," in the sense of to remain, but to
The
become, to happen, to come (come to pass), to enter.
meaning
the sceptre of
is, if
Judah
address takes a
new
start, for
(cf. ch. vi.
multiply
11
itself,
strength, or
its
metically, as
Num.
;
is
into threefold
ver.
14 the still
Smiting the hands together
The sword
Of
to double,
is
(nriB'^B', adverbial),
course this
is
has been by Hitzig, but
it
—With
a gesture expressive of violent emotion
xxiv. 10).
edge.
it.
the purpose of depicting
further the operations of the sword.
(smiting hand in hand)
prove
shall not display, or
the strength expected of
itself to possess,
i.e.
namely, in
its
not to be taken arithis
a bold paradoxical
statement concerning the terrible effect produced by the sword. It
not even to be understood as referring to three attacks
is
made
many
by the Chaldeans upon Jerusalem, as
at different times
The sword
commentators suppose.
of the
sword of pierced ones, because
•^^^n ^"y])
pierced or slain.
and Kliefoth
:
The
is
called
produces the
it
following words are rendered by Hitzig
But
the great sword of the slain.
apart from
the tautology which this occasions, the rendering can hardly be
defended on grammatical grounds. cannot see
why
the singular
^'^n
For, in the
should have been chosen,
the expression was repeated, instead of the plural D w^ secondly, l"in is
?i*l3n
cannot be an adjective agreeing with
a noun of the feminine gender, and
a feminine, as
ri'i'inn
clearly shows.
;
2"}!^^
and for
construed here as
is
«'n|'1'
we when
place,
first
is
in apposition to
" sword of a pierced man, the great one ; " and the great tCj man pierced is the king, as Ewald admits, in agreement with
Hengstenberg and Hiivernick.
The words
therefore affirm
that the sword will not only slay the mass of the people, but pierce the king himself.
Ver. 15a
is
a new thought,
God
(See also the comm. on ver. 25.)
not dependent upon what precedes, but introduces viz. for
what purpose the sword
has placed the flashing sword before
Israelites, in
order that (?
]Vo?^
all
is
sharpened.
the gates of the
pleonastic for
]Vi?^)
the heart
L
CHAP. XXI.
may
dissolve,
may
the inhabitants
lose all their courage for
defence, and to multiply offendicula^
The
the sword.
Xey. nn2N
air.
turning about of the sword
Mishna
!]Dn,
in the
not
mean smooth,
The
1]BN. i.e.
by
occasions to fall
i.e.
motion or
signifies the rapid
Gen.
(cf.
295^
18-22.
24)
iii.
;
n3N, related to
fem. of
air. Xey. "^J''?,
does
t3j?»,
sharpened, synonymous with
t3n», but,
according to the Arabic k«^, eduxit e vagina gladium, drawn
(from the scabbard).
commanded i.e.
to smite right
turn with
the verb
In ver. 16 the sword
all
1»''K>n
and
is
addressed,
it
is
easy to supply
interrogative, as in Josh.
gather thyself up,
ii.
left."
^^JS,
To
from the context,
whither, without an
n:si,
5 and Neh.
ii.
16.
'^^'IJ??,
form may be accounted for from a construction ad the gender regulating
The command
according to the
itself
to
the sword
from
The feminine
intended, ordered; not, directed, turned.
^^JB.
and
thy might toward the right (Tanchum).
" direct thine edge toward the
^y^,
left,
"•in^nrij
sensunij
addressed in
^"30
strengthened by the
is
explanation given by Jehovah in ver. 17, that
He
also (like the
prophet, ver. 14) will smite His hands together and cool His
wrath upon them Vers. 18-22.
(cf. ch. v. 13).
The sword
of the king of
Jerusalem, and then the Ammonites
also.
Babylon
—Ver.
will smite
18.
And
the
word of Jehovah came to me, saying, Ver. 19. And thou, son of man, make to thyself tioo ways, that the sword of the king of Babylon
may come
by them
;
out of one land shall they both
come forth, and draw a hand, at thou draw
it.
the cross
road of
Ver. 20. Make a way that the sword
the city
do
may come
to
the sons of Ammon, and to Judah into fortified JeruVer. 21. For the king of Babylon is stopping at the cross
Rabbah of salem.
road, at the parting of the two tvays, to practise divination.
shaking the arrows, inquiring of the teraphim, looking at the
Ver. 22. The divination falls tering-rams, to open the
with a war-cry,
to set
to his right
:
Jerusalem,
mouth with a death-cry,
battering-rams at the gates,
partj to build siege towers.
to lift to
—After the picture of the
lie is liver.
to set bat-
up
the voice
heap up a ramterrible devas-
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
296
which the sword of the Lord
tation
of
God
Jehovah
is
Ammonites
fall,
is
The
given (ver. 11)
will smite not only
it
Jerusalem and Judah
also.
whose hand
will smite.
it
whose hand the sharpened sword
the king of Babylon, and
the
whom
His sword, and
will place
slayer into
word
will produce, the last
in this prophecy answers the questions, in
Judah, but
be the
will
first to
and then the arch-enemy of the covenant nation, namely
Ammon,
will
succumb
to the strokes of the
in order that the embittered
may
people
sword of Jehovah,
enemies of the Lord and His
learn that the fall of Jerusalem
not, as they
is
fancy, a proof of the impotence, but rather of the omnipotence,
of
In
God.
its
this
way
does our prophecy expand into a
judgment which
prediction of the
enemies of the kingdom of
The
consideration here. of
Ammon
God
will fall
For
the world in hostility to God.
that the
parallel
is
upon the whole of only as the arch-
Ammonites come
into
between Israel and the sons
carried out in such a
is
it
way
as to give constant
prominence to the distinction between them. fall,
the ancient theocracy will be destroyed
who
will restore the right (vers.
Jerusalem
till
Ammon,
26 and 27).
will
he shall come on the
other hand, will perish, and not a trace be left (vers. 31, 32). exhibited to the eye
This prediction
is
The
to
prophet
is
make two ways,
i.e.
by means of a to prepare a
sign.
sketch
representing a road leading from a country, viz. Babylon, and dividing at a certain spot into two roads, one of which leads to
Rabbath-Ammon,
the capital of the
kingdom of the Ammonites,
He
the other to Judah, into Jerusalem.
coming
for the
(^^2^) of the
the fork of the road he K'la signifies in
or
hew (Ezek.
to
the Fiel to cut xxiii.
hard material.
was
is
tile (cf.
a hand,
i.e.
to
draw the ways
engrave a hand,
away
*ij,
i.e.
At
an index.
(Josh. xvii. 15, 18), to dig
47), here to engrave written characters in
The
to sketch the
brick or
is
sword of the king of Babylon.
selection of this
word shows that Ezekiel
ways upon some hard material, probably a
ch. iv. 1).
an index.
^"J'l
T
does not
{J'N'i,
mean
locus spatium, but
the beginning of the road,
i.e.
CHAP.
XXL
the fork of the road (ch. xvi. 25), it
called
is
is
explained in ver. 21, where
mother of the road, inasmuch as the roads
DX,
'^'}/\^
from the point of separation, and
start
297
18-22.
ning of the two roads.
bath-Ammon, which
is
T'V
'^1?.'!!,
\J^
D''?'^"^'!!
t^'^"",
begin-
For Rab-
the road to a city.
Amman, on
preserved in the rains of
the
Upper Jabbok (Nahr Amman), see the comm. on Deut. iii. 11. The road to Judah is still more precisely defined by d.^^'T'? nn^^fSj
into fortified Jerusalem, because the conquest of Jerusalem
The
was the purpose of Nebuchadnezzar's expedition. of the article before nniV3
may
be explained from the nature of
the participle, in which, even in prose, the article
out after a definite noun (cf. Ewald,
still,
or practise divination.
is
the practice itself
of divination at his
strictly,
Jerome
left is
halting
is
DDp Dbp, to take in hand,
to take.
means
shakes the arrows (more
be
and inquire
In order that he may proceed
avails himself of all the
He On
of Babylon
stop) to consult his oracles,
which of the two roads he he
ยง
may
The drawing
335a).
The king
explained in vers. 21 and 22. (loy, to stand
omission
safely,
command.
the quiver with the arrows).
writes as follows
:
"
He
consults
the oracle according to the custom of his nation, putting his
arrows into a quiver, and mixing them together, with the names of individuals inscribed or stamped upon them, to see whose
arrow
He
come
out,
and which
state shall
be
first
attacked."
^
consults the Teraphim, or Penates, worshipped as oracular
deities
and
will
and gods of good fortune
my
(see the
Biblical Archaeology, ยง 90).
cerning the
way
tlieir oracles.
in
He
which these
deities
examines the
liver.
comm. on Gen.
Nothing
is
xxxi. 19
known con-
were consulted and gave
The
practice of rjiraro-
The arrow-lot (jBelomantie) of the ancient Greeks (Homer, II. iii. 324, 182, 183) was similar to this; also that of the ancient Arabs (yid. Pococke, Specim. hist. Arab. pp. 827 sqq., and the passages from Nuweiri quoted by Reiske, Samml. einiger Arab. Sprichworter von den Stecken oder Staben, p. 21). Another kind, in which the lot was obtained by shooting off the arrows, was common according to the Fihrist el Ulum of En-Nedim among the Hananian Ssabians (see Chwolsohn, Ssabier, ii. pp. 26 and 119, '
vii.
200.
298
THE rftOPHECIES OF EZEKIEL. extispicium, in
<7/co7r/a,
which signs of good or bad luck, of the
success or failure of any enterprise, were obtained from the
was a
peculiar condition of the liver of the sacrificial animals, species of divination to
which great importance was attached
by both the Babylonians
{vid.
Diod. Sic.
ii.
29) and the
Romans
and of which traces were found, accord-
(Cicero, de divin. vi. 13),
ing to Barhebr. Chron. p. 125, as late as the eighth century Christian
of the
era
among
the Ssabians of Haran.
divination resulted in a decision for Jerusalem.
hand there came."
is
mean
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;The
i3^0"'3 is
not
" in his right hand was," but " into his right
to be translated
does not
n\i
.TH
ir^kvero
:
lot (Ges.),
connected with this
(LXX.),
h'ti}
(Chald.), DDp
but soothsaying, divination.
D v0T
a noun in
apposi-
in
the form of
The right The meaning of the words cannot be more precisely defined, because we are not acquainted with the kind of divination referred to even if we which indicated Jerusalem.
tion: the divination
hand
the more important of the two.
is
;
were
words as simply relating to the arrow in this an arrow with the inscription " Jerusalem " came
to take the
sense, that
into his right hand,
and thus furnished the
decision,
which was
afterwards confirmed by consulting the Teraphim and examining
But the circumstance
the liver.
itself,
that
is to say,
that the divination coincided with the purpose of
the fact
God, must
not be taken, as Havernick supposes, as suggesting a point of contact between Hebraism and the soothsaying of heathenism,
which was peculiar All that
is
to the rule
to Ezekiel or to the time of the captivity.
proved by this fact
is,
that even heathenism
vient to the accomplishment of the plans of
and His
salvation.
In the words,
is
subject
made subserboth His kingdom
and guidance of Almighty God, and
is
to set battering rams, etc.,
the substance of the oracle obtained by Nebuchadnezzar
is
a double one, showing what he
is
more to do
minutely given. :
It is
viz. (1) to set battering
of Jerusalem, as ver.se (ch. iv. 2)
still ;
rams,
i.e.
to proceed to the siege
further described in the last portion of the
and (2)
to raise the
war-cry for storming the
299
CHAP. XXI. 23-27.
city, that is to say, to
and
D^v*^
'li1
take
The two
by storm.
it
are synonymous
clauses
nhsp
'W1
they are not " pure tautology,"
;
however, as Hitzig affirms, but are chosen for the purpose of giving greater emphasis to the thought. The expression nyn3
some
creates
difficulty,
in caede " (Vulg.), to
inasmuch as the phrase "
open the mouth
murder or
in
operiat os
iit
ruin,
i.e.
to
put to death or lay in ruins, is a very striking one, and could hardly be justified as an " energetic expression for the battle-
mean "
3 does not
cry " (Havernick).
to,"
the less because n^na
and cannot indicate parallel to
Wi^iS,
the intention,
all
where nirnn
that in which the raising of the voice expresses
is
There
itself.
is
nothing
is
then but to take n^n in the sense
left
of field- or war-cry, and to derive this meaning either from nyn or,
per metathesin, from nnv.
Vers. 23-27. This announcement will appear to the Judaeans, indeed, to be a deceptive divination, but nevertheless verified.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver. 23. And
sacred oaths are theirs
(lit.
remembrance, that they saith the
it is like
to
may
them)
but he
;
will be
hnngs
;
the iniquity to
Ver. 24. Tlierefore thus
be taken.
Lord Jehovah, Because ye
bring your iniquity to remem-
made
brance, in that your offences are
it
deceptive divination in their eyes
manifest, so that your sins
appear in all your deeds, because ye are remembered ye shall be Ver. 25.
taken loith the hand.
of Israel,
whose day
Ver. 26. T'hus the
crown taken
off.
the lofty lowered.
will
I make
the right, to
it ;
come at
the time of the final transgression,
Lord Jehovah, The Uirban loill
This
is
not this
;
be removed,
the low will be lifted up,
and
Ver. 27. Overthrown, overthrown, overthrown
even this shall not be,
Him do I give it.
precisely defined
Judaeans.
is
saith the
And thou pierced one, sinner, prince
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;In
by ^iTyya,
ver.
He
till
23
cometh, to
(28), D^^,
whom
which
refers to the Israelites,
is
is
more
i.e.
the
This also applies to the following ^\h, whicli cannot
possibly be taken as referring to a different subject, say, for
example, the Chaldeans.
It is evident,
therefore, that
it
is
impossible to sustain the rendering given in Gesenius' Thesaurus (s.v.)
to
the obscure
words
r\)]}2^
''V.^'^j
viz.
qui juramenta
300
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
jurarunt
eis
(sc.
expounded thus
:
Maurer has modified and
Chaldaeis), which
" they will not fear these auguries
swear oaths to them (the Chaldeans), that
is
they will
;
to say,
according
to their usual custom, these truce-breakers will take fresh oaths,
hoping that the Chaldeans over, the thought itself
defiant attitude of
is
be conciliated thereby."
will
More-
an unsuitable one, inasmuch as " the
confidence with which they looked such
awfully threatening danger in the face must have had some
upon
other ground than a reliance
(Havernick).
credulity"
Kosenmiiller and Kliefoth uphold, are sworn explains
allies,
it,
and Chaldean
false oaths
The common
explanation,
wliich
" because the Chaldeans
is,
sworn confederates of theirs;" or as Kliefoth
" on account of the oath of fealty or vassalage
sworn by Zedekiah to Nebuchadnezzar, they have sworn confederates in the Chaldeans,
and relying upon
they are
this,
confident that they have no hostile attack to fear from them." Biit this
is
altogether untenable, not only because
perfectly
it is
arbitrary to supply " the Chaldeans," but still more for the reason adduced by Maurer. " How," he justly asks, " could the
Judaeans despise these auguries because the Chaldeans were
bound
them by an oath when they themselves had broken
to
When
faith I
a treaty has been violated by one party,
We
the other released from his oath?"
same explanation them),
i.e.
by God."
as
Havernick
They
" oaths of oaths are theirs (to
rely
upon that which God has solemnly sworn upon what
promise was con-
of God.
For the
fact
itself,
compare
ch. xx. 42,
The form ''J?3C' by very simple way from
passages as Ps. cv. 9 sqq., etc.
side of nii?3B^
may
be explained in a
relation of the construct state,
i.e.
from the endeavour
an obvious form for the construct case
this
namely, upon a faithful observance on their part of the
commandments and such
not
the most sacred oaths are (made) to them, namely,
to them, without considering ditional,
:
is
therefore adopt the
furnish
a well-founded
ness of our explanation.
state,
uses
CyBJ
the
to secure
and cannot
argument against the
As Ezekiel
the
in
any
correct-
for niK'Sa in ch.
I
CHAP. XXI.
xiii.
20, he
niyaK'.
may
have formed
also
801
23-27.
C^^F) ^7 *^^ s'^ÂŽ of
^''V^f
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; As they rely upon the promises of God without own breach
ing upon their
of covenant,
God
upon whose oaths they
rely.
Jehovah,
N^ni is
must not be
|iy
bring their
will
remembrance through His judgment.
sin to
reflect*
restricted to
Zedekiah's breach of covenant, 'since ver. 24 clearly shows that it is
is
the wrong-doing of
Judah
generally.
'^'^^>}f
also to be understood of the whole nation,
For
taken and punished by the king of Babylon.
made
introduces the reason for the statement
God must
of ver. 23 (28). their iniquity it
sins
committed without any shame, and
|iy i^??"?
slayer.
ci3ii,
God
to cause the sinners to be grasped
from
is
which
remember them,
by the hand of the
therefore explained by
is
indefinite in itself, points
is
to
used in ver. 24 (29) in a different sense
23 (28), and
ver.
24 (29)
in the last clause
put the people in remembrance of
thereby have, so to speak, compelled
and
ver.
be
to
is
by inflicting punishment, because they have called
remembrance by
to
24 (29)
in ver.
which
11 (16), and receives from that
its
back to
more exact
'1J1
riipana.
T
in ver.
3"?.in
definition.
With ver. 25 the address turns to the chief sinner, the godless King Zedekiah, who was bringing the judgment of destruction upon the kingdom by his faithless breach of oath. The words
^^Hj yahj
are asyndeta^ co-ordinate to one
^^''"^^
'K'^
mean profane
not
p^^ does
another,
LXX.),
and
but simply pierced,
retained here.
This
of the language, but also
that Zedekiah
or infamous
This meaning
demanded not only by the
is
both to ver. 14 and to
slain.
by the
D^i'C'n "hhn
relation in in ver.
{fie^rfke^ is
to be
fixed usage
which ??n stands
29 (34).
was not pierced by the sword either
It
is
true
at that time
or afterwards, but was simply blinded and led in captivity to
Babylon, where he died. 7?n
is
to death
;
and Zedekiah
announcing fate.
But
all
that follows from this
is,
that
used here in a figurative sense, given up to the sword,
in a
is
so designated for the purpose of
more energetic manner the
The selection
i.e.
of the terra ?^n
is
certainty of his
the more natural, because
302
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
throughout the whole prophecy the description of the judg*
ment
takes
As God
character from the figure of the sword of Jehovah.
its
does not literally wield a sword, so ?^^
actual slaying with the sword.
Si2)\
struction (cf. 1 Sara. xxvi. 10), or of the
time of the
its
end,
i.e. its
wickedness brings the end, for
destruction,
is
to the prince,
come,
i.e.
and
understand the
connection in
we
and
to take the
sinners, princes of Israel,"
to the entire tion that .
.
is
body of
fact that the end, the
announced
is
way, which
this
in ver.
whole nation.
If
26
we
naturally
is
it is
words as
the king
who
collective,
and to understand them
rulers, including the priests,
completely upset by the words
is
addressed
" ye slaughtered
N''K'3
as referring
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;an
.
.
.
explana-
npiN (thou
which are so entirely opposed to the collective Again, the remark that " what follows in ver. 26, viz.
prince),
view.
the statement to be
made
to the ^V^, has really nothing to do
with him, since the sweeping affect
when the
get rid of the objection, which led
Kliefoth to question the fact that in ver. 25a,
.
The
in his person to the
suggested by ver. 25^,
the transgres-
destruction (cf. ch. xxxv. 5, and
close at hand,
i.e. is
when
completion, but the time
in this sense, ch. vii. 2, 3).
Yi?.
no proof of
day of his de-
judgment upon him. The
not the time
final transgression is
sion reaches
is
his day, is the
away
of the priesthood did not
Zedekiah personally " (Kliefoth),
conclusive.
For
ver.
is
neither correct nor
26 contains an announcement not only of
the abrogation of the priesthood, but also of the destruction of the kingdom, which did affect Zedekiah both directly and per-
Moreover, we must not
sonally.
isolate the
king addressed,
even as an individual, from the position which he occupied, at
any
rate,
which he ought
to
or,
have occupied as a theocratic
monarch, so as to be able to say that the abrogation of the priesthood did not affect him.
fundamental
pillars
The
priesthood was one of the
of the theocracy, the removal of which
would necessarily be followed by the state,
Hence
collapse
and therefore by the destruction of it
is
of the divine
the
that the abolition of the priesthood
is
monarchy. mentioned
; ;
first.
Dnn
The
infinitives
23-27.
absolute
(not
803 imperatives)
and
l''Dn
are selected for the purpose of expressing the truth in
manner
the most emphatic D''';n,
CHAP. XXL
to lift up,
as in Isa.
14; Dan.
Ivii.
royal diadem, like
;
and the verbs are synonymous.
not to elevate, but to take away, to abolish,
i.e.
^''3^
viii.
nS3>*0 does
11.
the
does in every instance in the Pentateuch, from
priest, as it
moyn
which Ezekiel has taken the word,
The diadem
of the priest
the king's T T T O crown. and the regal crown are the insignia
of the offices of high priest
removal
mean
not
but the tiara of the high
in Isa. Ixii. 3,
-;
and king
'
and consequently
;
their
the abolition of both high-priesthood and monarchy.
is
These words contain the sentence of death upon the theocracy,
and the Davidic monarchy
of which the Aaronic priesthood constituted the foundations. .
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; They predict not
merely a tem-
porary, but a complete abolition of both offices and dignities
and
their fulfilment took place
when
The
was destroyed by the king of Babylon. of the house of
kingdom of Judah
the
earthly sovereignty
David was not restored again
and the high-priesthood of the
after the captivity
restoration,
the second
like
temple, was only a shadowy outline of the glory and essential features of the high-priesthood of Aaron.
As
the ark with the
Shechinah, or the gracious presence of God, was wanting in the
temple of Zerubbabel
;
so were the
Urim and Thummim want-
ing to the high-priesthood, and these were the only means by
which the high
priest could really
between the Lord and
carry out the mediation
nxr N^ nst (this
the people,
does not refer to the tiara (mitre) and crown.
and therefore construed with the masculine and crown) continue,
will not
it will
To
Kliefoth).
be
be this (n^n
is
over with
it
all
this there is
HNt
i.e.
lowered.
of the words
Hssn and
same sense
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;the low
?"'2^'n
neuter,
it
will not
(Havernick, Maurer, and
appended the further thought, that
a general inversion of things will take place.
meaning
not this)
is
This (mitre
>^l\}.
prophetic),
is
will
be
lifted up,
This
is
and the
the
lofty
are infinitives, and are chosen in the
as in the first hemistich.
The form
â&#x20AC;˘iPSE'rij
with n
'
304
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
without the tone,
is
masculine
the
;
n—
to give greater fulness to the form,
—This
more
nearly to Hbsn.^
more
definitely in ver. 27a.
njjjj
and the
;
26 (31).
rJNT in ver.
which
will I
and crown,
as Kliefoth supposes,
This shows that
Even
or, as
The
rest,
on account of the
It is generally
',
clauses,
it is
men-
is
itself
not so
this
:
" nowhere
Gen.
xlix.
there
is
till
the
" (Hengsten-
acknowledged that the words to
to
overthrow upon over-
:
things are in a state of flux
an allusion
erit
much
N3'^J?
10, Ki3^ ^3
'^V
only by a false interpretation of the preceding
wrung from the words by an
the text, that Hitzig ^
to
which
D3
neque haec conditio
it,
main thought
all
;
t2Q*f©n i^-ifK contain
and
back
the thing last
coming of the great Restorer and Prince of peace
nT^
n^y,
into destruction, or utterly
riNT relates to
The thought
nowhere security
berg).
still
cannot also refer to the tiara
following f^3"lV attaches
will ensue.
expressed
repeated twice to give
is
the overthrow, shall have no durability;
this,
this last clause as to the
throw
riNT
Tanch. has correctly expressed
durahilis.
correspond
a noun derived from
is
make
But the following
tioned.
is
it
suffix in •^I^^K'N points
overthrow.
it.
make
This, the existing state, the high-priest-
hood and the monarchy,
precedes
to
general thought
greater emphasis to the thought, inversion, overthrow
probably serving merely
and
is
arbitrary alteration of
able to set this connection aside.
Hitzig has given a most preposterous exposition of this verse.
At
Taking
the words "iiDn and Dt^in as antithetical, in the sense of removing and exalting or sustaining in an exalted position, and regarding the clauses as questions signifying, " Shall the high-priesthood be abolished, and the on the contrary, remain untouched ? " be finds the answer to
real dignity,
these questions in the words DXT
^
flNT (this, not this).
They
contain,
in his opinion, an affirmation of the former and a negation of the latter. tell us how nxT ih HNT without a verb can possibly mean, " the former (the abrogation of the high-priesthood) will take place, but the latter (the exaltation of the monarchy) will not occur." And, finally, the last clause, " the low shall be lifted up," etc., is said to contain simply a watchword, which is not for the time being to be followed by any result. Such trifling needs no refutation. We simply observe, therefore, that there is no ground for the assertion, that Cin without cannot
But he does not
p
possibly signify to abolish.
305
CHAP. XXI. 28-32. the same time, tSBB'Dn iP'iB'^
of course not to be taken as a
is
philological explanation of the
word
''^"'^,
but
simply a theo-
is
logical interpretation of the patriarchal prophecy, with direct
reference to the predicted destruction of the existing relations in
consequence of the ungodliness and unrighteousness of the
up
leaders of the theocracy rightful claim to the mitre sense, as belonging to
this right belongs,
Messiah,
whom
of
and crown, but right (Deut.
i.
17),
and
to
whom God
the prophets from
not the
is
an objective
in
and entrusted by God
He
government as His representative.
to the earthly
whom
God
CBB'sn
that time.
to
will give
the
then, to it, is
the
times of David
onwards have prophesied as the founder and restorer of perfect right on earth (cf. Ps. Ixxii.
The
xxxiii. 17).
;
Isa. ix. 6, xlii» 1
;
accusative, referring to DBB'jp (cf. Ps. Ixxii. 1).
necessity to mention the person again
give the right, as
He
to
had already been designated
drawn
divine lying to thee,
And
Ammon, and concerning their scorji, it may devour, that
sword,
it
shall lay
hy the necks of
thee
it
may
while they
to thee,
sinners
tlie
whose day cometh at the time of the final transgression.
slain,
Ver. 30. Put
it
in its scabbard again.
toast created, in the
And
—Ver. 28.
to slay, polished, that
Ver. 29. While they prophesy deceit
!
in the pre-
of man^ prophesy and say. Thus saith the Lord Jehovah,
concerning the sons of sioord,
but an
There was no
whom God would
Vers. 28-32. Overthrow of the Ammonites.
flash
xxiii. 5,
^^ IK'K.
vious expression
thoUj son
Jer.
suffix attached to Vnrii is not a dative,
pour
out,
against thee,
my
and
land of thy birth will
anger upon
thee, kindle the fire
of
my
of destruction.
devour
;
thy blood shall remain in the midst of the land
remembered no more
As Judah
in
;
Jerusalem will
Babylon, contrary to
all
for fall
I
I.
;
Jehovah have spoken
thou it.
—
by the sword of the king of
expectation
;
so will the
Ammonites
be punished for their scorn with utter extermination.
EZEK.
wrath
hand of foolish men, of Ver. 32. Thou shall be for the fire to
give thee into the
smitlts
shall be
At the place lohere thou I judge thee, Ver. 31.
XJ
n|"in is
306
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
scorn at the overthrow of Israel (cf. ch. xxv. 3, 6, and Zeph. ii.
The sword
8).
already drawn against them.
is
nnop
taken out of the scabbard, as in Ps. xxxvii. 14.
7'3n7 with nDiiD.
and
This
required by the correspondence of
is
regarded as a derivative of
?^^[} is
much
b^3
by Ewald
ad sustinendum, according
others, in the sense of
city, i.e. as
But
as possible.
to capa-
the adverbial rendering
opposed to the context, and cannot be sustained from
Moreover,
32.
xxiii.
goblets
and other
explains blind.
it
to contain,
f«i3,
vessels,
—
i.e.
to
open to the objection that the form ?^3n
this is
namely, that there
is
;
and
also to a
still
greater
nothing in the Hebrew usage to
suggest the use of ^^2 in such a sense as this, and even
were used
to
Hitzig therefore
to blunt («c. the eyes),
points to the verb bl3 rather than P?3 one,
is
ch.
enough
applicable
is
but not to a sword.
from the Arabic J.£=,
But
to
is
with nmnSj notwithstanding the accents, and
be connected
the clauses.
Pimns,
in the sense of blunting,
trary to supply D^3^y
and
;
lastly,
it
if it
would be perfectly arbi-
that even the flashing of the
sword does not suggest the idea of blinding, but
is
intended to
heighten the terror occasioned by the sharpness of the sword.
We
therefore adhere to the derivation of
regard in 2
as a
it
Sam.
20), and
defective
xix. 14, ^n^ as
tnn^ for
TriNJRl
to eat or devour,
i.e.
P"J3 }y»^, literally,
issue therefrom
or
place)
thee;
so that the
parenthesis,
syncopated form for
in 2
Sam.
xx. 9
make
it
for the
fit
;
-'ax,
^iJ?n for
like
^''^^\},
from
?[}^\
and
itosn
(Isa. xiii.
literally, to
cause
it
work of devouring.
for the sake of the lightning (flash) that shall
(cf.
also
is
to
form for
?''^[}
ver. 10).
— In
ver.
29 (34), nn? (to lay, I'ln, drawn to lay
dependent upon nmns first
either to
half
the verse
of
is
inserted as a
indicate the occasion for bringing the
sword into the land (Hitzig), or to introduce an attendant circumstance, according to the sense in which the 3 in nitna taken.
The
parenthetical clause
commentators
is
is
understood by most of the
as referring to deceptive oracles of
Ammonitish
307
CHAP. XXI. 28-32.
soothsayers,
Hitzig supposes ites
Ammon, as the Ammon-
which either determined the policy of (cf.
Jer. xxvii. 9, 10), or inspired
with confidence, that they had nothing to fear from the Kliefoth, on the other hand, refers the words to
Chaldeans.
the oracles consulted by Nebuchadnezzar, according to ver. 23.
" These oracles, which directed the king not to the Ammonites, but
march
according to ver. 29, to be deceptive prophesying to the ites,
inasmuch as they
against
Jerusalem, proved themselves,
against
by the sword
also afterwards fell
Ammon;
just as,
according to ver. 23, they proved themselves to be genuine so far as the Israelites were concerned, inasmuch as they were
This view
really the first to be smitten."
one,
if it
hard
to believe that the
hood
to thee," are
proves
a very plausible
is
But
only answered in any degree to the words.
itself to
words, " while
meant
to
Ammonites any
prophecy
wliile its
Moreover, Nebuchadnezzar oracle, either false or true,
the circumstance that his divination at the cross-road led to decide in favour of the
march
did in consequence was to
Ammonites, but not
it is
(one) prophesies false-
be equivalent to "
be false to thee."
did not give the
it
to
Jerusalem
for all that he
;
postpone his designs
to relinquish
them.
by
him
We
upon the
cannot under-
stand the words in any other sense, therefore, than as relating to oracles,
their
own.
which the Ammonites received from soothsayers of
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
Hitzig takes offence at the expression, " that
may
(the sword)^ slain,"
lay thee
by
(to) the
because colla cannot stand for corpora decoUata, and
consequently proposes to alter
But by
sword) to the necks. less striking
meaning, and
is
into nnix, to put
this conjecture
it
(the
he gets the not
;
a thing which would be perfectly un-
ver.
The sinners The words point
therefore not generally done.
are the Judaeans
back to
"^nix
thought, that the sword was to be put to the necks
of those already slain
slain
it
necks of the sinners
who have
fallen.
25, the second half of which is repeated here,
and predict the same
fate to the
to supply 3"^n to '"^"^V^"^^ 2^'n
;
Ammonites.
put the sword into
It its
is
easy
scabbard
308
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
Ammonites
Tliese words can only be addressed to the
again.
;
not to the Chaldeans, as Kliefoth imagines, for the latter does
way with what
not harmonize in any
thy birth
will I
God
judge thee.
ment independently
does not execute the judg-
medium
of the Chaldeans, but through the
The
of their sword.
follows, viz. in the place of
words as referring
occasioned by taking
difficulties
Ammonites
to the
the
are not so great as to
necessitate an alteration of the text (Hitzig), or to call for the
arbitrary explanation
put
:
The
scabbard (Kliefoth).
Patach for
it
now
or for the present into the
use of the masculine SK'n (with
3K'n, as in Isa. xlii. 22), if
the side of the feminine ^HiN,
may
Ammon
addressed by
is
be explained in a very simple
way, from the fact that the sword
carried by men, so that
is
here the thought of the people, the warriors,
is
predominant,
and the representation of the kingdom of the Ammonites
woman
The
into the background.
falls
as a
objection that the
suffix in nnyri
can only refer to the sword (of the Chaldean)
mentioned in
ver. 28,
inasmuch
more
is
as the scabbard presupposes a sword,
has a scabbard, the suffix thing
itself,
may be
and every sword
fully accounted for
as the words, " put the sword into
would lead any hearer
For
plausible than conclusive-
to think at once of the
its
from the
scabbard,"
sword of the
person addressed, without considering whether that particular
sword had been mentioned before or not.
words
is this
:
is
still
figure of the sword
God introduced
will
For
thee.
This judgment
of
of the
every attempt to defend thyself with the sword
and avert destruction
God judge
The meaning
is
In thine own land
be in vain.
^^rt")DD, see
the
comm. on
will
ch. xvi. 3.
further explained in ver. 31, where the
dropped, and that of the
in its place.
n^SK
.
.
.
K'NS,
fire
of the wrath
we render
:
" the
my wrath I blow (kindle) against thee," after Isa. liv. 16, and not " with the fire ... do I blow, or snort, against thee,"
fire of
as others
have done
;
because blowing with the
fire is
an un-
natural figure, and the interpretation of the words in accordance
with Isa.
I.e. is all tlie
more
natural, that in the closing words of
309
CHAP. XXII. "'Bnn,
the verse, n^n^J'b
and
it is
the allusion to that passage
is
indisputable,
only from this that the combination of the two words
can be accounted
Isa. XXX.
for.
—
Different explanations have been given
Some render
of C'lys.
27
this sense.
and
ardentes,
it
Nor can the rendering
in accordance
But 1^3
burning with wrath.
:
is
men"
" scorching
with
never used in (Kliefoth)
be sustained, for lys, to burn, only occurs in connection with things which are combustible,
e.g.
fire,
word must be explained from Ps. always bearing in mind that the
The
pitch, coals, etc.
xcii.
7,
Hebrew
" brutish," foolish,
associated the idea of
godlessness with folly, and that cruelty naturally follows in train.
—
Ver.
Thus
32.
sword, and even the
compare ch. xv. in
4.
Ammon
will
its
perish through fire and
memory of it be obliterated. For ver. 32a The words, " thy blood will be p.^n iiins
the midst of the land," can hardly be understood in any
other sense than " thy blood will flow over the rendering
all
the land."
For
proposed by Ewald, " remain in the midst of
the earth, without thy being mentioned," like that given
by
Kliefoth, " thy blood will the earth drink," does not harmonize
with ch. xxiv.
where
7,
n^n •'^3in3 PiDT
is
aflSrmed of blood,
which cannot penetrate into the earth, or be covered with dust.
For
''13W, see ch.
dom
of
God
Ammon
xxv. 10.
will utterly perish,
as the
enemy
of the king-
leaving no trace behind, and
without any such hope of restoration as that held out in ver.
27
to the
kingdom
of
Judah
or the people of Israel.
CHAP. XXII. THE SINS OF JERUSALEM AND ISRAEL.
To the
prediction of the
judgment
in ch. xxi. there is
appended
another description of the sins of Jerusalem and Israel, by
which
this
judgment
three words of
is
occasioned.
substance and design,
viz. (1)
of Jerusalem accelerate the will
The chapter
contains
God, which are connected together both in
The
blood-guiltiness
and idolatry
coming of the days when the
be an object of scorn to
all
the world
(vers.
city
1-16);
310 (2)
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
The house
become
of Israel has
kingdom
— prophets,
and
dross,
in the fire of tribulation (vers. 17-22)
;
and people
priests, princes,
to
is
be melted
(3) All ranks of the
—
are thoroughly
judgment burst upon them
corrupt, therefore has the
(vers.
23-31). Vers. 1-16. Blood-guiltiness of Jerusalem and the burden of its
Vers. 1-5 contain the principal accusation relating
sins.
and idolatry; and
to bloodshed
6-16 a further account of
vers.
the sins of the people and their rulers, with a brief threatening
of punishment.
—Ver.
saying, Ver. 2.
And
judge the
Ver.
3.
1.
the
of blood-guiltiness
city
word of Jehovah came
man,
show
f then
it
Ver.
for defilement.
toithin itself
may
that her time
it,
thou hast shed hast thou
made
and hast come
City,
come,
those
far off from
rich in confusion.
which sheddeth
and maketh
and through
to thy years ; therefore
Ver.
expression
'u^ '^BK'rin
thine
and hast drawn
thyself,
1 make thee a 5.
Those near
thee shall ridicule thee as defiled in
—The
idols
Through thy blood which
4.
scorn to the nations, and ridicule to all lands.
and
me,
all its abominations,
thyself guilty,
which thou hast made hast thou defiled
thy days near,
to
judge? wilt thou
wilt thou
And say. Thus saith the Lord Jehovah,
blood in the midst of
idols
And
thou, son of
name,
proves this ad-
dress to be a continuation of the reproof of Israel's sins, which
commenced
The
in ch. xx. 4.
as in ch. xxiv. 6, 9 (compare
The
Nah. iii.
commences with
apodosis
(rniDN^).
nriV
may come
:
epithet city of blood-guiltiness,
i^wjnini,
KUP, that her time,
^^V, like
ioi'
i.e.
1), is
and
t<13^,
continued in ver. 3
her time of punishment,
in ch. xxi. 30.
tinuation of the infinitive
explained in ver. 3.
is
*^'^'P'V\
is
not a con-
but of the participle naSB'.
which different renderings have been given, does not " mean over itself," i.e. as a burden with which it has laden itself ifys, of
(Havernick)
;
never has, but with
it,
as
it
less
literally
were,
thy days, that to,
still
is
" for
itself
" upon,"
''^''lipril,
" (Hitzig), a meaning which bv i.e.
thou hast brought near, brought on
to say, the days of
arrived at thy years,
sc.
in itself, covering the city
judgment, and hast come
the years of visitation and punish-
;
CHAP. XXII.
ment
(cf.
Jer.
the context.
name,
xi.
QK'n
311
6-12.
This meaning
23).
nSDD,
defiled,
readily supplied
is
by
unclean with regard to the
having forfeited the name of a holy city through
i.e.
capital crimes
and other
no^no
sinful abominations,
Amos
confusion, both moral and religious, as in
is
internal
9
iii.
(cf.
Ps.
10-12).
Iv.
In
vers.
6-12 there follows an enumeration of a multitude of
which had been committed
sins
in Jerusalem.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
Beholdy
6.
the 'princes of Israel are every one^ according to his arm^ in thee to
shed blood.
Ver.
7.
Father and mother they despise in thee
toicard the fo) dyner they act violently in the midst of thee
and widows
Ver.
they oppress in thee.
holy things, and desecratest in thee to shed blood,
and
my
upon
the
orphans
;
Tliou despisest
Ver.
Sabbaths.
they eat
they practise lewdness in thee.
8.
9.
my
Slanderers are
mountains in thee
Ver. 10. They uncover the father's
nakedness in thee ; they ravish the defiled in her uncleanness in thee.
Ver. 11.
bour's wife,
and
And
one committeth abomination with his neigh-
and another
Ver. 12. They take usury thou
and thou
By
takest,
by
incest,
and overreachest thy neighbours with
forgettest me, is the saying
12), the enumeration
which are placed
of
the
embraces
form of a
sins
by
violence,
Lord Jehovah. blood (vers.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
6, 9,
divided into three groups of sins,
in the category of blood-guiltiness
that they are preceded after the
is
and
thee to shed blood; interest
gifts in
the repetition of the refrain, to shed
and
it
defileth his daughter-in-law
the third ravisheth his sister, his father's daughter in thee.
this sentence
The
by the
fact
and the repetition of group
(vers.
6-8)
which are committed in daring opposition
to all
refrain.
By
the laws of morality.
the
first
princes of
understand primarily the profligate kings,
Israel
we
are to
who caused innocent
persons to be put to death, such, for example, as Jehoiakim (2
Kings
xxiv. 4),
The words vn
Manasseh
iy'irp C'^K
(2
Kings
xxi. 16),
and
others.
are rendered by Hitzig and Kliefoth,
they were ready to help one another dering they appeal to Ps.
Ixxxiii. 9.
;
and
But
in support of the renin that case
S'ih'h {^"'N
312
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
would Stand for ^v:
J)""irf»,
^i6 yiiT B'^K,— a substituNor can they be taken in the
or rather for
which cannot be sustained.
tion
sense proposed by Hiivernick, every one relying i.e.
looking
physical
to
according to his arm,
force
upon
his
arm,
but simply every one
alone,
according to his strength or violence,
i.e.
Vn does not require anything
to
be supplied, any more than in the similar combination in ver.
9.
In
are they in thee.
this case
Followed by ]VuP with an
means
infinitive, it
making an attempt,
the intention of doing anything, or
In
direct his efforts to a certain end.
princes
who
compare Ex.
all
20
xxii.
insolence
tempt of
ver. 7
it
sqq.
;
In the reproofs which
Lev.
13
xix.
is
holy.
For
to
^?pn
is
follow,
Deut. xxiv. 14 sqq.
;
and violence toward men there
that
i.e.
not the
is
are the subject, but the ungodly in general.
the opposite of 133 (Ex. xx. 12).
With
to be there witli
is
associated con-
ver. 86, see ch. sx. 13.
—In the
second group, vers. 9-11, in addition to slander and idolatry, the crimes of lewdness and incest are the principal sins for
which the people are reproved
and
xviii.
xix. is
;
and here the
The
very obvious.
allusion to Lev.
reproof of slander also
points back to the prohibition in Lev. xix.
Slander to
16.
shed blood, refers to malicious charges and false testimony in a
For eating upon
court of justice (vid. 1 Kings xxi. 10, 11).
the mountains, see ch.
more
xviii.
The
6.
specifically described in vers.
itself,
compare Lev.
K'^K in ver.
xviii. 7, 8, xix.
11 does not
practice of
mean every
15 and
12,
clause,
is
composed of
which
is
threefold
Ex.
xxiii.
2
;
third
and
group,
For the
first
for the second,
reproof finishes with forgetfulness of God,
The Lord is enraged
will interfere,
among
in
is
closely allied to covetousness.
Vers. 13-16.
He
The
—The
sins of covetousness.
compare the prohibition
ch. xviii. 8, 13.
The
9.
one, but one, another,
the third, as the correlative injn shows. ver.
zimmdh
For the thing
10 and 11.
and put an end
the heathen.
—
to
at
such abominable doings.
them by
Ver. 13. And, beholdj
because of thy gain which thou hast made,
scattering
I
smite
Judah
my hand
and over thy blood-
CHAP. XXII.
313
17-22.
of thee. Ver. 14. Will thy heart thy hands he strong for the day when I
guiltiness wliich is in the midst
indeed stand firm, or
icill
1 Jehovah have spoken
shall deal with thee f
and
it^
do
also
it.
Ver. 15. 1 will scatter thee among the nations, and disperse thee in the lands,
Ver. IQ.
and
And
from
will utterly remove thine uncleanness
thee.
thou wilt be desecrated through thyself before the eyes
of the nations, and know that
I am
Jehovah.
—Ver. 13
closely
is
This serves to explain the
connected with the preceding verse.
God
fact that the only sins mentioned as exciting the wrath of
and
are covetousness xi. 5)3
blood-guiltiness.
12 clearly shows,
is
^S"?,
Kings
2
as
H? a contracted expression for ^3 nan
7K (ch. xxi. 19), and the smiting of the hands together
For the form
gesture indicative of wrathful indignation. contracted from "n!?% see the leads
comm. on
ch. xvi. 45.
on to the threatening of judgment, so does
in anticipation to the terrible nature of the
The question, "
will
is
TiniK nfe'^j as in ch. xvi.
ripTO,
59 and
(cf. ch. xii. 15, xx. 23),
DOJ^, to
vii.
Niphal of
not from ?^}, as
}p, to
connected with
many
i.e.
cii.
27).
will scatter
take completely away.
D^iJ
as in ch. xx. 9,
V.''?^^,
who
follow the Sep-
in thyself,
te,
through thy sinful conduct and
sin,
Dnn^
(cf. Isa. iv. 4).
of the commentators
tuagint and Vulgate suppose. ^3, not in thee,
(cf . Ps.
The Lord
27.
and remove the uncleanness of
cause to cease, with />?n,
itself.
(cf. ch. xxi. 12),
away
namely, by purifying the people in exile
from
13
ver.
14 point
judgment
the opposite of D»3
as standing forms the antithesis to passing
them
ver.
a
thy heart stand firm?" involves a warning
lOV
against security.
— As
is
^^"i,
its
but through
consequences.
Vers. 17-22. Refining of Israel in the furnace of besieged
Jerusalem. ing,
—Ver.
17.
And
the
word of Jehovah came
me, say-
Ver. 18. Son of man, the house of Israel has become
as dross
;
they are all brass,
and
tin,
and
iron,
furnace; dross of silver have they become. thus saiih the
I gather you
gather together silver^
and
all
together in Jerusalem.
and
brass,
and
to
me
lead in the
Ver. 19. Therefore
Lord Jehovah, Because ye have
therefore, behold,
men
to
iron,
and
become dross,
Ver. 20. lead,
and
As tin
314
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL upon it for melting^ so loill I my anger and my wrath^ and put you in Ver. 21. And I will collect you together^ and blow
into the furnace^ to blow the fire
gather (you) together in
and melt you.
my wrath upon youy that ye may As silver is melted in the furnace, so
the fire of
be melted therein.
Ver. 22.
shall ye be melted
therein
(viz.
Jerusalem), and shall learn that
in
have poured out
my
wrath upon you.
no doubt upon the figure
rests
or dirt of sin
but
;
the dispersion of Israel
God, from
ver.
I
Jehovah
second word of
Tliis
God
in ver. 156, of the uncleanness
not an exposition of the removal of the
it is
For
predicted there.
dirt, as
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
that
among
was
be effected through
to
the nations, whereas the word of
17 onwards, represents the siege awaiting Jeru-
God
salem as a melting process, through wliich
will separate
the silver ore contained in Israel from the baser metals mingled
with
In
it.
ver. 18
commences with a
it
It has turned to dross,
existing condition of Israel. clearly a perfect,
and
is
by the clause yield
'131
nvn
is
is
not only precluded
in ver. 19, but could only be
made
to
an admissible sense by taking the middle clause of the
them brass and
verse,
*'
Israel
had become, or
of
}y*
vn
not to be taken as a prophetical future,
Such a rendering
as Kliefoth proposes.
description of the
all
of
Hebrew
tin," etc., as
a statement of what
as a preterite in opposition to all the rules
syntax, inasmuch as this clause merely furnishes
which only occurs here, for
an explanation of
3iD7"^\"i.
3^p signifies dross,
not smelting-ore (Kliefoth),
a^D,
literally,
rece-
danea, the baser ingredients which are mixed with the silver,
and separated from where
it
is
directly afterwards
brass, tin, iron,
and
*lp3, dross of silver,
of silver.
kind, the it
by smelting.
it
lead, i.e.
This
interpreted
and then
still
brass, tin, iron,
it
and
tin in
here,
consisting of
lead, with a
mixture
silver-dross of this
together in Jerusalem, to smelt
there as in a smelting furnace; just as
brass, iron, lead,
as
meaning
further defined as Cap
and
Because Israel had turned into
Lord would gather
the
is
men
gather together
a furnace to smelt them, or rather
to separate the silver contained therein,
fjoa nifnp, literally, a
CHAP. XXII.
315
23-31.
collection of silver, etc., for " like a collection."
The 3
simil. is
probably omitted for the sake of euphony, to avoid the discord occasioned by prefixing
it
Ezekiel mentions the silver
to nynjp.
some
as well, because there is
silver contained in the brass,
nomen
from
iron, etc., or the dross is silver-dross.
^I^n,
^03 in the Iliphil, smelting
as the smelting of silver
literally,
;
The smelting
takes place in the furnace.
verbale,
treated here simply
is
and consequently
as a figurative representation of punishment,
the result of the smelting, namely, the refining of the silver by the removal of the baser ingredients, further, as
the last siege of Jerusalem
Vers. 23-31. is
not referred to any
is
22, 25; Jer. vi.
i.
The
its
Thou
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
Ver. 23.
it ;
like
widows within
my
unholy,
and
a roaring
it.
lion,
holy things
Ver. 26. ;
they
and do not teach
they hide their eyes
among them. toolves,
make no
from my
with cement, seeing what
distinction between holy
Sabbaths,
Ver. 28. is
they crush the loretched
and
Ver. 30.
man who
and
might build a
icall
behalf of the land, that
may
it
are
like
shed blood,
and divining
for
lies
when Jehovah hath offer violence
the poor,
and
and oppress
/ seek among
them for a
step into the breach before
my
anger
me
I find none. upon them; I destroy
I might not destroy
Ver. 31. Therefore 1 pour out
and
and unclean,
And its prophets plaster
worthless,
the foreigner against right.
its
and I am profaned
Ver. 29. The common people ;
is
law and pro-
Ver. 27. Its princes in the midst of
not spoken.
on
my
the difference between clean
which rend prey in pieces, that they
theft
prophets
they multiply
;
Its priests violate
them, saying, " T7ius saith the Lord Jehovah,"
commit
its
which rends in pieces the prey, they
destroy souls, to acquire gain. it
the
Son of maUj say upon
Ver. 25. Conspiracy of
devour souls, take possessions <znd money
fane
And
art a land which is not shined upon, nor rained
in the day of anger.
within
the kingdom
all classes in
destruction.
loord of JeJiovah came to me, saying, Ver. 24. it,
Israel in
by the Chaldeans.
corrupt state of
the immediate cause of
to
27-30; Mai.
This smelting process was experienced by
2, 3.
iii.
the case in Isa.
is
it,
but
316
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
my
them in the fire of head,
necessity
word of God contained
the third tion
is
is
way upon their show the
give their
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; To more
still
clearly,
in
a descrip-
in this chapter
deep corruption among
given of the spread of
classes of the people,
dom
I
predicted judgment
the
for
wraths
of the Lord Jehovah.
saying
the
is
all
and the impossibility of saving the king-
The words
plainly shown.
n7""iDN,
say unto her," are
<'
taken by most of the commentators as referring to Jerusalem, the abominations of which the prophet
But although the
unquestionably be
made
is
commanded
" thou art a land,"
clause,
to
harmonize with
of ver. 30, " I sought for a
to declare.
etc. (ver. 24), this,
man who might
could
yet the words
stand in the gap
before Jehovah for the land," indicate most unquestionably that
word of God
this
consequently
pronoun
follows, the
to
which
city of
directed against the land of Judah, and
in this case
Num.
refers, as in
it
as in the preceding
was not the
kingdom
which
allusion to the
word of God the object referred
but the house of Israel, or the nation
city,
the Sept.,
is
nnnbp
is
here
The meaning
Judah.
of
N^^
question.
which
made
of ver.
to the land, or
24
is
a disputed
rendered ^ ov ^pexof^ivi] in taken by most of the expositors to mean, " it is not
cleansed," the form
iib^
But
is
being correctly rendered as a parti-
'"inn'cp
Fual of in^-
ciple
Any
xxiv. 17.
generally, from which a transition
the
pK
referring to
being placed before the noun
Jerusalem would therefore be somewhat out of place,
inasmuch to
is
R^ must be taken as
this
rendering does not furnish any
appropriate sense, unless the following words HD^a N7 are taken as a threat
upon
:
in the
there shall not be rain, or
day of wrath.
with the form of the word, pointing with as a
noun
DK^a
But
this
i^^^-?)
it
view
shall not is
according to the Masoretic
Mappik
in the n, is evidently
= DK'3.
In that
to contain a threat,
iT'n^.
be rained
hardly reconcilable
case, if the
meant
to
be taken
words were intended
ought not to be omitted.
But without
a verb the
words contain a statement in harmony with what
precedes.
We
regard the Chetib
riDtf'J
as
the perfect Pual
CHAP. XXII.
And
no^'3.
verb
not be objected to this that the Pual of this
let it
not met with elsewhere, for the form of the noun
is
with the
sound does not occur anywhere
ti
Pual, ncE'J N?
nnnbo
S^^
^17
23-31.
is
As
else.
D^'3
a perfect
a simple continuation of the participial clause
n?, containing
an aflSrmation, and cannot
like this
But " not be taken as a threat or prediction. " cleansed " and " not rained upon do not agree together, as
possibly
rain
is
idea.
not a means of purification according to the Hebrew It
of rain
is
is
true that in the law the withdrawal or suspension
threatened as a punishment from God, and the pour-
ing out of rain if
is
promised as a theocratical blessing.
But even
the words are taken in a tropical sense, as denoting a with-
drawal of the blessings of divine grace, they will not harmonize
We
with the other clause, " not cleansed."
n^nbD
in the sense of
therefore take
" shined upon by the light," or provided
with brightness; a meaning which
where tohar occurs
in
kindred word tzohar,
light.
sustained by Ex. xxiv. 10,
is
the sense of
In
this
splendour, and by the
way we
obtain the suitable
thought, land which has neither sunlight nor rain in the day of
wrath,
but
is
i.e.
does not enjoy a single trace of the divine blessing,
given up to the curse of barrenness.
tlireat is
The
given in vers. 25 sqq., where a picture
moral corruption of
all
ranks;
reason for this
is
drawn of the
of the prophets (ver. 25),
viz.
the priests (ver. 26), the princes (ver. 27), and the
people (ver. 29).
There
common
something very striking in the
is
much because they are may be accounted for on
allusion to the prophets in ver. 25, not so
mentioned again
in ver. 28,
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
for this
the ground that in the latter passage they are simply introduced as false advisers of the princes,
made concerning them
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
as
on account of the statement
in ver. 25, namely, that, like lions tear-
ing their prey, they devour souls, etc.; a description is
not given either in chap.
fore proposes to alter dcprjyovfxevot text,
or elsewhere.
into
H''?*''??
given by the
which confines
xiii.
^'^''^'3,
LXX.
itself to
which
Hitzig there-
after the rendering
This alteration of the
a single letter,
is
rendered very
";
318
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL. by the
plausible
fact that almost the
same
is
affirmed of the
persons mentioned in ver. 25 as of the princes in ver. 27, and that in the passage in Zephaniah to the
one
mind, the princes
The
prophets and the priests.
crown
so similar
is
D^')K'
in his
it
would correspond to
to the D^osy.
According
would indicate primarily the members of
family, possibly including the chief officers of the
and the
;
which
(rfosb') are called the
CX^K'J here
the n'"!f of Zephaniah, and the
the royal
3, 4),
and the judges
{y}''^^)
to ver. 6, the D''XY^3
(iii.
Ezekiel appears to have had
before us, that
D^"!*^
27) would be the heads of
(ver.
tribes,
of families, and of fathers' houses, in whose hands the national
administration of justice principally lay (cf. Ex.
Deut.
13-18; and
i.
my
Bibl. Arclidol.
ii.
§
xviii.
19sqq.
I therefore
149).
prefer this conjecture, or correction, to the Masoretic reading,
although the latter
Chaldee with
its
is
supported by ancient witnesses, such as the
rendering xn'iQp, scribes, and the version of
For the statement which the verse contains
Jerome.
applicable to prophets,
Masoretic text
is
not
and the best explanation given of the
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;namely, that
by Michaelis, " they have made
a compact with one another as to what kind of teaching they
would or would not give
and
;
in order that their authority
may continue undisturbed, they persecute even to who do not act with them, or obey them, but rather
blood those contradict
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; does not do justice to the words, but weakens their sense. is
not a predicate to
but
'li is
a genitive.
*33,
" they are
At
the same time, there
to take IK'? in the sense of "
The
cannot be sustained.
comparison to lions subject*,
is
fact that in
to
'li1
*"1N3
first
from the comparison
(they are like, etc.)
to a lion,
in its blood, in
no necessity
follows,
where the
(D^S^iJ'j)
are the
clause also these
There
be linked on to the following clause.
has captured
what
introduced, the D^N^33
simply proves that in the
^"^"i},
is
;
company," a rendering which
actually form the prominent idea.
plying
iK'i?
form) a conspiracy
{i.e.
men
is
no ground for sup-
;
but the simile
^^3X B'W
is
to
is
which devours the prey that
which
is
to
be explained it
the soul, or nephesh (Gen.
319
CHAP. XXII. 23-31.
ix.
4
;
tiable
Lev.
11
xvii.
sqq.).
The thought is this in their insamen and put them to death, number of victims (for the fact, see :
greed for riches they sacrifice
and thereby multiply the chap. xix.
What
7).
5,
stated in
is
first
two clauses occur word for word
;
26 concerning the
ver.
priests is simply a further expansion of
Zeph.
for
iii.
in
B''ip
where the
4,
Zephaniah
is
The
desecra-
tion of the holy things consisted in the fact that they
made no
really equivalent to
holy things and deeds.
between sacred and profane, clean and unclean.
distinction
For the
''B'li?,
compare Lev.
fact,
x. 10,
Their covering their
11.
eyes from the Sabbaths showed itself in their permitting the
Sabbaths to be desecrated by the people, without offering any opposition
Jer. xvii.
(cf.
(sdrim) to ravening wolves
27).
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;The comparison of
taken from Zeph.
is
following clause, compare ver. 12 and ch. souls to acquire gain
inasmuch yv?.
as,
men
For the
Destroying
xviii. 21,
the judges were to hate
affirmed in ver. 28 of the conduct of the false
repeated for the most part verbatim from ch.
is
By
10, 9, and 7.
of
is
10.
the rulers
3.
perfectly applicable to unjust judges,
according to Ex.
All that
prophets
is
xiii.
iii.
DHp,
which points back
xiii.
to the three classes
already mentioned, and not merely to the sdrim, the
who support the which assured them
prophets are represented as helpers of those
ungodly
in their
of prosperity. spiritual
and
^V (ver. 29), as distinguished from the
secular rulers of the nation, signifies the
With
people.
wicked ways, by oracles
Yl.^'}
reference to
ch. xviii. 7, 12, 18
;
and
their
for the
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;The corruption
is
and wickedness, see
command
the poor and foreigners, compare xxiv. 17.
sins
Ex.
common
against oppressing
xxii. 20,
21
so universal, that not a
;
Deut.
man
is
to
be found who could enter into the gap as a righteous man, or avert the
judgment of destruction by
refers not merely to the prophets,
gap according mentioned.
to ch.
xiii. 5,
who
but to
At the same time,
it
all
his intercession.
Dnp
did not enter into the
the classes previously
does not follow from
this,
that
entering into the gap by means of intercession cannot be the
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
'320
The
thing intended, as Hitzig supposes.
This
P.?'^ clearly refers to intercession.
is
expression ^J'3 '3S?
apparent from the
simple fact that, as Hitzig himself observes, the intercession of
Abraham the
mind
Sodom (Gen.
for
xviii.
13 sqq.) was floating before
of Ezekiel, since the concluding words of the verse
contain an obvious allusion to Gen.
Lord does not
find a single righteous
He
for the land,
man, who might intercede
pours out His anger upon
With
inhabitants thereof.
Because the
28.
xviii.
reference
to
to destroy the
it,
the
separate words employed, compare ch. xxi. 36, xi.
21,
and
It does not follow
xvi. 43.
fact
and the
vii.
4, ix. 10,
from the word
^SK'KJ,
For
that Ezekiel "is speaking after the catastrophe" (Hitzig).
although
'iis?'*?j
a righteous
expresses the consequence of Jehovah's seeking
man and
not finding one,
it
by no means follows
from the occurrence of the preterite ""nsyD S71 that ^SK'XJ also a preterite,
consequence
;
and
"ipf^]
is
simply connected with
in both verbs the
sequence of thought, and not of time.
Vav
^\?,'^^)
is
as a
consec. expresses the
The
seeking, therefore,
with the result of not having found, cannot be understood in a chronological sense,
i.e.
as
an event belonging
to the past, for
the simple reason that the preceding words do not record the chronological order of events.
It
merely depicts the existing
moral condition of the people, and ver. 30 sums up the result
was no one
of the description in the thought that there
found who could enter in the gap before God.
we cannot determine from
to be
Consequently
the imperfect with Vav consec. either
the time of the seeking and not finding, or that of the pouring out of the wrath.
CHAP. XXIII. OHOLAH AND OHOLIBAH, THE HARLOTS
SAMARIA AND JERUSALEM. Samaria and Jerusalem, as the of the two
kingdoms
Israel
capitals
and representatives
and Judah, are two
sisters,
who
have practised whoredom from the days of Egypt onwards
CHAP. XXIII.
(vers.
2-4).
&21
1-4.
Samaria has carried on
this
whoredom with
Assyria and Egypt, and has been given up by
power of the Assyrians
But Jerusalem,
as a consequent
(vers. 5-10).
more grievously with Assyria and
still
the Chaldeans, and, last of
In consequence of
all,
the
this,
make war upon them, and
with Egypt again (vers. 11-21).
Lord to
will
permit the Chaldeans to
plunder and put them to shame,
punishment for their whoredom and
fulness of God, they
may,
shown once more, and
their forget-
in the fullest measure, experience
In conclusion, both kingdoms
Samaria's fate (vers. 22-35). are
punishment
into the
instead of allowing this to serve as a warning,
committed fornication
so that, as a
God
in
severer terms, the guilt of
still
their idolatry (vers. 36-44), whilst the infliction of the punish-
ment In
for both adultery its
and murder
is
foretold (vers. 45-49).
word of God
general character, therefore, this
is
ordinate with the two preceding ones in ch. xxi. and setting forth once
the punishment allegory,
more
in a
comprehensive way the sins and
But
of Israel.
this is
which closely resembles in
allegorical
description in ch. xvi.
details, it possesses
;
done in the form of an
and
ment and execution
of the whole.
figures,
but
and the future
;
more
still
in the arrange-
allegory in ch. xvi.
Lord
in the past, the
but in the chapter before
us, the guilt
drawn between Jerusalem and show that the punishment of destruction, which
Samaria has brought upon
is
itself
through
course with the heathen, will inevitably
and Judah
own, not only in
Israel stand in the foreground of the picture
throughout, so that a parallel
Samaria, to
its
The
depicts the attitude of Israel towards the
and punishment of
general features the
its
though, in the particular
a character peculiarly
certain original turns
present,
co-
xxii.,
its
adulterous inter-
fall
upon Jerusalem
also.
Vers. 1-4.
The
sisters
Oholah and Oholibah.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
1.
And
word of Jehovah came to me, saying^ Ver. 2. Son of man^ two womenj daughters of one mother were they, Ver. 3. They committed whoredom in Egypt, in their youth they committed EZEK. I. X
the
322
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
whoredom
;
there
the greater,
bare sons
and Oholibah her
formed from nn
is
"
"â&#x20AC;˘pns,
Ver.
4.
sister
;
But
and daughters.
and Jerusalem
Oholah,
men
were their breasts pressed^ and there
handled their virgin bosom.
my
Their names are Oholahy
and
their
Oholibah.
and
they became mine,
names are: Samaria
is
name
^^
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; The
tent in her
;
"^^.n??
and, accordingly,
"
" her tent," and not to be be derived from npnx tt:|t7 regarded as an abbreviation of na n^nx, " her tent in her," as n?nK TTtiT
to
is
/
Hitzig and Kliefoth maintain.
There
no ground for
is
my
assumption, as " her tent," in contrast with "
this
tent in her,"
expresses the thought with sufficient clearness, that she had a tent of her own,
come
and the place where her tent was does not
into consideration.
own
sanctuary,
Samaria and Jerusalem, as the kingdoms,
represent
the sanctuary
toward the Lord.
to their attitude
salem had the sanctuary of Jehovah
hand, had her
is
both
:
These names characterize the two
tabernacle and temple.
kingdoms according
The " tent "
Israel
;
Jeru-
Samaria, on the other
one invented by herself.
i.e.
historical
of the
ten
names of the two and Judah.
tribes
Oholah and Oholibah are daughters of one mother, because they were the two halves of the one Israel called
;
and they are
women, because Jehovah had married them
Oholah
is
called
elder, see the
the great,
'^^i"'2i],
comm. on
i.e.
ch. xvi. 46)
;
(ver. 4).
greater sister (not the
because ten
the
tribes,
Judah They committed whoredom even in Egypt in their youth, for even in Egypt the Israelites defiled themselves with Egyptian idolatry (see the comm. on ch. xx. 7).
greater portion of Israel, belonged to Samaria, whereas
had only two
tribes.
"nVD, to press, to crush
handling. tractare,
:
the Fual
is
used here to denote lewd
In a similar manner the Piel
nfe'j;
is
used to signify
contrectare mammas, in an obscene sense.
Vers. 5-10. Samaria's whoredom and punishment.â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver. 5.
And
Oholibah played the harlot under me, and burned towards
her lovers, even as far
as Assyna,
standing near
;
Ver.
Clothed in purple, governors and oncers, all of them choice
6.
men
CHAP. XXIII.
323
5-10.
of good deportment, horsemen riding vpon she directed her whoredom toward them, to of Assyria
all
and with
of them,
all
with all their idols she defiled herself.
Ver.
horses.
the choice
of
7.
And
the sons
towards
whom
Ver.
Also her whoredom
8.
she hurned,
from Egypt she did not give up ; for they had lain with her in her youth, and they had handled her virgin bosom, and had poured Ver.
out their lust upon her. the
hand of her
whom took
she
lovers, into the
Therefore
I have
given her into
hand of the sons of Assyria, towards
Ver. 10. They uncovered her nakedness,
was inflamed.
away her
9.
and her daughters, and slew her with
sons
the
sword, so that she became a legend among the women, and executed
judgments upon
her.
and Egypt denote
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Coquetting
reh'gious
and
and whoring with Assyria
political leaning
towards and
connection with these nations and kingdoms, including idolatry
and the formation of is to 3JJ^,
alliances with them, as in chap. xvi.
be interpreted in accordance with
'^^'^'^
HK'^X nnri (ch. xvi. 32).
which only occurs in Ezekiel and once
in
Jeremiah, denotes
the eager desire kindled by passionate love towards any one.
By
the words
">lls^X"7S
the lovers are more precisely defined.
without an article
W'yr\\>
is
not an adjective, belonging to
rfanso, but in apposition, which
is
continued in the next verse.
In these appositions the particular features, which excited the ardent passion towards the lovers, are pointed out.
not
3111? is
to be taken in an outward or local sense, but as signifying
inward or spiritual nearness
:
standing near,
inwardly related, as in Ps. xxxviii. 12
;
Job
equivalent xix.
14.
to
The
description given of the Assyrians in ver. 6 contains the thought
that Israel, dazzled by Assyria's splendour, and overpowered
by
the might of that kingdom, had been drawn into intercourse
with the Assyrians, which led her astray into idolatry. predicate, clothed in purple, points to the splendour
of this imperial power of
its
military force.
grades
(cf. Jer.
li.
;
the other predicates, to the magnitude
^''^JPI niriQ
57).
The
and glory
are rulers of higher and lower
" Here the expression
is
a general
one, signifying the different classes of office-bearers in the
824
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
With regard
kingdom" (Havernick). on Hag.
1
i.
;
and for
ing upon horses"
I3D,
see Delitzsch
added
is
to
my comm.
to nnSj see
on
" Rid-
Isa. xli. 25.
C^Jna to denote
the noblest
horsemen, in contrast to riders upon asses and camels
In ver. lb
Isa. xxi. 7).
and defines more precisely the
nniVj
witli all
towards
whom
cf.
733
instigation to pollution
she burned in love, namely, with
The thought
(the lovers') idols.
(
Dn'7i1'r732i is in apposition to "^SJ'K
as
is
follows
was not
it
:
:
all their
merely through her intercourse with the Assyrians that Israel defiled herself, but also
through their
Samaria did not give up the idolatry which Egypt.
It
At
idols. it
had derived from
was from Egypt that the worship of God under the
The words
image of the golden calves had been imported.
much
them
too strong for us to understand
defiled themselves with
in ver. 8b.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Vers.
Egypt
7, that even in
observed at ch. xx.
9, 10.
Egyptian
As
are
as relating simply
We
to political intercourse, as Hitzig has done.
had
same time,
the
have already the Israelites
itself
idolatry, as
a punishment for
is
this,
also stated
God gave
Samaria into the power of the Assyrians, so that they executed
judgment upon the from the figure
harlot.
to the fact.
La ver. 106 the prophecy passes
The uncovering
of the nakedness
and daughters,
consisted in the transportation of the sons
the population of Samaria, into exile by the Assyrians,
the
woman
the
kingdom
of Samaria.
for
women
that
herself with the sword
;
Thus
to say, her
is
;
Havernick supposes D^LJBB' (cf. ch. xvi.
Vers. 11-21. Oholibah saw
it,
who slew
in other words, destroyed
name among
did Samaria become a
name was
the nations, her fate became an ridicule to the nations, not " a
i.e.
circulated
object of conversation and
nickname for the
(vid. ch. xxxvi. 3).
nations,^' as
Cp^SB*, a later foi"m for
41).
Whoredom of Judah. and
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
carried on her coquetry
11.
And her sister
still
more wantonly
than she had done, and her whoredom more than the whoredom of her
sister.
Ver. 12. She was injlamed with lust towards the sons
of AsshuTj governors and
officers,
standirtg
near,
clotlied
in
CHAP. XXIII.
•perfect beauty,
horsemen riding upon
men of good
Jiorses, choice
And I saw that she had defiled herself; way. Ver. 14. And she carried her whoredom
Ver. 13.
deportment.
they both went one
men engraved upon
further; she saw
still
S2S
11-21.
the wall, figures
of
Chaldeans engraved with red ochre, Ver. 15. Girded about the hips with girdles, loith overhanging caps upon their heads, all of
them knights in appearance, resembling the sons of Babel, the land of whose birth
Chaldea
is
And
Ver. 16.
:
she
with lust toward them, xchen her eyes saw them,
to her to the
dom ; and when itself
bed of
had
she
sent messen-
Ver. 17. Tlien the sons of Babylon
gers to them to Chaldea.
came
was inflamed
and
away from them.
and
love,
defiled her with their whore-
defiled herself with them, her soul tore
And when she uncovered her my soul tore itself away
Ver. 18.
whoredom, and uncovered her nakedness,
from
her,
Ver. 19.
my
as
And
had torn
soul
itself
she increased her ichoredom, so that she
bered the days of her youth, when the
paramours, who have members
they of
The
Thou
lookest after
she played the
And
Ver. 20.
land of Egypt.
Ver. 21.
thought in these verses
sinful intercourse with Assyria,
had done, but
it
remem-
harlot
in
and heat
like
horses.
lewdness of thy youth, when
Egypt handled thy bosom because of thy
train of
sister.
she burned toward their
like asses
the
went much further than Samaria.
latter
away from her
is
virgin breasts.
the following
:
—
—Judah
It not only indulged in
which led on
also allowed
to idolatry as the
be led astray by
itself to
the splendour of Chaldea, to form alliances with that imperial
power, and to defile
became
itself
with her idolatry.
tired of the Chaldeans,
with the Egyptians, as sojourn in Egypt.
The
it
it
had done once before during and
6,
and
i'ilP^iD
''V27
is
The former expression, which occurs must really mean the same as riPan '2^,
''^27.
again in ch. xxxviii. 4, it
its
except that some of the
predicates are placed in a different order,
But
it
description of the Assyrians in ver. 12
coincides with that in vers. 5
substituted for npDn
And when
formed impure connections
does not follow from this that ?'02p signifies purple, as
326
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
The
Hitzig maintains.
used of the clothing,
true
meaning
rendering, evirapv^aj with a beautiful border,
a variegated one,
— merely
ver.
—There
;
—more
14 as to the way in which Judah was seduced
work, or sculpture).
from 7?9»
*^
Pi^n,
engraved
These figures were pictures of Chaldeans,
an adjective form
cloth,
to cultivate
She saw men engraved or
a participle Pual of
(p^JI}^,
engraved (drawn) with "•^i^n,
is "i»3 ^B'a!',
great obscurity in the statement in
is
intercourse with the Chaldeans.
drawn upon the wall
especially
expresses the sense, but not the
The Chaldee rendering
actual meaninc; of ^v30. perfecte induti.
and when The Septuagint
perfection
is
signifies perfect beauty.
it
red ochre, a bright-red colour.
iti'B',
"liJn,
wearing a
Dy^^D, coloured
girdle.
colour; here, according to the context, n^iD,
variegated head -bands or turbans.
The
used here of the cap.
reference
the
overhanging,
the tiarae tinctae
is to
(Vulgate), the lofty turbans or caps, as they are to be seen
upon the monuments of ancient Nineveh. warriors, but knights
:
"
tristataey the
after the regal dignity"
and 2 Sam.
xlv. 7
xxiii. 8).
(Jerome.
The
D"'C'v^,
name
not chariot-
of the second grade
See the comm. on Ex.
description of these engrav-
ings answers perfectly to the sculptures upon the inner walls of the Assyrian palaces in the
and Kouyunjik
monuments
(see Layard's
Vaux, Nineveh and Persepolis).
of
Nimrud, Khorsabad,
Nineveh and
The
its
Remains, and
pictures of the Chaldeans
are not mythological figures (Havernick), but sculptures depict-
ing war-scenes, triumphal processions of Chaldean rulers and warriors, with
which the Assyrian palaces were adorned.
have not to look for these sculptures This cannot be inferred from ch. poses
;
nor established by
must have been
in
viii.
We
Jerusalem or Palestine. 10, as
Havernick sup-
Hitzig's argument, that the
in circumstances to see
woman The
such pictures.
intercourse between Palestine and Nineveh, which
was carried
on even in Jonah's time, was quite sufficient to render possible for the pictures to be seen. to
When
it
Israelites travelled
Nineveh, and saw the palaces there, they could easily make
32r
CHAP. XXIir. 11-21.
acquainted with
people
the
of Nineveh by
the glory
accounts they would give on their return. this,
to state that the
woman
It
the
no reply
is
does not send ambassadors
afterwards (ver. 16), as Hitzig argues; for
Judah
to
till
am-
sent
bassadors to Chaldea not to view the glories of Assyria, but to
form alliances with the Chaldeans, or to sue for their favour.
Such an embassy,
for example,
was sent
kiah (Jer. xxix. 3); and there Ezekiel has this in his mind.
is
to
Babylon by Zede-
no doubt that
Others
may have
in ver.
166
preceded
this,
concerning which the books of Kings and Chronicles are Just as silent as they are concerning that of Zedekiah.
in these verses
made by
therefore the following
is
:
The thought
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;The acquaintance
(Judah) with the imperial splendour of the
Israel
Chaldeans, as exhibited in the sculptures of their palaces, incited
Judah
to cultivate political
and mercantile intercourse
with this imperial power, which led to in
the heathen ways
and
Chaldeans themselves came and
filled it
becoming entangled
with disgust,
all this
The
conse-
Judah
instead of returning to the Lord,
Judah
Lord became
turned to the other power of the world, namely, to Egypt in the tiqie of
Zedekiah renewed
its
which the Keri
The form
also gives in ver. 18, has
a feminine termination (not the cohortative
Prov. D''K'3?3
i.
20,
viii.
1 {vid. Delitzsch,
On
a/j),
is
idolatry.
The
nasyril
taken ah as
Job, pp. 117 and 268).
are scorta mascula here (Kimchi),
Egyptian
and
like nahn in
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;a
drastically sarcastic
epithet applied to the sdrisim, the eunuchs, or courtiers. figurative epithet answers to the
;
ancient coquetry with that
nation (vers. 19-21 compared with ver. 8). in ver. 20,
in-
tired of
was, that the
For
(vers. 17, 18).
an
Judah with heathenism, because it was brought
thereby into dependence upon the Chaldeans.
quence of
The
the Chaldeans.
laid the foundation for
tercourse which led to the pollution of
and afterwards
its
idolatry of
The
licentious character of the
sexual heat both of horses and asses
referred to by Aristotle, Hist. anim. vi. 22, and Columella,
de re rust,
vi,
27; and that of the horse has already been
;
828
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
applied to the idolatry of the people IB'3, as ia ch. xvi. 26.
V. 8).
anything,
search for
to
i.e.
it
;
by Jeremiah
(vid. Jer.
(ver. 21), to look
*ii?s
not to miss
about for
as Hiivernick
it,
imagines.
Vers. 22-35. Punishment of the harlot Jerusalem.
raise
up thy
itself
away, and cause them
lovers against
from whom
thee,
to
come upon
Ver. 23. The sons of Babel, and
and
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver. 22.
Lord Jehovah, Behold, I
Oholibah, thus saith the
Therefore,
thy soul has torn
thee
from
every side
;
all the Chaldeans, rulers, lords,
of Assyria with them: chosen men of
nobles, all the sons
graceful deportment, governors and ojicers together, knights and
upon
all riding
counsellors,
come upon
host of peoples
and
target
;
against thee round about they
that
And I
may judge
my
direct
and
last
and I commit
:
nose
;
and
and thy
no more
thy lift
them the judgment,
ears will they cut off
Ver. 25.
whoredom from
I
from
clothes
from
thee,
and
of Egypt:
hand of
from whom thy
those
whom
thee
naked and bare
;
thou hatest, into the
and
away
to thee,
way of
that thy whorish
sister
And
they
and
leave
shame may be uncovered, Ver. 30.
defiling thyself with their idols.
thy sister hast thou walked ; therefore
into thy hand.
of thy
Ver. 29.
t/iee
those
This shall
because thou goest whoring after the nations,
on account of thy the
:
I give
hand of
take all thy gain,
and thy lewdness and thy whoredom. happen
from
may est
and no longer remember Egypt.
soul has torn itself
shall deal with thee in hatred,
take thy
that thou
Ver. 28. For thus saith the Lord Jehovah, Behold, into the
thee
they will take thy sons
will abolish thy lewdness
the land
thine eyes to them,
:
deal
eliall
one will be consumed by fire,
last
Ver. 27.
splendid jewellery.
and
will they direct
thee according to their rights.
Ver. 26. They will strip off thy
thee,
to
they will
and with a
wheels,
and helmet
one shall fall by the sword
thy daughters
and
jealousy against thee, so that they
with thee in wrath
and thy
:
shield
And
Ver. 24.
horses.
thee with weapons, chariots,
and
Ver. 31. In
I give
her cup
Ver. 32. Thus saith the Lord Jehovah, The cup
thou shall drink, the deep and broad one
; it will
I
CHAP. XXIII.
he for laughter
and for
321^
22-85.
because
derision^
it
contains so much.
Ver. 33. Thou wilt become full of drunkenness and misery
and
of desolation
Ver. 34. Thou wilt drink ments,
and
it
up and drain
tear thy breasts (therewith)
saying of the
:
a cup
devastation is the cup of thy sister Samaria.
Lord Jehovah.
Lord Jehovah, Because
and gnaw
its
frag-
I have spoken it,
is the
it,
for
;
Ver. 35. Therefore thus saith the
thou hast forgotten me,
and hast
me
cast
behind thy back, thou shalt also bear thy lewdness and thy whore-
— As
Jerusalem has given herself up to whoredom,
like
sister
Samaria, she shall also share her
The
dom. her
whom
paramours, of
The Chaldeans
against her as enemies. their
her.
God
will
will bring
come with
all
might, and execute the judgment of destruction upon
—For
the purpose of depicting their great and powerful
enumerates in vers. 23 and 24 the peoples and
forces, Ezekiel
their
sister's fate.
she has become tired,
equipment
military
viz.
:
the sons of Babel,
inhabitants of Babylonia, the Chaldeans,
the empire at that time,
— and
all
the
i.e.
— the ruling people of
the sons of Asshur,
the
i.e.
inhabitants of the eastern portions of the empire, the former
There
rulers of the world. yipl
^VA
^^p^,
mously taken
Ewald
Chaldean empire. ;
for the
words
in the
also
adopts this view,
words are in apposition to
as the omission of the copula is
some obscurity
be the names of different tribes in the
to
certainly incorrect
This
is
which the older theologians have almost unani-
1
before ^ip^
confirmed by the fact that
JrttJ'
is
is
but
it
sufficient to
show.
used, in Isa. xxxii. 5
and Job xxxiv. 19, in the sense of the man of high rank, tinguished for his prosperity, which the passage before us.
is
quite in
Consequently lipQ
is
is
be sought in the verb
to
and the abstract oversight
vision, or lead
;
or ruler,
an equivalent to
as
T'p3.
Rabbins, the Vulgate, and others, nobles.
The
''psi,
predicates in ver.
is
harmony with 21
1.
;
but the
to exercise super-
used for overseer,
Lastly, J?^P
dis-
not to be taken in
the sense of visitation or punishment, after Jer.
meaning
is
D''"nb'3-!?rilj
according to
signifies
princes,
236 are repeated from
vers.
or
6
330 and
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL. and
12,
alone
CNl""!?
This
added.
is
a word taken from
is
the Pentateuch, wliere the heads of the tribes and families, as
being members of the council of the whole congregation of are called
Israel,
summoned
or
>y^VJ} ''Knip
to the meeting
(Num.
*lVio i.
persons called or
''*?'iii?,
As
16, xvi. 2).
Michaelis
has aptly observed, " he describes them sarcastically in the very
same way
whom
^€7. nfn,
—
—There
also either
{vh,
—
?pi) 33t
would seem
air.
as regards not only
The
position in the sentence.
its
associated with
the
a difficulty in explaining the
is
which many MSS. read
for
meaning, but
its is
which he had previously described those upon
in
she doted."
fact that
it
to indicate that l^h
is
At
an implement of war or some kind of weapon.
same time, the words cannot be the subject
the expression
which
D"*J3y ^>}\^^\
to ^N^^
but as
;
clearly shows, they
follows,
simply contain a subordinate definition of the manner in which, or the things with which, the peoples mentioned in vers. 23, 24 will
come, while they are governed by the verb in the freest
way.
The
remove the
Ewald and Hitzig have made
attempts which difficulty,
extremely improbable. place before them)
^\}''?P?
^^^^, I give
V.?? \^^j as in 1
;
up
to
Kings viii. 46,
or give a thing into a person's hand or power.' this sense in
Gen.
xiii.
9 and xxiv. 51.
execution of the judgment
is
— In
as the earlier expositors suppose,
them
(not, I
to deliver up,
\jS? is
used in
vers. 25, 26, the
depicted in detail.
" they take away thy nose and ears," are not
among
to
The
words,
be interpreted,
from the custom prevalent
the Egyptians and other nations of cutting off the nose
of an adulteress
;
but depict, by one particular example, the
mutilation of prisoners captured by their enemies. posterity,
which by no means
n"'"inN
:
comm. on Amos
iv.
employed in the
first
second clause, the
last
taking
away
2)
;
not
suits the last clause of the verse,
and cannot be defended from the usage of the language the
to
by means of conjectures, are forced and
but the
last,
(see
according to the figure
clause, the trunk;
or,
following the
thing remaining in Jerusalem, after the
of the sons and daughters,
i.e.
after the slaying
CHAP. XXIII.
and the deportation of the inhabitants,
For of Egypt"
—
compare ch.
ver. 26,
831
22-35.
xvi. 39.
—
viz.
the empty houses.
In ver. 27, "from the land
Egypt;"
not equivalent to "dating from
is
for
according to the parallel ^SO, from thee, this definition does not
belong to ^nWT, " thy whoredom," but to
whoredom
Egypt"
cease from
to
ver. 29, see vers.
25 and 26, and ch.
back to ver. 13; and ver. 31 &
Judah
32-34.
judgment of God, cup, compare Isa.
exhausts is
—For —
ver.
all its
still
further expanded in
cup of the wrathful
For the
Samaria has done.
as
li.
is
28a,
and for
Ver. 31 looks
xvi. 39.
drink the
shall
17 and Jer. xxv. 15.
32 as deep and wide,
in ver.
(Hitzig).
" I cause thy
ch. xvi. 37; for ver. 28J, vid. ver. 17 above;
compare
vers.
''J^??''?,
figure of the
This cup
described
is
very capacious, so that whoever
i.e.
contents
must be thoroughly
intoxicated.
HMJn
but
the subject is n3"i»j
and not
The
the third person
;
Di3.
greatness or breadth of the cup will be a subject of laughter
and
It
ridicule.
read
:
will
is
very arbitrary to supply "
even yield a suitable meaning, since nations
to iliee" so as to
be for laughter and ridicule to thee, which does not
who laugh
at the
second person, thou wilt become in the gender, as the masculine
it
is
not
Judah but
Others regard
cup.
the
as the
"Tinn
but apart from the anomaly
;
would stand for the feminine,
Hitzig has adduced the forcible objection, that according to this
view the words would not only anticipate the explanation
given of the figure
consequences of the
in
the next verse, but would announce the |il3?'
jiJ^l.
mentioned there.
fore proposes to erase the words
and
to alter
"I^IP into
But
capacious.
there
is
critical violence as this. it
is
'"IS"]^
:
from
"'•nJ?
Hitzig there-
to 3P?i as a gloss,
which contains much,
is
very
not suflicient reason to warrant such
Although the form
i^S"}? is air. Xe7.,
not to be rejected as a nomen suhst.; and
if
we
take
yyrb nanp, the magnitude to hold, as the subject of the sentence,
it
contains a
still
further description of the cup,
which does not anticipate what follows, even though the cup will
be an object of laughter and
ridicule, not so
much
for
its
—
332
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL. because of
size, as
In
empty.
being destined
be drunk completely
to
misery, being added to
lamentation,
|i3),
its
33 the figure and the fact are combined,
ver.
drunkenness,
lilSK',
and the cup being designated a cup of devastation.
into the
expanded
is
in the boldest
of the breasts with the fragments.
judgment
the
For
women.
wilt thou
summary
—Ver.
caused
to
and
;
For
pass through
them
to
sanctuary the same day
to
acted thus in the midst of
self
to
my
their
loud noise became
my
my
their hands,
incense
whoredom
to
her
itself
to
table
to the
of the
who was
came
And
my
into
was spread before them, Ver. 42.
oil.
men
desert,
upon
go whoring, Ver. 44. ;
sent,
didst seat thy-
And
the
out of the multitude
and
they "put armlets
their heads.
debilitated for adultery.
her as they go in to a tchore
them according
sanctuary
them was a message
and my
glorious crowns
Oholibah, the lewd women.
my
thou didst bathe thyself, paint
and
still thereat,
and
they have
Ver. 40. Yea, they have
house.
whom
there icere brought topers out
shall judge
they
idols,
me
desecrate it; and, behold, they have
upon a splendid cushion, and a
Then I said
and
Ver. 39. When
Sabbaths.
and put on ornaments, Ver. 41.
thou didst lay thereon
upon
me, Son of
Ver. 38. Yea
they have defiled
men coming from afar ;
and, behold, they came, for thine eyes,
punishment to
they bare to
devoured.
to be
me ;
their sons
they slaughtered
her
whom
same day, and have desecrated
even sent to
Jehovah said
52 and 58.
they have committed adidtei'i/j
their sons also
morCy they have done this to the
of the sins and
And
36.
xvi.
hands ; and they have committed adultery with
in their
their idols
35 the picture of
ver.
judge Oholah and Oholibah, then show them their
abominations ; Ver. 37. is
— In
compare ch.
ver. 356,
Vers. 36-49. Anotlier of the two
blood
The
in ver.
closed witli a repetition of the description of
is
the nation's guilt.
man,
manner
34 gnawing of the fragments of the cup, and the tearing
figure of drinking
And
Ver. 43.
Now
will
they will go in to
so did they go in to Oholah
and
Ver. 45. But righteous meuj these to
the
judgment of adulteresses and
according to the judgment of murderesses
;
for they are adulter'
CHAP. XXIII.
and
esses,
the
Lord
and
sons
; their
their houses with fire.
from
the land, that all
upon yoUy and ye
I am
the
and
and
Ver. 47.
cut them in pieces with
their daughters shall they kill,
I
Ver. 48. Thus will
women may
And
Ver. 49.
lewdness like you.
that
up against them an assembly,
will hiring
the assembly shall stone them,
swords
their
I
them up for maltreating and for booty.
deliver
And
Ver. 46. For thus saith
there is blood in their hands.
Jehovah,
333
SC-49.
take
eradicate lewdness
warning and not practise
they shall bring your lewdness
shall bear the sins
Lord Jehovah.
and burn
of your
idols,
and
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; The introductory words
shall learn tSiSK-'fin
'lJ1
point back not only to ch. xxii. 2, Lut also to ch. xx. 4, and show that this section
group is
is
really a
The
(ch. XX. 23).
summary of
the contents of the whole
actual subject-matter of these verses
closely connected with ver. 16,
more
especially in the desig-
nation of the sins as adultery and bloodshed (compare vers. 37
and 45 with ch.
xvi. 38).
'â&#x20AC;˘^'^X ^XJ, to
commit adultery
w^itli
the idols, whereby the idols are placed on a par with Jehovah as the
husband of Israel (compare Jer.
iii.
8 and
ii.
For
27).
the Moloch-worship in ver. 375, compare ch. xvi. 20, 21, and
The
ch. XX. 31.
minutely
desecration of the sanctuary (ver. 38a)
so offended the
LXX.
is
more
K^nn Di'3 in ver. 38, which has
defined in ver. 39.
and Hitzig that
it
former, while the latter proposes to strike
is it
omitted by the
out as a gloss,
is
added for the purpose of designating the profanation of the sanctuary as contemporaneous with the Moloch-worship ver. 376, as
is
evident from ver. 39.
pare 2 Kings xxi. 4,
5, 7.
in ch. XX. 13, 16.
For
words are not children to after they
to
fact itself,
desecration of the Sabbaths, as
ver. 39a,
compare ch.
xvi. 21.
sacrificed children to
Moloch, they went into the
and thus placed Jehovah upon a par with Moloch.
In
vers.
The
in the temple, but simply that immediately
temple of Jehovah, that there they might worship Jehovah
a profanation
of
com-
be understood as signifying that they sacrificed
Moloch
had
The
For the
('>?'?)
of
40-44 the
also,
This was
His sanctuary. allusion
is
not to actual idolatry, but to
334
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL. ungodly alliance into which Judah
the
Judah
Chaldea.
had entered with'
sent ambassadors to Chaldea,
and for the
woman
purpose of receiving the Chaldeans, adorned herself as a
would do
upon a splendid divan, and
self
have offered to Jehovah.
to
This
which Kliefoth has correctly given of ^3
emphatic ence
is
to a
H^l in ver.
40
is
oil
that she
the explanation
is
40 and 41.
The
show that the
refer-
vers.
sufficient to
new crime deserving
was a
in front of this there
upon which stood the incense and the
table spread,
ought
She seated her-
for the reception of her paramours.
This cannot
of punishment.
be idolatry, because the worship of Moloch has already been
mentioned in
38 and 39 as the worst of
vers.
Moreover, sending for (or
abominations.
the idolatrous
all
to)
men who come
from afar does not apply
to idolatry in the literal sense of the
whom
the harlot sent messengers to invite
word; for men
them
to
come
to
The
distant land.
allusion
and, according to ver. 42,
who
the former
is
There
objection, namely, that the one
woman
their being sent for
to a
rather to Assyrians or Chaldeans,
is
it
here (compare Isa. xxxix. 3).
is
are referred to
no force
in Hitzig's
sent to these, and that
and coming have already been disposed of
For the singulars
in ver. 16.
which she sent
to her could not be idols for
that even here only one
in the last clause of ver.
woman
is
said to
40 show
have sent for the men.
Again, njnpK'n might even be the third person singular, as this
form does sometimes take the termination and Ges.
ยง 47,
Anm.
3).
At
nj (^vid,
Ewald,
the same time, there
is
ยง
191c,
nothing in
the fact that the sending to Chaldea has already been
men-
tioned in ver. 16 to preclude another allusion to the
same
circumstance from a different point of view.
The woman men
adorned herself that she might secure the favour of the for
whom
she had sent.
?n3
(not lay
ix.
30.
fact itself, see the
She then seated
down upon a bed
and in front of
the Arabic J^j^^, to paint the
For the
eyes with stibium (kohol).
on 2 Kings
is
;
this there
herself
for ^^^ does not
was a
table,
remarks
upon a cushion
mean
to lie
down),
spread with different
;
CHAP. XXIII.
335
36-49.
kinds of food, upon which she placed incense and suffix to
n""?!;
and
refers to inp^',
is
suits the table as a thing, whilst in?^ generally takes the
which
In ver. 41, Ewald and Havernick
termination nS in the plural.
and of the
detect a description of the lectisteiiiia
But
worship of the Babylonian Mylitta.
upon a cushion (divan), nor the
(SK'^)
woman
and that with the men for is
cf.
Ps.
incense and
xxiii. 5),
my
her, she evidently intends to dine,
whom
to
(Amos
6; Prov.
vi.
and
oil
to
His
have devoted
given to her by service, .
ii.
was the
The
10). gift of
oil,
it,
Jehovah
;
money with which Judah
or the goods bartered for
Such renderings
tiidinis exultantis in
18
and although incense was not a pro-
God, Jehovah could also call obscure.
but had xvi.
as the produce of the land of Palestine,
duction of Palestine, yet as the
purchased
"My
and the incense for burning."
squandered upon herself and her foreign friends (cf ch.
Hos.
The
she has adorned herself.
oil" are the incense
God, which she ought
by the
As Hitzig has
this.
meant for anointing at meal-time
17;
neither the sitting
she has taken her seat upon a cushion,
if
and has a table spread before
oil
licentious
position taken
behind the table, harmonizes with
correctly observed, "
xxi.
The
oil.
to be taken as a neuter,
it
it,
were the
His incense.
of the
Ver. 42
clause as
first
gifts of
et
is
very
vox multi-
ea (Vulg.), and " the voice of a careless
multitude within her" (Havernick), can hardly be sustained.
In every other passage
in
which
t''^^
occurs,
^ip
it
does not sig-
nify the voice of a multitude, but a loud tumult; compare Isa. xiii. 4, xxxiii. 3, is
Dan.
x. 6,
and 1 Sam.
used as synonymous with
pon
is
ni?J?sn pip.
used for a multitude,
tumultuous crowd.
it
iv.
14,
Even
where
in cases
and
w
Consequently
does not
mean
where
denotes a noisy, boisterous,
w
cannot be taken as an
adjective connected with iiOHj because a quiet tumult tradiction,
li^^i^n 7\\>
is
a con-
either exulians or recklessly
breaking loose (Havernick), but simply living in quiet, peaceful
and contented.
pen
?ip; the
vE'
must therefore be the predicate
to
sound of the tumult or the loud noise was (or
336
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
became)
quiet,
^3, thereat (neuter, like H3, thereby,
still.
The words which
xxiv. 14).
follow,
'«^ D^B'JK
Gen.
h^\ are not to
be taken with the preceding clause, as the connection would
They belong to what follows. Dis 21D men who came from afar (ver. 40). In
no sense.
yield
can only be the
tion to these, there
from the
were broujzht,
The
desert.
K3D, drinkers, topers of the
The
Kal
D''t?3,
i.e.
Chetib D^KliD
is
no doubt a is
participle of
chosen instead
for the sake of the paronomasia, with D^KaiD.
p^^X
V?»
the Chaldeans (723
\33j
former, therefore, can only be the Assyrians
and
vers. 5
7), the latter (the topers)
The
ver. 15).
epithet drinkers
the sons of Babylon
maxime
lonians as
addi-
induced to come, topers
and the Hophal D^N3^D
;
D'B'JK
in
The phrase "from
;
is
a very appropriate one for
as Curtius (ver. 1) describes the
mnwfn
et
quae ebrietatem sequuntur
Babyeffusi.
home
the desert" cannot indicate the
of
these men, although isisi? corresponds to pn")^D in ver. 40, but
simply the place from which they came to Judah, namely, from the desert of Syria and Arabia, which separated Palestine from
These peoples decorated the arms of the
Babylon.
harlots
with clasps, and their heads with splendid wreaths (crowns).
The
plural suffixes indicate that the words apply to both
and
this is
ver. 44.
confirmed by the fact that they are both
The
the pn"!Sp
subject to ^^n^
I^^B'JK
not merely the
The thought
in ver. 40.
and Judah had attained
is
named
2'''<3iD,
in
but also
simply that Samaria
and earthly glory through
to wealth
their intercourse with these nations
is
women,
;
the very gifts with which,
according to ch. xvi. 11 sqq., Jehovah Himself had adorned
His people. in
its
The meaning
of the verse, therefore,
connection, appears to be the following:
when taken
—When
the
Assyrians began to form alliances with Israel, quiet was the
immediate
result.
The Chaldeans were
afterwards added to
these, so that through their adulterous intercourse with both
these nations Israel and
Judah acquired both wealth and
God
The
sentence which
that
Judah had sunk
pronounced upon
this
glory.
conduct was,
so deeply into adultery that
it
would be
—
;:
CHAP. XXIII. impossible for
^'
:
dom."
where
ix. 4, 5,
who was
n?3j
feminine of
ri?3,
This
sin.
is
the
way
ver. 43, connecting D''SN3 rb^b with-
I said concerning her
example, Josh. is
ever to desist from the
we understand
in which "J0N1
it
337
n:
30-40.
debilitated with whore-
used up, it
worn out;
for
see,
applied to clothes; here
is
it
transferred to persons decayed, debilitated, in which sense
the verb occurs in Gen.
xviii. 12.
has been exhausted, but
is
which
C"?^??
co-ordinated
is
means by which the strength
with n73, does not indicate the
an accusative of direction or refer-
ence, debilitated with regard to adultery, so as no longer to be
capable of practising is
it.^
the subject to njr,
and the
erroneous,
the object to
^}iV,
In the next clause
and the Chetib
so that the
n^ntiTn is the subject, there is
Ewald
still
(§
the masculine foraa.
The (
Hos.
all its
iv.
this,
or take
it
whoredom
easily be preceded
N^^1 gives
but also to the noun
sin of
D^n^J?^,
is
we
the subject,
on the other hand,
whether we
as a singular,
259a) has done, inasmuch as in either case
an abstract, which might
suffix,
if,
no necessity for
regard the word as a plural, from as
If n^niitn were
woman would be But
riy, n'^nijrn
the Keri being
is correct,
result of false exposition.
should have the feminine n^Tn.
npr
'lil
it is
by the verb in
greater force, not only to the
— and that even she (her whoredom). personified, or regarded as
12), as a propensity to
Jvn
D''J^3T
whoredom, which continues
force after the capacity of the
woman
herself
in
gone.
is
Ver. 44 contains the result of the foregoing description of the adulterous conduct of the two vers.
women, and
this is followed in
45 sqq. by an account of the attitude assumed by God, and
the punishment of the sinful subject, they (jnan, one)
women.
went
Ki3Jl,
to her.
with an indefinite
1^"'^^,
the one
woman,
^ The proposal of Ewald to take D''aX3 n?3? as an independent clause, " adultery to the devil," cannot be defended by the usage of the language and that of Hitzig, " the withered hag practises adultery," is an unnatural invention, inasmuch as p, if taken as nota dativi, would give this meaning
the hag has (possesses) adultery as her property indicate that
EZEK.
I.
it
— and there
is
nothing to
should be taken as a question.
Y
;
338
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
extended to both women.
44 which does
of ver.
what has
It is only in the apodosis that
Oholibah. is
This
to
be said
the only interpretation
is
justice both to the verb Ni3)l (imperfect
with Vav consec. as the historical tense) and the perfect ^X3.
The
anywhere
plural niyx does not occur
therefore alter
it
into the singular, as "
fine the attribute to Oholibah,
who
and
in the first clause of the verse,
Hitzig woultl
else.
unheard
of,"
and con-
the only one mentioned
is
also in vers. 43, 40,
The judgment upon the two sisters is to be eous men (ver. 45). The Chaldeans are
and 41.
executed by rightnot designated as
righteous in contrast to the Israelites, but as the instruments of
God
the punitive righteousness of
in this particular instance,
executing just judgment upon the sinners for adultery and blood-
shed
The
(vid. ch. xvi. 38).
infinitives <VVi}
For other
stand for the third person future.
commentary on
ch. xvi.
and pnj
points,
niyp
The formula
40 and 41.
in ver.
46
compare the }ri3
is
derived from Deut. xxviii. 25, and has been explained in the exposition of that passage.
meaning of the word,
judgment desist
all
from
see the
women,
idolatry.
N"]j1 is
comm. on
l"iD|i3
is
the Niphal and Hithpael, for (see the
comm.
punishment as
still
is
in loc).
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;For
announced
a
For the
inf. abs. Plel.
From
ch. xxi. 24.
nations, are to take
all
i.e.
the
mixed form, compounded of
^''B^r''?,
Deut.
like "ISS? in
ver. 49, vid. ch. xvi. 58.
to both the
in the future, although
women,
Israel
xxi.
is
to be
and Judah,
Oholah (Samaria) had been
found in the allegory itself,
both kingdoms are represented as being
and
it
may
also
8
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Tiie The
overtaken by the judgment a considerable time before. explanation of this
this
warning to
sisters of
in
which
one mother
be defended on the ground that the approach-
ing destruction of Jerusalem and the kingdom of Judah affected the remnants of the kingdom of the ten tribes, which were to
be found in Palestine
ment was not
;
whilst,
restricted to the destruction of the
but also embraced the later judgments which entire nation.
still
on the other hand, the judg-
two kingdoms, fell
upon the
CHAP. XXIV.
1,
339
2.
CHAP. XXIV. PREDICTION OP THE DESTRUCTION OP
JERUSALEM BOTH IN PARABLE AND BY
On God
the day on which the king of Babylon
and blockade of Jerusalem,
siege
on the Chaboras
to Ezekiel
commanded
this event
(vers. 1
SIGN.
commenced
and 2)
its
and he was
;
to predict to the people tlirough the
parable the fate of the city and
the
was revealed by
medium
inhabitants (vers. 3-14).
of a
God
then foretold to him the death of his own wife, and commanded
him
show no sign of mourning on account of
to
it.
His wife
died the following evening, and he did as he was
commanded.
When
this,
he was asked by the people the reason of
he ex-
plained to them, that what he was doing was symbolical of the
way
which they were
in
The
15-24). fugitive,
fall
to act
when Jerusalem
would be announced
fell
to the prophet
(vers.
by a
and then he would no longer remain mute, but would
speak to the people again (vers. 25-27).
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
Apart, therefore, from
the last three verses, this chapter contains two words of God, the first
of which unfolds in a parable the approaching calamities,
and the (vers.
siege of Jerusalem
result of the
1-14)
;
by the Chaldeans
whilst the second typifies by means of a sign the
pain and mourning of Israel, namely, of the exiles at the destruction of the city with
its
sanctuary and
its
inhabitants.
These two words of God, being connected together by their contents, were addressed to the prophet that, as the introduction (vers. 1
on the same day, and
and 2) expressly observes, the
day on which the siege of Jerusalem by the king of Babylon began.
Ver.
1.
And
the
word of Jehovali came
to
me
in the ninth
year, in the tenth month, on the tenth of the month, saying^
Ver. 2. Son of man, this
salem
this
icrite
for thyself the name of the day,
The king of Babylon has fallen upon JeruThe date given, namely, the tenth day same day.
same day!
of the tenth
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
month of the ninth year
of Jehoiachin (ch.
i.
2), or
what
is
after the carrying
away
the same thing, of the
840
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
who was
reign of Zedekiah,
mentioned
appointed king in bis stead,
in Jer. Hi. 4, xxxix. 1,
and 2 Kings xxv.
day on which Nebuchadnezzar blockaded the
by throwing up a rampart
and
;
was thus taking place
Jerusalem
city of
after the captivity this
kept as a fast-day in consequence (Zech.
still
viii.
is
as the
1,
day was
What
19).
Jerusalem was revealed to Ezekiel on
at
the Chaboras the very same day; and he was instructed to
announce
it
" that they and the besieged might
to the exiles,
learn both from the time and the result, that the destruction of
the city was not to be ascribed to chance or to the power of the
Him who
Babylonians, but to the will of that,
had long ago foretold
on account of the wickedness of the inhabitants, the city
would be burned with because even when
fire
;
and that Ezekiel was a true prophet,
Babylon, which was at so great a
in
dis-
known and had publicly announced the state of The definite character of this jjrediction cannot
tance, he had
Jerusalem."
be changed into a vaticiniurn post eventum, either by arbitrary explanations of the words, or by the unfounded hypothesis
down in name of The reason
proposed by Hitzig, that the day was not set finite
form
after the event.
till
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Writing
the
this de-
the day
is
equivalent to making a note of the day.
is
given in ver. 2b, namely, because Nebuchadnezzar had fallen
upon Jerusalem on that very day. hold up (his hand) the
meaning
;
^^D
signifies to support,
and hence both here and
in Ps. Ixxxviii. 8
The
upon anything.
to press violently
for this
rendering
" to draw near," which has been forced upon the word from the Syriac (Ges., Winer,
and
others), cannot be sustained.
Parable of the Pot with the Boiling
Vers. 3-14.
Pieces.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
and say
to
them,
3.
And
Thus
relate
a parable
saith the
on and also pour water into flesh into
it,
choice bones,
pile of
all the
Ver.
good 5.
Lord it.
pieces,
Take
wood underneath for
the
to the rebellious house,
Jehovah, Set on the pot,
Ver. 4. Gather
its
haunch and shoulder, choice
the bones ;
of
the flock,
make
it
set
pieces
Jill it
and
of
with
also
a
boil well, also
CHAP. XXIV.
cooh
its
Ver.
bones therein.
Woe !
Jehovah,
whose rust doth not depart from the lot hath not fallen
upon
Ver.
upon
it
it
Therefore thus saith the
9.
might cover
vengeance,
of murders
Heap up
I also
!
wood,
the
will
make
stir the fire,
may
broth boil, that the bones
And
set
empty upon
it
become hot and
rust pass away.
it, its
pains,
and her great
cause icilt
!
might not be covered.
Woe
thee.
also be cooked away.
coals thereof,
that its
He
Ver. 12.
I icill
it ;
According
thy ways,
from her ; is
thee, is the
The
brass
may
may
melt
into the fire with
not cease, nor spare, nor
saying of the
to
the
Ver. 11.
abomination
and thou hast not become
and according
make
hath exhausted the
till
Ver. 14. 1 Jehovah have spoken
and I icill do judge
Ver. 10.
the flesh thoroughly,
rust doth not go
cleansed thee,
to
to the city
of icood great.
no more become clean from thy uncleanness,
fury upon
with dust.
it
have made her
Jehovah,
Ver. 13. In thine uncleanness
I have
I
gloiving, that the uncleanness thereof
within
her rust
the
the pile
do
it
Lord
out,
it
is in the
naked rock ; she hath
the
blood come upon the naked rock, that
Ver.
For her blood
7.
upon
to take
is
piece hy piece fetch
the ground, that they
To bring up fury,
8.
pot in which
! it ;
Ver.
it.
midst of her ; she hath placed not poured
Lord rust, and
Therefore, thus saith the
6.
of murders
city
341"
3-14.
;
be-
clean, thou
I quiet my
it; it cometh,
let it
repent me.
thy deeds, shall they
Lord Jehovah.
contents of these verses are called ^^^, a proverb or par-
able; and Ezekiel
the prophet
is
communicate them
is to
It follows
generation.
from
commanded
this that the
to perform,
is
to the refractory
ensuing
act,
which
not to be regarded as
a symbolical act which he really carried out, but that the act
forms the substance of the mdshdl, in other words, belongs to the
parable
itself.
parable in vers. actually done.
which are
to
salem with
Consequently the interpretation of the
10 sqq.
The
be boiled in its
is
clothed in the form of a thing
pot with the pieces of flesh and the bones, it
inhabitants.
boiled, is the fire of war,
and boiled away, represents Jeru-
The
and the
fire,
with which they ate
setting of the pot
upon the
342
THE PBOPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
fire is
the
commencement
tion of the city
a pot.
is
used, as in
riQC'" is
by which the populaaway like the flesh and bones in 2 Kings iv. 38, to signify the setting
of a pot by or upon the together.
J^s
'^V^h
of the siege,
to be boiled
^ibx
'l3l
fire.
pieces of flesh,
These are defined
the cooking-pot.
i.e.
:
put in
pieces all
its
the pieces belonging to
still
more minutely
as the
and of these the thigh (haunch) and
best of the pieces of flesh,
shoulder are mentioned as the most important pieces, to which tiie still
choicest of the bones are to be added.
more emphatic by the further
The
of the flock in addition to these.
This
To
especially the bones, a large fire
by
is
l^i
ver.
in
for
5,
away, more
This
requisite.
is
indicated
wood underneath for the which nnnp is substituted in and occurs in
ver. 9, signifies a pile of wood,
XXX. 33, from
D^osyn
but simply a
a heap of bones, on account of the
pile of
wood
for the (previously mentioned)
bones, namely, for the purpose of boiling
pay attention that Ezekiel
to the article,
was
to place a
alteration proposed
we
it is
context.
wood which If
them away.
If
we
see that the supposition pot,
and the
by Bottcher, Ewald, and Hitzig of D^oyyn
Even
wood, but simply
pile of
fact that
shall
heap of bones under the
into D^'y, are alike untenable.
mean a
this sense in
to lay round, to arrange, pile up.
n^^,
yn cannot mean
article,
the
ablest portion
boil these pieces
the words, " and also a pile of
bones."
Isa.
rendered
choicest pieces of flesh
and the pieces of bone denote the strongest and of the population of the city.
is
instruction to take the choice
D^O^'yn
is
if
strues,
piled
up
is
"m
in itself does not
an irregular heap, the apparent enough from
had grown out of
D''Vy
through a
corruption of the text, under the influence of the preceding D^DVy,
it
would not have had an
proposes to alter
â&#x20AC;˘^''^ni
into
'^"'nri3,
article prefixed.
Hitzig also
though without any necessity.
The fact that D'nrn does not occur again proves nothing at all. The noun is added to the verb to intensify its force, and is 'Ul w3"D3 is dependent plurale tant. in the sense of boiling. upon the previous clause
C3 taking the place
of the copula-
343
CHAP. XXIV. 3-14
live
On
\
on Ex. In
xii. 9.
6-8 the interpretation of the parable
vers.
that in two trains of thought introduced
The
comm.
7^3j to be cooked, thoroughly done, see the
reason for
commencing with
by
may
therefore,
|37,
and
given,
is
|5^ (vers. 6
and
9).
be found
in the fact that in the parable contained in vers. 3 sqq., or
more
correctly in the blockade of Jerusalem,
which furnished
the occasion for the parable, the judgment about to burst upon
Jerusalem following: to
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
The
plainly indicated.
is
train of thought
Because the judgment upon Jerusalem
commence, therefore woe
so great that she
two strophes,
vers.
6-8 and
and the
so distributed in the
itself.
To
is
twofold
ing to
â&#x20AC;˘^''nn? is,
several pieces,
its
the suffix attached to "Âť''P,
as
piece
by
piece, bring
difiicult,
is
7 before the
be taken distributively
to
i.e.
The
it
:
accord-
But
out.
cannot be taken as referring to
ris"'>'in
Kliefoth proposes, for this does not yield a suitable
meaning. of flesh,
Ver. 66
in various ways.
no doubt,
and the
Because Jeru-
resembles a pot on which there
it
are spots of rust that cannot be removed.
and has been expounded
not
thereby appropriately extended.
is
in the explanation of the parable the figure
a city of murders,
is
namely, the rust upon the pot,
fact pass repeatedly the one into the other.
salem
the
;
account for the
a circumstance introduced which
in the parable itself,
figure of the pot
Moreover,
is
vers. 9-13, that the first strophe
second, of the punishment of the city
mentioned
is
But the punishment
punishment of the inhabitants of Jerusalem
latter feature, there is
the
is
now about
to her, for her blood-guiltiness
must be destroyed.
answering to the magnitude of the guilt
treats of the
is
One would
not say
when nothing more
pieces of flesh out of
removed by giving
bring out the pot by
:
is
the pot.
to N''Xin the
And
meaning
apart from the fact that there
is
it
upon the
fire,
pieces
this
difficulty is
to reach hither.
not For,
nothing in the usage of the
language to sustain the meaning, reach of setting
its
meant than the bringing of the
it
hither for the purpose
one would not say
:
reach hither
844
THE PEOPDECIES OP EZEKIEL.
by
piece,
was meant was, bring hither the pot
filled
the pot according to
when
that
all
with pieces of (i*V)>
to
i-^'
several pieces of flesh, piece
its
The
flesh.
population,
its
and not
really adhered,
suffix to HS'Vin refers to the city
" to which the blood-guiltiness
to its collection of houses " (Hitzig). suffix to n^nnj
appearance also that the
It is only in
the pot; actually
refers to the city,
it
refers to
whole of
to the
i.e.
its
population, the different individuals in which are the separate
The meaning
pieces of flesh.
by no means doubtful in
Jerusalem
upon another,
lot,
fall
upon one and not
There
upon the pot and the bringing out of the
that are cooking within
that
which would
not be cast upon her.
will
all
;
is
it,
and
to take the
pot,
were
to
to the
pieces of flesh
words as signifying
by the
rust
be taken out and thrown away (Haver-
but through the allusion to the rust the interpretation
The
already passes beyond the limits of the figure. flesh are to
boiled, to
pieces of
be brought out, after they have been thoroughly
empty the
pot, that it
may
then be set upon the
again, to burn out the rust adhering to
no
no necessity
the pieces, which had been rendered useless
upon the nick)
is
and that without any excep-
any causal connection between the reference
to seek for
rust
to be brought out,
is
inasmuch as the
tion,
of the instructions therefore
the whole of the population to be found
:
it
(ver. 11).
fire
There
is
force in Kliefoth's objection, that this exposition does not
agree with the context, inasmuch
and
clause of ver. 5
vers.
as,
''
according to the last
10 and 11, the pieces of
by a strong
fire
;
and the pot
is
to
away
become empty not by the
fact that the pieces of flesh are taken out
but by
and
flesh
even the bones are not to be taken out, but to be boiled
and thrown away,
the pieces being thoroughly boiled away, first to broth
and then to nothing." found in the
text,
For "
boiling
away
to nothing"
thoroughly done, so as to turn into the softness of far as the fact
is
is
not
but simply that even the bones are to be
concerned,
we cannot
jelly.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; So
follow the majority of
commentators, who suppose that the reference
is
simply to the
CHAP. XXIV.
345
3-14.
Bringing the
carrying away of the inhabitants into exile.
pieces of flesh out of the pot, denotes tlie sweeping
by death
inhabitants fi'om the city, whether
by
their being carried
away
of naen in consequence of
Babylon.
which
is
is
(vid. ch. xi. 7) or
The
city
poured out upon a hard rock, which the stone cannot
God
absorb, and which cries to
covered
(cf.
thought
is
Gen. this
:
iv.
10
;
Job
for vengeance, because
xvi.
18
and
;
she has sinned in an insolent and shameless
sin.
This has
all
has shown no
sin,
been ordered by God.
caused the blood that was shed to it
un-
The
repentance or atonement, by which she might have
got rid of her
that
it is
Isa. xxvi. 21).
manner, and has done nothing to cover her
lias
has shed blood,
not covered with earth, but has been left uncovered,
like blood
sign of
be emptied
city is to
given in vers. 7 and 8, where
depicted.
is
of the
being blockaded by the king of
its
Tlie reason of this
the guilt of Jerusalem
The
captive.
away
might
lie
uncovered, and
He
fall
upon a bare
might be able
He rock,
to execute
vengeance for the crime.
The second turn in the address (ver. 9) commences in just same manner as the first in ver. 6, and proceeds with a
the
further picture of the execution of punishment. the guilt,
God
will
make
the pile of
wood
large,
To avenge
and
stir
up a
The development of this thought is given in ver. 10 in the form of a command addressed to the prophet, to put much wood underneath, and to kindle a fire, so that both flesh and bones may boil away. Dnn, from D^n, to finish, complete fierce fire.
;
with
"i|'3,
to cook thoroughly.
meaning of
as to the true
times given to
ni?"i,
There are differences of opinion
â&#x20AC;˘T^iJI^'^ ni^in
namely, to
;
but the rendering some-
spice, is at all events unsuitable,
and cannot be sustained by the usage of the language. true that in Ex. xxx. 25 sqq. the verb npn
paration of the anointing
oil,
different ingredients that
is
but
it is
referred
to,
is
It is
used for the pre-
not the mixing of the
but in
all
probability
the thorough boiling of the spices, for the purpose of extracting their essence, so that "
thorough boiling "
is
no doubt the true
346
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL. In Job
meaning of the word. boiling unguent-pot.
become
red-hot,
consumed.
to be
23 (31),
xli.
nniJno
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Ver.
and bones have thus been thoroughly
11.
When
The emptying
burned away by the heat.
by pouring out the
The uncleanness Aramaean an form
j>assed over as self-evident.
rust
upon
it.
DfiJ?
is
is
to be
may
it
be
of the pot or kettle
which has been boiled
flesh,
"i^n, to
the flesh
boiled, the pot
placed upon the coals empty, that the rust upon
the
is
a cohortative Hiphil, from
^IH"'. is
to broth,
of the pot for
is
the
= DFin.
Di^J?
Michaelis has given the true explanation of the words
is
:
"
civi-
bus caesis etiam urhs consumetur " (when the inhabitants are slain, the city itself will
reason
be destroyed).^
given, which rendered
is
exterminating judgment. the figure, but iu ver. 13
it
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;In
vers. 12 sqq. the
necessary to
In ver. 12 the address it
inflict
still
(Q''?^'!',
air.
this
keeps to
passes over to the actual fact.
(the pot) has exhausted the pains ver.
it
It
Xex), namely, as
13 clearly shows, the pains, or wearisome exertions, to make
clean by milder means, and not (as Hitzig erroneously infers
from the following clause) extreme heat. form, which
ri^?Pi!},
fell into
to
eat
away the
third pers. Hiphil of ns7,
rust is
by such
the earlier
almost entire disuse in later times {vid.
1 Hitzig diacovera a Hysteronproteron in this description, because the cleaning of the pot ought to have preceded the cooking of the flesh in it, and not to have come afterwards, and also because, so far as the actual
fact ia concerned, the rust of sin adhered to the people of the city,
to the city itself as a collection of houses.
But neither
and not
of these objections
to prove what Hitzig wants to establish, namely, that the untenable character of the description shows that it is not really a prophecy nor is there any force in them. It is true that if one intended to boil
is sufficient
;
purpose of eating, the first thing to be done would be to cleah the pot itself. But this is not the object in the present instance. The flesh was simply to be thoroughly boiled, that it might be destroyed and thrown away, and there was no necessity to clean the pot for this
flesh in a pot for the
purpose.
And
so far as the second objection
is
concerned, the defilement
no doubt adhere to man, though not, as Hitzig assumes, to man According to the Old Testament view, it extends to things as well alone. Thus leprosy, for example, did not pollute (uid. Lev. xviii. 25, xxvii. 28). men only, but clothes and houses also. And for the same reason judgments were not restricted to men, but also fell upon cities and lands. of sin does
I
;
CHAP. XXIV. 15-24
Ges.
§ 75,
Anm.
1).
Hitzig, Havernick,
The
and
words of
last
it,
its
rust
addressed,
all
with
ver. 11, I agree
others, in taking as
Because the pot has exhausted
347
.
the efforts
an exclamation.
made
to cleanse
is to go into the fire. In ver. 13 Jerusalem is and nDT is not a genitive belonging to Tjnxo^a, " on
account of thy licentious uncleanness" (Ewald and Hitzig),
but a predicate, " in thine uncleanness
(there lies)
is
an abomination deserving of death" (see Lev.
HEiT, i.e.
17 and
xviii.
XX. 14, where the fleshly sins, which are designated as zimmdhf
The
are ordered to be punished with death).
God had
cleansings which
attempted, but without Jerusalem becoming clean,
consisted in the endeavour, which preceded the Chaldean judg-
ment of
destruction, to convert the people
from
their
sinful
ways, partly by threats and promises communicated through the prophets {pid. 2 Cliron. xxxvi. 15), and partly by
For non
chastisements. is
a
summary
of
In
see eh. v. 13.
n'^in^
the whole, which
ver.
means of 14 there
brings the threat to a
close.
The Sigx of
Vers. 15-24.
silent
THE Destruction of Jerusaleji. of Jehovah came
to
Sorrow concerning 15. And the word
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
me, saying, Ver. 16. Son of man, behold,
from thee thine eyei delight hy a stroke, and thou shalt mourn nor weep, and no tear shall come from thee. Ver. take
Sigh in silence
;
thee,
and put
and do not cover thy beard, and
eat
And I spake to the people in my wife died, and I did in the
thy shoes
not
the
upon thy
morning, and in the
the
evening
morning as
Ver. 19. Tlien the people said
And I said
this signifies to
to them.
Ver. 21. Say
to the
your
to
I
icas
com-
me, Wilt thou not
us that thou doest so ?
Ver. 20.
The word of Jehovah has come to me, saying, house of Israel, Thus saith the Lord Jehovah,
Behold, I will profane the delight of
feet,
bread of men.
Ver. 18.
show us what
17.
lamentation for the dead thou shalt not make
hind thy head-attire upon
manded.
I
not
my
eyes,
sanctuai^y, the pride
and
the desire
of your strength,
of your soul ; and your
343
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL. and your daughters, ichom ye have
sons
Ver. 22. Then will ye do as
sioord,
cover the beard, nor eat the bread of
I
will fall by the
left,
have done, ye will not
men ; Ver.
And ye
23.
will
have your head-attire upon your heads, and your shoes upon your
moum
feet; ye will not
and
iniquity,
sigh one
Ezekiel be a sign it
cometh, ye will
the statements
nor weep, but will pine away in your
you
to
as he hath done will ye do
;
know
that
I
ver.
18,
to
in
Thus
Ver. 24.
toioard another.
the
Lord am Jehovah.
the effect
tliat
tlie
;
icill
when
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;From prophet
spoke to the people in the morning, and then in the evening
and then again
his wife died,
command
according to the in
answer
of
in
did,
it
grief,
and
people explained to them the
to the inquiry of the
meaning of what he
morning,
(following)
the
God, he manifested no
evident that the word of
is
God
contained in this section came to him on the same day as the
preceding one, namely, on the day of the blockade of Jeru-
salem
day
what he
for
;
(ver. 18)
said to the people
on the morning of
diately after
He
announced
him the approaching death
to
this
Immehim, God also
the prophecy contained in vers. 3-14.
is
had made
this revelation to
of his wife, together
with the significance which this event would have to the people
The
generally.
(ver. 18) "^2303
God
{yid.
death, he
delight of
by a
Num.
stroke,
the eyes (ver.
i.e.
16)
is
by a sudden death
xiv. 37, xvii, 13).
On
his
neither to allow of any loud lamentings, nor to
is
?3S does not stand for
D^n!?
ÂŤX, but
The literal rendering would be make an object of mourning, i.e. thou :
mourning for the dead, explained the words.
to
to
iii.
shalt not
is
7).
have any
as Storr {Observv. p. 19) has correctly
On
occasions of
go barefoot (2 Sam. xv. 30;
(Mic.
the dead shalt thou
mourning
uncover the head and strew ashes upon
beard, that
O'^riD
the words are both accu-
satives.
tomary
by
the occurrence of her
manifest any sign of grief, but simply to sigh in silence.
not
wife
inflicted
Isa. xx. 2),
and
it
it
was cus-
(Isa. Ixi. 3),
to cover the
to say, the lower part of the face as far as the nose
Ezekiel
is
not to do any of these things, but
—
CHAP. XXIV.
to arrange his head-attire
which
the head-attire generally, or
(">??3,
turban, vid. ver. 23 and Isa. priests,
349
15-24.
Ixi. 3,
and not
specially that of the
mean panis
miserorunij cibus lugentium^ in which case
CK'JX would be equivalent to the people, that
is
but bread of men,
2''r3Sj
to say, according to the context,
sympathy and
of death, to manifest their
and refresh the mourners,
—a
custom which gave
mentioned in the Old Testament
xxvi. 14, Hos. ix. 4,
When
and Jer.
mourning to console
rise in
clearly referred to in Deut.
xvi. 7 (see also 2 Sara.
mourning on the death
the
but the sending of bread or
;
is
Ezekiel thus abstained from
sign of
of
These are not
course of time to that of formal funeral meals.
food to the house of mourning
i.e.
bread which
the people were accustomed to send to the house of in cases
to
C^JN on?
put on his shoes, and also to eat no mourning bread. does not
and
called njJaiQn '•nsj in Ex. xxxix. 28),
is
all
iii.
35).
lamentation and outward
of his dearest one, the people
conjectured that such striking conduct must have some significance,
and asked him what
thereby.
He
20—24).
As
so should
its
it
was that he intended
his dearest one, his wife,
to
God
then announced to them the word of
had been taken from him,
dearest object, the holy temple, be taken
from the
When
nation by destruction, and their children by the sword. this occurred,
show (vers.
then would they act as he was doing
would not mourn and weep, but simply
in their
now
;
they
gloomy sorrow
sigh in silence on account of their sins, and groan one toward
The
another.
through
its
profanation
(''sO)
destruction (cf. ch.
vii.
of the sanctuary 24).
of the loss, the worth of the temple is
The temple
because Israel based
its
is
effected
in the eyes of the nation
dwelt upon in the following clauses.
Lev. xxvi. 19.
is
To show the magnitude D3?y
|iN2 is
called the pride of
might and strength upon
taken from
your strength, it
as the scene
of the gracious presence of God, living in the hope that the
Lord would not
give
up His sanctuary
to the
heathen to be
destroyed, but would defend the temple, and therewith Jeru-
salem and
its
inhabitants also (cf. Jer.
vii.
4).
C3L"'d3 ijJ^no,
350
THE PROPHECIES OF EZKKIEL.
the desire or longing of the soul (from ferri
The
ad aliquam rem).
are the relatives
i'Dn, in
Arabic, desiderio
sons and daughters of the people
whom
and countrymen
obliged to leave behind in Canaan.
the exiles had been
—The
explanation of this
lamentation and mournint; on account of the destruction of the
sanctuary and death of their relations, antithesis
found
to be
is
will pine or languish
away
in the in
your
iv. 17 and Lev. xxvi. 39). Conse" to imagine either " stolid indifference
(compare ch.
iniquities
quently
ye
'iV^ Dri'ppj^,
:
we have not
(Eichhorn and Hitzig), or "stolid impenitence" (Ewald), but
overwhelming tion,
which there were no
grief, for
tears,
no lamenta-
but only deep inward sighing on account of the sins which
had occasioned so
terrible a calamity.
growl, like the bears (Tsa.
groan.
"
One toward
11)
lix.
one another by deep sighs
i.e.
deep
manifesting the grief to
not " full of
;
to utter a
lit.
here to sigh or utter a deep
;
another,"
DHJ,
murmuring and
seek-
ing the sin which occasioned the calamity in others rather than in themselves,"
as Hitzig supposes.
entirely at variance with the context.
sumes the bodily strength, leads sin,
and
to regeneration
latter exposition
is
This grief, which con-
to a clear perception of the
also to true repentance,
atonement
The
and through penitence and
and newness of
And
life.
thus will
they attain to a knowledge of the Lord through the catastrophe
which bursts upon them sign, see the
(cf.
comm. on Ex.
Lev. xxvi. 40
iv.
sqq.).
For
nsio, a
21.
Sequel OF the Destruction of Jerusalem TO THE Prophet himself. Ver. 25. And thouj son of many Vers. 25-27.
—
behold, in the
day when
I
take
from them their mighty and the desire of their
glorious joy^ the delight of their eyes their sons
fugitive that
their to
Ver. 26. In that day
daughters,
thee,
to
tell
it
to
thine
day will thy mouth he opened with
wilt speak,
sign
and
come
to
and no
longer he
them that they
ears.
that
loill
and thou
shalt thou he
I am
a
Yqt. 27. In
the fugitive,
mute; and thus
may know
their soul,
Jehovah.
a
—As
CHAP. XXIV.
351
25-27.
the destruction of Jerusalem would exert a powerful influence
upon the future history of the be followed by most important
on the Chaboras, and
exiles
results, so
was
it
also to
be a
turning-point for the prophet himself in the execution of his
Havernick has thus correctly explained the connection
calling.
between these closing verses and what precedes, as indicated by
As
nriK^ in ver. 25.
when
the people only at other times
27)
;
Ezekiel up to this time was to speak to
Lord gave him a word
the
was to remain
silent
and dumb
for them, (ch.
him the
26 and
iii.
from the day on which a messenger should come
and
to bring
and the temple,
tidings of the destruction of Jerusalem
to open his mouth, and not continue dumb any longer. The execution of this word of God is related in ch. xxxiii. 21, 22. The words, " when I take from them their strength," etc., are
he was
to
be understood in accordance with ver. 21.
CjyD
the sanctuary, which
is
The
through the destruction of Jerusalem. follow
down
U*D3 N'B'O,
(Nb'J),
D'^'SJ
to
which
for
synonvmous with
t/D3
it
soul
(cf. ver. lifts
itself
21).
up
cherishes a desire or longing; hence
TOno
are attached ao-i/ySerw?.
which resumes the words etc.) in ver. 25, is
Israelites
predicates which
kU'Âť refer to the temple
an object toward which the
i.e.
Consequently
was taken from the
The
in ver. 21.
sons and daughters
N^^n Di'3 (in that day), in ver. 'lJ^
""^np
Di""!!
(in the
2(),
day when I take
not the day of the destruction of the temple,
but generally the time of this event, or more precisely, the day
on which the tidings would reach the prophet. generic article, a fugitive (vid. Gen. xiv. 13).
cause the ears to hear
(it), i.e.
to relate
ears of the prophet, whereas he
from God. tive Hiphil.
niycc'n, a verbal
it,
13
ysn, with the
D^^IX niyCK'npj to
namely
to the bodily
had already heard
it
in spirit
noun, used instead of the
tivSHTlS, with the escaped one,
i.e.
time " with the mouth of the fugitive " (Hitzig).
infini-
same nx expresses at the
association, or so far as the fact is concerned, simultaneousness.
The
words, " then wilt thou speak, and no longer be dumb," do
not imply that
it
was only from that time forward that Ezekiel
ÂŁ52
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
was
to
keep
silence
from
there,
silence,
but point back to eh.
imposed upon
is
iii.
very commencement of
tlie
comparison with
tliat
26 aud 27, where
with the exceptions mentioned
liim,
liis
ministry; and in
simply involve
passage,
imjylicite
the
thought that the silence imposed upon him then was to be observed in the strictest manner from the present time until the receipt of the intelligence of the
mouth would be opened once more.
of
God"
that were given to
Lord had now
of Jerusalem, when Through the " words
fall
his
His prophet
(ch. iv.-xxiv.), the
He
said to the people of Israel all that
had
to
say concerning the approaching catastrophe for them to consider
and lay
ledge their
might be brought
to
acknow-
and turn with sorrow and repentance
to their
to heart, that they
sin,
Therefore was Ezekiel from this time forward to keep
God.
perfect silence toward Israel, and to let
by His
was not
was
to
acts till
after the
still
Lord speak
in
which he behaved
his
It
mouth
further announcements (vid.
tliereby to
27 from that which they have
by the way to
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ezekiel was
become a sign
These words have a somewhat
Israelites.
the
judgment had commenced that
be opened again for
ch. xxxiii. 22).
ver.
God
and the execution of His threatening words.
different
in ver. 24. at the
to the
meaning
in
There, Ezekiel,
death of his wife, was
be a sign to the people of the manner in which they were to
act
when
the judgment should
fall
upon Jerusalem
;
whereas
here (ver. 27), naiop refers to the whole of the ministry of the prophet, his silence hitherto, and that which he was observe, as well as his future words.
he was to exhibit himself to silence, speech,
meaning
his
and action were
to them,
and
ledge of the Lord, the
all
Through both
still
to
of these
countrymen as a man whose alike marvellous
and
full of
designed to lead them to the know-
God
of their salvation.
;
CHAP. XXV.-XXXII.
Chap.
353
XXV.-XXXII.â&#x20AC;&#x201D;PEEDICTI0:NS OF JUDGMENT
UPON THE HEATHEN NATIONS. While the
Lord
directed
mouth was
prophet's
him
them the judgment
foretell to
mute
to be
to Israel, the
to speak against the heathen nations, and to
not be lifted up by the
fall
but miglit recognise in the
of destruction, that they might
kingdom of God,
of the people and
judgment upon
work
Israel a
of the
omnipotence and righteousness of the Lord, the Judge of the
There are seven heathen nations whose destruc-
whole earth.
Ammon
tion Ezekiel foretells in this section of his book, viz. (1)
(2)
Moab
(3)
;
Edom
;
(4) the Philistines (ch.xxv.)
;
(5)
Tyre,
and (7) Egypt (ch. xxix.-xxxii.). These prophecies are divided into thirteen words of God by the (6)
Sidon (ch. xxvi.-xxviii.)
introductory formula, "
;
The word
of
Jehovah came
to
me," the
Ammon, Moab, Edom, and the Philistines, being all comprehended in one word of God whereas there are four separate words of God directed against Tyre, one against utterances against
;
Sidon, and seven against Egypt. the seven words of to
God
In the seven nations and
directed against
Egypt we cannot
fail
discover an allusion to the symbolical significance of the
Sidon, which had lost
number.
its
commanding
position
and
become dependent upon Tyre long before the time of Ezekiel, is
evidently selected for a special
word of God only
And
purpose of making up the number seven.
make
it
the
for the
in order to
more apparent that the number has been chosen
on account of
its
significance, Ezekiel divides his
of the
judgment upon the seventh people
God.
On
the basis of Gen.
i.,
selects seven nations
and
utters seven
words of
the
number denoting
When,
therefore, Ezekiel
seven
the completion of the works of God.
announcement
into seven
is
words of
God
concerning
the principal nation, namely Egypt, he evidently intends to indicate thereby that the
judgment predicted
and completed upon the heathen world and EZEK. T.
its
will
be executed
peoples through
Z
354
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
the word and acts of God.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;The predictions of
Judgment upon
these seven heathen nations are divisible, accordingly, into two
Ammon, Moab, Edom,
groups.
form one group, while the second is
certainly the
way
Philistia,
Tyre, and Sidon
Egypt
treats of
This
alone.
which the cycle of these prophecies
in
is
to be divided rather than the plan ordinarily adopted, according to
which the nations included
in ch. xxv., as representatives of
the one phase of the world-power, are placed in contrast with the other phase of heathenism represented
The
Egypt.
by Tyre, Sidon, and
latter is the opinion entertained
by Hiivernick,
for example, with regard to the " beautiful and symmetrical
" First of
arrangement " of these prophecies.
" the prophet shows in one series of nations
judgment of God was
realized in the
which rose up in direct and open
how
says he,
all,"
the idea of the
case of those nations
hostility to the theocracy,
and thereby represented the might of heathenism
as turned
away from God and engaged in downright rebellion against Him (ch. XXV.). The prophecies concerning Tyre and Sidon contemplate heathenism in a second aspect (ch. xxvi.-xxviii.).
Tyre we have an exhibition of pride or carnal
sin
security,
away from God, and plunges deeper and deeper
looks
and worthlessness of the natural
In
which
into the
Both aspects are
life.
then finally combined in Egypt, that ancient foe of the cove-
nant nation, which had grown into a world-power, and while displaying in this capacity unbending arrogance and pride, was
now, of
like all the rest,
its
about to be hurled down from the summit
ancient glory into a bottomless deep."
pretation
is,
in
more than one
with the substance of the prophecies. place, to the antithesis
which
is
But
this inter-
respect, manifestly at variance
This applies, in the
said to exist
first
between the nations
threatened in ch. xxv. on the one hand, and Tyre and Sidon
on the other.
In the case of
Ammon, Moab, Edom, and
Philistines, for example, the sins
the
mentioned as those for which
they would be overthrown by the judgment are their malicious delight at the fall of Israel,
and
their revengeful, hostile beha-
855
CHAP. XXV.-XXXII. viour towards the covenant nation
And
involved
itself in guilt
xxv. 3, 8, 12, 15).
(cli.
same way, according
in the
to
Tyre had
ch. xxvi. 2,
by giving utterance
to its delight at the
destruction of Jerusalem, which inspired the hope that every-
thing would
nothing
is
now
flow into
own
its
On
store.
the other hand,
Pharaoh and Egypt about mali-
said in the case of
cious pleasure, or hostility, or enmity towards Israel or the
kingdom saying
:
of
God
the Nile
fact that
but Pharaoh has rendered himself guilty by
;
is
mine, I have
Egypt had become a
staff of
which broke when they sought According
made it for myself
to lean
;
and by the
reed to the house of Israel,
upon
(ch. xxix. 3, 6, 7).
it
to these obvious explanations, Ezekiel
reckoned Tyre
and Sidon among the nations that were inimically disposed towards Israel, even though the hostile attitude of the Phoeni-
was dictated by
cians
from those of
different motives
Edom
and the other nations mentioned in ch. xxv.; and the heathen nations are arranged in two groups, and not in three. established beyond
all
when we observe
doubt,
two groups terminates with a promise for of
mise
:
and there
shall
them
;
He
cause
ously in His land, inasmuch as all
it
to dwell safely
He
will
the prediction of judgment upon
phecy uttered concerning
them who
gather Israel from
shall
its
and prosper-
execute judgment upon
round about them who despise them
And
the threat
appended the pro-
that are round about
all
and when the Lord
dispersion, then will
is
is
be no more for Israel a malicious briar
and smarting thorn from despise
To
Israel.
judgment uttered against Sidon there
This
that each of these
(ch. xxviii. 24.-26).
Egypt
this land, in the
in the last pro-
twenty-seventh year
of the captivity (ch. xxix. 17), closes in a similar manner, with
the promise that at the time spoil
to the king of Babylon,
when
He
the
Lord
will cause a
the house of Israel (ch. xxix. 21).
The
gives
Egypt
as
horn to grow to
fact that these
two
prophecies correspond to each other would not have been overlooked by the commentators
which was
if
the prophecy concerning Egypt,
really the last in order of time,
had been placed in
85G its
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
proper chronological position in the book of Ezekiel, namely,
at the close of the words of
The
God
directed against that land.
date of the great mass of these propliecies falls within
the period of the last siege of Jerusalem by the Clialdeans, that is
between ch. xxiv. and ch.
to say, in the interval
the chronological data in the headings plainly affirm.
word concerning Tyre
is
xxxiii., as
The
first
from the eleventh year of the captivity
of Jehoiachin (ch. xxvi. 1).
Of
tlie
prophecies against Egypt,
the one in ch. xxix. 1-16 dates from the tenth month of the
tenth year; that in ch. xxx. 20-26, from the eleventh year
that in ch. xxxi., from the third
;
same year; the two twelfth
month
first
month
of the
month
of the
and 17sqq,, from the
in ch. xxxii. 1 sqq.
of the twelfth year; and lastly, the brief utter-
ance in ch. xxix. 17-21, from the twenty-seventh year of the
There are no chronological data attached
captivity.
others.
But the
the
to
threatening words against the
sliort,
Am-
monites, Moabites, Edomites, and Philistines in ch. xxv. belong to the time immediately succeeding the fall of Jerusalem, since
they presuppose
having occurred.
its
utterances concerning Tyre
The
in ch. xxvii.
as well as that concerning Sidon in
cli.
second and third
and
ch. xxviii. 1-19,
xxviii. 20sqq., are closely
connected, so far as their contents are concerned, with the
word of
God
against
the captivity.
Egypt
And
Tyre belonging lastly,
first
to the eleventh year of
the threatening word concerning
in ch. xxx. 1-19, to which no definite chronological
data are attached, appears to stand nearer in point of time to ch.
xxix.
1-16 than
arrangement
is
to ch. xxix.
17â&#x20AC;&#x201D;21.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Consequently
the
based upon the subject-matter of the prophecies,
and the chronological sequence
is
kept subordinate to
tliis,
or
rather to the comparative importance of the several nations in relation to the theocracy.
These prophecies evidently
rest 'upon
the
predictions
of
the earlier prophets against the same nations, so far as their contents are concerned
Tyre and Egypt, more
;
and
in
especially,
the threats directed asainst
many
of the thoughts con-
I
857
CHAP. XXV.-XXXII.
anJ
tained ia the prophecies of Isaiah (Isa. xxiii.
But notwithstanding
reproduced and expanded.
upon the utterances of
earlier prophets,
against the heathen nations
manner from
is
xix.) are
this
Ezekiel's
resting
prophecy
distinguished in a characteristic
that of the other prophets,
by the
fact that
he
does not say a word about the prospect of these nations being ultimately pardoned, or of the remnant of to the
them being converted
Lord, but stops with the announcement of the utter
destruction of the earthly and temporal condition of
turn
will
its
captivity,
and gather
it
together again,
only an apparent and not a real exception to this
turning of the judgment
Egypt
in
13â&#x20AC;&#x201D;16, to the effect that after forty years of chastise-
ment God is
these
The prophecy concerning Egypt
kingdoms and nations. ch. xxix.
all
to its
the future
;
is
;
for this
not to bring about a restoration of
former might and greatness or but, according to vers.
14
its
glorification in
simply to restore
sqq., is
a lowly and impotent kingdom, which will offer no inducement to Israel to rely
upon
its
Through
strength.
therefore, the threat of complete destruction
modified, but
by no means withdrawn.
The
is
this promise,
only somewhat
only thing which
Ezekiel positively holds out to view before the seven heathen nations
is,
that in consequence of the
God
they will learn that
is
judgment
falling
Jehovah, or the Lord.
regularly returns in the case of
all
upon them,
This formula
the nations (vid. ch. xxv. 5,
7, 11, 17, xxvi. 6, xxviii. 22, 23, xxix. 6, 9, xxx. 8, 19, 25, 26,
xxxii. 15)
;
and we might take
judgment of nations will
And
their
come
destruction
mean, that through the temporal respect, these
to the knowledge of the
with this interpretation
to the salvation,
to
in a
it
which
it
will flourish in
the judgment, in the case of those tion.
If,
case of
however,
Edom
we
God
would contain a
of salvation. slight allusion
consequence of and after
who have escaped
destruc-
consider, on the one hand, that in the
(ch. xxv. 14) the
formula takes a harsher form,
namely, not that they shall know Jehovah, but that they shall experience His vengeance; and, on the other hand, that the
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
358 mighty Tyre
is
repeatedly threatened with destruction, even
eternal extinction (eh. xxvi. 20, 21, xxvii. 36, xxviii. 19),
and
that the whole cycle of these prophecies closes with a funeraldirge on the descent of (ch. xxxii. 17-32),
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;we
all
the heathen nations into Sheol
formula in question
shall see that the
cannot be taken in the sense indicated above, as Kliefoth maintains,
but must be understood as signifying that these nations
will discern in their destruction the punitive righteousness of
God, so that
presents no prospect of future salvation, but
it
There
simply increases the force of the threat. this distinction,
however,
to establish a
Ezekiel and the earlier prophets
;
on account of their
kingdom of God, and their
own might, and
nothing in
discrepancy between
for Ezekiel simply fixes his
eye upon the judgment, which will nations, partly
is
fall
upon the heathen
hostile attitude towards the
partly on account of their deification of to the salvation
silent as
is
accrue even to them out of the judgment the least degree denying
it.
The
itself,
which
will
but without in
reason for his doing this
is
not that the contemplation of the particular features, which
form the
details of the
avert his eye from the
future
;
^
immediate fulfilment, has led him
more comprehensive survey
but that the proclamation of the spread of salvation
among the heathen
lay outside the limits of the calling which
he had received from the Spirit of God. sion of Ezekiel
nation, which lieatheu. ^
to
of the entire
To
was
restricted to the
was carried this
into exile,
remnant he was
The
prophetic mis-
remnant of the covenant and scattered among the
to foretell the destruction
Drechsler (in his commentary on Isa. xxiii.) has given the following
explanation of the distinction to be observed between the prophecies of Isaiah and those of Ezekiel concerning Tyre,
Isaiah the spirit of prophecy invests totality, in
its
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;namely, that in the case of
utterances with the character of
accordance with the position assigned to this prophet at the
entrance upon a
new
era of the world, embracing the entire future even
to the remotest times, and sketching with grand simplicity the ground-
plan and outline of the whole such as Jeremiah and Ezekiel,
whereas in the case of the later prophets, the midst of the historical execution, the survey of the whole gives place to the contemplation of ;
who were living in
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
CHAP. XXV.-XXXIL
kingdom
of the
359
'
and after the occurrence of that
of Judali,
catastrophe the preservation and eventual restoration of the
kingdom of God
in a
renewed and
glorified form.
With
this
commission, which he had received from the Lord, there was associated,
it is
true, the
announcement of judgment upon the
heathen, inasmuch as such an announcement was well fitted to preserve from despair the Israelites,
who were pining under
oppression of the heathen, and to revive the hope of the
ment
the
fulfil-
of the promise held out before the penitent of their future
redemption from their state of misery and restoration to the position of the people of
God.
But
this
would not apply to
the prophecies of the reception of the heathen into the renovated
kingdom of God,
as they contained
no
special element of con-
solation to the covenant people in their depression.
In connection with
this
we have
the equally striking circum-
Babylon among the
that Ezekiel does not mention
stance,
heathen nations.
This
may
also be explained, not
merely from
the predominance of the idea of the judgment upon Israel and
Jerusalem, w'hich the Chaldeans were to execute as " righteous
men"
(ch. xxiii. 45), so that they only
came before him
as
such righteous men, and not as a world-power also (Kliefoth), but chiefly from the fact that, for the reason described above, Ezekiel's prophecy of the stricted
to
those
judgment upon the heathen
is
re-
nations which had hitherto cherished and
displayed either enmity or false friendship toward Israel, and
the Chaldeans were not then reckoned
among
the number.
For the further development of the prophecy concerning the future of the whole heathen world, the
Lord had
called the
particular features belonging to the details of the immediate fulfilment.
But
this explanation
is
not satisfactory, inasmuch as Jeremiah, notwith-
standing the fact that he lived in the midst of the execution of the judg-
ment, foretold the turning of judgment into salvation at least in the case of some of the heathen nations. For example, in ch. xlviii. 47 he prophesies to the Moabites, and in ch, xlix. 6 to the Ammonites, that in the future time Jehovah will turn their captivity ; and in ch. xlvi. 26 he says, concerning Egypt, that after the judgment it will be inhabited as in the days of old.
360
TnE proPHEciES of ezekiel
prophet Daniel at the same time as Ezekiel, and assigned him his post at the seat of the existing heathen imperial power.
CHAP. SXV. AGAINST AMMON, MOAB, EDOM, AND THE PHILISTINES.
The '^
word
8-11),
prophecies, comprehended in the heading (ver. 1) in one of the Lord," against
Ammon
(vers. 1-7),
Edom
and the
Philistines (vers. 15-17),
(vers. 12-14),
Moab
(vers.
those four border-nations of Israel, are very concise, the judg-
ment of destruction being lines, partly
few forcible
foretold to them, in a
on account of their scorn
at the fall of the people
and kingdom of God, and partly because of actual
The
manifested toward them. given in the heading of Jerusalem
;
date of these utterances
but in vers.
3, 6,
that they cannot have been delivered
tliy
the
came
And
3.
say
to the
Aha!
A mmon,
sons of
Lord Jehovah! Thus
say est.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
concerning
saith the
my
it is
it
is
laid waste
ing the house of Judah,
that they have gone
I loill give
;
and ye
saith the
shall
Ver.
the sons
know
;
and concerncaptivity
into
that
5.
tent-villages in thee,
JRahhah will
I
and maJce
of Amnion a resting-place for
I am
Lord Jehovah, Because
And
;
of the east
in thee ; they shall eat thy fruits,
they shall drinJc thy milk.
Jlocks
thou
profaned; and
thee to the sons
for a possession, that they may pitch their erect tlieir dwellings
ye the word of
Lord Jehovah, Because
sanctuary, that
Ver. 4. Therefore, behold,
a camel-ground, and
the
and prophesy against them,
Ammon, Hear
concerning the land of Israel, that
and
And
1.
me, saying^ Ver. 2. Son of man, direct
to
face towards the sons of
Ver.
after this catastrophe.
till
Against the Ammonites.
xcord of Jeliovah
not
is
and 8 the destruction
presujiposed as having already occurred, so
is
Vers. 1-7.
hostility
For
thus
thou hast clapped thy hand,
and
Jehovah.
Ver.
stamped with thy foot, and hast rejoiced in soul with tempt concerning the house of Israel, Ver.
7.
6.
all thy con-
Therefore, behold,
I
CHAP. XXV.
booty,
my hand against thee, and give thee to
out
icill stretch
thee offfrom the peoples, and
and cut
lands; Iicill destroy
—In
28
xxi.
cli.
S61
1-7.
thou mayst learn that
thee, that
when
sqq.,
the nations for
exterminate thee from the
lam Jehovah. Nebu-
predicting the expedition of
chadnezzar against Jerusalem, Ezekiel had already foretold the destruction of the
Ammonites,
so that these verses are simply a
In the
resumption and confirmation of the earlier prophecy. passage ii.
mentions their reviling of the people of
8, 10),
sin for
Zephaniah before him (Zeph.
referred to, Ezekiel, like
God
as the
which they are to be punished with destruction.
reviling, in
which
found vent, was the radical of Judah's
fall, it
tion of the temple (a is
Ammon.
sin of
rose even to contemptuous
On
the occasion
and malicious joy
sanctuary of Jehovah by the destruc-
at the profanation of the
that this
This
their hatred of the divine calling of Israel
comparison with ch. xxiv. 21 will show
?™
the sense in which
is to
be understood), at the
devastation of the land of Israel, and at the captivity of Judah,
—
in other words, at the destruction of the religious
existence of Israel as the people of
the sanctuary
is
mentioned
to Israel, manifested
presented its
much
see the
up
As
their land, with
3).
a punishment for
4 and
5),
The
8),
had
tliis,
they
but to be cut
off
The Lord
productions, for a possession to
according to Gen. xxv. 13-18, to the
i.e.,
Arabs, the Bedouins (for i.
its
ii.
antagonism
of the nations (vers. 6 and 7).
the sons of the east,
and Job
comm. on Zeph.
in national antipathies, as in
are not only to lose their land (vers.
will give
political
to intimate that the hostility
first,
to the sacred calling of Israel.
from the number
and
profanation of
by the Ammonites on every occasion that
itself (for proofs,
roots not so
The
God.
Piel
D^i^
'•33,
l^tS''',
see the
comm. on Judg.
vi.
although only occurring here,
3 is
not to be rejected as critically suspicious, and to be changed into Kal, as Hitzig proposes.
The Kal would be
because the subject of the sentence can only be not Dn^rih"'p
For
;
and
y^^\
niTtPj tent-villages
in the
of
Kal has an
unsuitable
D7.i? \^?,
and
intransitive sense.
nomads, see the comm. on Gen.
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
3G2 XXV.
D^?2f?, dwellings, are the separate
16.
In the
shepherds.
sake of emphasis
nan
last clauses of ver. 4,
and Hitzig's opinion, that the
;
sponds to the subject in the clause
'w^
^^'fW,
the
of
tents
repeated for the
is
nan corre-
first
the second to that
be rejected as a marvellous flight of imagination,
in ^njl, is to
which approaches absurdity in the assertion that H^^l signifies the folds,
i.e.
the fruit of the land,
the produce of the
i.e.
mentioned as a production of pastoral
On
food of nomads.
The words
5.
vi.
capital will also share the fate of the land.
the
comm. on Deut.
iii.
waste spot where camels
11)
down and
lie
ruins of
men, and Seetzen found Arabs with {yid.
von Raumer, Palestine^
their land.
reiterates with it,
6 and
vers.
Ammonites
nation of the
still
268).
feed.
Ammdn
19^'f"''33
in the soul,
In
cherish.
The Keri xxvi. 5)
i.e.
the
7,
Tliis has
their camels not far off
In the
parallel clause, the
Lord announces
with
all
l^'s:3
:
with
all
sequently 3?
thy contempt
33j>
occasions
some
the ancient versions have adopted
might be a
Israel's
the contempt which thy soul could difficulty.
has substituted n?, for booty to the nations all
to the
the destruction that awaits them, and
ver. 7 the air. \&y.
and
;
been
stronger emphasis the sin which occasioned
strengthened by
is
(see
are deserted by
namely, the malicious delight they had manifested at
fall.
suffix.
Rahhah
the Ammonites, are mentioned instead of
i.e.
— In
p.
to
become a camel-ground, a
will
The
fulfilled.
sons of Amnion,
addressed
are
kingdom, and hence the feminine
as a land or
also
is
and the principal
The
almost literally
milk
soil,
the wealth of the Ammonites in flocks
and herds, see Judg.
Ainmon,
life,
'1?
Along with
the animals, of the land.
copyist's error for T3;
and
(cf. ch.
this.
Con-
in support
of this the circumstance might be adduced, that in ch. xlvii. 13,
where
na stands for HT,
of 5 for
T.
explained
But
—as
it
if
we have unquestionably a
the Cheiib
D
substitution
be correct, the word
is
to be
has been by Benfey {Die Montasnamen^ p. 194)
and Gildemeister
(in
MorgenlandeSj
1, p.
iv.
Lassen's Zeitschrift fur die
213
sqq.)
— from
Kunde
des
the Sanscrit Ihdga,
;
CHAP. XXV.
36|k
8-11.
pars^ portio, and has passed into the Semitic languages from
the Aryan, like the Syriac ].^t-^} esca, which P. Boetticher
(Horae aram. coquere.
p.
21) has correctly traced to the Sanscrit bhaj,
—The executors God
the threat that
of the
judgment are not named
for
;
up the land of the Ammonites to
will give
the Bedouins for their possession, does not imply that they are to exterminate the
Ammonites.
of this passage with
the
Ammonites
Amos
i.
On
the contrary, a comparison
13-15 and Jer.
where
xlix. 1-5,
are threatened not only with the devastation of
their land, but also with transportation into exile, will
that the Chaldeans are
be thouMit of as executinor the
to
(See the comm. on ver. 11.)
judgment.
Vers. 8-11.
Against the Moabites.
the
Lord Jehovah, Because Moah,
all
other nations is the house of
behold,
I will
open the shoulder of
even to the
cities
show
last, the
—Ver.
Judah
:
Ver.
Moab from
Thus
8.
saith
Behold^
like Seir^ saithy
9.
like
Therefore,
the cities,
from
its
ornament of the land, Beth-hay eshimoth,
Baal-meon, and as far as Kiryathaim, Ver. 10. To the sons of the east, together with the sons of Ammon, and will give it for a
Ammon may
possession, that the soJis of
bered
among
judgments
;
the nations.
and
Ver. 11. Upon
they shall learn that
become guilty of the same God,
Ammon,
as
when Judah was overthrown, the house of Judah was like say,
will
Jehovah.
1
execute
— Moab has
Judah, the people of
namely, of misunderstanding and despising
the divine election of Israel.
is to
I am
sin against
no more be remem-
Moab
Ammon
gave expression to
this,
in the malicious assertion that all
the heathen nations,
—that
had no pre-eminence over them, and shared the same
fate as they.
There
is
something remarkable in the allusion to
Edom, in connection with Moab, inasmuch as no reference is made to it in the threat contained in vers. 9-11 Seir,
and
i.e.
in vers. 12, 13, there follows a separate prediction con-
cerning
Edom.
Hitzig therefore proposes to follow the example
364
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
LXX.,
of the
and erase
it
from the text as a
but without
gloss,
being able in the smallest degree to show in what way
is
it
probable that such a gloss could have found admission into an Seir
obviously unsuitable place.
Moah
to
mark the
Edom
springing, like the enmity of
and envy of the
to
mentioned along with
As
be given up,
like
Moab
as
towards Israel, from hatred
spiritual birthright of Israel,
prerogatives in sacred history.
was
is
feeling expressed in the words of
i.e.
of
Ammon,
to the
peculiar
its
a punishment for
this, Ikloab
Bedouins for their
possession, and the people of the Moabites were to disappear
from the number of the nations.
Vers. 9 and 10 form one 10 being governed by nnb in ver. 9.
period, Dli^ V.?r in ver.
The
shoulder of
Moab
is
the side of the Moabitish land.
In
the application of the word ^ri3 to lands or provinces, regard
had
to the
body, but without reference to the elevation of the
We find
an analogy to
In
direction, "
^'1>*i5'?
from the
reckoning to the very
of
all
;
''"'^V?)
cities
last,"
^nvj^p, as in Isa. Ivi. 11, first
'l3T
privative sense, for ni''np
the more emphatic
district.
this in the use of ^ina in connection with
the sides of a building. in a
is
position of the shoulder in relation to the whole
D"'"}ynDj
the
p
for neither the article ^^IVv' "°^'
allows this
;
but
onwards," " from
— that
Gen.
cannot be taken,
is to
p
indicates the
its cities
onwards,
whole extent.
say, in its
This tract of land
xix. 4, etc.
designated as a glorious land, with reference to
worth as a possession on account of the excellence of
its
soil
xxxii. 4),
and
comm. on Num.
for the rearing of cattle (see the
is its
then defined with geographical minuteness by the introduction of the
names
of
some of
its
cities.
house of wastes (see the comm. on
Beth-IIayeshimoth,
Num.
xxii. 1),
i.e.
has probably
been preserved in the ruins of Siiaime, which F. de Saulcy discovered on the north-eastern border of the farther inland p.
315).
(Josh. is
to
xiii.
{yid.
Sea, a
Voyarje en terre sainte, Paris 1865,
Baal-Meoiij 17),
Dead
— when
little t.
i.
written fully, Beth-Baal-Meon
— contracted into
Beth-Meon
be sought for to the south-east of
in Jer. xlviii. 23,
this, in
the ruins of
CHAP. XXV.
365
8-11.
Myiin, three-quarters of an hour's journey to the south of
Heshbon was
Num.
comra. on
(see the
xxxii.
Kiryathaim
88).
El
farther south, probably on the site of the ruins of
still
Teym (see the comra. on Gen. xiv. 5 and Num. xxxii. 37). The Chetib \\'ori''\'i> is based upon the form Q^nip^ a secondary CJ^nnpj like
form of vi.
The
13.
cities
\Tp\^
a secondary form of T^h^ in 2 Kings
named were
situated to the north of the
Arnon, in that portion of the Moabitish land which had been taken from the Moabites by the Amorites before the entrance
Canaan (Num.
of the Israelites into
given to the tribe of Eeuben for
xxi.
its
of the Amoritish kings by the Israelites
when
and was
13, 26),
inheritance after the defeat ;
and then,
still
later,
the tribes beyond the Jordan were carried into captivity
by the Assyrians, came again, as
into the
possession of the Moabites
evident from Isa. xv. and xvi., and Jer.
is
where these
cities are
the Moabites.
This
xlviii. 1,
mentioned once more among the
naming
will explain not only the
23,
cities
of
of this
particular district of the Moabitish country, but the definition,
" from
its
For the
cities."
in the passage before us
belonged to the xxxiii. 49,
Josh.
fact
upon which the
is,
according to
Israelites,
xii. 2, 3, xiii.
20, 21,
of the trans-Jordanic tribes
;
xxxii. 37, 38,
was there-
it
after the deportation
and the thought
judgment would burst upon Moab from
is
that
this,
this land
tlie
and these
and they would thereby be destroyed (Havernick and
Kliefoth).
liSFV.a
bv.,
not " over the sons of
addition to the sons of land,
Num.
and that
fore unlawfully usurped by the Moabites
cities,
stress is laid
that the land in question rightfully
Ammon."
had already been promised
In addition
to this, they are
Ammon,"
They, that
is
but " in
to say, their
to the sons of the east (ver. 4).
now
to receive
Moab
for their
Thus will the Lord execute Ver. 11 sums up what is affirmed
possession (Hitzig and Kliefoth).
judgments upon Moab. concerning
Moab
in vers. 9
judgments of God upon
and 10,
this people.
in the one idea of the
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;The execution
of these
judgments commenced with the subjugation of the Ammonites
366
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
and Moabites by Nebuchadnezzar,
/
five years after
and M. von
tion of Jerusalem {vid. Jqsephus, Antt. x. 9. 7,
Niebuhr,
Assurs,
Gesch.
etc.,
Nevertheless
215).
p.
the destruc-
the
Ammonites continued to exist as a nation for a long time after the captivity, so that Judas the Maccabaean waged war against them of
^
Mace.
(1
v. 6,
30—43)
;
and even Justin Martyr speaks
AfifiaviTOiv vvv TToXv ifkrj6o<i (Dial. Tri/ph. p. 272).
—But
Origen includes their land in the general name of Arabia in Job).
extinct
The name of the Moabites appears After the at a much earlier pei'iod.
only in Ezra
ix. 1,
Neh.
xiii. 1,
and Dan.
any notice of them as a people. Josephus in the Antiq. Jud.
iii.
which
3. 3.
xiii.
14. 2,
and xv.
4,
(lib.
i.
have become
captivity,
41, that
we
it
is
find
mentioned by
is
and in the
Bell.
—A further fulfilment by the Messianic judgment,
referred to in Zeph.
is
xi.
Their land
to
words of Ezekiel
;
ii.
10,
is
not indicated in these
but judging from the prophecy concerning
the Edomites (see the
comm. on
ver.
14),
is
it
not to be
excluded.
—Ver.
Against the Edomites. Lord Jehovah, Because Edom acteth
Vers. 12-14. the
upon them, Ver. 13. Therefore, thus icill stretch
from
Thus
my hand
out
and make
it
a
over
saith the
Edom, and
desert
saith
towards
of Judah, and hath been very guilty in avenging
the house
it,
12.
o^evengefully
itself
Lord Jehovah, I
cut off
man and
beast
from Teman, and unto Dedan
Ver. 14. And I loill inflict Edom by the hand of my people Israel, that they may do to Edom according to my anger and my wrath; and they shall experience my vengeance, is the saying
they
my
shall fall
by the sword.
vengeance upon
—
of the Lord Jehovah. Whilst the Ammonites and the Moabites are charged with nothing more than malicious pleasure at the fall
of Israel,
and disregard of
its
divine calling, the Edomites
are reproached with revengeful acts of hostility towards the
house of Judah, and threatened with extermination in consequence.
The
niby, doing or acting of
Edom,
is
more
pre-
I
I
CHAP. XXV. cisely defined as
0ip^3,
'lil
i.e.
367
12-14.
as consisting in the taking of
vengeance, and designated as very guilty, QiK^N
'"i^Vj
'"^f ^.).
Edom had
followed by 3 with an infinitive, as in ch. xvii. 17.
sought every opportunity of acting thus revengefully towards Israel
Obad.
(vid.
11 sqq.
vers.
Amos
;
against
For
Israel.
this
11),
i.
ch. XXXV. 5 Ezekiel speaks of the " eternal
we must
reason
so that
enmity " of
in
Edom
not restrict the
reproach in ver. 12 to particular outbreaks of this revenge at the time of the devastation and destruction of
Judah by the
Chaldeans, of which the Psalmist complains in Ps. cxxxvii., and
God upon Edom. Man Edom in consequence, and the Temhn to Dedan. These names
for which he invokes the vengeance of
and beast are
to
be cut
off
from
land to become a desert from
denote not
but
cities,
Teman
districts.
the southern portion
is
comm. on Amos i. 12) and Dedan is therefore the northern district. Dedan is probably not the Cushite tribe mentioned in Gen. x. 7, but the tribe of the same
of
Idumaea
(see the
;
name which sprang from (Gen. XXV.
3),
the sons of
and which
is
Edom.
ni*!"!
connection with
Abraham by Keturah
mentioned in Jer.
also
xlix.
8 in
has n local with Seghol instead
of Kametz, probably on account of the preceding a (vid. Ewald, ยง 216c).
There
is
no necessity
connect
to
i9''^0
with the
following clause, as Hitzig and Kliefoth have done, in opposi-
The two geographical names, which are a periphrasis for Idumaea as a whole, are distributed through the parallelismus memhrorum between the two
tion to the accents.
used as equally
clauses of the sentence, so that they belong to both clauses, so
far as the sense
from Teman
Dedan will
is
to
are to fall
its
by the sword.
be executed by
ment
Edom
concerned.
Dedan, and
to
become a desert
Teman
to
This judgment of vengeance
God through His
of this threat, no doubt,
is
inhabitants from
people Israel.
commenced with
of the Edomites by the Maccabees
;
but
it is
to that event, as Rosenmiiller, Kliefoth,
The
fulfil-
the subjugation
not to be limited
and others suppose,
although the foundation was thereby laid for the disappearance
368
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL For
of the national existence of Etlom.
On
people Israel."
Amos
are to take possession of
David
up
raised
is
impossible with
"my
of
tliat
the fallen tabernacle of
which
in the Messianic times,
i.e.
God
sqq., that the people of
Edom, when
again,
prophecies point back to
have their
is
the ground, therefore, of the proj)hecies in
12 and Obad. vers. 17
ix.
it
do justice to the emphatic expression,
this limitation to
Balaam
Num.
in
God
promise of
roots, as this also lias, in the
and
xxiv. 18,
con-
cerning the twin sons of Isaac, " the elder shall serve the
younger" (Gen. xxv.
we must
23),
seek for
fulfilment in the victories of the people of foes,
God
the complete
over
all their
among whom Edom from time immemorial had taken the when the kingdom of God is per-
leading place, at the time
For even here Edom
fected.
is
was peculiarly
single nation that
not introduced merely as a
but
hostile to Judali,
also as
a type of the implacable enmity of the heathen world towards
kingdom
the people and
of
God,
as in ch. xxxv., Isa. xxxiv. 63,
The vengeance, answering
etc.
Jehovah, which
upon Edom,
Israel,
consists not
national existence of effect
to
the anger and wrath of
God,
as the people of
Edom, which John Hyrcanus
by compelling the subjugated Edomites
cision (see the
to
is
execute
merely in the annihilation of the
comm. on Num.
carried into
to adopt
circum-
xxiv. 18), but chiefly in the
wrathful judgment which Israel will execute in the person of Christ,
upon the arch-enemy of the kingdom of God by
its
complete extinction.
Vers. 15-17. saith the
and avenge everlasting
Ver. 16.
L will stretch
cut off the Cretans^
shore.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
Thus
15.
the Philistines act with revenge,
themselves with contempt in the soul to destroy in
enmity,
Jehovah, Behold,
and
Against the Philistines.
Lord Jehovah, Because
Ver. 17.
Therefore thus out
my hand
and destroy
And L
ivill
them through chastisements of
the
execute
ivrath,
saith
the
Lord
over the Philistines,
remnant ly
the sea-
great vengeance
and
they shall
hiow
upon that
CHAP. XXV.
/ am The
I
Jehovah, token
vengeance
upon them.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
the Edomites and
Ammonites
in
wy
bring
Philistines resembled
369
15-17.
the former in
their disposition towards the covenant nationj
their thirst for revenge, the latter in their malicious rejoicing
For
at Israel's fall.
by Isaiah
this
14) with
(xi.
reason they had already been classed
Edom, Moab, and
Ammon
as enemies,
who would be successfully attacked and overcome by Israel, when the Lord had gathered it again from its dispersion. In the description of its sin towards Israel we have a combination of elements taken (vers.
soul
12 and
ending
;
Edom
Ammon
and
in the
as in ver. 6), with the intention to destroy
^^'^,
(5J'?i?3
(JT'riL'W) Israel
from the conduct of
They execute revenge with contempt
6).
and
this
revenge springs from eternal, never-
The Lord
hostility.
the whole of the
will cut off
people of the Pliilistines for this.
^''^7.3,
Cretans, originally a
branch of the Philistian people, settled in the south-west of
Canaan.
The name
is
used by Ezekiel for the people, as
had already been by Zephaniah paronomasia with
The
"Ji'l^i?.
By
name
origin of the
in obscurity, as the current derivation
very doubtful combination
(cf. Stark,
it
5), for the sake of the
(ii.
from Creta
is
involved
rests
upon a
Gaza, pp. 6Q and 99 sqq.).
the " remnant of the sea-coast,"
i.e.
the remnant of the
inhaibitants of the coast of the Mediterranean, in other w^ords,
of the Philistines, the destruction of which
Amos
predicted by (xlvii. 4),
we
(i.
8),
Isaiah
(xiv.
had already been
30),
and Jeremiah
are to understand the whole nation to the very
was
comm. on Amos i. 8). The execution of the vengeance threatened by God began in the Chaldean period, in which Gaza was attacked last
man,
all
that
still
left of the Philistines (see the
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
by Pharaoh, and, judging from Jer.
xlvii.,
the whole of Philistia
was laid waste by the Ciialdeans (see the fuller comments on this in the exposition of Jer. xlvii.).
ment
But
the ultimate fulfil-
will take place in the case of Philistia also,
Messianic judgment, in tary on Zeph.
EZEK.
I.
ii.
the manner described
through the
in the
commen-
10. f
2
a
370
TOE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
CHAP. XXVL-XXVIIL—AGAINST TYRE AND SIDON.
The
greater portion of these three chapters
occupied with
is
the prophecy concerning Tyre, which extends from ch. xxvi. 1
The prophecy against Sidon The reason for this is, that
to ch. xxviii. 19.
ch. xxviii. 20-26.
and importance of Phoenicia were concentrated
limited to
is
the grandeur
at that time in
the power and rule of Tyre, to which Sidon had been obliged
hegemony, which
to relinquish the
The prophecy
over Phoenicia.
words of God, of which the of
destruction
(ch.
xxvii.),
Tyre
against
consists of four
(ch. xxvi.) contains the threat
first
the city and
to
had formerly possessed
it
of Tyre
state
a lamentation over
the second
;
this destruction
(ch. xxviii. 1-10), the threat against the
the
;
third
king of Tyre; the
fourth (ch. xxviii. 11—19), a lamentation over his
fall.
CHAP. XXVI. THE FALL OP TYRE. In four
sections,
commencing with the formula, " thus
the Lord," Tyre, the mistress of the destruction.
In the
threat of
destruction
its
(vers. 7-14), the
first
enemy
as a powerful one
;
strophe (vers. 2-6) there
by a host of is
saith
threatened with
sea, is
a general
is
In the second
nations.
mentioned by name, and designated
and the conquest and destruction emanating
from him are circumstantially described.
In the third (vers.
15-18), the impression which this event would produce
upon
the inhabitants of the islands and coast-lands
And
in the fourth (vers. 19-21), the threat
manner, and the prophecy This word of
God
is
is
thereby rounded
the
depicted.
off.
bears in the introduction the date of
delivery to the prophet and enunciation
came
is
repeated in an energetic
to pass in the eleventh year^
word of Jehovah came
to
on the
by him.
first
me, saying.
—
Ver.
its
1. It
of the month, that
—The eleventh year of
the exile of Jehoiachin was the year of the conquest and destruction of Jerusalem (Jer.
lii.
6,
12), the occurrence of
which
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; ;
CHAP. XXVI.
is
presupposed in ver. 2
number
omission of the 17, as the
is
something striking in the
month both here and
of the
day of the month
words {Jnhp
in the
There
also.
371
2-6.
is
in ch. xxxii.
The attempt
given.
to discover
an indication of the number of the
infc?3
month, by understanding ^nhp as signifying the first month of the year: the
"on
first
and
the
first
as regards the month," equivalent to,
month, on the
others),
particular
is
first
as forced
month
is
"in
day of it" (LXX., Luther, Kliefoth,
and untenable
as the notion that that
intended which had peculiar significance
for Ezekiel, namely, the
month
The
quered and destroyed.
in
which Jerusalem was con-
explanation
first
is
proved to be
erroneous by ver. 2, where the destruction of Jerusalem, which
occurred in the fifth
month of the year named, is assumed to The second view is open to the objec-
have already happened.
Jerusalem happened in the fourth
tion that the conquest of
month, and the destruction in the it
fifth (Jer. Hi.
cannot be affirmed that the conquest was of
We
Ezekiel than the destruction. sion, therefore, that the
number of
through a corruption of the
text,
;
and
importance to
cannot esdSpe the conclu-
the
month has been dropped
which has occurred
but in that case we must give up
all
in copying
hope of being able to de-
termine what the month really was.
by Ewald and Hitzig, that one of the is
6 and 12)
less
The
conjecture offered
last
months of the year
known
intended, because Ezekiel could not have
before then
what impression the conquest of Jerusalem had made upon Tyre, stands or
falls
with the naturalistic view entertained by
these writers with regard to prophecy.
Vers. 2â&#x20AC;&#x201D;6. Tyre shall be broken and utterly destroyed.
Ver.
2.
Son of man, because Tyre
" Aha, the door of the nations shall become full; she is laid
saith concerning Jerusalem^
broken
the
Tyre,
and
will bring
vp
its
up against
waves.
;
thee
will
many
me ; I
turneth to
it
waste;" Ver.
Lord Jehovah, Behold, I
saith
bringing
is
3.
Therefore thus
come upon
thee,
nations, as the sea
Ver. 4. They will destroy the walls
of TyreJ and throw down her
tovjers ;
and I
will sweep
away
;
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
572
her dust from her, and make her a hare rock.
Vcr.
5.
She shall
become a place for the spreading of nets in the midst of the
I have
for
spoken
it,
is the
saying of the
which are in the shall learn
they
phecy of Isaiah
Lord Jehovah
Ver.
shall become booty for the nations.
And
6.
land shall be slain with
I am
that
(ch. xxiii.),
is
Tvpa
the mainland, ^ iraXai
sicord ;
and
as in the pro-
name upon
not the city of that
or JlaXatTvpo^,
and she
her daughters
the
Jehovah. â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Tyre,
;
sea,
Old Tyre,
whicli
was taken by Shaltnaneser and destroyed by Alexander Marsh, Vitringa, J. D.
Perizon.,
(as
and Eichhorn
IMichaelis,
supposed), but Insular Tyre, which was three-quarters of a
mile farther north, and only 1200 paces from the land, being built
upon a small
island,
no great depth
strait of
and separated from the mainland by a (vid.
Movers, Phoenizier,
and was
rians (Josephus, Antt. ix. 14. 2),
at that time the
market of the nations ; and in Ezekiel's day
summit of
it
had reached the
greatness as mistress of the sea and the centre of
its
commerce of the world.
our prophecy
is
That
chit fly directed,
according to whicli Tyre
is
to
is
it
is
against this
field, i.e.
on the mainland
Tyre that
evident from vers. 5 and 14,
become a bare rock
of the sea, and from the allusion to the daughter
the
288
This Insular Tyre had -successfully resisted the Assy-
sqq.).
the
II. p.
in the
midst
cities, "TH^^, in
as contrasted with
(in ver. 6),
the position occupied by Tyre upon a rocky island in the sea and, lastly, from the description given in ch. xxvii. of the mari-
time trade of Tyre with attained, I.e.
inasmuch
as vers. 6, 8,
made
and
as
it
may
This
p. 176).
all
nations, to
which Old Tyre never
possessed no harbour (vid. Movers,
easily be reconciled with
ch. xxvii., xxviii., in
to the continental Tyre,
such passages
which reference
is
also
and the conquest of Tyre
is
depicted as the conquest of a land-city (see the exposition of these yerses).
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; The
threat against
Tyre commences,
as in the
case of the nations threatened in ch. xxv., with a brief description of
its
sin.
Tyre
Jerusalem, because
it
.gave expression to
hoped
its
to derive profit
joy at the fall of
therefrom through
CHAP. XXVI.
the extension
of
373:
2-6.
commerce and increase of
its
"
words put into the mouth of Tyre. is
The
broken in pieces."
plural
its
The door
of the nations
indicates the folding
T\Srh'=\
doors which formed the gate, and are mentioned in
Jerusalem
the door of the nations, and
is
is
to the current opinion of expositors, because
the
commerce of the
nothing
is
known
to
nations,
wealth.
meaning of the
Different explanations have been given of the
stead.
its
so called according
was the centre of
it
as a place of trade.
i.e.
But
warrant the idea that Jerusalem was ever
able to enter into rivalry with
Tyre
as a
commercial
city.
The
importance of Jerusalem with regard to other nations was to
be found, not in
which
it
its
occupied for trade, in support of which Havernick
refers to Herodotus,
but in
its
commerce, nor in the favoui'able situation
and Hitzig
iii.'S,
to Ezekiel xxiii. 40, 41,
sanctuary, or the sacred calling which
for the whole world of nations.
it
had received
Kliefoth has therefore decided
That Jerusalem
in favour of the followincr view:
gate of the nations, not because
it
called a
is
had hitherto been open
to
the nations for free and manifold intercourse, but for the very opposite reason, namely, because the gate of Jerusalem hitherto been closed
now broken
had
and barred against the nations, but was
in pieces through the destruction of the city,
thereby opened to the nations.
and
Consequently the nations, and
notably Tyre, would be able to enter
now
and from
;
this fact
the Tyrians hoped to derive advantage, so far as their com-
mercial interests were concerned.
harmony with the
text.
But
broken in pieces, and one
by breaking the door (Gen.
may
view
this
Although a gate
is
is
not in
opened by being
force an entrance into a house
xix. 9), yet the expression
the nations" cannot signify a door which bars
all
" door of
entrance on
the part of the nations, inasmuch as doors and gates are not
made of
and is
to secure
men and in.
houses and
cities
against the forcible entrance
it possible for them to go out Moreover, the supposition that " door of the nations "
nations, but to render
equivalent to shutting against the nations,
is
not in harmony
374
THE PBOPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
with the words
vX
turned to me," or
napj which follow. is
it
nations would turn
has
turned to me, has no meaning unless
away from Jerusalem had turned
fore that hitherto the nations
the 3d pers. perf. Niphal of 33D, for
analogy of DÂť3,
ad sensum
it
it
through the breaking of the door the stream of the
signifies that
is
expression "
The
The
etc.
in
It
is
nana
to Jerusalem,
"^SDJ,
formed after the
missing subject to n3p3
D'l?>Vn ninp"!.
and there-
to Tyre,
not the door
to be
is
found
but the
itself,
entrance and streaming in of the nations, which had previously
been directed towards Jerusalem, and would now turn to Tyre.
There
is
no
necessity, therefore, for Hitzig's conjecture, that
nspsx should be altered into subject.
J^^^^,
and the
latter taken as the
Consequently we must understand the words of the
Tyrians as signifying that they had regarded the drawing of the nations to Jerusalem,
i.e.
the force of attraction which
Jerusalem had hitherto exerted upon the nations, as the seat of the divine revelation of mercy, or of the law and judgment of the Lord, as interfering with their endeavour to draw to themselves
and gain them over
all
to their purposes,
nations
and that
they rejoiced at the destruction of Jerusalem, because they
hoped that henceforth they would be able to themselves
to attract the nations
and enrich themselves with
possessions.
their
This does not require that we should accredit the Tyrians with
any such insight lie
beyond
into the spiritual calling of Jerusalem as
The
their heathen point of view.
stance, that the position occupied
would
simple circum-
by Jerusalem in
relation to
the world apparently interfered with the mercantile interests of
the Tyrians, would be quite sufficient to excite a malignant
God The
pleasure at the fall of the city of God, as the worship of
and the worship of
Mammon
are irreconcilably opposed.
source from which the envy and the enmity manifesting in this malicious pleasure took their rise,
words
:
" I shall
fill
is
indicated in the last
myself, she (Jerusalem)
is
laid waste,"
which Jerome has correctly linked together thus deserta
est,
idcirco ego implebor.
itself
N^"?, to be
filled
:
quia
ilia
with mer-
,
CHAP. XXVI.
and wealth, as in ch.
cliandise
375
7-14.
On
xxvii. 25.
account of this
toward the kingdom of God, which led Tyre to
disposition
expect an increase of power and wealth from
Lord God would smite it llvV, behold, I will come upon
the
Nah. iii.
God will
5.
shall destroy its walls
thee, as in ch. xiii. 8
Instead of the army, "
and towers.
is to
be
many
hoping to attract
is
fulfilled,
though
in a different
The comparison
Tyre intended.
sense from that which
advancing army to the advancing waves of the sea
when
significant
31
1.
to itself in consequence of the destruction of
This hope
Jerusalem.
Jer.
;
''J3n
army against Tyre, which
lead a powerful
nations" are mentioned, because Tyre
more nations
destruction,
its
with ruin and annihilation.
the situation of Tyre
subject to niPi^ns, and the Hiphil
very
Djn is the
considered.
is
of the is
construed with.p instead of
is
the accusative (compare Ewald, § 292c with § 211e).
Accord-
and Curtius,
Insular
to Arrian,
Tyre was
ii.
18. 3,
fortified all
iv. 2. 9, 12,
round with
lofty walls
and
3. 13,
and towers, which
were certainly in existence as early as Nebuchadnezzar's time.
Even
the dust of the demolished buildings
sweep away
^n^np,
the city,
the site on which
i.e.
Xey.^ with
air.
bare and barren rock (y?D
n''ny,
it
a play upon
had
stood,
—would In
that
would become a
where
" Her daughters "
the towns dependent upon Tyre, " on the
the open country,
field," i.e.
God would
innK'), so
as in ch. xxiv. 7), a place
fishermen would spread out their nets to dry. also, that is to say,
("^"^SJ?)
— in other words, their inhabitants,
be slain with the sword.
vers.
7-14 the threat
thus saith the
is
carried
Lord Jehovah,
still
Behold,
further.
I will
—Ver.
7.
For
bring against Tyre
Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, from the north, the king of kings,
loith horses,
of much people.
and
Ver.
with the sword, and he throio
Ver.
8.
chariots,
Thy
toill erect
up a rampart against 9.
And
direct his
and horsemen, and a multitude
daughters in the field he will slay
thee,
siege-towers against thee,
and
set
up
battering-rams against thy walls,
throw down thy towers with his swords.
and
shields against thee,
Ver. 10.
From
and the
376
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
multitude of his horses their dust will cover thee the horsemen^ wheels^
of
and
;
from
the noise
chariots, thy walls will shake
when
he shall enter into thy gates, as they enter a city broken open.
Ver. 11. With the hoofs of his horses he will tread down all thy streets
thy people he will slay loith the sword,
;
of thy
possessions,
and thy glorious
Ver. 12. They will make booty
pillars will fall to the ground.
and plunder thy merchandise,
destroy thy walls,
and throw down thy splendid mansions, and
sink thy stones, thy
wood, and thy dust in the water.
/
to the
Ver. 13.
heard no more.
/
Ver. 14.
make
will
thee
nets,
more
is
for 1 Jehovah have
Lord Jehovah.
—
this
verses,
put an end
a bare rock; thou
shah be a place for the spreading of ;
will
sound of thy songs, and the music of thy harps shall be
— Nebuchadnezzar,
it,
and be
the
built
no
of
the
saying
the great king of Babylon,
the meaning of the rhetorical description in these
is
—
spoken
will
come with a powerful army
(ver. 7), smite with
the sword the inland cities dependent upon
pare ver. 6), then walls and
commence
towers (vers.
86 and
Tyre
(vei*. 8,
com-
the siege of Tyre, destroy 9), enter with his
army
its
the city
in which breaches have been made, put the inhabitants to death (vers.
ings,
10 and 11), plunder the treasures, destroy walls and buildand cast the ruins into the sea (ver. 12). Nebuchadrezzar,
name
or Nebuchadnezzar (for the xxiv. 1),
is
see the
called king of kings, as the
comm. on
2
Kings
supreme ruler of the
Babylonian empire, because the kings of conquered provinces
and lands were subject Isa. X. 8).
His army
to
him
a great multitude of infantry. far as the rhetorical style
subordinate to sisted of
the
^nj?,
syny.
comm. on
as vassals (see the
consists of war-chariots,
is
^'^~W[
are co-ordinate, so
concerned; but in reality iVDj;
as in ch. xxiii. 24,
On
^T}\i
comm. on
and cavalry, and
inasmuch
is
as the 7^!^ con-
the siege-works mentioned in ver. 86, see
ch. iv. 2.
nay
U''\>t\
signifies the construction of
a roof with shields, by which the besiegers were accustomed to
defend themselves from the missiles of the defenders of the city wall while
pursuing their labours.
Herodotus repeatedly
;
CHAP. XXVI.
377
7-14.
mentions such shield-roofs as used by the Persians
61. 99,
(ix.
102), though, according to Layard, they are not to be found
upon the Assyrian monuments There
no doubt that
is
^ni?, literally,
be pointed either
Hooght and
J.
by
(the form i?3P^ adopted
i^^i?
H. Michaelis
is
res opposita, that
which
opinion of others, ?5P
but there
opposite
is
hence
;
is
1?3p Tio, the thrust-
nothing in the usage of the language to sustain
is
tion of his defence."
very aptly rendered
The
it.
The number
entering the city they cover
his irons," as
it
is
so
may be
simile
peculiar situation of Insular Tyre.
enter
it
as they
march
'30 "fV ^^i^??,
embankment
made
or dam.
It
a city taken by
i.e.
explained from the
means
that the
into a land-fortress into
breach has been made by force. the besieger has
hyper-
on their
with dust, and the walls shake
the marchings into a broken city,
The
is
that
great,
with the noise of the horsemen and chariots.
storm, generally are.
Ewald has
description in ver. 10
horses
of
by Havernick, "destruc-
his swords, used figuratively for
^"'^'^i^lC,
weapons or instruments of war, "
literally, as
In the
an instrument employed in besieging
either this explanation or that adopted
Avill
v. d.
opposed to the grammatical
ing or demolishing of that which stands opposite.
bolical.
is
been explained by Gesenius and others as signifying
rules), has
his
6).
TOp, from /^p, to
thrusting or smiting.
or
i'Pfip
ii.
the battering-ram,
signifies
though the meaning of the words
called 13 in ch. xxi. 27,
disputed,
on Nah.
(see the coram,
v>^\^^ ""np
The words
enemy
which a
presuppose that
a road to the city by throwing up an ^?y
J^i^sro,
the memorial pillars of thy
might, and the pillars dedicated to Baal, two of which are
mentioned by Herodotus Hercules
at
(ii.
44) as standing in the temple of
Tyre, one of gold, the other of emerald
of gods, but pillars, as symbols of Baal.
;
not images
These sink or
fall to
the ground before the overwhelming might of the foe (compare Isa. xlvi. 1, xxi. 9,
and 1 Sam.
the inhabitants and the treasures begins,
fall
v. 3).
After the slaughter of
of the gods, the plundering of the
and then follows the destruction of the
city.
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
378 n^pn
^ri3
are not pleasure-houses (" pleasure-towers, or garden-
houses of the wealthy merchants," as
Ewald
supposes), for there
was not space enough upon the island for gardens (Strabo, 2. 23),
but the lofty, magnificent houses of the
mentioned in Isa.
xxiii.
and that
destroyed,
so completely that they will
to the exultation
Isa. xiv. this
Amos
11 and
sea.
—Thus
the
will
and rejoicing in Tyre v. 23).
xvi.
the palaces
Yea, the whole city shall be
13.
wood, and rubbish into the
end
city,
(ver.
sweep
stones,
Lord put an 13
compare
;
—The picture of the destruction of
powerful city closes with the repetition of the thought from
Tyre
ver. 5, that
shall
be turned into a bare rock, and
shall
never be built again.
The
Vers. 15-18.
tidings of the destruction
produce great commotion in connected with her.
—Ver. 15.
of
Tyre
will
her colonies and the islands
all
Thus
sailh the
Lord Jehovah
to
Will not the islands tremble at the noise of thy fall, at the
Tyre,
groaning of the wounded, at the slaughter in the midst of thee
And
Ver. 16.
embroidered
the princes
all
and
their thrones,
the sea will
of
will lay aside their robes
clothes,
and
come down from
and
and they
thee.
Ver. 17. They will raise a lamentation for
to thee
:
hast thou perished, thou
out of the sea, thou renowned city, she sea, she
and her
fear of her of thy
fall,
departure.
n73D
?ip,
!
—
inhabitants,
Ver. 18.
who
Now
fall
and
the islands in
^''lI,
lionne,
the
thee,
at
and say
who wast inhabited from whd was mighty upon the
inspired all her*inhabitants with
the sea are
confounded at thy
has the force of a direct affirmation.
the noise of the
takes place, as
upon
do the islands tremble on the day
fall,
stands for the tidings of the
noise, since the noise itself could not
The
sit
moment, and be astonished
earth,
How
take off their
dress themselves in terrors,
will tremble every
?
is
be heard upon the islands.
added for the purpose of depicting
the terrible nature of the event, at or amidst the groaning of
the wounded, and the slaughter in the midst of thee.
J'lna is
the infinitive Niphal, with the accent drawn back on account of the following Milel, and should be pointed
i"}.'"??-
^^^ word
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
:
CHAP. XXVI. D^^N, Islands, is
379
15-18.
frequently used so as to embrace the coast lands
of the Mediterranean Sea
;
we have
therefore to understand
it
here as applied to the Phoenician colonies on the islands and
The " princes
coasts of that sea.
of the sea " are not kings of
the islands, but, according to Isa. xxiii. 8, the merchants pre-
who resembled
siding over the colonies of Tyre,
not royal thrones, but chairs, as in 1 Sam. picture of their it is
mourning
princes,
ni^'ip?,
The
iv. 13, etc.
recalls the description in
not derived from that passage, however, but
Jonah
is
iii.
6
;
an indepen-
dent description of the mourning customs which commonly
among
prevailed
striking one
:
The
princes.
antithesis introduced
in the place of the robes of state
which they have
(see the similar trope in ch. vii. 27). still
more
is
a very
clothing themselves in terrors, putting on terrors
by the
forcible
The thought
is
laid aside
rendered
closing sentences of the verse
:
they
by moments, i.e. as the moments return, therefore, " every moment " {vid. Isa. xxvii. 3).â&#x20AC;&#x201D; In
tremble
D^Vi"^?,
actually,
the lamentation which they raise (ver. 17), they give pro-
minence
to the alarming revolution of all things, occasioned
by
the fact that the mistress of the seas, once so renowned, has
now become an
object of
to
horror and
This
inhabited from the seas.
is
alarm.
C'S^P
^r^'^'^^,
not to be taken as equivalent
far as the seas," in the sense of, whose inhabitants
"as
spread over the seas and
Havernick suppose
;
settle there, as
for being inhabited
sending the inhabitants abroad.
Gesenius is
(^Thes.)
and
the very opposite of
If ip were to be taken in the
geographical sense of direction or locality, the meaning of the expression could only be, whose inhabitants spring from the seas, or
have migrated thither from
all
seas; but this
would
not apply to the population of Tyre, which did not consist of
men
of all nations under heaven.
interpretation, namely,
had
as
it
Hitzig has given the correct sea, or
out of the seas, which
were ascended as an inhabited
of the sea.
who
from the
It
is
not easy to explain the
city out of the
bosom
last clause of ver.
17
inspired all her inhabitants with their terror, or with teiTor
380
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
them
of
(of themselves)
for if the relative
;
connection with the preceding
inhabitants,
Ewald, Kliefoth, and
inhabitants of the sea,
it is
But
Djrij all
this is
the
open
to
masculine gender, but
extremely harsh to take the same suffix attached to the two
n"'3B'*
We
as referring to different subjects.
take the relative to
D^ of the
is
themselves,
as referring to
her colonies.
i.e. all
the objection, that not only
n''3Bn"'
i.e.
have therefore proposed
otliers,
to take the suffix in the second
taken in
Kimchi, Kosen-
with their terror, or terror of themselves. miiller,
is
the thought arises that the
>}''^^\
Tyre inspired her
inhabitants of
l^"t<
<}''^^^'^)
^^r'
:
itJ'N
and the
the city with
inhabitants with fear of
suffix in
its
must therefore
DiTrnn as both referrinc
population inspired
This
itself.
is
all its
several
not to be understood,
however, as signifying that the inhabitants of Tyre kept one another in a state of terror and alarm its
population, through
but that the city with
power upon the
its
several inhabitants with fear of this distinction
;
of the city and
its
its
sea, inspired all
population was reflected upon
This explanation of the words
every individual citizen.
firmed by the parallel passages in ch. xxxii. 24 and 26.
had come
city
to
so
appalling an end, that
The two
trembled thereat.
the
might, inasmuch as the
all
is
con-
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;This
the islands
hemistichs in ver. 18 are synony-
mous, and the thought returns by way of conclusion to ver. 15. ^!^'
has the
Aramaean form
of the plural, which
met with even
in the earlier poetry {vid.
departure,
destruction.
i.e.
Vers. 19-21.
Thus
will
make
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Ver. 19.
For
thee a desolate city^
habited,
when I cause
waters cover
thee,
177a).
like the
Lord Jehovah^ When I
cities ivhich
are no longer in-
the deep to rise over thee, so that the
to the
nxv,
and vanish for ever from
thus saith the
Ver. 20. / cast
gone into the grave,
§
sometimes
Tyre, covered by the waves of the
sea, sink into the region of the dead,
the earth.
Ewald,
is
thee
down
to those
many
who have
people of olden time, and cause thee to
dwell in the land of the lower regions, in the ruins from the olden time, with those
who have gone
into the grave, that thou
muyest be
381
CHAP. XXVI. 19-21.
no longer inhabitedj and 1 create that which land of the art
and
come upon Tyre, but
desolation
the region of the
whole threat
is
In
dead.
summed
this
The
up.
a
thee
glorious in the
terror,
and find
thee,
Lord Jehovah.
saying of the
ever, is the
/ make
Ver. 21.
living.
no more; they will seek
is
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Not
only will ruin
will sink for
it
and thou
no more for
thee
ever into
concluding thought the
infinitive clauses of ver.
19
recapitulate the leading thoughts of the previous strophes, for
the purpose of appending the closing thought of banishment to
By
the rising of the deep
we
stand, according to ver. 12, that the city in
its
ruins will be
those
who go down
the under-world.
sunk
"lU
into the depths of the sea.
"""ili^j
They
into the pit or grave, are the dead.
are to under-
are described
still
further as ^AV Dy, not " those wdio are sleeping the long sleep of death," or the generation of old
whom
must
all
join
people of the "old world" before the flood (2 Pet.
were buried by the waters of the
Job
xxii. 15,
world, and xliv.
7,
where
to describe
5),
who
analogy of the use of Dpiy Dy in Isa. the
human
In harmony with
race
as existing
this, opiJ??
Tyre
shall not only
down
in Sheol, but be thrust
*^^ÂŽ
As
adds emphasis to the idea of "^n niV, so also does
pS.
from time
^^^^H ^^^
of the primeval world wdiich perished in the flood.
to that of ni'nnri
ii.
accordance with
D?iy denotes the generations of the primeviil
after the
immemorial.
flood, in
but the
;
ruins
a7Sv
DJ?
C?ii?p ^^^"^na
descend to the dead
to the people of the dead,
who
were sunk into the depths of the earth by the waters of the
and
flood,
among
there
shall
the flood, beside ni'nnrij
receive
its
tliat
dwelling-place
everlasting
the ruins of the primeval world which
was destroyed by
px
godless race of the olden time,
land of the lowest places
(cf. ch. xxxii.
18, 24),
periphrasis for Sheol, the region of the dead (compare iv. 9,
" the lower parts of the earth ").
has observed with perfect correctness ing as the
first
Athnach (*)
:
On " If
'l3^
we
^3^
^nriJI
is
a
Eph.
Hitzig
retain the point-
person, with which the place assigned to the
coincides,
we must
at
any rate not regard the
382
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
clause as
dependent upon
still
We
continued.
pendent and affirmative,
But
have done."
lyOj*,
and the force of the ^b
and the Targum
as the accentuators
as this
would give
a discrepancy
rise to
between the two halves of the verse, Hitzig proposes to into the second person
governed by
t*?
as
should then have to take the clause as inde-
''^Jnj"!,
so that the clause
But the want
\Vu?.
alter
would
''^103
still
be
of agreement between the
two halves of the verse does not warrant an alteration of the especially if
text,
it
lead to nothing better than the forced
rendering adopted by Hitzig, " and thou no longer shinest with glory in the land of the living," which there
language to
And
justify.
nothing in the
is
even the explanation proposed by
Havernick and Kliefoth, " that I no longer produce anything glorious from thee (Tyre) in the land of the living," this objection, that " from thee "
the text
and
;
have added person
upon
open to
arbitrarily interpolated into
were what Ezekiel meant, he would either
if this
or written
'H^
is
is
^'''iina.
Moreover, the change of
a sufficient objection to our taking ^rnj as dependent
is
jyo?,
and supplying
tinuation of
^''ria^'ini.
^finJI is
N7.
And
evidently a simple con-
nothing but the weightiest objec-
up a view which
so naturally
objections exist.
Neither the
want of harmony between the two halves of the
verse, nor the
tions should
suggests
context,
lead us to give
But no such
itself.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
according to which Tyre and
its
destruction
referred to both before and immediately after,
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; forces
are
us to
the adoption of explanations at variance with the simple mean-
We
ing of the words.
pretation of the words, "
of the living
;
therefore adhere to the natural inter-
and I
set (establish) glory in the land
" and understand by the land of the
living,
not
the theocracy especially, but the earth, in contrast to the region of the dead.
and
The words
after the overthrow of the glory of the
the world.
He
will create that
to endure for ever
of
contain the general thought, that on
His kingdom.
;
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
and
this
which
He
is
ungodly power of
glorious on the earth
really does
by the
establishing
Tyre, on the contrary, shall become, through
383
CHAP. XXVII. 1-11.
its fate,
tion,
an object of terror, or an example of sudden destruc-
and pass away with
For
behind.
ver. 21b,
all
not leaving a trace
glory,
its
compare
12 and Ps. xxxvii. 36.
Isa. xli.
imperf. Pual, has Chateph-patach between the two w, to
'•E'ipnni,
indicate emphatically that the syllable is only a very loosely
closed one (vid. Ewald, § 315, p. 95).
CHAP. XXVII. LA3IENTATI0N OVER THE FALL OF TYRE.
The lamentation commences with the city of Tyre,
its
and defences
tary strength
a picture of the glory of
situation, its architectural beauty, its mili-
commercial relations
(vers.
3-11), and
(vers,
its
wide-spread
12-25); and then passes into mourn-
ful lamentation over the ruin of all this glory (vers. 26-36).
Vers. 1-11. Introduction and description of the glory and
might of Tyre.
—
saying, Ver. 2.
over Tyre, Ver.
Ver. 1. And the word of Jehovah came to me, And do thou, son of man, raise a lamentation 3. And say to Tyre, Thou who dwellest at the
approaches of the sea, mercliant of the nations
Lord Jehovah,
thus saith the beauty.
Ver.
In
4.
to
the heart
of
builders have
made
built all double-plank-ivorkfor thee
to
thy beauty perfect.
make a mast upon
thee.
Ver.
;
they took cedars
from
Ver.
blue
Ver.
Chittaeans.
Egypt was thy
and red purple from 8.
T7ie inhabitants
Tlie elders
repair thy leaks
;
of Gebal and
all the ships
thine
box
for a banner
its
tlvy
;
sailors.
men were with thee to and their mariners were
skilful
of the sea
Ver. 10. Persian and Lydian and
army, thy menofioar
hung up in thee; they gave
;
ofElishah was thine awning.
of Sidon and Arvad were thy roioers
in thee to barter thy goods.
Libyan were in
set in
Byssus in em-
Tyre, were in thee, they were
thy skilful men,
Ver. 9.
7.
sail, to serve thee
the islands
thy
Ver. 6. They made thine
made of ivory
broidery from
;
Out of cypresses
5.
oars of oaks of Bashan, thy benches they the islands of the
islands,
perfect in
the seas is thy territory
of Senir they of Lebanon
many
I am
Tyre, thou sayest,
;
shield
brilliancy to thee.
and helmet they
Ver. 11. The sons
384
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
of Arvad and thine army were upon thy walls round about, and brave
men were upon
towers
thy
upon thy walls round about
The
;
hung up
they
;
shields
their
made thy beauty perfect.
they have
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
lamentation commences with an address to Tyre, in which
favourable situation for purposes of trade, and the perfect
its
beauty of which she was conscious, are placed in the fore-
ground
Tyre
(ver. 3).
D^ riNUip,
of the sea.
is
or dwelling, at the approaches
sitting,
approaches or entrances of the
sea, are
liarboars into which ships sail
and from which they depart, just
as "i^VO ^^^^> the gate of the
city,
This description does not point to
Old Tyre, but answers exactly harbours.^
'^^r^'^^
both entrance and
is
tiie city
to Insular
with the connecting
t,
Tyre with
which
is
its
i
feminine pronoun, and has therefore been marked as superfluous {vid.
of n?3h with
meaning go
of
'i
D^^X
may
to travel
^Tl-,
to the nations
itself
?N!
on
§ 211^).
is
edifices.^
by the
The combination
:
thou
who
shores to carry on thy trade.
didst
Tyre
perfect in her beauty, partly on
account of her strong position in the
her splendid
of the
be accounted for from the primary
about as a merchant
many
considers that she
Ewald,
two
apparently
confounded here after the Aramaean fashion with the
Masora
exit.
on the mainland, or
sea,
and partly because of
In the description which follows of
this
possessed two
harbours, a northern one called the was on the Sidonian side, and one on the opijosite or south-eastern side, which was called the Egyptian harbour from the direcThe Sidonian was the more celebrated of the tion in which it pointed. two, and consisted of an inner harbour, situated within the wall of the city, and an outer one, formed by a row of rocks, which lay at a distance of about three hundred paces to the north-west of the island, and ran parallel to the opposite coast of the mainland, so as to form a roadstead in which Strabo, xvi. 2. 2o). This. northern ships could anchor (liJ. Arrian, ii. 20 harbour is still held by the city of Sw, whereas the Egyptian harbour with the south-eastern portion of the island has been buried by the sand driven against the coasts by the south winds, po that even the writers of the Middle Ages make no allusion to it. (See Movers, Phonizier, II. 1, ^
Insular Tyre
Sidonian, because
it
;
pp. 214 sqq.) ^ Curtius, iv. 2
:
Tyrus
Phoenicesqiie memorabilis.
et claritate et
magnitudine ante omnes urbes Syriae
(Cf. Strabo, xvi.
2.
22.)
;
CHAP. XXVII.
beauty
and glory, from
385
l-Il.
4 onwards, Tyre
ver.
allegorically as a beautiful ship, splendidly built
throughout, and
its
destruction
is
depicted
and equipped
afterwards represented as a
is
The
shipwreck occasioned by the east wind (vers. 26 sqq.).^ words, " in the heart of the seas
is
territory " (ver. 4a), are
thy
equally applicable to the city of Tyre and to a ship, the build-
ing of which
Tyre
is
to a ship
The comparison
described in what follows.
was very naturally suggested by the situation of
by
the city in the midst of the sea, completely surrounded
As
water.
of
a ship,
it
must of necessity be
shipbuilders selected the finest kinds of
built of
wood
The
wood.
for the purpose
cypresses of Antilibanus for double planks, which formed the sides of the vessel,
and cedar of Lebanon for the mast,
according to Deut.
iii.
9,
^nir,
was the Amoritish name of Hermon
or AntilibanuSf whereas the Sidonians called
Sirion.
it
On
other hand, S'nir occurs in 1 Chron. v. 23, and Sh'nir in of Sol.
iv. 8,
in connection with
Hermon, where they are used
to denote separate portions of Antilibanus.
uses Senir
own
SiS
time, whereas Sirion had possibly
9).
Ezekiel evidently
a foreign name, which had been retained to his
names had both the same meaning iii.
the
Song
The naming
of
become
(see the
obsolete, as the
comm. on Deut.
the places from which the several
materials were obtained for the fitting out of the ship, serve to
heighten the glory of ter to the picture.
its
construction and give an ideal charac-
All lands have contributed their produc-
tions to complete the glory
and might of Tyre.
Cypress-wood
was frequently used by the ancients for buildings and (according to Virgil, Georg. 1
Jerome recognised
follows: "
He
ii.
443) also for ships, because
this allegory,
and has explained
it
it
was
correctly as
(the prophet) speaks rpovtx.ug^ as though addressing a ship,
and points out its beauty and the abundance of everything. Then, after having depicted all its supplies, he announces that a storm will rise, and the south wind {auster) will blow, by which great waves will be gathered In all this he is referring to the overup, and the vessel will be wrecked. throw of the city by King Nabuchodonosor," etc. Raschi and others give the same explanation.
£Z£K.
I.
•
2 B
386
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
exempt from the attacks of worms, and was almost and
yet very light (Theophr. Hist, plant, v. 8
Isa. xxii. 11, double-planks, used for the ship.
oiB'O
;
D'nh^, a dual form, like D^nbh in 2
xvi. 79).
imperisliable,
Plinii Hist. nat.
Kings xxv.
For oars they chose oaks of Bashan (OiU'a as well as in ver. 29 from OIB', to row), and the rowing benches (or Enp
deck) were of ivory inlaid in box.
tabernacle
;
here
it is
employed
used in Ex. xxvi.
is
15 sqq. for the boards or planks of the
wooden walls of the
in a collective sense, either for
the rowing benches, of which there were at least two,
sometimes three rows in a
vessel,
shetij
The
or ivory, inlaid in wood.
the most valuable material of
as
and
one above another, or more This was made
properly, for the deck of the vessel (Kitzig).
of
4,
two side-walls of the
ivory
is
mentioned
first
the B^P, the object being
The
to picture the ship as possessing all possible splendour.
expression D^iE'X'na occasions some difficulty, partly on account of the use of the
meaning
word 03, and partly
much may be
of Q^")^^, although so
context, that the allusion is to ivory,
in connection with the
inferred from the
some kind of wood
inlaid with
and the custom of inlaying wood with ivory for the
purpose of decoration
is
attested
by
Virgil, Aen. x.
137
:
" Vel quale per artem Inclusum buxo, aut Oricia terebintho Lucet ehury
But the use of na does not harmonize with the relation of the wood to the ivory inserted in wood nor can it be defended by ;
the fact that in the quiver."
Lam.
iii.
According
3 an arrow
is
designated " the son of
to this analogy, the
ivory ought to
have been called the son of the Ashurim, because the ivory inserted in the wood,
and not the wood in the ivory .^
therefore adopt the solution proposed
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
by R. Salomo and
namely, that the Masoretic division of
words ^
h^til
is
founded upon a mistake, and that
The Targum has paraphrased "^li
i-e.
it
in this
way
:
others,
D'ttJ'XTia into it
is
We must two
should be read as
pc^aaD pjD^t^NT p3T
planks of box or pine inlaid with ivory.
CHAP. XXVII.
one word
ivory in
D''"ic'i<n3j
387
1-11.
sherbin-cedar
either
i.e.
D"'")^'^{rlJ
(according to more recent expositors), or box-wood, for which
The
Bochart {Phal. III. 5) has decided. Ix.
13 the
"I'ltJ'Kn
Lebanon, whereas here the from the islands of the
ment
to the contrary.
what
species of tree
D^Tk?"Nn
does not furnish a decisive argu-
We
cannot determine with certainty to,
and therefore
grew upon Lebanon
inhabitants of the port of Kiriov in Cyprus
Dfri3
and here,
as
are mentioned, in
Cyprus and other
islands
In 1 Mace.
and
i.
1
a
in
Jer.
still
cannot be
then the Cyprians
;
where
10,
ii.
ta^^N
5,
even Macedonia
D'*'iE'xn
reckoned as
is
Consequently the
belonging to the 7^ Xerreieifju or KltUcov.
were brought does not furnish
any conclusive proof that the Cyprian pine
referred
is
although this was frequently used for ship-building. just as
much ground
and we may appeal to
is
support of this to the fact that, according is
no place
in
vigorously than on the island of Corsica. it
to,
There
for thinking of the box, as Bochart does,
in
Theophrastus, there
mentions
of the
broader sense, inhabitants of
and coast-lands of the Mediterranean.
viii.
place from which the
it
and not upon
alone,
D'^3 are the Kirtet?, the
the islands of the Mediterranean.
;
coming
are described as
D*!]!?,
referred
is
affirmed that the tree
generally
fact that in Isa.
mentioned among the trees growing upon
is
as a very valuable kind of
not determine with certainty to what
from the place where
it
which
it
In any
wood
;
grows more case, Ezekiel
though we can-
wood he
refers, either
grew or from the accounts of the
ancients concerning the kinds of
wood that
The
a very simple one,
reason for this, however,
is
ship-builders used.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
namely,
that the whole description has an ideal character, and, as Hitzig
has correctly observed, " the application of the several kinds of
wood
to the different parts of the ship
is
evidently only
poetical."
The same may be to ver. 7, the sails
in party-coloured
said of the materials of which, according
and awning of the ship were made.
work
("^^i^"!,
see
comm. on Ex.
Byssus
xxvi. 36), Le.
3S8
PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
TJIE
woven
in
colours, probably not merely in
mixed
woven with
figures
and
"
flowers.^
weaving of Egypt was celebrated
From Egypt
stripes,
;"
but
the byssus-
in antiquity, so that byssus-
linen formed one of the principal articles of export (vid. Movers, ut supra, pp. 317 sqq.).
tJ^sp, literally, spreading out, evidently
which we expect
signifies the sail,
to find
mentioned here, and
with which the following clause, " to serve thee for a banner,"
can be reconciled, inasmuch as the
sails
actual
flag,
like
those
in
The
is
included under the term
covering of the ship,
was put up above the deck
had no
Wilkinson's engraving, or that
being also extended
KnSD (Hitzig).
either that
banner, because the ships
also served for a
tiie flag (pi)
may be assumed
it
for protection
i.e.
the awning which
from the heat of the
sun, consisted of purple (n?3ri and t^jnx, see the
XXV. 4) from the islands of Elisliah,
i.e.
comm- on Ex.
of the Grecian Pelopon-
nesus, which naturally suggests the Laconian purple so highly
valued in antiquity on account of Hist. nat.
ship
is
ix.
its
The account
36, xxi. 8).
splendid colour (Plin. of the building of the
followed by the manning, and the attention paid to
its
The words of ver. 8a may be taken as referring quite as much to the ship as to the city, which was in possession The reference of ships, and is mentioned by name in ver. 8b. condition.
to the Sidonians
and Arvad,
i.e.
to the inhabitants of Aradus, a
rocky island to the north of Tripolis, as rowers, is not at variance with the latter
;
since there
is
no need
to
understand by the
rowers either slaves or servants employed to row, and the
Tyrians certainly drew their rowers from the whole of the Phoenician population, whereas the chief
men
in
command
of
â&#x20AC;˘ See Wilkinson, Manners and Customs, III. PI. xvi., where engravings ara given of Egyptian state-ships with embroidered sails. On one ship a large square sail is displayed in purple-red and purple-blue checks, surrounded
by a gold border. The vessel of Antony and Cleopatra in the battle of Actium had also purple sails and in this case the purple sails were the ;
sign of the admiral's ship, just as in Ezekiel they serve as a tinction {D3)-
See Movers,
II. 3, p.
mark
of dis-
165, where the accotmts of ancient
writers concerning&uch state-ships are xjolleeted together.
389
CHAP. XXVII. 1-11.
the ships, the captain and pilot (Dvsh), were no doubt as a
The
rule citizens of Tyre.
Gebal,
of
the Byhlos of the Greeks, the present Jebail, between
i.e.
Tripolis
introduction of the inhabitants
and Berytus
(see the
comm. on Josh.
who were
xiii. 5),
noted even in Solomon*s time as skilful architects (1 Kings of the leak, decidedly favours the supposi-
V. 32), as repairers
tion that the idea of the ship
is
kept in the foreground
still
;
and by the naming of those who took charge of the piloting and condition of the
vessel, the
thought
is
expressed that
all
the cities of Phoenicia assisted to maintain the might and glory of Tyre, since
Tyre was supreme
in Phoenicia.
ver. 96 that the allegory falls into the
It
is
not
till
Tyre now
background.
appears no longer as a ship, but as a maritime city, into which all
the ships of the sea
merce.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Vers. 10, 11.
for
defence.
its
It
sail,
on and improve her com-
to carry
Tyre had
also
made
the best provision
maintained an army of mercenary troops
from foreign countries
to
protect
colonies
its
and extend
settlements,
and entrusted the guarding of the walls of the
to fighting
men
named
in ver.
an African
who had
The
hired
10 are Pharas, Lud, and
PJiut.
of Plioenicia.
tribe, in
its
city
troops specially DIQ
is
no doubt
Coptic Phaiatj the Libyans of the ancients,
spread themselves over the whole of North Africa as
far as Mauretania (see the
comm. on Gen.
Th
x. 6).
is
not
the Semitic people of that name, the Lydians (Gen. x. 22),
but here, as in ch. xxx.
5,
Hamitic people of
(Gen.
D""*]^?
Isa. Ixvi. 19, x. 13),
and Jer.
xlvi.
probably a general
9,
name
for the whole of the Moorish tribes, since l^b (ch. xxx.
and t3^S
D''*i^7
(Jer. xliv.
9)
as auxiliaries in the
are
the
5)
mentioned in connection with
Egyptian army.
There
is
striking in the reference to D"i3, the Persians.
points to the early intercourse carried on
something
Havernick
by the Phoenicians
with Persia through the Persian Gulf, through which the
former would no doubt be able to obtain mercenary
was a general rule
for which
it
possible.
Hitzig objects to
this,
to select
tribes as
on the ground that
soldiers,
remote as tjiere is
no
390
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
proof that this intercourse with Persia through the Persian
Gulf was carried on it
in Ezekiel's time,
and that even
were,
if it
does not follow that there were any Persian mercenaries.
He
therefore proposes to understand by DiQ, Persians
But
settled in Africa in the olden time.
who had
this settlement can-
not be inferred with sufficient certainty either frojn Sallust, Jug.
c.
from the occurrence of the African MuKai of
18, or
175, along with the Asiatic (Ptol.
Herodotus,
iv.
to take
as an
it
explanation of ona.
where Paras
xxxviii. 5,
is
mentioned
and Phut, Gomer and Togarmah,
in
vi.
7.
we compare
If
14), ch.
connection with Cush
army
as auxiliaries in the
of
Gog, there can be no doubt that Asiatic Persians are intended there.
And we
have to take the word in the same sense here
;
for Hitzig's objections consist of pure conjectures which have no
conclusive force. of
Ezekiel evidently intends to give the names
from the
tribes
far-off
west,
east,
and south, who were
Hang-
enlisted as mercenaries in the military service of T^re.
ing the shields and helmets in the
ornament
city, to
its walls,
appears to have been a Phoenician custom, which Solomon also
introduced into Judah (1 Kings x. 16, 17;
and which (1
Mace.
mentioned again
is
iv.
57).
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;A
Song
of Sol.
distinction
is
drawn
in ver. 11 between
A radians,
the mercenary troops on the one hand, and the
and
'^T'!}j
on the
iv. 4),
Maccabees
in the times of the
thine army, the military corps consisting of Tyrians,
other.
The
latter
appear upon the walls of Tyre,
because native troops were employed to watch and defend the city, whilst
Xey. D^nea
the mercenaries had to
(Gammddim)
conclusively
signifies
march
into the field.
shown from the Syrian usage,
Gesenius' T/ies. p. 70 seq. native troops of Tyre.
It is therefore
in his
returning to
its
merce of Tyre with
to
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; With the words, " they (the troops) com-
starting-point in vers. 4
Vers. 12-25. This
Addenda
an epitheton of the
pleted thy beauty," the picture of the glory of off,
The utt.
brave men, as Roediger has
is
Tyre
and
is
rounded
5.
followed by a description of the com-
all nations,
who
delivered their productions
;
CHAP. XXVII. in the
market of
391
12-25.
this metropolis of the
commerce of the world,
and received the wares and manufactures of this city in return.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver. of
all
Tarshish traded with thee for the multitude of goods
12.
kinds
;
with
silver^
iron^ tin,
and
lead they
Ver. 13. Javan, Tubal, and Meshech, they were thy mer-
sales.
chants
with souls of
;
Ver. 14.
barter.
riding-horses,
Dedan were
men and brazen
From the
and mules for thy
thy merchants
Ver. 16.
Aram
and
corals,
and
the
and
;
many
sales.
thy
Ver. 15. The sons of
islands were at thy thee in
hand for payment.
red purple, and embroidery, and byssus,
rubies they
paid for thy
Ver. 17. Judah
sales.
land of Israel, they were thy merchants ; with wheat of
Minnith and confectionery, and honey and
made
made
traded with thee for the multitude of thy produc-
loith carbuncle,
;
they
vessels
house of Togarmah they paid horses,
commerce ; ivory horns and ebony they brought
tions
paid for thy
thy barter.
oil,
and balsam they
Ver. 18. Damascus traded with thee in the
multitude of thy productions, for the multitude of goods of all kinds, with wine of Chelbon
and white wool.
Ver. 19. Vedan
and Javan from Uzal gave wrought iron for thy sales ; cassia and calamus ivere for thy barter. Ver. 20. Vedan was thy merchant in cloths spread for riding.
Ver. 21. Arabia and
all the
princes of Kedar, they were at thy hand for commerce; lambs
and rams and
he-goats, in these they traded with thee.
Ver. 22.
The merchants of Sheba and Ragmah, they were thy merchants with all kinds of costly spices and with all kinds of precious stones
and gold
they
paid for thy
sales.
Ver. 23. Haran, and
Canneh, and Eden, the merchants of Sheba, Asshur, Chilmad,
were thy merchants splendid
clothes,
;
in
Ver. 24. purple
treasures of twisted yarn, in
wares. trade, seas.
and embroidered
wound and
robes,
strong
and
in
in
cords for thy
Ver. 25. The ships of Ihrshish were thy caravans, thy
and thou wast
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; The
cities,
They were thy merchants
and
glorious
in the
heart of the enumeration of the different peoples, lands, and filled
which carried on trade with Tyre, commences with
Tarshish (Tartessus) in the extreme west, then turns to the
392
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
north, passes through the different lands of Anterior Asia
the Mediterranean to the remotest north-east,
mentioning Tarshish again, to round lands
and
peoples,
off
the
which are mentioned
in
and
and ends by
But the
list.
5-11 as
vers.
furnishing produce and manufactures for the building of Tyre, viz.
Egypt and the
tribes of
Northern Africa, are
left out.
—To
avoid wearisome uniformity in the enumeration, Ezekiel has
used interchangeably the synonymous words which the language possessed for trade, besides endeavouring to give life to the description
by a variety of turns of
and V' ni"?
(vers. 12, 16, 18), T^l^D (ver. 21), ^"iC
^yP
il^Jiaiy in?
19) with
''31,
(vers.
Tia-iJfD |ri3
•finsB'X n^B'n
from
different
and ^rb^y?
and
The words
731, signify
.\^n
;
(vers.
16,
and
inb, participle of ino, and
merchants, traders,
trade
literally,
— ^731, the female
(pluralet.) does not
(Gesenius and others)
;
3Ty, to leave, relinquish,
travel through literally,
;
^y^, the travelling
but according to literally,
on trade.
commercial town.
a place of trade, market,
Gusset, has correctly explained
the
then used as abstract
trader, a city carrying
ri>31», trade or a place of trade, a
mean
who ninb,
for concrete, the tradesman or merchant,
merchant.
and,
;
r\yyvp2 (ver. 19),
lands for purposes of trade,
and nVno,
(ver. 24)
^^Jiarya jna
22) or
12, 14,
(vers. 13, 17),
(ver. 15).
female trader
^^lO'^
(ver. 15), or
21), are interchanged with 'nv3T (vers. 13, 15,
(,^^^-
17, 22, 24), -^rhy^ (vers. 20, 23),
again,
Thus
expression.
its
and
Q^^STp profits
derivation from
leaving or giving up, and as
it,
" that which you leave with
another in the place of something else which he has given up to you."
Ewald, in accordance with
this explanation, has
adopted the very appropriate rendering Absatz, or "Jj^jnry,
with
3,
or with a double accusative, literally, to
thy sale with something,
i.e.
to
pay or
thing as an equivalent for the sale
;
to give,
'3Ty3
for the sale, or the goods to be sold.
bartered with barter.
sale.
1^0, to
irij,
i.e.
to give
3"i]^,
iri3
make
pay, some-
something
barter,
goods
give bartered goo(is, or carry on trade by
—
—
—
CHAP. XXVII.
The
^^^,
393
12-25.
following are the countries and peoples enumerated
:
the Tyrian colony of Tarshish or Tartessus, in Hispania
which was celebrated for
Baetica,
X. 9), and,
and lead
iron, tin,
wealth in silver (Jer.
its
according to the passage before us, also supplied
xxxiv. 14 (41)
(vid. Pliu. Hist. nat.
iii.
3 (4),
xxxiii. 6 (31),
Further particulars con-
Diod. Sic. v. 38).
;
cerning Tarshish are to be found in Movers, Phoeniz. II. 2, pp. 588 sqq.,
and
Javan,
II. 3, p. 36.
i.e.
Jania, Greece or
Tubal and Meshech are the Tibareni and Mosclii of
Greeks.
the ancients between the Black
in brass.
vigorously by the lonians and Greeks (see Joel
which we learn that the Phoenicians them) lies
and the best
Movers,
slaves
81
II. 3, pp.
from the Pontus It
seq.).
Moschi, as the Colchian mountains
Euboea alone
of
;
Togarmah
(for proofs of this, see
were
also
paid,"
is
comm. on Gen. wealth of Armenia (i.
still
by the Tibareni and
contain an inexhaustible
and the only other rich mines were in Cyprus Ver. 14. " From the house 3, pp. 66, 67).
the
Herodotus
to
—
Movers, II.
Togarmah they
paid.
war
their largest sup-
In Greece, copper was found and wrought
quantity of copper.
{vid.
from
6,
probable that the principal
is
supplies of brazen articles were furnished
in
iv.
sold prisoners of
and both Greeks and Romans drew
;
(see the
They supplied souls of men, i.e. slaves, The slave trade was carried on most
coram, on Gen. x. 2).
and things
and Caspian Seas
i.e.
they of the house of Togarmah
one of the names of the Armenians x. 3)
and Strabo (XI.
;
in horses, whilst that in asses
we may Ver. 15. The
194), so that
bred there.
—
*(see
14. 9) mentions the is
attested
by
safely infer that mules
sons of Dedan, or the
Dedanites, are, no doubt, the Dedanites mentioned in Gen. x. 7 as
descendants of Cush,
who conducted
the carrying trade
between the Persian Gulf and Tyre, and whose caravans are
mentioned in Dedanites,
who
inhabitants of ch. XXV.
Isa.
xxi.
13.
Their relation
to
the
are evidently intended in ver. 20, and
Dedan mentioned
13 and Jer.
xlix. 8, is
in connection with
Semitic
by the
Edom
in
involved in obscurity (see the
894
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
comm. on Gen. x. 7). The combination with CS"] 0"?^ and the commerce which they brought to Tyre, point to a
articles of
people of southern Arabia settled in the neighbourhood of the
The many C^X
Persian Gulf.
are the islands and coasts of
Arabia on the Persian Gulf and Erythraean Sea.^ the commerce of thy hand,
were ready This
term
the
is
hand
to thy
i.e.
pro
as abstr.
as merchants.
\^
T)T JTihp,
concr.y those
who
ivory horns.
r^i^"?!?,
applied to the elephants' tusks {sheii) on
account of their shape and resemblance to horns, just as Pliny (^Hist. nat. xviii. 1) also
speaks of
3
cornua, are
more correctly
CJ^in,
(4), that
D^^an,
Keri
comua
elephantij although
an elephant's weapons, which Juba
says, in viii.
The
to be called denies.'^
signifies
Xey.
air.
The
ebony.
hebenum,
e)8ei/09,
he
calls
ancients obtained both productions partly from India, partly
from Ethiopia (Plin.
xii.
4
According
(8)).
to Dioscor.
the Ethiopian ebony was preferred to the Indian. to return
payment
(see the
comm. on Ps.
mx
for on^^
LXX. and Pesh., because Aram did not lie in
the road
from Dedan and the
D"'^N
for
DHK
could arise
fact that the defective
and
to Israel (ver. 17),
ver. 18 that Ezekiel reaches D"iS
130,
10).t— In ver. 16,
Ixxii.
J. D. Michaelis, Ewald, Hitzig, and others read after the
i.
"ISK'K y^*],
all
Aram. the
it
is
not
till
Moreover, the corruption
more
readily
from the simple
form DIN only occurs in Ezekiel (xxv. 14),
and 'is altogether an extraordinary one. doubtedly worthy of consideration
;
still
These reasons are unthey are not conclusive,
since the enumeration does not follow a strictly geographical * Movers (II. 3, pp. 303 sqq.) adduces stiU further evidence in addition to that given above, namely, that " unquestionable traces of the ancient
name have been
preserved in the region in which the ancient Dedanites
names Atiana, Attene, which have been modified according to well-known laws, the former, a commercial town on the Persian Gulf, visited by Roman merchants (Plin. are represented as living, partly on the coast in the
—
vi. 32, §
(Plin. 2
147)
I.e.
;
the latter, a tract of country opposite to the island of Tylos and partly in the islands of the Persian Gulf " (p. 304).
§ 49),
—
The Ethiopians
suppose that
it is
Hiob Ludolph,
also call ivory
Kama
nage,
i.e.
cornu elephanti, and
from horns, and not from tusks, that ivory comes
Hist. Aeth.
I. c.
10)
(rid.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
CHAP. XXVII.
order,
many
inasmuch
Damascus
as
is
;
S95
12-25.
followed in vers. 19 sqq. by
Aram
of the tribes of Southern Arabia, so that
might
Haveniick supposes, for Mesopotamian Aram, for
stand, as
which the
mentioned in ver. 16 would be quite as
articles
Edom, whose chief city Petra was an important commerce and emporium for goods. ^^.K'yo 2\ the
suitable as for
place of
Of
multitude of thy works, thy manufactures.
commerce delivered by
Aramaean name
the articles of
the red purple, embroidery, and
D^i?.,
p2
(the
to
Movers, to have originally denoted a species of cotton),
for byssus, which appears, according
favour Aram, particularly Babylonia, rather than Edom. the woven fabrics of
Movers,
earliest times (vid.
was
.
II. 3, pp.
stones (vid. Movers, p. 266).
^Si
nioN"!, corals or pearls {vid.
(ver. 17) delivered to xi.
Tyre wheat
Roman
Onojnast, four
and Babylon
the carbuncle (see the
is
splendour
Delitzsch on
Ammonitish
33, an
;
^^I?, probably the ruby
xxviii. 18).
case, a precious stone of brilliant
Judg.
sqq.)
and most important market for precious
also the oldest
comm. on Ex.
260
For
from the
Babylonia were celebrated
Job
in
;
any
{vid. Isa. liv. 12).
Judah
xxviii. 18).
of Minnith,
i.e.
according to
place, situated, according to the
miles from
Heshbon
in the direction of
Philadelphia.
That Ammonitis abounded
from 2 Chron.
xxvii. 5, although the land of Israel also sup-
plied the Tyrians with
the aTT. Xey. 333
and the Chaldee ra
e/c
is
evident
The meaning of The render-
founded upon the Aramaean
translation, K^?ip,
i.e.
it
p33, deliciari^
made from honey.
balsamum, after the fivpwv of the
in Hitzig's opinion,
Pannaga
Hesy-
KoKia, according to
fiiXiro^ TpcojaXiaj or sweetmeats
Jerome renders and
v. 25).
is
cannot be definitely ascertained.
ing confectionery
chius,
wheat (1 Kings
in wheat,
(literally,
a snake)
is
LXX. a
name
used in Sanscrit for a sweet-scented wood, which was employed in medicine as a cooling
(from bees) and 'i>'
is
balsam
;
oil
and strengthening drug
(?).
Honey
are well-known productions of Palestine.
whether resina or the true balsam grown in
gardens about Jericho {opohalsamum)^
it is
impossible to decide
396 (see
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
my Bihl.
Archdol.
I. p.
and Movers, II.
38,
Damascus supplied Tyre with wine of
many
sqq.).
p3^n
Chelbon.
HelbSn, a place with
exists in the village of
220
3, pp.
still
ruins, three
hours and a half to the north of Damascus, in the midst of a
same name, which
valley of the it
is
practicable,
wine of the country
Even
planted with vines wherever
is
from whose grapes the best and most is
made
wine was so celebrated,
in ancient times this
ing to Posidonius (in AtJien. Deipnos.
i.
XV.
that, accord-
22), the kings of
Damascus
Persia drank only Chalybonian wine from Strabo,
costly
Robinson, Biblical Researches).
(yid.
{vid.
iny npy, wool of dazzling whiteness
3. 22).
;
or,
according to others, wool of Zachar, for which the Septuagint has epta
MiXt^tov, Milesian wool.^
e'/c
nations have been given of the altered into
I'l"^,
as
— Ver.
19. Various expla-
three words,
first
pi
not to be
is
has been by Ewald, both arbitrarily and
it
unsuitably with ver. 20 immediately following
rendered " and DanJ*
It
is
;
nor
is
a decisive objection to
to be
it
this,
that
throughout the whole enumeration not a single land or people is
introduced with the copula
Num.
pared with the Vaheb of only once,
the
is
name
Javan
that
is also
the
it
is
Old Testament.
name
prising spirit to cross the land of
it
a place in
to be a
302)
(p.
Aden
(^;Ju:). ;
and,
Yemen.
Greek (Ionian)
into Southern Arabia.
this it
269), "ins
Arabian Javan from
more is
precisely, ?^Vp
is
the Sicharia of Aethicus
quae postea Nabathaea, nunciipatur, sil-> valde, ubi Ismaelitae eminiis, an earlier name for the land of the
(Cosm. § 108) vestris
(II. 3, p.
it is
Egypt
or in order to define
According to Movers
men-
had been led by their enter-
For the purpose of distinguishing
^
of
of an Arabian place or tribe
(Genesis, p. 210) supposes
itself,
Movers
the celebrated city
settlement, the founders of which
Greece
be com-
a place also mentioned
xxi. 14,
according to a notice in the Ramus,
Tuch
may
of a tribe and tract of land not
tioned elsewhere in the
conjectures
Vedan^ which
1.
Nabathaeans,
:
Sicharia
who dwelt
regio^
—
in
olden
time between Palestine
Euphrates, and were celebrated for their wealth in flocks of sheep.
and the
—
;
397
CHAP. XXVIL 12-25.
appended, which proper name.
word
is,
the older translators have taken to be a
all
According to the Masoretic pointing
no doubt,
the sense of spun, from that
it
5*0,
''f
be regarded as a participle Pual of
to
But apart from
?]«, to spin.
would be a surprising thing
the
?1X,
in
the fact
spun goods men-
to find
tioned in connection with the trade of the Arabian tribes, the
explanation
languase
itself
idea that bts all ijTy
occurs
could not be sustained from the usage of the
for there
;
is
biy,
inasmuch as they have
(Aram.) and Jji (Arab.), and the Talmudic 7TK, texere^ first of all in the Gemara, and may possibly have been
derived in the
instance from the Rabbinical rendering of
first
our ^nso by "spun." with Shureh
and
nothincr in the dialects to confirm the
a softened form of
is
is
Even
the fact that the word
against this explanation rather than in
in all probability its origin is to
written
is
favour
its
be traced to the simple
circumstance, that in vers. 12, 14, 16 the articles of commerce are always mentioned before
would appear
by the word ing words
?n3
to
follow-
as the object of the first hemistich, since
the Masoretic accentuation is
in this verse they
But we can very properly take the
^TIXD.
ni'j'y
and
"H^^^^IV ^^^^J,
be omitted altogether, unless they are covered
to
is
founded upon the idea that 7nx»
We therefore regard
be taken as the object here.
-'f^XD
as
the only admissible pointing, and take ?|^X as a proper name, as in
Gen.
x.
27
:
" from Uzal" the ancient name of Sanaa,
the subsequent capital of
Forged or wrought
bear this out. p.
The
Yemen.
productions mentioned
iron,
by which Tuch
Yemen
260) supposes that sword-blades from
intended, which were celebrated the Indian.
among
(I.e.
are chiefly
the Arabs as
much
as
comm. on Ex. xxx.
Cassia and calamus (see the
Yemen
23 and 24), two Indian productions,
as
India from the very earliest times.
Dedan
traded with
(ver.
20)
is
the
inland people of that name, living in the neighbourhood of
Edora
(cf.
ch. xxv. 13; see the
furnished C'Sh
most
"•'133,
tapetes
comm. on
straguli, cloths
likely costly riding-cloths, like the
ver.
15).
They
for spreading out,
middim of Judg.
v. 10.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
898
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL. and
y]V.
nomad
represent the
y^\>
For 2iy
Bedouins.
whole of Arabia
is
tribes of Central Arabia, the
never used in the Old Testament for the
but, according to
;
derivation from
its
nomads
steppe or desert, simply for the tribes living as desert (as in Isa.
Arab.
20; Jer.
iii.
2;
tribe, living in the desert
in the
Ewald, Grammat.
cf.
between Arabia Petraea and
comm. on Gen. xxv.
Babylonia, the Cedreiof Pliny (see the
They
a
Kedar, descended from Ishmael, an Arabian
I. p. 5).
nomad
xiii.
f^^'JV,
and
supplied lambs, rams,
he-goats,
13).
from the abundance
of their flocks, in return for the goods obtained from Tyre.
Ver. 22. Next to these the merchants of Sheba and
Ragmah
They were Arabs of Cushite south-eastern Arabia (Oman) for ^^V1,
{p'W^^ ^^^ mentioned.
(Gen.
was
X. 7) in
in the
name
is
{Arabia
bay of the same
Their goods were
comm. on Ex.
most
likely the
kinds of
all
xxx. 23
perfumes (on ;
Song
of Sol.
genuine balsam, which grew in Yemen Diod. Sic.
felix), according to
and grows there
costly spices,
still
between Mecca and Medina, called to
in the
Db'a'pS CNi, the chief or best of all
this use of b^ni, see the
14),
Oman
precious stones, and gold, in which southern Arabia
abounded.
iv.
'Peyfia,
;
modern province of
in the Persian Gulf.
spices,
descent
;
45, along with other
iii.
for Forskal found a shrub
Abu sJiam, which he
believed
be the true balsam, and of which he has given a botanical
account in his Flora Aeg. pp. 79, 80 (as Amyris opobalsamum), as well as of
two other kinds.
rubies, agates,
of
Hadramaut
good rubies
and ;
and in Yemen
(yid.
Precious stones,
cornelians, are
also jaspers, crystals,
Niebuhr, Descript.
Zach's Monatl. Corresp. xix. p. 339).
Yemen
called in question (cf. is
Romans xi.
the wealth of writers to be
Bochart, Phal. II. 28), although this
mentioned.
is
in north-western
31),
and many
and Seetzen iu
lastly,
by ancient
not found there now.
trade with Mesopotamia
Gen.
p. 125,
And,
in gold is too strongly attested
precious metal
viz. onyx-stones,
found in the mountains
still
was situated
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;In
I^n,
Mesopotamia
vers. 23,
24 the
the Carrhae of the
(see
the
comm. on
at the crossing of the caravan-roads
CHAP, XXVn.
which intersect Mesopotamia
for
;
399
12-25.
it
was
at this point that the
two caravan routes from Babylonia and the
Delta of the
Persian Gulf joined the old military and commercial road to
Canaan (Movers, Tigris,
portant commercial city.
The western mentioned
eastern route ran along the
was the most im-
later KtesipJion,
It
tracted from np73 (see the
here called n33 (Canneh), con-
is
comm. on Gen.
x.
Amos
10;
H^
in ver. 235.
is
not the Syrian, but the Mesopo-
12
xix.
;
Isa. xxxvii. 12), the situation
which has not yet been determined, though Movers
has sought for
The
vi. 2).
route ran along the Euphrates, past the cities
tamian Eden (2 Kings of
The
p. 247).
where Calneh, the
it
in the Delta of the Euphrates
(p.
and
257)
Tigris.
singular circumstance that the merchants of Sheba should
be mentioned in connection with
localities
in
Mesopotamia,
which has given rise both to arbitrary alterations of the text and
to
various forced
Movers
(p.
explanations, has
247 compared with
in Pliny's Hist. nat.
xii.
p.
17 (40), namely, that the Sabaeans,
the inhabitants of the spice country,
from the Persian Gulf yearly markets,
been explained by
139) from a notice of Juba
to
came with
their goods
Carrhae, where they held their
and from which they were accustomed
to
proceed to Gabba (Gabala in Phoenicia) and Palestinian Syria.
Consequently the merchants of Sabaea are mentioned as those
who
carried
on the trade between Mesopotamia and Tyre, and
are not unsuitably placed in the centre of those localities whicli
formed the most important
seats of trade
commercial roads of Mesopotamia.
we have
already observed, were on the western road which ran
along the Euphrates.
Bochart {Phal. i.
5. 10),
on the two great
Asshur and Chilmadj as
I.
1073 has already been discovered by
18) in the Charmande of
and Sophaenetus
Xenophon (Anab.
(see Steph. Byz. s.v. XapfjudvSr)), a
large and wealthy city in a desert region " beyond the river
Euphrates."
The Asshur mentioned along with Chibnad,
midst of purely commercial
cities,
in the
cannot be the land of Assyria,
bat must be the emporium Sura (Movers,
p. 252), the present
;
400
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL. which stands upon the bank on
JEssurieh,
this
side of the
Euphrates above Thapsacus and on the caravan route, which runs from Palmyra past Rusapha {Rezeph^ Isa. xxxvii. 12 2 Kings xix. 12) to Nicephorium or Rakka, then in a northerly
Haran, and bending southwards, runs along the
direction to
bank
Chilmad or Charmande
of the river in the direction of
(Ritter,
The
Erdk. XI. pp. 1081 sqq.).
commerce
articles of
from these emporia, which were brought
to
Tyre by Sabaean
caravans, consisted of Dv?3^, literally, articles of perfect beauty, state-dresses
either
more
sion of the copula
former, as
\
we may
before 'Oi^JS infer
an explanatory apposition (QiP3
ch. xxiii. 12
''^30^
(cf.
and xxxiv.
4), or
The
omis-
generally, costly works of art (Havernick).
connected with
258
sqq.).
explained with certainty. 'nsi 'an is
appended
077303
to
'^(Xa/JLU^)
dery, for which Babylonia see Movers, pp.
from
to
decisive in favour of the
is
this that
'!>J3
to
is
cloaks
''l?i''3,
of hyacinth-purple and embroi-
was celebrated
(for proofs of this,
The words which All that
follow cannot be
evident
is
is,
that
CO^ia 7333 without a copula, as
Qy^n?
'l3l
^^yi^
and therefore, like the latter, an explanatory apposition. Dyan does not mean
intended as
either cloths or threads, but lines or cords.
bound or wound up
of several threads
wound
;
^V?!!! signifies
probably twisted,
together or spun
compact, from j^l, to be drawn together. 'i3i
intended as
in the first hemistich,
is
literally
is
nopni nban
Dy^30.
;
and
i.e.
formed
D''n**Âť
firm,
Consequently
^33
D^Dha can hardly have any other meaning than treasures of
spun yarns, threads.
assigned to D'Oina,
i.e.
For "
the most valuable yarns formed of different treasures "
is
the only
with any certainty on philological grounds, and
D"'t33
from D13,
*j},
contorsitf
is
several or various threads, or cloth
But
meaning which can be
either
yarn spun from
woven from such
the latter would not harmonize with Dy?D..
pp. 263
sqq.)
dence that
threads.
Movers
(II. 3,
adopts a similar conclusion, and adduces evi-
silk
yarn,
bombyx, and cotton came
to
Tyre
401
CHAP. XXVII. 26-36.
through the Mesopotamian trade, and were there dyed in the
woven
splendid Tyrian purples, and
dyeing complete.
sale with the
which have been given of these
and untenable viz. chests of
;
into cloths, or brought for
All the other explanations difficult
words are arbitrary
not only the Rabbinical rendering of D^pna
damask, but that of Ewald, " pockets of damask,"
and that proposed by Hartmann, Havernick, and In
girdles of various colours, ^wvat a-Kicorai. scription
is
rounded niiU'
wide trade.
'•tia,
off
others, viz.
ver.
25 the de-
with a notice of the lever of this world-
cannot mean " walls " in
Jer. v. 10, and like nniK' in
Job
this instance, as in
xxiv. 11, because the ships,
through which Tyre became so rich, could not be called walls. The word signifies " caravans," after "iW =jL (Isa. Ivii. 9), corresponding to the Aramaean as
"^1?"^^'?
^"^if.
an accusative of more precise definition
gard
to (for)
At
thy bartering trade.
;
might be regarded caravans, with re-
the same time
rhetorical to take '^TlV.^ as a second predicate trade,
i.e.
What
the carriers of thy trade.
for the emporia of trade
:
more
it is
they were thy
the caravans were
on the mainland, the ships of Tarshisli
were for Tyre, and these on the largest sea-going ships are
By means
mentioned instar omnium. filled
and
glorious.
Tyre with
— But
glory.
all its
brought thee into great waters heart of the seas.
and
rich
i.e.
a tempest from the east would destroy
Vers. 26-36. Destruction
tering wareSj thy
Tyre
of these vessels
with goods, and rendered weighty pss^),
was
of Tyre. :
the east
—Ver.
Ver. 27. Thy riches and thy
seamen and thy sailors,
the traders in thy wares,
and
Thy
26.
wind broke
thee
roicers
up in
the
sales j thy bar-
the repairers
all thy fighting
of thy leaks
men
in thee,
together with all the multitude of people in thee, fell into the heart
of the seas in the day of thy ci'y
fall.
of thy sailors the places tremble.
Ver. 28.
At
Ver. 29.
the noise
And
of
the
out of their
ships come all the oarsmen, seamen, all the sailors of the sea;
they come
upon
over thee,
and
EZEK.
I.
the land,
Ver. 30.
ci-y bitterly,
And make
and put dust upon
their voice
heard
their heads,
2 C
and
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
402-
cover themselves with ashes
;
And
Ver. 31.
shave themselves bald
on thy account, and gird on sackcloth, and weep for
and lament over
grief a lamentation, like the
Who
tliee:
destroyed one in the midst of the sea
came forth out of
thy sales
thee in anguish
Ver. 32. They raise over thee in their
of soul a bitter wailing.
like
Tyre!
Ver. 33.
When
is
many
thou didst satisfy
the seas,
and
nations; with the abundance of thy goods
thy wares thou
Now
Ver. 34.
didst enrich kings of the earth.
!
that thou art
wrecked away from the seas in the depths of the watery thy
wares and
inhabitants
the
company are fallen
all thy
the
of
kings shudder greatly
among and
art gone for ever.
(cf.
5— 9a Ps.
wind
—Thfe
to
Tyre
;
renewal
a
in
26
ver. is
their
the
of
an
as
allegory
of
wrecked by the east wind
;
and
into
if it rises
a
damage on account of the commentary
generally causes great
it
serves
glory,
its
characterized by continued gusts
tempest,
and
In Palestine (Arabia and Syria) the east
xlviii. 8).
is
thee,
ships of Tarshish,
allusion to the
a ship, which
is
at
Ver. 36. The traders
thou hast become a tensor,
;
Tyre was indebted for
introduction vers.
amazed
are
the nations hiss over thee
which
to
islands
their faces quiver,
;
Ver. 35. All
in thee.
violence of the gusts (see Wetzstein in Delitzsch's
on Job xxvii.
Tyre with repetition
all
of
Like a ship broken
1). its
;
which
just as the enumeration of all the possesfall
with the ship into the heart of the sea,
the ship also perish with the cargo, repairers of
leaks
board, and the fighting
goods against pirates, in the ship. as
the vessel
is
also the
(calkers),
i.e.
sailors,
merchants on
the ship and
its
— the whole qdhdl, or gathering of people,
The difficult
thee, namely, in the
They who manned
—" the seamen,"
men who defended expression
an explanatory apposition to
When
The
3?3 in vers. 26 and 27 forms an effective
does to the wealth and glory in ver. 256.
rowers,
by the storm,
glory sinks into the depths of the sea.
D^t?!
contrast to ver. 25 sions of Tyre,
in pieces
'H?
"rj/^nipv^S
"i^^.
:
all
can only be taken
the
men who
multitude of people in thee.
are in
Ver. 28.
wrecked, the managers of the ship raise
;
403
CHAP. XXVIL 26-36.
KnJD
a cry that the migreshoth tremble.
sucli
is
used in
Num.
cities,
which
and
Ezek.
XXXV. 2 for the precincts around the Levitical
were
ground for the
set apart as pasture
;
in
ground surrounding the holy
xlv. 2, xlviii. 17, for the
Consequently
flocks
city.
cannot mean the suburbs of Tyre in the
riia'"i30
passage before us, but must signify the open places on the
mainland belonging
to Tyre,
the whole of
i.e.
the fields and villages contained therein.
with
its territory,
rendering "
The
fleet,"
which Ewald follows the Vulgate in adopting, has nothing support
it.
—
The
Vers. 29 sqq.
ful metropolis of the
greatest consternation
commerce of the world produces the
among
they forsake their ships, as
if
all
who
upon the
sail
V^^n
XV. 19, etc.
sea, so that
they were no longer safe in them,
and leaving them for the land, bewail the deepest lamentation.
to
ruin of this wealthy and power-
with
For the purpose
Tyre with
fall of
Ps. xxvi. 7
?ip3, as in
;
Chron.
1
of depicting the lamentation as
great and bitter in the extreme, Ezekiel groups together
all
the
things that were generally done under such circumstances, viz.
covering the head with dust
and Job not to bald
ii.
:
11 and
see the
(see ch. vii. 18
putting on sackcloth vii.
x. 1)
;
;
eorum ;
in lamento ch.
Syr.,
and eleven Codd.
The by
precisely defined
ii.
(On^in)
'3TV
12;
iv.
shaving a
nG)"n,
is
(vers.
Who
is
participle Pual, with the
assume that there was a noun
D
Job
sqq.).
(Jer. ix. 17, 18;
"'Hi
Theodot.,
2iTD3j
is
Tyre
like
is
no
lamenta-
raise the
like the destroyed
Anm.
32
unsuitable, as there
by Hitzig,
exclamation. •"'^'73,
16)
i.
(K'Si "i»3, as in
seamen themselves
10, etc. (yid. Ges. § 52. 2,
to
weeping
contracted from
correction proposed
inappropriate.
of the sea.
''3
;
The reading adopted by the LXX.,
10).
allusion to sons, but the
The
10)
i.
and the comm. on Mic.
and singing a mournful dirge
cf. ^n,
tion.
comm. on Mic.
loud, bitter
Dn''33^
ii.
6; 1 Sam.
vii.
12) and ashes (K'PSnn, to strew, or cover oneself,
roll oneself
place
Josh.
(cf.
altogether !
is
more
one in the midst
dropt, as in 2
Kings
6).
It is quite superfluous
«nK)"n
signifying destruction.
nx^3 has been aptly explained by Hitzig
:
" inasmuch as
;:
404 tliy
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL. wares sprang out of the
sea, like
the plants and field-fruits
out of the soil" (the selection of the word l?V3bn also suggested this simile)
'' ;
not as being manufactured at Tyre, and there-
fore in the sea, but because the sea floated the goods to land for the people in the ships,
Tyre
purchasers." its
and they
satisfied peoples
satisfied the desire of the
and enriched kings
wares, not only by purchasing from
their productions with
money
that the Tyrians gave a
still
or barter, but also
only met with here.
is
treasures
The
and
its
by the
for fact
higher value to the raw material
by the labour which they bestowed upon them. plural
witli
them and paying
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver. 34.
^'3in in
the
But now Tyre with
its
inhabitants has sunk in the depths of the sea.
antithesis in
which
ver.
34
33 does
really stands to ver.
not warrant our altering ^7??'? ^^ ^"^^ ^"l?^? ^^, as Ewald and Hitzig propose, or adopting a different division of the second hemistich,
riy is
an adverbial accusative, as in ch.
xvi.
57
" at the time of the broken one away from the seas into the depth of the waters, thy wares and thy people have fallen, perished."
n"?3y^^ ^V,
intentionally selected
xxvi. 17.
kings,
and
i.e.
;
as
an antithesis
to
es.
Q"''???
be thrown into consternation at the
(ver. 36) the
merchants among the nations,
foreign nations, the rivals of
Tyre
laid waste, or C3''3S
much
is
in ch.
fall i.e.
of
the
in trade, will hiss thereat
in other words, give utterance to malicious joy.
so
^.?^'^
DVs^o '^'^^^
the inhabitants of the (coast of the) Mediterranean
and
ment.
ue.
Ver. 35. All the inhabitants of the islands and their
islands, will
its
Tyre
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
tempore quo fracta
OOB', to
be
thrown into perturbation with terror and amaze-
Dyn, to tremble or quiver in the face,
i.e.
to tremble
that the terror shows itself in the countenance.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; In
ver. 36/> Ezekiel brings the lamentation to a close in a similar
manner
to the threat contained in ch. xxvi. {yid. ch. xxvi, 21).
;
CHAP. XXV.
CHAP. XXVITI.
As
AGA'tNST
1-19.
the city of Tyre was
first
and then her
fall
(ch. xxvi.),
of
THE PEINCE OF TYRE.
all
threatened with destruction
was confirmed by a lamentation
(ch. xxvii.), so here the prince of
Tyre
composed thereon
Vers. 1-10.
Fall of the Prince of Tyre.
heart has lifted itself np,
a
to
Lord
and thou say est, "
seat of Gods, in the heart of the seas^^
and
not God,
and
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Ver.
And
cherishest a
mind
Jehovah, Because thy
lam a
God,
when thou
I sit upon man
art a
a God's mind, Ver.
like
Behold, thou art loiser than Daniel ; nothing secret thee ; Ver. 4.
1.
me, saying, Ver. 2. Son of man, say
prince of Tyre, TIius saith the
to the
and then a lamentation
11-19),
(vers.
of Jehovah came
the loord
of all forewarned
is first
of his approaching death (vers. 1-10), is
405
1-10.
I.
obscure
is
3. to
Through thy wisdom and thy understanding hast
thou acquired might, and put gold and silver in thy treasuries
Ver.
Through
5.
the greatness
of thy might, Ver.
6.
fore, behold,
nations
;
they will
like
the
draw
their
Ver.
hand of him
ment
it,
is the
Therethe
swords against the beauty of thy
Ver.
S.
They
Wilt thou indeed say, thee,
will cast thee
I am a God, in 7iot God
when thou art a man and
that killeth thee f
Ver. 10. Thou wilt die the
death of the uncircumcised at the hand of foreigners
spoken
7.
men of
mayest die the death of the slain in the
9.
face of him that slayeth
in the
Lord Jehovah,
bring foreigners upon thee, violent
into the pit, that thou
heart of the seas.
np on account
a God^s mind, Ver.
wisdom, and pollute thy splendour.
down
lifted itself
Therefore thus saith the
Because thou cherishest a mind
I will
of thy wisdom hast thou increased
and thy heart has
thy might by thy trade,
saying of the
;
for
I have
Lord Jehovah.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D; This threat of judg-
same course
as those addressed to
follows in general the
other nations (compare especially ch. xxv.), namely, that the sin
mentioned
upon the *i'J3,
dux.
first (vers.
is
2-5), and then the punishment consequent
sin (vers. 6-10).
In ver. 12
In the use of the term
^^33
'^?0 ^^
used instead of
to desifjnate the kinij.
;
406
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL. an indication of the peculiar position occupied
Kliefotli detects
by the prince in the commercial
much
so
Tyre, which had been
state of
reared upon municipal foundations
;
inasmuch as he was not
a monarch, comparable to the rulers of Babylon or to
the Pharaohs, as the head of the great mercantile aristocracy.
This
is
in
harmony with the use His people
to be the ndgid over
of the tribes,
Sam.
(vid. 1
who
14
xiii.
prince of Tyre
also
is
;
of the
word T33
whom God
of Israel, David for example,
for the prince
chose and anointed
in other words, to
;
be the leader
formed an independent commonwealth 2 Sam.
vii.
The
8, etc.).
pride of the
described in ver. 2 as consisting in the fact
that he regarded himself as a God, and his seat in the island of
Tyre
He
as a God's seat.
calls his seat ^''>p^. 2*^'io,
not " be-
cause his capital stood out from the sea, like the palace of
from the ocean of heaven for, apart
from any other ground,
not suit the subse-
this does
quent description of his seat as God's mountain
God's holy mountain
God
" (Ps. civ. 3), as Hitzig supposes
(ver.
The God's
14).
(ver. 16),
seat
and
and God's
mountain are not the palace of the king of Tyre, but Tyre as a
state,
and that not because of
island, but as a
Sanchun.
ed. Orelli, p. 36), the
by myths
glorified
its
firm position
upon a rocky
holy island (ayia vrjaof, as Tyre
Movers, Phoenizier,
(vid.
The words which Ezekiel Tyre may be explained,
puts into the as Kliefoth
which every
called in
I.
pp. 637 sqq.).
mouth of the king
has well expressed
" from the notion lying at the foundation of gions, according to
is
founding of which has been
state, as the
all
of it,
natural reli-
production of
its
physical factors and bases personified as the native deities of
house and gods."
state, is
ment went hand religion. its
gods.
creation
regarded as a work and sanctuary of the
In Tyre especially the national and "
in
political develop-
hand with the spread and propagation of
The Tyrian
state
was the production and
He, the prince of Tyre, presided over and divine
seat
;
this
its
seat of
divine
therefore he, the prince, was himself
a god, a manifestation of the deity, having
its
work and home
CHAP. XXVIII. in the state of
All heathen rulers looked upon them-
Tyre."
selves in this light
so that the king of
;
a similar manner in Isa. xiv. 13, 14.
shown to be a delusion
nations,
37,
is
Babylon This
2b ; He who
in ver.
his heart like a God's heart,
the Gods.
407
1-19.
i.e.
addressed in
is
self-deification
only a
is
cherishes the
is
man makes
same thought
as
the heart, as the seat of the thoughts and imagi-
named
This
instead of the disposition.
is
carried out
further in vers. 3-5 by a description of the various sources
still
from which
He
imagination sprang.
this
cherishes a God's
mind, because he attributes to himself superhuman wisdom,
through which he has created the greatness, and might, and
The
wealth of Tyre.
words, " behold, thou art wiser," etc.
" art thou indeed
(ver. 3), are not to be taken as a question,
LXX.,
wiser?" as they have been by the
nor are they taken
ironical, as
literally,
Syriac,
Havernick supposes
namely, inasmuch as the prince of Tyre
No
art, i.e.
wafi
and divine wisdom.
serious in attributing to himself supernatural
Thou
and others;
but they are to be
;
thou regardest thyself as being, wiser than Daniel.
hidden thing
is
obscure to thee (2?V) ^ later word akin to The comparison with Daniel
the Aramaean, " to be obscure").
refers to the fact that Daniel surpassed
men
of Babylon in
dreams, since
wisdom through
God gave him an
the
all
magi and wise
his ability
to interpret
insight into the nature
and
development of the power of the world, such as no human
The wisdom
sagacity could have secured.
Tyre, on the other hand, consisted children of this world, which
in the
knows how
cleverness of the
to get possession of all
Through such wisdom
the good things of the earth.
had the Tyrian prince acquired power and possessions in the broader sense
of the prince of
;
riches.
riches
and treasures got by
in apposition to
The
fulness of
manner
in
^0|??'i'
its
which
^^?j
and
conducted
trade.
is
wisdom showed it
as this
might,
not merely riches, but the whole
of the might of the commercial state of Tyre, which
upon
?^n,
in^3">2i is
introduced as explanatory.
itself in its
it,
was founded
In ver. 5
commerce and the
whereby Tyre had become
a
408
TnE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL. and powerful.
rich
It
not
is
we reach
till
with the apodosis answering to
'Wl "^33
ver. 6 tbat
we meet
which has
in ver. 2,
]V'l
been pushed so far back by the intervening parenthetical sentences in vers. 2b-5.
Tyre 'lit
in deifying himself
inn
ment
For
of the punishment
Wild
ver. 7.
destroy
all
is
compare
(ver. 65,
this reason the sin of the prince of
briefly reiterated in the clause
is
introduced with a repetition of p? in
foes approaching with barbarous violence will
the king's resplendent glory, slay the king himself
down
with the sword, and hurl him
The enemies
man.
peoples,
army
—that
are called
into the pit as a godless T"}V> violent ones of the
0)13
composing the Chaldean
to say, the wild hordes
is
They drew
(cf . ch. xxx. 11, xxxi. 12).
the beauty
the construct state of
(^B"!,
"B^^.)
the sword " against
of thy wisdom,"
the beauty produced by thy wisdom, the beautiful
with
that
all
it
we meet with
king himself they hurl down into the
the same as xvi.
The
Q'5'13^ 'r)i».
4 {mortes)
is
Isa.
liii.
splendour
it as'
i.e.
itself, ;
it is
The
a noun.
grave, or the
pit, i.e. tiie
plural *nion
and
'riiD
here
a pluralis exaggerativus, a death so
painful as to be equivalent to dying
on
Tyre
the death of a pierced one, substan-
7?r] *rii»p,
nether world.
and Jer.
nys^j
contains (ch. xxvi. 3, 4).
only here and in ver. 17 that
tially
]Vl
which the announce-
ver. 2b), after
many
times (see the
comm.
In ver. 9 Ezekiel uses the Piel ^^np in the
9).
in the Piel occurs elsewhere only
place of the Poel ^T^^^y as
''^n
in the sense of profanare,
and
in Isa.
li.
9 the Poel
is
used for
But there is no necessity to alter the pointing in consequence,' as we also find the Pual used by Ezekiel in ch. The death xxxii. 26 in the place of the Poal of Isa. liii. 5.
piercing.
of the uncircumcised violent death.
is
The king
god, shall perish
such a death as godless of Tyre,
by the sword
who
men
die
—
looks upon himself as a
like a godless
man.
At
the same
time, the whole of this threat applies, not to the one king, ItJiobalf
who was
reigning at the time of the siege of Tyre by
the Chaldeans, but to the king as the founder and creator of
the might of Tyre (vers, 3-5),
i.e.
to the supporter of that
CHAP. XXVIII.
409
11-19.
royalty which was to perish along with
Tyre
itself.
—It
is
to the
king, as the representative of the might and glory of Tyre, and
not merely to the existing possessor of the regal dignity, that the following lamentation over his
Vers. 11-19.
fall refers.
Lamentation over the King of Tyre.
—
And the word of Jehovah came to me, saying, Ver. 12. Son of many raise a lamentation over the king of Tyre, and say to him, Thus saith the Lord Jehovah, Thou seal of a well-measured Ver. 11.
of wisdom and perfect in beauty.
building, full
Eden,
the
garden of God, wast thou
all kinds
;
Ver. 13. In
of precious stones
were thy covering, cornelian, topaz, and diamond, beryl,
and jasper,
of thy timbrels
service
day
sapphire, carbuncle,
that thou
and of thy women was with
the
in thee.
I made
thee
for
thou didst loalk in the
day on which thou wast created, until iniquity was found Ver. 16. On accoujit of the multitude of thy commerce,
and thou
thine inside teas filed with xorong,
therefore profane thee
destroy
the
on the
;
Ver. 15. Thou wast innocent in thy ways
midst of fiery stones.
from
God ;
wast on a holy mountain of
thee
Ver. 14. Thou
wast created, they were prepared.
wast a cherub of anointing, which covered, and it; thou
chrysolit'^,
and emerald, and gold :
away from
the
didst sin
mountain of
God
away from the fiery itself up because of thy
covering cherub,
thee,
Ver. 17. Thy heart has
lifted
:
I
will
;
and
stones I
beauty,
thou hast corrupted thy wisdom together with thy splendour: cast thee to the ground,
I give
thee
up for a
Ver. 18. Through the multitude of thy
sitis
trade thou hast profaned thy holy places to
;
in thine unrighteous
I
therefore cause fire
proceed from the midst of thee, zchich shall devour
thee into ashes
upon
the earth before the eyes of all
Ver. 19. All who know thee
:
thou hast
The lamentation
thee
among
become a terror, over the
fall of
I
spectacle before kings.
thee,
and make
who
see thee.
the peoples are aynazed at
and
art
gone for
the king of Tyre
ever.
—
commences
with a picture of the super-terrestrial glory of his position, so as to correspond to his self-deification as depicted in the fore-
410
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
going word of God.
In ver. 12 he
This does not mean, "
There
the
is all
more reason
a participle of Dnrij to seal.
is
i^^?"? ^f^9> ^^
altogether inap-
though Hitzig once more scents a
plicable to a signet-ring,
corruption of the text in consequence. off,
mean-
for adhering firmly to this
ing, that the following predicate,
weigh, or measure
does not
JT'??'?,
mean
from pn,
occurs,
ch.
xliii.
to
(Ewald),
perfection
beauty (Ges.), fa^on (Hitzig), or symmetry (Havernick) just as in
Onn
;" for
wrought signet-ring
artistically
does not stand for Dnhj but
addressed as n^Jan Dnh.
is
but
;
10, the only other passage in which
it
denotes the measured and well-arranged building of
it
the temple, so here
it
signifies a
well-measured and
arranged building, namely, the Tyrian state in
artistically its
artistic
combination of well-measured institutions (Kliefoth).
This
inasmuch as he imparts
to the
building
is
sealed
by the
state firmness, stability,
prince,
and long duration, when he possesses These are mentioned
the qualities requisite for a ruler.
wards, namely, " full of wisdom, perfect in beauty."
after-
If the
prince answers to his position, the wisdom and beauty manifest in the institutions of the state are simply the impress received
from the wisdom and beauty of
his
own mind.
The
prince of
Tyre possessed such a mind, and therefore regarded himself a
God
(ver.
2).
His place of abode, which
is
13 and 14, corresponded to his position.
vers.
as
described in
Ezekiel here
compares the situation of the prince of Tyre with that of the first
man
in
Paradise; and then, in vers. 15 and 16, draws a
comparison between his first
man was
and the
fall
was the prince of Tyre placed glory,
n?^ is
the proper
in
of
Adam.
As
the
the midst of paradisaical
shown, by the apposition
name
of Paradise
by the captious objection garden of God, but that
The
fall
placed in the garden of God, in Eden, so also
;
and
this
D^7?i<
view
of Hitzig, that
this
was situated
in
|3,
is
to be
used as
not to be upset
Eden was not the Eden (Gen. ii. 8).
fact that Ezekiel calls Paradise X)T\\ in
ch. xxxvi.
35,
proves nothing more than that the terms Eden and Garden of
;
CHAP. XXVIir.
God do
411
11-19.
not cover precisely the same ground, inasmuch as the
God
garden of
But
only occupied one portion of Eden.
not-
withstanding this difference, Ezekiel could use the two expressions as
synonymous, just as well
even
any one should
if
as Isaiah (Isa.
persist in pressing the difference,
would not follow that nV3 was corrupt Hitzig fancies, but simply that
more
X}V[
precisely
in
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
There
of Paradise.
D^nijx
it
this passage, as
in
p defined the idea of
in other words, restricted is,
And
3).
li.
it
to the
garden
however, another point to be observed
connection with this expression, namely, that the epithet
D\n^X p
is
used here and in ch. xxxi.
places, Paradise
9
8,
called mn"" p (xnd. Isa.
is
;
li.
whereas, in other
3; Gen.
xiii.
10).
Ezekiel has chosen Elohim instead of Jehovah, because Paradise
is
brought into comparison, not on account of the
significance
which
it
bears to the
human
historical
race in relation to the
plan of salvation, but simply as the most glorious land in
The
the earthly creation.
all
prince of Tyre, placed in the plea-
sant land, was also adorned with the greatest earthly glory.
Costly jewels were his coverings, that
ornaments tion
is
of his attire.
to appear,
This feature in the
they formed the
pictorial descrip-
covering.
'"IS?^,
as a
a is
to the breastplate of the high priest.
the order of the stones
secondly, there are only nine stones lastly,
noun
air. Xey., signifies
no reference first place,
namely, in robes covered with precious
and gold.
In the enumeration of the precious stones, there
stones, pearls,
and
to say,
taken from the splendour with which Oriental rulers are
accustomed
,
is
is
For, in the
a different one here
named
;
instead of twelve
there would be no intelligible sense in such a refer-
ence, so far as
we can
perceive.
Both precious stones and
gold are included in the glories of
Eden
For the names
commentary on T^n nas^tpâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;which even the
Ex.
xxviii.
{vid.
Gen.
ii.
11, 12).
of the several stones, see the
17-20.
The words
'ui
early translators have entirely misunderstood,
and which the
commentators down to Hitzig and Ewald have made marvellous attempts to explain
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
present no peculiar difficulty, apart from
412
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
tlie plural
T3p3, which
is
timbrels, tambourins (adu^a), in 1
Sam.
x.
the timbrels,
5 and Isa.
As
only met with here.
v.
is
D^SJ^,
and
12 flutes are mentioned along with
has been supposed by some that
it
meaning
the
well established for
must
D*3i53
But there is nothing to support such a signify flutes here. rendering either in the Hebrew or in the other Semitic dialects. On the other hand, the meaning pala gemmarum (Vulgate), or ring-casket, has been quite arbitrarily forced
Jerome, Rosenmiiller, Gesenius, and with Hiivernick in regarding
many
upon the word by
We
others.
agree
as a plural of nnps (foeminae),
D^ni?3
formed, like a masculine, after the analogy of C^J, CJVipBj
and account for the choice of
this expression
from the
etc.,
allusion
The
service
(naspPj performance, as in Gen. xxxix. 11, etc.) of the
women
the history of the creation (Gen.
to
is
i.
27).
the leading of the circular dances by the odalisks
the timbrels
:
" the harem-pomp of Oriental kings."
made ready for the king on the day of reign,
when
possession with
day of
harem
the
into his
Ezekiel calls this the
his creation, with special reference to the fact that
was God who appointed him king, and with an parallel,
Tyre and that of
next verse (ver. 14)
is
tion of fiN, nns, as in
184a).
it
allusion to the
underlying the whole description, between the position
of the prince of
ยง
not his
i.e.
came
of his predecessor
accompaniments.
all its
This was
became king, or commenced
birthday, but the day on which he his
his creation,
who beat
The
air.
a
more
Num. Xe7.
Adam
in Paradise.^
difficult one.
15
xi.
nt'pjp
;
Deut.
riK is
v.
24
Tlie
an abbrevia(see
Ewald,
has been explained in very
different ways, but mostly according to the
Vulgate rendering,
Havernick has very appropriately which the following statement occurs with reference to Strato, the Sidonian king " Strato, with flute-girls, and female harpers and players on the cithara, made preparations for the festivities, and sent for a large number of hetaerae from the Peloponnesus, and many singing-girls from Ionia, and young hetaerae See also other from the whole of Greece, both singers and dancers." ^
In explanation of the fact alluded
to,
called attention to a passage of Athen. (xii. 8, p. 531), in
:
passages in Brissonius, de regio Pers. princ. pp. 142-3.
;
413
CHAP. XXVIII. U-19.
tu Chenib extentus et protegens, as signifying spreading out or
"with outspread wings" (Gesenius
extension, in the sense of
and many
others).
The
out or to extend. to anoint
But
riK'b
does not
and judging from
;
Num.
mean
either to spread
general meaning of the word
and
nriK'O
simply
is
Lev.
^HB'D, portio, off,
from which the
idea of extension cannot possibly be derived.
Consequently
vii.
35 and
xviii, 8, also to
the meaning "anointing"
is
measure
the only one that can be estab-
lished with certainty in the case of the
the form
is
word
So
riK^DO.
far as
concerned, H'^'op might be in the construct state
but the connection with
^iji^']?
anointing, or anointed one, of
A com-
the covering one, does not yield any admissible sense.
parison with ver. 16, where ^SiBL"
^''''?
occurs again, will show
that the nrop^ which stands between these two words in the
verse before us, must contain a
and therefore state
is
to be
precise definition of
3^">3,
connected with 3^13 in the construct
cherub of anointing,
:
more
i.e.
anointed cherub.
This
n^op
is
the
who has
rendering adopted by Kliefoth, the only commentator
given the true explanation of the verse,
is
the older
form, which has only been retained in a few words, such as Dp"ifp
in Isa. X. 6, together with the tone-lengthened a (yid.
Ewald,
The prince of Tyre is called an anointed Ephraem Syrus has observed, because he was a
160a).
ยง
cherub, as
king even though he had not been anointed. abstract noun, either here or in this
predicate
covered
(D''33iD)
points
Nah.
ii.
6,
'ilr?iBn
is
back to Ex. xxv. 20, " the cherubim
the capporeth with their wings," and
explained accordingly.
not an
but a participle; and
to
be
Consequently the king of Tyre
is
is
called a cherub, because, as an anointed king, he covered or
overshadowed a sanctuary, the covenant.
What
remarks already made the king. sat, is to
this
like the
at ver. 2
If the " seat of
cherubim upon the ark of
sanctuary was
is
evident from the
concerning the divine seat of
God," upon which the king of Tyre
be understood as signifying the state of Tyre, then
the sanctuary which he covered or overshadowed as a cherub
414
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL be the Tyrian
will also
state,
with
its
In the next clause, T^r\y^
things.
is
holy places and sacred to be
taken by
itself
according to the accents, " and I have made thee (so)," and not to be connected with
tri'p
ina.
We
are precluded
adopting the combination which some propose
upon a holy mountain of
first
;
God "
thou wast a
of all describing the prince of
—
—
"I
viz.
by the incongruity Tyre as a cherub, and
then immediately afterwards as a God, inasmuch
according
as,
to the Biblical view, the cherub, as an angelic being,
a creature
and not a God
from
set thee
is
simply
and the fanciful delusion of the
;
El
prince of Tyre, that he was an
(ver. 2), could not furnish
the least ground for his being addressed as Elohim by Ezekiel.
And
still
more are we precluded from taking the words
manner by the
in this
Jehovah
declaration contained in ver. 16, that
will cast
him out " from the mountain of Elohim," from which
we may
see that in the present verse also Eloliim belongs to
har,
and that
in ver. 16,
where the mountain of God
tioned again, the predicate cnp of brevity, just as of
"n?iE3'?
easily
nK'lorp is
is
men-
simply omitted for the sake
is
afterwards omitted on the repetition
Tlie missing but actual object to T^^^ can
^^"'?«
be supplied from the preceding clause,
an overshadowing cherub, had
God made
as king in paradisaical glory.
The
—namely,
this, i.e.
him, by placing him
words, " thou wast upon a
holy mountain of God," are not to be interpreted in the sense
suggested by Isa. xiv. 13, namely, that Ezekiel was thinking of the mountain of the gods (Alborj) logy, because
it
Hitzig and others suppose is
met with
in Asiatic
was there that the cherub had
entirely different
;
its
for the Biblical idea of the cherub
from the heathen notion of the
keeping guard over gold.
mytho-
home, as
It
is
true that
God
griffin
placed the
cherub as guardian of Paradise, but Paradise was not a mountain of
God, nor even a mountainous land.
mountain of God,
as
The
idea of a holy
being the seat of the king of Tyre, was
founded partly upon the natural situation of Tyre as
it
was upon one or two rocky
itself, built
islands of the Mediterranean,
CHAP. XXVIII.
415
11-19.
and partly upon the heathen notion of the sacredness of island as the seat of the Deity, to
To
the grandeur of their state.
which the Tyrians attributed
we may probably add a
this
Zion, upon which was the sanctuary, where
Mount
reference to
this
For
the presence of God.
the cherub covered the seat of
although the comparison of the prince of Tyre to a cherub
was primarily suggested by the description of Paradise, the epithet in the sanctuary
same
The
itself.
(among)
fire
also present to the prophet's
not understand by K^p
last clause,
fiery stones," is
mitted by nearly of
was
we must
time,
all
the
abode as
his
shows that the place of the cherub
^siB"!!
At the Mount Zion
mind.
"in
" thou didst walk in the midst of
very
difficult to explain.
It is ad-
more recent commentators, that " stones
cannot be taken as equivalent to " every precious
"
stone " (ver. 13), both because the precious stones could hardly
be called stones of
and
also
fire
on account of their
brilliant splendour,
being covered with precious stones
the midst of them.
Nor can we
is
not walking in
explain the words, as Haver-
nick has done, from the account given by Herodotus (II. 44) of the two emerald pillars in the temple of Hercules at Tyre,
which shone resplendently by night night are not stones of
temple between these
in the
Hofmann and
pillars.
ii.
for pillars shining
by
The
explanation given by
Kliefoth appears to be the correct one, namely,
that the stones of fire are to be
(Zech.
;
and the king of Tyre did not walk
fire,
regarded as a wall of
fire
9),
which rendered the cherubic king of Tyre unap-
proachable upon his holy mountain.
In
ver. 15, the
comparison of the prince of Tyre to
brought out
in Paradise
is
was created
sinless, so
more prominently.
still
Adam
As Adam
was the prince of Tyre innocent
in his
conduct in the day of his creation, but only until perverseness
was found
in him.
conferred upon
As Adam
him through
forfeit his glorious position
cause
God
to cast
forfeited
and
lost the
his fall, so did the
happiness
king of Tyre
through unrighteousness and
him from
his
sin,
and
eminence down to the ground.
416
He
TnE PROPHECIES OF EZEEIEL perverseness in consequence of the abundance of
fell into
Because
his trade (ver. 16a).
and power,
his heart
i^D for Ki^D in
lain ^70,
is
ch.
was
filled
with iniquity.
and
xli. 8,
him up
his trade lifted
15^3
to
for INK'3 in ch. xxxix. 26.
vO; and the
not the subject, but the object to
with an indefinite subject, " they
Hebrew,
the Aramaean, active combinations are preferred to
Np»
1286). (ch.
possible to adopt
it is
interior in a physical sense,
expression
the
As Adam
fall.
§
2946 and
^Wj the midst,
and not
in a spiritual
fill"
used for the
is
one
;
and the
chosen with an evident allusion to the histoiy of
is
tree, so did
Ewald,
(vid.
as in
passive
used by Ezekiel in the transitive sense "to
is
17 and xxx. 11).
viii.
them
plural
chosen in the
filled," is
place of the passive construction, because in the
whenever
wealth
^70 for 1N?», like
sinned by eating the forbidden fruit of the
the king of Tyre sin by
filling
himself with wicked-
God
ness in connection with trade (Flavernick and Kliefoth).
would therefore put him away from the mountain of God, and 7?n with jp
destroy him.
away from, 113KJ
is
§ 72c).
i.e.
a pregnant expression
:
to desecrate
to divest of his glory and thrust
away from.
is
a contracted form for "^1^^^}
—
Ewald,
(vid.
§
232A and
Vers. 17 and 18 contain a comprehensive description
of the guilt of the prince of Tyre, and the approaching judg-
ment
is
still
inys^ PV
further depicted,
account of thy splendour," thought, inasmuch as
it
for
this
cannot mean, "on
yields
no appropriate
was not the splendour
itself
which
occasioned his overthrow, but the pride which corrupted the
wisdom
requisite to exalt the
might of Tyre,
tempted the prince to commit iniquity
We therefore
increase his glory.
and ms"!
—
in other words,
in order to preserve
follow the
LXX.,
and
Syr., Eos.,
others, in taking py in the sense of inia cum, together with. is
an
infinitive form, like i^^r^a for nisi
(§ 238e) regards
the text.
it
HNi with 2
malicious pleasure. consisted (/)y
is
though Ewald
as so extraordinary that he proposes to alter is
used for looking upon a person with
'^U^^'} ^.J??
shows in what the guilt (PV)
the construct state of ^V).
The
sanctuaries
CHAP. XXVIII.
417
11-19.
(miqddsJiim) which the king of Tyre desecrated
by the unright-
eousness of his commerce, are not the city or the state of Tyre,
but the temples which
made Tyre a holy
These the
island.
king desecrated by bringing about their destruction through his
own
Several of the codices and editions read
sin.
the singular, and this
is
the reading adopted
^?r'^f?0
by the Chaldee,
If this were the true reading,
Syriac, and Vulgate versions.
the sanctuary referred to would be the holy mountain of itself
" I cause
apparently owes
In the from the midst of thee," ^?i^0 is
fire to issue
be understood in the same sense as l^in
issuing
from him, by which he
ashes.
All
we
compare
ch. xxvii. 36).
Tyre and
modern commentators
opinions of
assuming
we
king,
its
and
xxiii.),
that, after a thirteen years' siege,
Gesenius, Winer, Hitzig,
by Nebuchadnezzar, or
many
any
at
etc.
rate call
— deny the it
others,
Nebuchadnezzar
conquered the strong Island Tyre, and destroyed viz.
find the
Some, for example
divided.
Hengstenberg, Havernick, Drechsler (on Isa.
—
to
peoples will be astonished
proceed, in conclusion, to inquire into the fulfilment
of these prophecies concerning
others
fire
consumed and burned
is
who know him among the
at his terrible fall (ver. 19,
If
The
in ver. 16.
which the king has taken into himself becomes a
iniquity
to
God
origin simply to this interpretation of the words.
clause,
to
But the reading
14 and 16).
(vers. its
in
it;
while
conquest
in question;
and
of the earlier commentators suppose the prophecy to refer
Old Tyre, which stood upon the mainland.
of this dispute, see Hengstenberg,
De
(Berol. 1832); Havernick, OnEzekiel,
Phoenizier, II. 1, pp.
427
sqq.
— The
For the history
rebus Tyriorum comment.
pp.420
sqq.;
and Movers,
denial of the conquest of
Insular Tyre by the king of Babylon rests partly on the silence
which ancient
historians,
maintained as to
its
who mention
result
tained in Ezek. xxix. 17-20. is
;
the siege
itself,
have
and partly on the statement con-
—
All that Josephus {Antt. x. 11. 1) able to quote from the ancient historians on this point is the
following
EZEK.
:
— In the
I.
first
place,
he
states,
on the authority of the
2d
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL
418
book of the Chaldean history of Berosus, that when
third
the father of Nebuchadnezzar, on account of his
own age and
consequent infirmity, had transferred to his son the conduct of the war against the rebellious satrap in Egypt, Coelesyria, and
Phoenicia, Nebuchadnezzar defeated him, and brought the
whole country once more under his sway.
But
as the tidings
reached him of the death of his father just at the same time, after arranging affairs in his friends to lead into
Egypt, and giving orders
some of
to
Babylon the captives taken from among
the Judaeans, the Phoenicians, the Syrians, and the Egyptians, together with the heavy armed portion of the army, he him-
hastened through the desert to Babylon, with a small
self
number
of attendants, to assume the government of the empire.
Secondly, he
states,
on the authority of the Indian and Phoe-
nician histories of Philostratus, that
throne, Nebuchadnezzar besieged
when
Tyre
Ithobal was on the
for thirteen years.
The
accounts taken from Berosus are repeated by .Tosephus in his c.
Apion
(i.
ยง 19),
where he
their credibility, that there
of the Phoenicians
which
also adds (ยง 20), in confirmation of
were writings found in the archives tallied
with the statement made by
Berosus concerning the king of Chaldea (Nebuchadnezzar), " that he conquered
viz.
all
;
Syria and Phoenicia " and that
Philostratus also agrees with this, since he mentions the siege of
In (c.
Tyre
in his histories
addition
Ap.
i.
to
this,
(fiefxvr)fiivo<i
for
t^? Tvpov irdkLopKiai).
synchronistic
purposes,
Joseph us
21) also communicates a fragment from the Phoe-
nician history, containing not only the account of the thirteen years' siege of
but also a
down
Tyre by Nebuchadnezzar
list
of the kings of
to the time of
Cyrus of
in the reign of Ithobal,
Tyre who followed
The
Persia.^
siege of
Ithobal,
Tyre
is
" In the reign of Ithobal the king, ^ The passage reads as follows Nebuchadnezzar besieged Tyre for thirteen years. After him judges were Ecnibalus, the son of Baslachus, judged for two months; appointed. Chelbes, the son of Abdaeus, for ten months Abbarus, the high priest, :
;
for three
months
;
Myttonus and Gerastartus, the sons of Abdelemus, for
CHAP. XXVIII. therefore mentioned three times of Phoenician histories
;
by Josephus, on the authority
but he never says anything of the
conquest and destruction of that
From this
by Nebuchadnezzar.
city
circumstance -the conclusion has been drawn, that
this
was
419
11-19.
all
he found there.
For
if, it
terminated with the conquest of the
is
said,
the siege had
city, this glorious result of
the thirteen years' exertions could hardly have been passed
over in silence, inasmuch as in Antt. x. 11. 1 the testimony of foreign historians
was " an
active
quoted to the effect that Nebuchadnezzar
is
man, and more fortunate than the kings that
But the argument
were before him." conclusive.
If
we
more
is
plausible than
bear in mind that Berosus simply relates the
account of a subjugation and devastation of the whole of Phoenicia,
without even mentioning the siege of Tyre, and that
only in Phoenician writings therefore that the latter to,
we cannot by any means
and with humiliation
was obliged
that he
to
it
ended gloriously
Nebuchadnezzar, or
to relinquish the attempt without success
after the strenuous exertions of thirteen years. trary, considering
same
it is
referred
conclude, from their silence as to
the result or termination of the siege, that for the Tyrians
is
how
all
On
the con-
the historians of antiquity show the
anxiety, if not to pass over in silence such events as were
unfavourable to their country, at
all
events to put
them
in as
favourable a light as possible, the fact that the Tyrian historians observe the deepest
thirteen years' siege of
clusion that
it
silence
as
to the result of
Tyre would rather
force us to the con-
was very humiliating to Tyre.
only be the case
if
Nebuchadnezzar
the end of thirteen years.
the
And
this could
really conquered
Tyre
at
If he had been obliged to relinquish
the siege because he found himself unable to conquer so strong a city, the Tyrian historians would most assuredly have related
after whom Balatorus reigned for one year. ; When he died, they sent for and fetched Merbalus from Babylon, and he reigned four years. At his death they sent for his brother Eiramus, who reigned twenty six years
years.
During his
reign,
Cyrus ruled over the Persians."
420
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
this termination of the thirteen years'
strenuous exertions of
the great and mighty king of Babylon.
The
silence of the
of Tyre
is
But Ezek.
Tyrian historians concerning the conquest
no proof, therefore, that xxix.
17-20 has
also
did not really take place.
it
been quoted as containing posi-
tive evidence of the failure of the thirteen years' siege
words, of the fact that the city was not taken. this passage, that
Nebuchadnezzar caused
his
;
in other
We
army
to
read in
perform
hard service against Tyre, and that neither he nor his army received any recompense for
him Egypt
to spoil
in the service of
infer
from
it.
and plunder
as
wages for
this
work of
Gesenius and Hitzig (on
Jehovah.
this, that
Jehovah would therefore give theirs
Isa. xxiii.)
Nebuchadnezzar obtained no recompense
for the severe labour of the siege, because he did not succeed
But Movers
in entering the city.
urged in reply to
{Lc. p.
448) has already
that " the passage before us does not
this,
imply that the city was not conquered any m6re than the opposite, but simply lays stress upon the fact that not plundered.
For nothing can be
it
does
was
it
clearer in this connection
than that what we are to understand by the wages, which
Nebuchadnezzar did not connected with his
Tyre
;
"
receive, notwithstanding the exertions
many
though Movers
years' siege, is simply the treasures of
is
of opinion that the passage contains
an intimation that the siege was brought to an end with a certain
compromise which
satisfied
the Tyrian s, and infers,
stress
being laid exclusively upon the neglected
plundering, that the
termination was of such a kind that
from the fact of
plundering might easily have taken place, and therefore that
Tyre was
either actually conquered, but treated mildly
from
wise considerations, or else submitted to the Chaldeans upon certain terms.
But
neither of these alternatives can
make
the
In Ezek. xxix. 20 it is expressly " as wages, for which he (Nebuchadnezzar) has
least pretension to probability.
stated that
worked, I give him the land of Egypt, because they (Nebuchadnezzar and his army) have done
it
for
me ;"
in other words,
CHAP, xxviir.
When,
have done the work for me.
421
11-19.
Jehovah pro-
therefore,
mises to give Egypt to Nebuchadnezzar as a reward or wages
work which has been done for
for the hard
Him
at Tyre, the
words presuppose that Nebuchadnezzar had really accomplished
him by God.
against Tyre the task entrusted to
committed to him not merely the
siege,
But God had
but also the conquest
Nebuchadnezzar must therefore
and destruction of Tyre.
have executed the commission, though without receiving the expected reward for the labour which he had bestowed
account God would compensate him
on that
was terminated, or the
rendered, on the condition that
it
Nebuchadnezzar treated the
he had taken possession.
Nebuchadnezzar would not have executed the
upon Tyre
in such a
manner
In either case will of
as to be able to put in
for compensation for the hard
city sur-
should not be plundered, but
also the idea that for wise reasons
city leniently after
and
This precludes not only the
with the treasures of Egypt. supposition that the siege
;
for his trouble
work performed.
Jehovah
any claim
The
only
thing that could warrant such a claim would be the circumstance, that after conquering
And
plunder.
of the passage ad litteram.
treasures to
which Jerome has given
" Nebuchadnezzar," he says, " being
when besieging Tyre,
unable,
Tyre he found no
this is the explanation
to bring
up
his battering-rams,
besieging towers, and vineae close to the walls, on account of the
surrounded by the
city being
of
men from
his
army
of earth, so as to
fill
sea,
employed a very large number
in collecting rocks
up the intervening
and piling up mounds sea,
and make a con-
tinuous road to the island at the narrowest part of the
And when plished,
strait.
the Tyrians saw that the task was actually accom-
and the foundations of the walls were being disturbed
by the shocks from the battering-rams, they placed whatever
articles of
in ships
value the nobility possessed in gold, silver,
clothing,
and household furniture, and transported them
islands;
so that
when
the city was taken,
found nothing to compensate him for
all
to the
Nebuchadnezzar his labour.
And
422
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
God
because he had done the will of after the conquest of Tyre, It
is
true that
we have no
in all this,
Egypt was given
historical testimony
some years
him by God."^
to
from any other
But we could not expect it in any of the writings which have come down to us, inasmuch as the Phoenician accounts extracted by Josephus simply conquarter to support this interpretation.
tain the fact of the thirteen years' siege,
concerning
its
At
progress and result.
and nothing
the greatest probability that this was the case.
nezzar really besieged the
city,
island in the sea, he could not
at all
the same time, there If
is
Nebuchad-
which was situated upon an have contented himself
M'ith
cutting off the supply of drinking water from the city simply
on the land to
Shalmanezer, the king of Assyria,
side, as
have done
taken steps to
(yid. fill
Josephus, Antt.
up the
14. 2), but
ix.
between the
strait
is
said
must have
and the main-
city
land with a mound, that he might construct a road for besieging
and assaulting the did.
And
walls, as
Alexander of Macedonia afterwards
the words of Ezek. xxix. 18, according to which
every head was bald, and the skin rubbed
with the severity of the
toil,
off
every shoulder
point indisputably to the under-
And
taking of some such works as these. really carried out their operations
upon the
if
the Chaldeans
city in this
way, as
the siege- works advanced, the Tyrians would not neglect any
precaution to defend themselves as far as possible, in the event of the capture of the city. sessions
They would certainly send the poscity by ship into the colonies,
and treasures of the
and thereby place them in security
;
just as,
according to
Curtius, iv. 3, they sent off their families to Carthage,
when
the city was besieged by Alexander.
This view of the termination of the Chaldean siege of Tyre receives a confirmation of no
little
weight from the fragment
of
Menander already
in
Tyre
is
there stated that after Ithobal, Baal reigned for ten years,
^
given, relating to the succession of rulers
after the thirteen years' siege
Cyrill. Alex, gives the
same explanation
by Nebuchadnezzar.
in his
commentary on
It
Isa. xxiii.
CHAP. XXVIII.
423
11-19.
that judges (suffetes) were then appointed, nearly
held office for a few months only
that
;
among
who reigned
there was also a king Balatorus,
whom
of
all
the last judges
for a year
after this, however, the Tyrians sent to Babylon,
that
;
and brought
thence Merbal, and on his death Hiram^ as kings, whose genuine
Tyrian names undoubtedly show that they were descendants This circumstance proves not
of the old native royal family.
only that Tyre became a Chaldean dependency in consequence of the thirteen years' siege
the Chaldeans had led
by Nebuchadnezzar, but
away the
royal family to Babylonia,
which would hardly have been the case
Tyre had submitted
if
Chaldeans by a treaty of peace.
to the If,
also that
however, after what has been
said,
no well-founded doubt
can remain as to the conquest of Tyre by Nebuchadnezzar, our
prophecy was not so completely
fulfilled thereby, that
became a bare rock on which fishermen spread threatened in ch. xxvi. 4, destroyed
walls,
its
and
5,
14.
Even
wards,
we
it,
Tyre once more a splendid and powerful royal
it till
Alexander the Great was not able
after a siege of seven months, carried fleet
on with extra-
and army, the
from the mainland by means of a mound of
which had been thrown up with considerable
(Diod. Sic. xvii. 40 sqq.
Even
2-4).
was not
find
latter attacking
iv.
it
the contrary, two hundred and fifty years after-
ordinary exertions on the part of both the
earth,
so that
On
city, so strongly fortified, that
to take
is
Nebuchadnezzar
if
laid the city itself in ruins to a con-
siderable extent, he did not totally destroy restored.
Tyre
their nets, as
;
Arrian, Alex.
after this catastrophe
it
17 sqq.
ii.
rose once
difficulty ;
Curtius,
more
into a
distinguished commercial city under the rule of the Seleucidae
and afterwards of the Romans, who made Phoenicia.
It is
ment (Matt. describes
it
mentioned
XV. 21
as a
;
Acts
as
xxi. 3, 7)
;
the capital of
and Strabo
New
Testa-
(xvi. 2.
23)
busy city with two harbours and very lofty
houses.
But Tyre never recovered
the
centuries of the Christian era,
first
it
such a city in the
its
ancient grandeur. it
is
In
frequently men-
424
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEEIEL.
From
tioned as an archbishop's see.
636
a.d.
to A.D.
1125
was under the rule of the Saracens, and was so strongly that
tified,
it
was not
till
for-
after a siege of several months' duration
that they succeeded in taking visited
it
Benjamin of Tudela, who
it.
Tyre in the year 1060, describes
as a city of distin-
it
guished beauty, with a strongly fortified harbour, and surrounded
by
walls,
and with the best
glass
and earthenware in the East.
" Saladin, the conqueror of Palestine, broke his head against
Tyre
But
in the year 1189.
after
Acre had been taken by
storm in the year 1291 by the Sultan El-Ashraf, on the day following this conquest the city passed without resistance into the hands of the same Egyptian king
;
the inhabitants having
forsaken Tyre by night, and fled by sea, that they might not fall into the
When
power of such bloodthirsty soldiers " (Van de Velde).
came
it
fortifications
hands of the Saracens once more,
into the
Tyre has never
risen
from
its
long ceased to be an insular piled up,
its
were demolished; and from that time forward
grew
Moreover,
ruins again.
it
had
The mound which Alexander
city.
and firmer tongue of land
into a broader
in
consequence of the sand washed up by the sea, so that the island
The
was joined
present Sur
to the is
mainland, and turned into a peninsula.
situated
upon
it,
a market town of three or
four thousand inhabitants, which does not deserve the
a city or town.
The
name
of
houses are for the most part nothing but
huts; and the streets are narrow, crooked, and dirty lanes.
The
ruins of the old Phoenician capital cover the surrounding
country to the distance of more than half an hour's journey
from the present town
gate.
choked up with sand, and pillars
The of
and building
Tyre
and
;
filled
stones,
sea has swallowed
The harbour
is
so thoroughly
with the ruins of innumerable
that only small boats can enter.
up a considerable part of the greatness
and quite as large a portion of
fortifications lie buried in the earth.
feet the soil trodden at the present
day
splendid temples
its
To is
a depth of
one
solid
many
mass of
building stones, shafts of pillars, and rubbish composed of
CHAP. XXVIII.
marble, porphyry, and granite.
425
20-26.
Fragments of
pillars
of the
costly verde antiquo (green marble) also lie strewn about in
large quantities.
The
crust,
which forms the
soil
that
is
trodden
merely the surface of this general heap of ruins. actually become " a bare rock, and a place for the spreading of nets in the midst of sea ; " and " the dwellingto-day,
is
Thus has Tyre
places,
which are now erected upon a portion of
are not at variance with the terrible decree,
no more'" (compare Robinson's Travels).
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
Thus has
Palestine,
former
its
and Van de Velde's
the prophecy of Ezekiel been completely
fulfilled,
though not directly by Nebuchadnezzar
prophecy
is
;
for
the
not a bare prediction of historical details, but
Nebuchadnezzar
is
is
To the prophet,
pervaded by the idea of the judgment of God.
of
site,
thou shalt be built
'
the instrument of the punitive righteousness
God, and Tyre the representative of the ungodly commerce Hence, as Havernick has already observed,
of the world.
Nebuchadnezzar's action prophet's esteem.
" In
is
more than an
isolated deed in the
his conquest of the city
he sees the
whole of the ruin concentrated, which history places before us as a closely connected chain.
The breaking
Tyre by Nebuchadnezzar stands out before ably connected with
by the
its
utter destruction.
glory out of
ness of
God
its
will pass
(ch. xxviii. 25, 26).
away
CHAP. XXVIII.
Jerusalem
its
relation
will rise again to
destruction through the covenant faithful-
world's commerce, which
The
view as insepar-
This was required
internal theocratic signification of the fact in
to the destruction of Jerusalem."
new
of the power of
his
is
But Tyre, the
city of the
rejoicing over the fall of Jerusalem,
for ever (ch. xxvi. 14, xxvii. 36).
20-2G.
PROPHECY AGAINST SIDON AND PROMISE FOR ISRAEL.
threatening word
against
Sidon
is
very brief, and
couched in general terms, because as a matter of fact the
prophecy against Tyre involved the announcement of the
fall
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL.
426
of Sidon, which was dependent upon
it
;
we have ah'eady
and, as
God
observed, Sidon received a special word of
simply for the
purpose of making up the number of the heathen nations
mentioned
number
to the significant
The word
seven.
of
God
against Sidon brings to a close the cycle of predictions of judg-
ment
which had given
directed against those heathen nations
expression to malicious pleasure at the overthrow of the king-
dom
of
There
Judah.
therefore appended a promise for
is
25, 2Q)f which is really closely connected with the threatening words directed against the heathen nations, and
Israel (vers.
for which the
ence of na
D3
'â&#x20AC;˘riB'^pi
way
"riKnpj
The
prepared by ver. 24.
is
correspond-
be sanctified in her) in ver. 22 to
(I shall
them) in
(I shall be sanctified in
ver. 25, serves to
place the future fate of Israel in antithesis not merely to the
future fate of Sidon, but, as vers. 24 and 26 clearly show, to that of
all
the heathen nations against which the previous
threats have been directed.
Ver. 20.
And
word of Jehovah came
the
to
me, saying,
Ver. 21. Son of man, direct thy face towards Sidon, and prophesy
Ver. 22.
against
it,
Behold,
I will
the midst
upon
I will send pestilence fall in the midst of
And thorn
;
saith
it
;
and
it,
did before
which the word
I am
sanctify myself
and blood
Lord Jehovah, Jehovah, when
upon
it.
by the sword, which cometh upon
more
to the
from
sting
glorify
I am
Jehovah.
all
Ezekiel, evidently points).
judgments, through which the enemies of His people.
The
from,
who Lord Jehovah. Lord upon Sidon,
round about them,
I am
Himself as the
in ver. 22,
it
Ver. 24.
house of Israel a malignavt
the
upon Pharaoh (compare Ex. ''^']?33
I
Ver. 23.
into its streets ; slain will
but they shall learn that
will
the
Sidon, and will glorify myself in
they shall learn that
and smarting
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Jehovah He
and
it,
into
there shall he no
despise them
as
Thus
say.
of thee ; and they shall know that
execute judgments
every side
And
he against thee,
xiv. 4, 16, 17, to
an unusual expression for glorification
is
efrected
by
He proves Himself to be holy upon He executes the judgments through
CHAP. XXVIII.
pestilence disease
and blood
427
25, 2C.
(vid. ch. v. 17, xxxviii. 22),
and bloodshed occasioned by war.
so that
through
i.e.
men
fall, slain
we have the intensive form ''?S3, which is regarded by Ewald and Hitzig as a Through copyist's error, because it is only met with here. the Lord will liberate His people Israel from these judgments all round about, who increase its suffering by their contempt. These thoughts sum up in ver. 24 the design of God's judgments upon all the neighbouring nations which are threatened in ch. xxv.-xxviii., and thus prepare the way for the concluding promise in vers. 25 and 26. The figure of the sting and thorn by the sword
Instead of 723
(cf. ch. vi. 7).
Num. xxxiii. 55, where it is said that the whom Israel failed to exterminate would become
points back to
Canaanites thorns in
keep
eyes and stings in
its
God
nations,
caused
it
prostrate with
its
had given
On
the
Lord
The
wounds.
xvi.).
will heal
in ch.
6,
ii.
the contrary, is
But
Israel
not to succumb to
is
His people of the wounds which
is
it.
r?D,
taken from Lev.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;For Onis
n"'t2SB'n,
xiii.
I
its
see ch. xvi.
1''!$5PP,
57 and xxv.
to
securely,
securely those
my
servant Jacob.
When I shall gather whom they have been
upon them before
the eyes
when
I
execute judgments ;
and
of
I
the
have
Ver. 26. TTiey will dwell there
and build houses and plant vineyards, and
round about them
it
6.
heathen nations, and they will dwell in their land which given
on
comm. on the former
of the peoples among
shall sanctify myself
heathen
51 and xiv. 44, where
Ver. 25. Thus saith the Lord Jehovah, the house of Israel out scattered,
its
synonymous with
a word only found in Ezekiel.
applied to malignant leprosy (see the
passage).
Canaan, to which
sins of
the contrary, by destroying the heathen powers,
neighbours have inflicted upon ii5p
heathenism.
was now lying utterly
it
up, had occasioned the destruction of
itself
Jerusalem (chap.
wounds.
Israel did not
to feel these stings of
Having been deeply hurt by them, Israel
As
sides.
its
from the Canaanitish nature of the heathen
itself free
upon
will dwell
all icho despise
they shall learn that
them of
I Jehovah am
428 their
THE PROPHECIES OF EZEKIEL. God.
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Whilst
the heathen nations succamb to the judg-
ments of God, Israel passes on
The Lord
will
to a time of blessed
peace.
gather His people from their dispersion
among
the heathen, bring patriarch Jacob, security,
them
into the land
which
He
gave to the
His servant, and give them in that land
and true prosperity.
ch. xi. 17, xs. 41, xxxvi.
(For the fact
22 sqq.)
END OP VOL.
UCRBAT AND
I.
OIBB, EDTKBURGIT,
FBISIEHS TO HKB UAJESTl'S STATIOKCBT OFFICK
itself,
rest,
compare
—
T.
and
——
—
——
T. Clark's Publications.
This day^ in demy %vo, price
95.,
A CHRONOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL INTRODUCTION TO
THE LIFE OF CHRIST. By
CAS PAR
E.
C.
I.
TRANSLATED FROM THE GERMAN, WITH ADDITIONAL NOTES, BY
M.
J.
i^ebisetJ
EVANS,
B.A.
ig
^utjor.
tjje
' The work is handy and well snlted for the use of the stadent. It gives him in very reasonable compass, and in well digested forms, a great deal of information respecting the dates and outward circumstances of our Lord's life, and materials for forming a judgment upon the various disputed points arising out of them.' Guardian.
In this work the author affords us the results of many-sided study on one of the most important objects of theological inquiry, and on a knot of problems which have been so often treated and which are of so complex a nature. The author is unquestionably right in supposing that the so-called outworks of the life of Jesus have their value, by no '
means
Their examination must be returned to ever afresh, until to be lightly esteemed. the historic or unhistoric character of the substance of the gospel narrative has been brought out as the result of scientific examination. ... In conclusion, we believe we can with full conviction characterise the whole work as a real gain to the scientific literature of the question and a great advance on previous investigations ; not doubting that the most important positions maintained by the author will in all essential points win the approbation of the student.' Jahrhucherfur Deutsche Theologie.
A
' thoroughly scholarlike treatise, in which every point of criticism is weighed with the utmost exactness, every phase of doubt examined with the nicest precision, and every proof that can be furnished for the authenticity and truth of the gospel history, sought after and produced with unfaltering accuracy. . . . No Bible student should fail to make this treatise his constant friend and companion, and no honest man can read, mark, learn, and digest its contents, without being persuaded that its value is priceless.' BelVs Weelcly Messenger.
The volume before us is to be regarded as an exceedingly valuable contribution to the extensive literatxire we already possess, and it combines the two advantages of large chi-onological and typographical knowledge with careful exegesis. . . . The fruits of this conscientious study are here stored in goodly abundance and ripeness. . . . The translator deserves more than any ordinary word of commendation, for it is evident that he has entered upon his task con amore ; and has furnished us not only with a satisfactory rendering of the original, but also added some notes of great value.' English Independent. '
' Taking up the different events in the life of Christ, every incident is dwelt upon in connection with the place and time of its occurrence ; and the student and the expounder of Scripture will find in these chapters a complete guide to the surroundings of the life of Christ, and much that will throw a vivid light upon His words and actions.' Courant. ' This is in every way a remarkable work, and one that cannot value to biblical students.' Rock.
fail to
prove of great
—
——
—
T.
and
—
T.
—
Clark s Publications.
Just published, in crown 8vo, price
6s.,
THE SENSUALISTIC PHILOSOPHY OF
THE NINETEENTH CENTURY CONSIDERED. t
By
R. L.
DABNEY,
D.D., LL.D.
' The volume is marked by discriminating criticism, and clear, strong exposition and defence of the intuitional theory of knowledge.' Daily Review.
Just published, Fourth Edition, price
6s.,
THE TRIPARTITE NATURE OF MAN, SPIRIT, SOUL,
AND BODY,
Applied to Illustrate and Explain the Doctrines of Original Sin, the the Disembodied State, and the Spiritual Body.
By
Rev.
J.
B.
HEARD,
New
Birth,
M.A.
With an Appendix on the Fatherhood of God. The author has got a striking and consistent theory. Whether agreeing or disagreeing with that theory, it is a book which any student of the Bible may read with pleasure.' '
Guardian.
A
' valuable and interesting treatise on the " Tripartite Nature of Man," the first English theological work of any pretensions which has dealt with the subject in a methodical
and systematic manner.'
Dean of Norwich.
with considerable satisfaction we note the issue of a fourth edition of this most original and valuable treatise, which, without exaggeration, may be described as one of the ablest contributions to our theological literature which has been published of late '
It is
years.'
English Independent,
In crown 8vo, price
58.,
VOICES OF THE PROPHETS. Twelve Lectures Preached in the Chapel of Lincoln's Inn, in the Years 1870-74, on the Foundation of Bishop Warburton,
By ED^ATARD HAMILTON GIFFORD,
D.D.
'The author has long ago attained high position as a scholar, a man of science, and a theologian, and in the volume before us he offers his readers some of the best fruits of these varied accomplishments.' Standard. » We have not for many years met with a book dealing with the important question of prophecy in all respects so satisfactory, so reverent in its treatment of the written word, so fair in argument, so courteous and dignified withal in its replies to the objections Daily Review. of " science falsely so called." '
'This volume deals with the subject of prophecy in a clear and forcible manner. The objections to a belief in prophetic utterances are ably met, and much light is thrown upon the matter, which has here been dealt with in a scholarly and Christian spirit.'^ Rock.
—
—
and
T.
— —
—
——
T. Clark's Publications.
In crown 8wo, price
4s.,
PRINCIPLES OF
NEW TESTAMENT QUOTATION Established and Applied to Biblical Science.
By Rev. JAMES SCOTT,
M.A.,
B.D.
'Mr. Scott's very exhaustive essay is quite a masterpiece of pithy compression. Theological students will find the book to be one of great value, not only for its direct It does not contain a specific criticism of help, but for its lucid example of method. every Old Testament citation found in the Testament, but deals with the whole question of quotation in general, and thus exhibits the principles of the Biblical quotation, and vindicates them with a masterly force.' English Churchman.
New
'
The book
service
is
thoughtful, learned, conscientious, and painstaking, to be heartily recognised.' Baptist Magazine.
and performs a
which ought
'
The treatment throughout
'
A
is reverent, scholarly, and satisfactory.' Freeman. thoughtful attempt to arrange and systematize the various forms of quotation in which the author has been highly Bxaccessivl.^— Scotsman. '
The work
is
a valuable contribution to the external defences of the
faith.'
.
.
.
Methodist
Recorder. '
Much
and sound philosophy in the work.'
solid learning
In
Two
Vols.,
demy
London Weekly Review-
Svo, price 21s.,
Pistorg 0f ^mtestant 0^^01095, PARTICULARLY Viewed according
to its
IN
GERMANY,
Fundamental Movement, and in connection with
the Religions, Moral,
and
Intellectual Life.
TRANSLATED FROM THE GERMAN OF Dr.
J.
A.
DORNER,
With a Preface
Professor of Theology, Berlin,
to the
Translation by the Author.
' This work, which may be called a History of Modern Theology, is one of the most careful study important, interesting, and useful that Messrs. Clark have ever issued. of it would systematize on the reader's mind the whole round of evangelical truth. In fact, it is, in a certain sense, a comprehensive view of historical theology, written on a new plan not in the form of the tabulated summary, but as traced in the living history of those whose struggles won for us the truth, and whose science formulated it for posterity.'- London Quarterly Review.
A
—
'We
recommend this most valuable and important work to the attention of So great a mass of learning and thought so ably set forth has never before been presented to English readers, at least on this subject.' Joui-nal of earnestly
all theological students.
Sacred Literature.
— —
—
T.
and
—
—
T. Clark's Publications.
Just puhlislied, in demy 8vo, price
St. John the By Professor C. E.
9».,
Author of the Fourth Gospel. Lutiiardt, Author of
'
Fundamental Truths of
Christi-
Translated and the Literature enlarged by C. R. Gregort,
anity,' etc.
Leipzig.
A
work of thoroughness and value ; the translator has added a lengthy Appendix containing a very complete account of the literature bearing on the controversy respecting this Gospel. The indices which close the volume are well ordered and add greatly to its value.' Guardian. '
'
In this work, from the pen of one of the greatest divines of Germany, the facts are to speak for themselves, and the result is a complete refutation of the Anti-
made
Johannine school of criticism, and a correspondingly complete establishment of the trutli on which the unanimous testimony of the ancient Church is shown to rest. Such a .
work
was much
as this
.
.
Dickinson's Quarterly.
needed.'
BY THE SAME AUTHOR. Fourth
edition, croion 8vo, 6*.,
The Fundamental Truths The Antagonistic Views
Anomalies of Existence
Man
of Christianity.
World in their Historical Development The The Personal God The Creation of the World
of the ;
;
;
—
;
Religion Revelation ; History of Revelation Heathenism and Christianity in History ; The Person of Jesus Christ.
;
;
Judaism
;
BY THE SAME AUTHOR. edition, crown 8vo, 6s.,
Third
Apologetic Lectures on the Saving Truths of Christianity.
The Nature Christ
of Christianity
The Trinity
;
;
;
Sin
;
The God-Man The Work of Jesus Holy Scripture The Means of Grace
Grace
The Church
;
;
;
;
;
^
The Last Things.
BY THE SAME AUTHOR. Second
crown 8vo,
edition,
6s.,
Apologetic Lectures on the Moral Truths of Christianity. of Christian Morality ; Man The Christian, and the Christian Virtues The Devotional liife of the Christian, and his Attitude towards Christian Marriage The Christian Home The State and the Church Christianity; The Life of the Christian in the State; Culture and
The Nature
;
;
;
Christianity
;
;
Humanity and
;
Christianity.
exposition even the most learned theologians may derive invaluable criticism, and the most acute disputants supply themselves with more trenchant and polished weapons than they have as yet been possessed of.' Bell's Weekly Messenger.
'From Dr. Luthardt's
'We do not know any volumes so suitable in these times for young men entering on us say, even for the library of a pastor called to deal with such, than the three volumes of this series. We commend the whole of them with the most cordial satisfaction. They are altogether quite a specialty in our literature.' Weekly Review.
life, or, let
Crown
Luthardt,
Kahnis,
8vo, 5s.,
and Bruckner— The
Church Its Origin, its History, and its present Position. 'A comprehensive review of this sort, done by able hands, is both :
suggestive.'
Record.
instructive
and
—
—
—
T.
and
—
—
—
T. Clark's Publications.
Just published, Second Edition, in crown 8vo, price 7s.
6c?.,
THE KING OF ISRAEL:
DAVID,
A PORTRAIT DRAWN FROM BIBLE HISTORY AND THE BOOK OF PSALMS.
By
F.
W. KRUMMACHER, Author
of
'
D.D.,
Elijah the Tishbite,'
' Dr. Krummacher's work on David's life resembles that of his " Elijah " in its eloquence, its graphic description, its devout and earnest spirit, and will be widely welcomed.' Evangelical Magazine.
At the close of two articles reviewing this work, the Christian Observer says: 'Our space will not permit us to consider more at large this very interesting work, but we cannot do less than cordially commend it to the attention of our readers. It affords such an insight into King David's character as is nowhere else to be met with ; it is therefore most instructive. 'This
wDl be a pleasant household reading-book
for
many people.'
Literary Church-
man.
BY THE SAME AUTHOR.
In crown 8vo, Eighth Edition, price
7s. 6rf.,
THE SUFFERING SAVIOUR; MEDITATIONS ON THE LAST DAYS OF THE SUFFERINGS OF CHRIST.
OR, '
A
book which has reached its eighth edition needs no introduction to the reading And yet the very circumstance of its repeated publication entitles it to There is a richness in these meditations which wins and warms the heart.*
public.
popularity.
—Nonconformist.
A book of inestimable value.'
John Bull. and practical character, and are eminently calculated to inform the mind and improve the heart. To the devout and earnest Christian the volume will be a treasure indeed.' Wesleyan Times. 'The work will be prized by experienced Christians throughout the world; and is destined, we trust, to as wide a circulation and as long a life as the gifted author's '
'
The
reflections are of a pointed
—
" Elijah."
English Presbyterian Messenger.
'
In crown
8t'o,
price 7s. 6d.,
THE FOOTSTEPS OF CHRIST. Translated from the
German of
A.
CASPERS,
a book of solid thought and solid learning, and should find a considerable publicity in its English dress.' Nonconformist, 'A very interesting and instructive book. Its style is quaint and antithetic; it abounds bright thoughts, presents striking views of Scripture facts and doctrines, and is altogether eminently fitted to refresh and edify believers.' Family Treasury. Eminently evangelical, and distinguished also by great originality and terseness.' Baptist Magazine. '
It is
m
'
'
There
is
much
deeply experimental truth and precious spiritual love in Caspers' book. own myself much profited by his devout
I do not always agree with his theology, but I utterances.' ^Kev. 0. H. Sfuboeoit.
—
EZEK.
I.
2 E
—
—
—
T.
and
— —
—
—
— —
T. Clark's Publications.
Just publisJied, in Jhoo Vols., large crown 8vo, price 7s. 6d. each,
THE YEAR OF SALVATION. WORDS
OF
FOR
LIFE
EVERY
DAY.
A BOOK OF HOUSEHOLD DEVOTION. By
J.
VAN OOSTERZEE, D.D.
J.
'A work of great value and interest. To the clergy these readings will be found full of suggestive hints for sermons and lectures; while for family reading or for private meditation they are most excellent. The whole tone of the work is thoroughly practical, and never becomes controversial.' Church Bells. ' The text is illustrated by apposite and thoughtful remarks, which will be found both convenient and profitable not only in the family circle, but also for private meditation.'
— Christian Observer.
' The very best religious exposition for every-day use that has ever fallen in our way.' BelFs Weekly Messenger.
The author's mind is deeply imbued with Scripture principles, and overflows with words, rich, warm, and devotional in their character.' Ecclesiastical Gazette. '
' This charming and practical book of household devotion will be welcomed on account of its rare intrinsic value, as one of the most practical devotional books ever published.'
—Standard. '
Massive of thought, persuasive, earnest, and eloquent.'
Simple, terse, and practical ; and will, by many.' Leeds Mercwy. '
'
Every page breathes a
spirit of
we
Literary Churchman.
are sure, be^ read with profit
deep piety and earnest
faith.'
and pleasure
Scotsman.
BY THE SAME AUTHOR. Just published, in crown 8vo, price
6s.,
MOSES: A BIBLICAL STUDY. Our author has seized, as with the instinct of a master, the great salient points in the and work of Moses, and portrayed the various elements of his character with vividThe work will at once take its place among' our ablest and most ness and skill. valuable expository and practical discourses.' Baptist Magazine. *
life
.
'
The
.
.
treatise is practical, not scientific
purposes. Review.
This
is
conducted with
;
is a study of character for spiritual elaboration, judgment, and piety.' Daily
the study
much
'Few men have proved themselves more competent to write such a life than Dr. On the oldest subjects he never writes platitudes ; on the most simple he never writes stupidly. He is always scholarly, scriptural, and devout.' Homilist. Oosterzee.
'
An original,
beautiful,
and striking work.'
Christian Treasury.
————
—
—
T.
and
—
—
T. Clark's Publications.
Just published, in demy 8»o, price 12s.,
INTRODUCTION TO
THE PAULINE EPISTLES. By PATON Author of a
'
Critical
J.
GLOAG,
D.D.,
and Exegetical Commentary on the Acts
of the
Apostles.' ' Those acquainted with the author's previous works will be prepared for something valuable in his present work ; and it will not disappoint expectation, but rather exceed it. The most recent literature of his subject is before him, and he handles it with ease and skill. ... It will be found a trustworthy guide, and raise its author's reputation in this important branch of biblical study.' Bntish and Foreign Evangelical Review.
merit. He must be a singularly accomplished divine to whose welcome and valuable addition.' Watchman. 'It will be found of considerable value as a handbook to St Paul's Epistles. The dissertations display great thought as well as research. The author is fair, learned, and calm, and his book is one of worth.' Church Bells. 'A capital book, full, scholarly, and clear. No diffieulty is shirked, but dealt with fairly, and in an evangelical spirit. To ministers and theological students the book will
'A work
of
uncommon
—
library this book is not a
Evangelical Magazine. stamp of study, and of calm, critical power. It is a good defence of the orthodox views, written in a style which combines dignity, strength, and clearness. It may be read with pleasure by any lover of theology, and will be a valuable addition to the book-shelf as a book of reference.' Glasgow Herald.
be of great value.' '
It bears the
Recently published, in demy Svo, price 14«.,
THE APOCALYPSE TRANSLATED AND EXPOUNDED. JAMES GLASGOW,
Br
General Assembly's Professor of Oriental Languages,
Irish
'
A
D.D.,
book which sober scholars will not
highly value.
...
despise,
and which
etc. etc.
intelligent Christians will
has substantial merits, and cannot be read without great
It
profit.'
Watchman. A goodly volume, replete with the fruits of learning and profound research, characterized by independence of thought, originality and even singularity of view, and decision in grasping and enunciating results.' Evangelical Witness. 'A most elaborate work, the result of careful thought, wide reading, and patient '
.
industry.' '
the
.
.
.
.
.
English Independent.
The book meaning
is
very able, and
of the
Word of
is
well worthy the study of those Princeton Review.
Gk>d.'
who
are seeking to
know
— ——
—
—
Just published^ in demy Svo, price 10s.
6(/.,
DELIVERY AND DEVELOPMENT OF
CHRISTIAN ^i)e
dTtfti)
^txiti of
DOCTRINE. Cunnmsl^am
t{)e
By ROBERT RAINY,
%tctutti.
D.D.,
PBHTCIPAL AND PROFESSOR OF DIVINITY AND CHURCH HISTORY,
NEW
COLLEOB, EDINBCRGH,
We gladly
acknowledge their high excellence and the extensive learning which they are able to the last degree and the author has in an unusual measure the power of acute and brilliant generalization. He handles his array of multifarious facts with ease and elegance and we must needs acknowledge (and we do it willingly) that the Lectures are a real contribution to the settlement of the vast and obscure question with which they are occupied.' Literary Churchman. '
all display.
They
;
;
*
It is a rich
praise.' '
British
and nutritious book throughout, and in temper and and Foreign Evangelical Review. ,
The
and
spirit
subject is treated with a comprehensive grasp, keen logical power, learning, and in a devout spirit.' Evangelical Magazine.
In crown 8uo, Second Edition^ price
AIDS TO
beyond
all
dear analysis
45. 6<i,
THE STUDY OF
GERMAN THEOLOGY. By Rev. GEORGE MATHESON,
M.A., B.D.,
MINISTER OF INNELLAN. ' The writer of this treatise has formed to himself singularly clear conceptions, and he Besides serving as possesses in a remarkable degree the faculty of lucid exposition. an admirable introduction to the study of Grerman theology, this little volume will be valuable to the general reader, as furnishing an intelligible and inte-^sting account of the principal phases which theological speculation has assumed in Germany in modem times.' Scotsman. ' This little volume is a valuable and instructive introduction to a department of theological literature that every student is now compelled to examine.' British Quarterly Review. helpful little volume helpful to the student of German theology, and not less so to the careful observer of the tendencies of English religious thought.' Freeman. The writer or compiler deserves high praise for the clear manner in which he htw in a brief compass stated these opinions.' Christian Observer. .
—
'
'
A
:
.
.
University of Toronto
Library
DO NOT REMOVE THE
CARD
FROM THIS
Acme Library Card
LOWE-MARTIN CO. LIMITED
s^m
._.^
L. ^. .
DATE.
BY
i/r
AUG 2 4
lion .',
J987 --
rfcwwâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;
iF'^lBi im.
m
mm
WmmM SmfmimM'% wlk »mQu
^««.jiiiiiiii